113 76 35 MB
Hebrew-English Pages [532]
A n A kkadian L exical C ompanion F or Biblical Hebrew Etymological-Semantic and Idiomatic Equivalents with Supplement on Biblical Aramaic
Hayim ben Yosef Tawil
A n A kkadian L exical C ompanion F or B iblical H ebrew Etymological-Semantic and Idiomatic Equivalents with Supplement on Biblical Aramaic
Cover Illustration To thc riiiht, a beardcd Assyrian scribe ( t u p i a m i A i i n r a \ t ) holds a tablet m li ìs loft hand and inipresses ìt with a Stylus. The figure on thè left ìs writing witli a brush on a piece of skin or papyrus and ìs probablv ìtitended to represent an Aramean Scribe ( l u p s a r r u A r a m a a ) . Idi
Ahtnar,
anriciit
Til-Biirsib.
Wall
paiaring,
century or ei'cu lo reign oj Adail-nirari III (810-783).
-(ANEP 74, 276:235)
noti’
destroycd.
llcight
oj
ngisler:
abotil
1.40
tu.
Pcrhaps
early
agitili
An Akkadian Lexical Companion For Biblical Hebrew Etymological-Scmantic and Idiomatic Equivalents with Supplement ori Biblical Aramai'c
Hayim ben Yosef Tawil
K'FAV PUBLISHÍNG 1IOUS.C INC.
Copyright © 2009 Hayim ben Yosef Tawil
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Tawil, Hayim An Akkadian lexical companion to biblical Hebrew : etymological-semantic and idiomatic equivalents with supplement on biblical Aramaic / by Hayim Tawil. p. cm. ISBN 978-1-60280-114-1 1. Hebrew language-Dictionaries-Akkadian. 2. Hebrew language-Dictionaries-English. I. Title. PJ4831.T38 2009 492.4'3921—dc22 2008050209
Published by KTAV Publishing House, Inc. 930 Newark Avenue Jersey City, NJ 07306 [email protected] www.ktav.com (201)963-9524 Fax (201)963-0102
I dedicate this work to My parents Joseph and Esther V-T to My daughter Taphat Tonya My soli Arye Joseph, his wife Limor to My grandson Hod Hayim and My granddaughter Hadar Ziviah
cm r':pj rnt?i? (l’rovcrhs 17:6)
My hcartfelt apprcciation to thè pcople attd institutions that ctiablcd this projcct to conte to Jruition:
Mr. Harry Bpstein Dedicateci to Prof. Hayim ben Yosef Tawil In honor ofShirley and Al (lindi, and Irene and Sonny (lindi By their children Michael Tawil In memory ofhis parents Yitzhak ben Yael and Rachel bat Helena Zvi Erenyi In memory ofhis parents Abraham M. and Stephanie Isaac Tawil Sepharadic Rabbinical College In appreciation of Prof. Hayim ben Yosef Tawil Professor Richard Whitc For his countless efforts and great contributions Yeshiva University
Table
of
Contents
Acknowledgnients
viii
Preface
jx
Abbreviations
xv
Lexicographical Entrics
xxi
Typology of Passages Cited
xxii
Biblical Hcbrcw-Akkadian Lexical Companion
i
Biblical Aramaic
437
Hebrew and Akkadian Nainc Corrcspondcnce
457
Brief Overvicw of thc Akkadian Language
465
Akkadian to Hcbrew Concordancc
472
Akkadian to Biblical Araniaic Concordance
485
Sclcctcd Bibliography
486
vii
Acknowledgments I ani indcbted to my friends Profs. Yakov Elman, Mitchcll Orlian, Samuel Schncider, 1 Iaym Soloveitchick, and Peter Merkel for always showing keen interest m thè progress of my project. A note of thanks to thè administration of Yeshiva University, to Dr. Hillel Davis, Vice President for University Life, and Provost Dr. Mortoti Lowengrub. In addition, I owe a debt of gratitude to my colleague Prof. Richard Steiner for his scholarly suggestions. 1
benefited
from
thè
insight
and
thè
criticai
comments
of
Profs.
Barry
Eichler,
George
Landes,
Nachum Sarna z”l, Alan Schwartz, JefFrey Tigay, and Shalom Holtz. However, any errors are thè author’s responsibility. Throughout this project my research was aided by thè professionalism extended to me by thè library staff of Yeshiva University. 1 thank Leah Adler, Zalman Alpert, Mary Ann Linahan, John Moryl, Moshe Schapiro, and especially Zvi Erenyi. The manuscript of this Lexical Companion was typed by my students Evan Anziska, Avi Bloom, Jonathan Edelstem, Michael
Shmuel Yankovich,
Greenwald, and
Azoulay
Aaron Zohar.
Leibtag,
Pinhas
Much
gratitude
Rothman,
Judah
for
proficiency,
their
Rosenblum, alacrity,
Ami and
Steinberger, reliability.
I
express my deepest thanks and appreciation to my senior students Chaim Gitler, Dani Kahana, Jonathan Miller, Joseph Ringle, Adam Scheier, and Jonathan Strauss, whose kind and tireless cooperation in typing and editing thè first draft of thè Lexical Companion enabled me to complete this undertaking. I am grateful also to Aaron Koller for his assistance in thè development of sections of thè introduction, to Salini Dweck z”i for his comments, and to my nephew David Bibi, who, during my sabbatical year, had an uncanny knack for making order out of chaos. Many thanks to my student Michael Siev for his unstinting and selfless help in preparing thè Companion for publication. I express my appreciation to my sisters Miryam Elkayani and Ashira Bibi, and to Dr. Gloria Silbert for making my sabbatical year in Israel enjoyable and fruitfiil.
Preface
Thirty four years ago, in his article “Sonic Remarks
More
011 a New Approach Co Hebrew,” published on thè occasion
of
M.
A.
Beek’s
Assyriologist
R.
Frankena
sixty-fifth expressed
birthday, thè
need
specifically,
Companion
thè
to
for
semantic
does
etymological and
this
not
Akkadian
confine
equivalents, idiomatic
its but
Lexical
interest also
relationships.
solely
embraces While
thè
a suitable tool to provide students of thè Hebrew
prodigious
amount
L3ible with linguistic inforniation from Akkadian. In
primarily
to
his suniniation he states:
scholars, I tliink anyone with some knowledge of
of
data
Hebrew
assembled
Bible
and
will
appeal
East
Semitic
Biblical Hebrew and Akkadian will want to consult This article 011 thè relationship between Hebrew and Accadimi ìs a first attempi to reach a new approach to Hebrew, whieli will profit from thè ever more manifest afFinity of both languages and in whicli thè mentioned parallels are not considered incidental, but symptomatic for this underlying affinity. The existing parallels between Hebrew and Aecadian in words, grammatical structure and idioniatie expressions, in my opinion, warrant new investigations into this relationship between Hebrew and Aecadian in order to understand both languages better. This would require a joint effort of Hebraists and Assynologists. If more people would be convinced of thè necessity and importante ofsuch a study, thè first ami of this article would liave been attained.
this Lexical Companion from time to time. To that end, thè contribution of thè Lexical Companion will meet concerns on several main levels: 1.T0 in
its
complicated
writing
uncover
contexts,
cognates
2.
have
either
equivalents
4.
To
correct
a
certain
understanding
of
Hebrew words and expressions in light of their Akkadian equivalents; 5.
system,
To
show
that
somewhat
Hebrew Bible bave liniited access to thè Akkadian
somewhat
different
material.
of
can
offer
a
tablets uncovered in Mesopotamia can be used to
task
of
elucidate and shed light 011 thè language of thè
Hebrew;
“Scrolls.” Although in thè last one hundred years
6.
thousands
whicli vocable
3. To illuminate idioms from related expressions in Akkadian;
temporally
of
Hebrew
To propose nuanccs for Hebrew words
thè majority of people whose main interest is thè hundreds
for
suggested by similar Akkadian usages;
Akkadian is a ratlier difficult language to learn and
thè
but or
Akkadian
Indeed,
meanings
employed in a similar context;
O11 August 1998 1 embarked 011 a personal journey of
particular
Akkadian
to undertake and bring sudi a project to fruition. Because
help
words that hitherto have eluded clear definition
or so there have been numerous studies concerning
literature,
large
thè
large
though remote from number
understanding
of and
and
linguistically
Hebrew,
nonetheless,
of
and
resource
geographically
insights
interpreting
for
thè
Biblical
Last but not least, “indirectly” to introduce
those biblical scholars and students who are not
individuai words, idiomatic expressions, and phrases
familiar with thè Akkadian language to thè vast
understood
in
Assyrian
knowledge,
there
light has
of
Akkadian, been
no
so
fiir,
widescale
to
my
and
Babylonian
material
as
compiled
attempi
in all thè volumes of The Assyrian Dictionary of
to systematically evaluate thè parallels and cognates
thè Orientai Institute oj thè University of Chicago
between these two branches of thè Seniitic family
(CAD)—as of thè completion of this Companion,
of languages.
thè volume U/W has not been published—and IX
thè
three
concise
volunies
of
Wolfram
lence upon them as well;
von
Soden’s Akkadischcs Handumterbuch (AHw).
2.
Emphasis 011 poetic usage and parallelism.
Accordingly,
Our comparative philological studies of Biblical
thè
set
of
words
that
occur
in
Hebrew and Akkadian are based, to some degree,
parallelism with thè terni in question will both
on thè methodology employed by my late teacher
individually
Moshe Held. In his tribute to Held’s scholarship as
semantic evidence;
expressed both in his teaching and his writing, thè
3.
The
and
collectively
parallel
usage
in
supply
a
invaluable
parallel
context
distinguished Sumerologist and Assyriologist W. W.
as
Hallo, whose scholarship was not pursued solely in
determine ìf thè two terms are also seniantically
thè spirit of l’Assyriologie pour l’Assyriologic, states:
equivalcnt. If there is none, then it is doubtful
4. thè
lence
between
two
terms
docs
not
from
Comparative
its
concrete-physical
connota-
Semitic
of biblical
late
antiquity
was
interpreted
thè
lexieography
has
been
studies for a millennium. In Hebrew
with
thè
language help
of
of thè
thè
Bible
commonly
used Aramaic. Beginning in thè Middle Ages and continuing
through
thè
nineteenth
century
thè
language of greatest use to thè Biblicist was Arabie. However, with thè discovery of Akkadian 1 55 years ago and Ugaritic 80 years ago, thè focus has shifted. The student of Bible and thè biblical languages now has at his disposai undreamt of riclies. The hnguistic, cultural,
legai,
and
mythological
backgrounds,
can
be brilliantly, if only partially, illuminated. Indeed, thè Semitist H. W. F. Saggs, in his inaugurai lecture “Assyriology and thè Study of thè Old Testament,” delivered at University College Cardiff, observed: Although Assyriology is, properly speaking, thè produci of thè last century and a lialf, this short period of continuous and productive study of thè civilizations concerned has honourable antecedents. The prophet Isaiah hiniself, in whose time Assyrian imperiai power and cultural influence were at tlieir heiglit, showed a keen interest in thè affairs and even certain features of thè culture of Assyria, which he hailed as God’s instrument, directed against a godless nation. His interests appear to have extended beyond Theology to Comparative Semitic Philology, for we find thè prophet making a pun based 011 cross-correspondences between Hebrew and Akkadian vocabulary. “Are
equiva
grant
To establish thè semantic development of lexeme
a staple
than thè use of an etymological one. Therefore, etymological
to
homonyms.
Special stress on disclosing thè meaning of
thè
comparison
ering thè lexeme as comprised of two or more
words by means of an inductive method rather of
etymological
tion to its abstract meaning, instead of consid-
Accordingly, our Lexical Companion has adopted
denionstration
011
a philological point of view;
thè following methodology:
thè
check
whether thè comparison should be pursued from
his writing has had a signifieant impact on thè interrelated fields of Assyriology, Seniitic linguistics, and biblical cxegesis. Particularly prominent aniong his contributions are his lexicographical insights. One mcthodological need that he consistently emphasizcd was thè recognition that comparative Semitic lexieography cannot contcnt itself with what in some circles is known as “comparative Semitic philology,” i.e., thè mere identifìcation of cognates, ali identifìcation which often is highly speculative at best. Kather, it must also encompass thè realms of functional equivalents, of loan translations, of socalled calques. Such equivalcnces are much harder to ldentify, requiring as they do a cotnmand of thè entire semantic field in which a given word is at honie, as well as its entire range of attcstations, especially in poetic contexts. One illustration aniong many from Held’s owii oeuvre is his convincing cquation of Hebrew sahat /suhà and Akkadian hastu /suttatu, all in thè approximate sense of pit or netherworld. Establishing this equation involved, in Held’s own words, “thè study of idiomatic correspondences and thè establishment of interdialectical distribution based on actual usage.” Availing myself of thè sanie generai methodology, 1 shall here attempt to demonstrate thè functional equivalence of certain terms in Sumerian, Akkadian, and Hebrew that share thè semantic field of divine aboniinations or taboos. (JQR 76 [19851:2122).
1.
a
thè
demonstrator thè right to force semantic equiva x
not,” he credits thè Assyrian empire with saying, “my commanders all kings?” (Isa 10:8). The literal answer to this rhetorical question was—as Isaiah well knew— that they were not. Isaiah was showing his lmguistic erudition, in that thè Akkadian word for “king” was, in thè Assyrian dialect of Isaiah’s time, a homophone of thè Hebrew word for ‘commander’; so that to cali an Assyrian fìeld-commander by his proper title in Hebrew was to cali liim a king in his own language.” (Saggs, 1969:4—5).
our knowledge of Akkadian is not only thorough, but secure, since it is not based 011 etymologies derived
from
Ugaritic
and
Akkadian
This
Lexical
comparison and
of
Biblical
Aramaic.
unmediated
exem-
Companion Akkadian
difficult is
lexieography.
Though
Canaanite,
whethcr
is
direct Hebrew
thesis
assist
in
lexemes
is
that
explicating
and
idioms.
only
further
advanced
this
may
than
seem
Hebrew
paradoxical,
or at least lamentable, it is, in fact, inescapable.
or
not
it
a
dose
relative
patently
a
The assumption behind thè thesis is that Akkadian
biblical study; unfortunatcly, one charactcristic. Ugaritic,
provides
Biblical
centrai
can
biblical
lexieography
possesscs
then,
involves
and
The
comparison
plify two characteristics of thè perfect resource for cadi
Akkadian,
thè Biblicist with astonishing reserves of linguistic data.
otherwise Consequently,
elsewhere.
is
classified of
as
The two factors that created this state of affairs—
ancicnt
and
that
ensure
that
it
will
continue
for
thè
Hebrew. Not only is it a nearby brandi off thè sanie
foreseeable
bough
thè lexicographer’s disposai and thè types of texts.
and
of
thè
family
geographical
early
Biblical
tree,
gaps
but
thè
separatmg
Hebrew
are
chronological Ugaritic
remarkably
small
from
future—are
thè
quantity
of
texts
at
The mundane component of language, usually thè
(at
most basic competent, is in fact disproportionately
least from thè perspective of Seniitists, who were
unattested
accustomed to explaining biblical texts in light of
and
classica] Arabie of two millennia later and hundreds
metaphorical use. The word for “upper millstone,”
in
Biblical
household
items
Hebrew. are
Words
often
for
attested
tools
only
in
of miles away!). On thè other hand, Ugaritic is,
is attested only in a legai context (Deut 24:6)
when all is said and done, not a particularly well-
and twice in narrative pasasages (Judg 9:53; 2Sam
attested
itself
11:21), none of which clearly identifies thè object,
to be rather limited in scope, and its language is
language;
its
literature
has
revealed
and thè word for “lower millstone” does not occur
correspondingly narrowly known. It stili seems safe
at all. The word for “hoe” is attested but once, and
to assume that a native Ugaritic speaker could help
only because Isaiah tries to describe rocky land (Isa 7:25: 'p-nsr “Hi?S3 D'inn ‘rr.}.
modern biblical philologists with many textual and literary conundrums, but thè texts we have do not
Akkadian
allow us to reconstruct cnough of thè language to stand in thè native speaker’s place. Akkadian, attested,
in
and,
contrast, just
as
is
phenomenally
importantly,
problems.
well-
thoroughly
is,
The
by
and
difficulty
is
Semitic
language
genetically
Hebrew
and
cognates.
trained
in
its
comparative
large, that
free
most A
of
Akkadian
these is
distant
historical
reconstructive
thè from
linguist
techniques
studied and understood on internai evidence. The
of, say, thè Indo-European languages, would scoff
study of a given Ugaritic text begins with certain
therefore, at thè idea that direct Akkadian-Hebrew
reference tools at hand: lexicons of ancient Hebrew,
comparison could be profitable. A word is in order,
Akkadian, Arabie, Phoenician, Aramaic and so on.
therefore, as to thè state of affairs in thè ancient
Given a Ugaritic text and 110 other knowledge of
Semitic world that enables such comparison to be,
Semitic languages, thè philologist would have little
in fact, extraordinarily profitable.
chance of deciphering any of it. But thè hundreds of
The
thousands of preserved Akkadian tablets of all genres
Semitic
daughter
languages
present
thè
historical linguist with a far more complicated state
and types, from many different periods and locations,
of
enable
comparative
do. The fict that Sanskrit differs so sharply from
work and focus 011 thè language at hand. This luxury
(ïreek and Latin was a cruciai fact that allowed thè
afforded
similarities to be seen and thè proto-forms to be
thè to
Assyriologist Akkadian
to
suspend
lexicographers
ensures
that xi
affairs
than
their
Indo-European
counterparts
reconstructed with relative case. The reconstruction
questions regarding thè linguistic features identified.
of Proto-Semitic, on thè other hand, is complicateci
The question of how a particular idiom made its way
by thè fact that thè Semitic languages, millennia
from Akkadian into Hebrew, for example, is moot;
after splitting, were in dose cultural contact. There
thè fact that thè parallel existed is what is ofinterest. In
are Akkadian loanwords in Ugaritic, Canaamsms in
this respect, this approach is thoroughly synchronic.
thè Akkadian of thè Amarna letters, West Semitic
Each
morphological
provide
Babylonian
and
Mari
syntactic letters,
features
and
in
dozens
thè of
Old
proven
to
such
parallel,
further
ponder.
of
course,
material
If
a
for
could
thè
particular
and
sliould
historical
linguist
semantic
development
cases of Aramaisation of thè Akkadian of thè Neo-
can be traced in two Semitic languages, does this
Assyrian Empire, as well as pervasive influence of
indicate
Akkadian on thè Aramaic of thè time. And Arabie
development? I )oes thè presence of similar idioms in
absorbed from every language with which it had
different
contact! Sudi a situation does not readily letid itself
from
to historical reconstructions of any type, inuch less
viewing thè world, or simply a borrowing? These
of a simple Stammbaum forni.
questions are of historical interest, and in thè realm
This because it
sanie of
hinders
phenomenon
intercultural efforts
at
ofinterlingual
contacts,
thè
of
attested
forms.
simply
languages
Proto-Semitic,
some
parallel
indicate kind
of
independent
an
inheritance
Semitic
way
of
because
philologist can dispense with such questions, because
Proto-
thè object of philology is not a historical dictionary,
of
but a viable and dcfensible interpretation of a text.
The aim, then, is not reconstruction of an Ur-form, interpretation
Semitic
or
of diachronic studies tliey are fundamental. But thè
Semitic, demands a more heavily synchronic focus. but
claque
influence
precisely
reconstruction
a
It is for these two very different camps that
Philologists
I
have
written
this
Lexical
Companion.
My
own
who work on texts in “dead” languages know well
interests are philological, and thus synchronic. My
that thè primary source for thè tneaning(s) of a given
primary focus has been to identify thè words in
terni
contexts
thè Bible that have Akkadian cognates and, where
are all too often insufficient, and thè text is all too
possible, to show that this connection is not merely
must
be
thè
text
itself.
However,
often unwilling to reveal itself to modern scholars.
of historical interest, but can liclp in elucidating thè
A
biblical text. This is, I believe, especially important
philologist
must
then
cast
his
net
elsewhere,
searching for sources of helpful information, and thè
wlien idiomatic expressions are involved.
perentiial contact between languages in thè Semitic
It is an obvious truth that idiomatic phrases and
world and thè concomitant impact each had on thè
expressions are thè most difficult component of a
others, and received in turn, provides a welcome
language
source of relief.
When
The biblical philologist has always been able to and
morphological
features.
Scholars
a
non-native with
a
speaker
“dead”
to
language,
understand. thè
lack
of native informants to inforni us of thè precise
turn to other Semitic languages for parallel lexical items
for
dealing
significance of problem. The
such
idioms is often an insurmountable only tool in thè hands of thè
as U. Cassuto, W. F. Albright, H. L. Ginsberg, S.
philologist, then, is context, and in thè case of idioms
Loewenstamm,
that appear only a few times, often there is simply
Y.
Avishur,
and
J.
Greenfield,
to
name but a few, showed that literary features of thè
not
enough
data
to
enable
any
finn
conclusion.
Bible were shared by other Northwest Semitic texts,
Early exegetes seem to have followed their instinets,
that this was another realm in which comparative
interpreting phrases as they saw fit, in an inescapably
Semitics could elucidate biblical passages. And my
ad hoc manner.
teacher
Moshe
Held
continually
emphasized
that
We can now do better, however. The examples
idioms and figures of speech could be elucidated
within demonstrate clearly that thè plentiful and less
in this manner, and stressed that Akkadian could be
ambiguous expressions in thè Akkadian texts enable
just as helpful to biblical studies in this respect as thè
us to ascertain with some certainty and precision
more closely related Northwest Semitic dialects.
thè meaning of thè biblical idiom. In some cases
In such studies, it is proper to eschew historical
thè idioms are not only semantic but etymological Xll
equivalents; but
in
others,
semantically
Biblical
etymologically
equivalent
Hebrew
and
idioms
Akkadian.
thè expression )Tn
unrclated
are
The
in Gerì
and morphology of Akkadian, we refer thè reader
shared
by
meaning
of
to
18:10,14 seems
John
Harvard
Semitic
clearly to be “(at this time) next year” on internai
oj
America,
exegetes,
about
though The
it
literally
existence
means
“at
thè
(Winona
Akkadian,
Lake,
Ind.:
time
Akkadian
(Lanham,
1978).
thè
For
Md.:
those
development
of
University
Press
interested
in
cuneiform
writing
of
learning and
ana balàt “next year” clinched thè point, as it, too,
literature itself, as a starting point, we refer thè reader
means
to Karen Rhea Nemet-Nejat, Daily Life in Ancient
thè
Akkadian
45
of
thè literary history of Akkadian, as well as thè actual
“at
thè
Series
Grammar
expression
literally
of
A
Eisenbrauns, 2005) and to David Marcus, A Manual
biblical grounds, as was seen already by thè medieval living.”
Huehnergard,
living.”
Hebrew
ITO
and
Akkadian balàt(u) are semantic, but not etymological, equivalents, but they
Mesopotamia Press, 1998)
forni idiomatic phrases with
(Westport and London: Greenwood and to Benjamin R. Foster, Bcforc
ldentical meanings. Again, this miglit be explained
thè Muses: An Anthotogy oj Akkadian Literature, 3rd
by thè tools of anthropology, historical linguistics,
edition (Bethesda, Md.: CDL Press, 2005).
sociolinguistics,
psychology,
or
some
other
field,
When
citing
an
thè
CAD,
we
Akkadian
passage
directly
and may in turn have implications for those fields,
from
but this lies beyond thè interest of this work. Idioms
translation.
that
partial translation (because we have included more
have
remained
unelucidated
within
their
However,
have
included
when
thè
thè
CAD
CAD’s
provides
a
biblical contexts due to a paucity of attestations can
of
benefit from thè vast resources at thè disposai of thè
thus thè translation is, at least partly, ours—we have
thè
Akkadian
passage)
or
110
translation—and
Assyriologist. Even in cases where exegetes thought
indicated
thè meaning of a particular biblical expression was
an
clear, nuances can be discovered, subtitles can be
dictionary will have little or no working knowledge
distinguished,
and
corrcctions
can
be
this
asterisk
by
citing
(*CAD).
thè
Also,
CAD
since
reference
many
using
with this
introduced
of thè Sumerian language, where thè CAD, 111 its
into thè Hebrew lexicon in light of Akkadian.
transcription,
Inaddition tothisparticularbenefitofAssyriology for biblical lexieography at thè level of thè idiom,
by thè scribe to express thè Akkadian (a common
there is, of course, thè more straightforward use of
possible, with thè actual Akkadian word intended
cognates. In instances in which thè meaning of a
by thè scribe. Lastly, it is thè policy of thè CAD
scribal
cites
practice),
thè we
Sumerian
have
replaced
logogram it,
used
whenever
Biblical Hebrew lexeme is ambiguous and debated,
to transliterate thè niain-entry terni when citing a
evidence from
passage; mstead, we have transcribed and normalized
Akkadian often
helps
to
adjudicate
aniong thè possibilities.
thè terni. We have listed thè page in thè CAD and
The material collectcd bere sliould be of interest
thè AHw as a source so thè interested reader can
also to those whose passions He not in thè meaning
finti thè specific references to thè originai text, and
of thè texts, but in thè history of thè languages. The
others, with full publication details.
cognates
collectcd
sliould
provide
data
to
those
We make no claim to provide thè last word
interested in working on thè Semitic family tree in
011 thè subject. Ours is only a pioneering attempt
generai or in thè eastern or northwestern branches
to
more specifically.
achieved so far. More documents will be discovered
summarize
what
comparative
philology
has
and thè texts that are known today will be reFor
those
Akkadian appendix
biblical
scholars
language, a
very
we brief
unfamiliar
have
with
thè
read. In generai we have tried to be thorough in
in
thè
recording all cases where Akkadian can shed light
history,
011 Biblical Hebrew. We have also tried to consult
provided
overview
of
its
phonology, and morphology to afford thè Biblicist
all appropriate comparative studies, but, as can be
an immediately accessible means to better appreciate
seen from thè bibliography, thè field is expanding
thè
those
rapidly. We have also tried to spread a wide net
phonology
to take in commentaries and studies of thè biblical
Akkadian
interested
in
passages learning
cited
more
here.
about
thè
For
xm
verses
containing
Akkadian
thè
countcrparts
Hebrew can
words
illuiminate.
that
thè
to quote from thè 'leaching of thè h'athers:
However,
Kb
“riO?1? nofcòtpn. To that end: Ì“TD?Q p^nt? ^13 □ni
in case we have overlooked relevant studies or have omitted any Biblical Hebrew and Akkadian words
With humility, 1 am grateful to thè Lord God for guiding me to see this work to its conclusion.
that are etymologically and semantically equivalent and comments, it is then, mdeed, appropriate
>bs‘ ni •2'i7n' *n 'p'. Isa 40:31
Hayim ben Yosef Tawil New York - Raanana 2009 tD“D2?n
xiv
Abbreviations
HEBREW
BIBLE
RABBINICI WORKS
Cicn
Ciencsis JT’WNm
Exod
Exodus mas?
Lev
Lcviticus tnpl
Nuni
Numbers 137»3
Deut
Deuteronomy a’127
Josh
Joshua SBnrr
Judg
Judges B’USitff
Abod. Zar.
Abodah Zarah
Abot
Abot
Arak.
Arakin
B. Bat.
Baba Batra
B. Mec.
Baba Mecia
B.Qam.
Baba Qainma
Bek.
Bekhorot
Ber.
Berakhot
2 Samuel 3 ^Nia»
Bcsah
Bcsah (Yom Tob)
L KillgS N D'OVa
Bik.
Bikkurim
2Kgs
2 Kings 3 a^Va
Dem.
Demai Eduyot
i Sani
i Samuel N Vsia»
2Sani iKgs Isa
Isaiah ìrr»®’
Eduy.
jer
Jeremiah irpìST
Erub.
Ezek
Erubin
Ezekiel VspTn'’
Ciit.
Ciittin
Hos
Hosea SBttn
Joel
Hag.
Hagiga
Joel bsr
Hai.
Amos
Amos ma»
Hor.
Hallah Horayot
Ob
Obadiah n’731»
Hul.
Hullim
Jon
Jonah n:v
Kel.
Kelim
Mie
Micah ns’»
Ker.
K eri tot
Nah
Nahum ama
Ket.
Ketubbot
Hab
Habakkuk pïpan
Kil.
Kilayim
Zcph
Zephaniah n’JDS Llaggai ’jn
Maas.
Maaserot
Hag Zech
Maas. Sh.
Zcchariah maT
Maaser Sheni
Mak.
Makkot
Mal
Malachi '•stòìì
Makh.
Makhshinn
Ps
Psalms B’Vnn
Meg.
Mcgillah
Prov
Proverbs '’Vira
Meil.
Meilah
Job
Job 3T8
Meri.
Menahot
SoS
Song of Songs a^TOn T»
Mid.
Ruth
Ruth mi
Middot
Miq.
Lamentations ns’N
Miqwaot
Lani
Moed
Moed
Ecc
Ecclesiastes flVnp
Moed Q.
Moed Qatati
Esth
Esther U10N
Nashim
Nashim
Dan
Daniel Virn
Naz.
Nazir
Ezra
Ezra KIT»
Neg.
Negaim
Neh
Nehemiah H’anJ
Nez.
Neziqin
i Chr
i Chronicles S avrn "n37
Nid.
Niddah
2Chr
2 Chronicles 3 B’ttv: "H37
Oliai.
Ohalot
XV
Orlali
Orlah
AnBib
Parah
Parali
ANEP
Analecta Biblica J.B. Pritchard, Ancient Near East
Peah Pes.
Pcah Pesahim
A NET
J.B. Pritchard, Ancient Near
Qid.
Qiddushin
Eastern Texts Relating to thè Old
Qin.
Qinnim
Testament (3d ed.)
Rosh lia-Sh. Rosh ha-Shanah
in Picturcs
AnOr AnSt
Analecta Orientalia
Sanh.
Sanhcdnn
Shab.
Shabbat
AOAT
Shcbi.
Shebiit
AOB
Altorientalische Bibliothek
Sbcbu
Shcbuot
AP
Aramaic Papyri of thè Fifth
Sheq.
Shcqalim
Sot.
Sotah
T. Yom
Tebul Yom
Taan.
Anatolian Studies Alter Orient und Altes Testament
Century B.C. ARI
Arclieology and thè Religion of
Taanit
ARM
Archives royales de Mari
Tarn. Tg. J.
Tamid Targum Jonathan
ArOr AS
Archiv Orientální
Tg. N.
Targum Neofiti
BA
Biblical Archaeologist
Tg. O.
Targum Onqelos
BAR
Biblical Arclieology Review
Tem. T er.
Temurot T erumot
BASOR
Bulletin of thè American Schools
Israel
Assyriological Studies
Toh.
Toharot
BBR
of Orientai Research Bulletin for Biblical Research
Uqsin
Uqsin
BBS
Bulletin of Biblical Studies
Yad. Yeb.
Yadayim Yebamot
BDB
E. Brown, S. Driver, C. Briggs,
Zab.
Zabim
Zeb.
Zebahim
BHK
R. Kittei, Biblia Hebraica
Zer.
Zeraim
BHS
Biblia Hebraica Stuttgartensia
Hebrew and English Lexicon of thè Old Testament
Bib bibliographical
bin
Biblica Babylonian Inscriptions in thè Colleetion of James B. Nies
AB ABD
Anchor Bible Anchor Bible Dictionary
BiOr
Bibliotheca Orientalis
ABL
Assyrian and Babylonian Letters
BRcv
Bible Review
Adapa
S. Izre’el, Adapa and thè South
BWL
Babylonian Wisdom Literature
BZ
Biblische Zeitschrift
BZAW
Beihefte zur ZAW
CAI)
The Assyrian Dictionary of
Wind ADI)
C.H.W. Johns, Assyrian Deeds
AfO
Archiv fur Orientforschung
thè Orientai Institute of thè
AHw
Akkadisches Handwòrterbuch
University of Chicago
AIA
S.A. Kaufman, The Akkadian
CBQ
Catholic Biblical Quarterly
Influences on Aramaic American Journal of Semitic
CCT
Cuneiform Texts from
AJSL
Languages and Literatures
CI)A
and Documents
AKA
Cappadocian Tablets
The Annals of thè Kings of
CH
Roth, Law Collections from
Assyria AL
A Concise Dictionary of Akkadian Code of Hammurabi (M. Mesopotamia and Asia Minor)
Amarna Letters (W.L. Moran, The Amarna Letters)
CML xvi
J.C.L. Cìibson, Canaanitc Myths
and Legends
JNES
Journal ofNear Eastern Studies
CT
Cuneiform Texts in thè British Museuni
JNSL
Journal of Northwest Semitic
CTA
Corpus des tablettes en
Jouon/M
P. Jouon, Grammar of Biblical
découvertes à Ras Shamra-Ugarit
JQR
Thejewish Quarterly Review
DCH
Dictionary of Classical Hebrew
JSJ
Journal for thè Study ofjudaism
HDD
Dictionary of Dcities and Demons
JSOT
Journal for thè Study of thè Old
DNSI
Dictionary of North-West Semitic Inscriptions
JSOTSup
Journal for thè Study of thè Old
Languages
cunéifornies alphabétiques
Hebrew
Testament
DSD
Dead Sea Discoveries
DULAT
A Dictionary of thè Ugaritic
JSS
Testament Supplement Series Journal of Semitic Studies
Language in Alphabetic Tradition Études bibliques
JTS
Journal of Theological Studies
EBib
KAI
Kanaanàische und Aram;iische
EI
Eretz-Israel
EJ
Encyclopedia Judaica
KAR
Keilschrifttexte aus Assur
EM
Encyclopedia Miqrait
Gilgamesh
A.R. George, The Babylonian
Inschriften religiòsen Inhalts KAT KB3
Gilgamesh Hpic CiKC GPL
Kommentar zum Alten Testament The Hebrew and thè Aramaic
Gesenius’ Hebrew Gramniar, ed.
Lexicon of thè Old Testament
E. Kautzsch, trans. A.E. Cowley
1994-2000 (3d ed.)
Z.S. Harris, A Grammar of thè
LKA
E. Ebeling, Literarische
MAI)
Keilschrifttexte aus Assur Materials for thè Assyrian
Phoenician Language HAR
Hebrew Annual Review
Hh HKAT
lexical series HAR.ra=Hubullu Handkommentar zum Alten
Dictionary MAOG
Mitteilungen der Altorientalischen
Maqlu
G. Meier, Die assyrische
Testament
Gesellschaft
HS
Hebrew Studies
HSS
Harvard Semitic Studies
HTR
Harvard Theological Review
MRS
Beschwòrungssammlung Maqlu Mission de Ras Shamra
HUCA
Hebrew Union College Annual
MSL
Matenalien zum sumerischen
ICC
International Criticai NAB
New American Bible
NEB
New English Bible
Lexikon
Commenta ry IDB
G.A. Buttrick (ed.), Interpreter’s Dictionary of thè Bible
IEJ
Israel Exploration Journal
IOS
Israel Orientai Studies
JANES
The Journal of thè Ancient Near
JAOS
Journal of thè American Orientai
NIDOTTE The New International Dictionary of Old Testament Theology and Exegesis
Eastern Society Society
NIV
New International Version
NJPS
Newjewish Publication Society
OBS
Orientai and Biblical Studies
OIP
Orientai Institute Publications
JB
Jerusalem Bible
OLZ
Orientalistische Literaturzeitung
JBL
Journal of Biblical Literture
OTS
Oudtestamentische Studien
JBQ
Thejewish Bible Quarterly
PEQ
Palestine Exploration Quarterly
JCS
Journal of Cuneiform Studies
PRU
Le Palais Royal d’Ugarit
JEA
Journal of Egyptian Archeology
Qad
Qadmoniot
JJS
Journal ofjewish Studies
RA
Revue d’Assyriologie
xvii
RAcc
F. Thureau-Dangin, Rituels
adj.
adjective
accadicns
Adii.
Adad-niràri
RB
Revue biblique
adv.
adverb
REB
Revised English Biblc
Akk.
Akkadian
Revuc des ótudes Juives
app.
appendix
RLA
Rcallcxikon der Assyriologie
Ar.
Arabie
RSV
Revised Standard Vcrsion
Aram.
Aramaic
RV
Revised Version
Asb.
Assurbanipal
SAA
State Archives of Assyria
Asn.
Assur-nasir-apli 11
SBL
Society of Biblical Literature
Ass.
Assyrian
SBT
Studies in Biblical Theology
astrol.
astrological astronomical
REJ
Scripta hierosolymitana
astron.
Sem
Semitica
BA
Biblical Aramaic
SJOT
Scandinavian Journal of thè Old
Babyl.
Babylonian
ScrHier
Testament
BH
Biblical Hebrew
STT
The Sultantepe Tablets
bib.
Bibliography
TCL
Texts cunéiformes du Louvre
Bil.
TDP
R. Labat, Traité akkadien
Bogh.
Bilingual (texts) Boghazkòy
de diagnostics et prognostics
BT
Babylonian Talmud business
THAT
TWAT
medicaux
bus.
E Jenni and C. Westermann
Camb.
Cambyses
(eds.),Theologisches Hand-
Can.
Canaanite
wòrterbuch zum Alten Testament
chem.
chemical (texts)
Theologisches Wòrterbuch zum
chron.
chronicle
Alten Testament
comm.
commentary
Ugarit-Forschungen
conjuction
UT
Ugaritic Textbook
conj. corr.
VAB
Vorderasiatische Bibliothek
CPA
Christian Palastinian Aramaic
VAS
Vorderasiatische Schriftdenkmaler
Cyr.
Cyrus
VAT
tablets in thè collection of thè
Dar.
Darius
dat.
dative
VT
Vetus Testamentum
dem.
demonstrative
VTSup
Vetus Testamentum Supplement
denom.
denominative
WBC
Word Biblical Commentary
det.
determinative
WO
Die Welt des Orients
diagn.
diagnostic
WZKM
Wiener Zeitschrift fìir die Kunde
DN
divine name
des Morgenlandes
DSS
Dead Sea Scrolls
YOS
Yale Orientai Series
EA
El-Amarna
ZA
Zeitschrift fiir Assyriologie
econ.
economie (texts)
ZAW
Zeitschrift fur die alttestamentliche
EgElam.
Egyptian
ZDMG
Zeitschrift der Deutschen
En. el.
Enuma elis
Esarh.
Esarhaddon
Etana
Etana tnyth
etym.
etymology, etymological
UF
Staatliche Museen, Berlin
Wissenschaft Morgenlandischen Cìesellschaft ZDPV
Zeitschrift des deutschen Palastina-V ereins OTHER ABBREVIATIONS XVIU
corresponding
Elamite
ext.
extispicy
fcm.
femmine
Fest.
Festschrift
NB
Neo-Babylonian
%• fr.
figurative
Nbk.
Nebuchadnezzar II
from
fragni.
fragment(ary)
Nbti. Ner.
Nabonidus Neriglissar
gcn.
genitivo
noni.
nominative
geogr.
OA
Old Assyrian
gloss.
geographical glossary
OAkk.
Old Akkadian
c;n
geographical name
OAram.
Old Aramaic
HB
Hebrew Bible
OB
Old Babylonian
Hcb.
Hebrew
Old Pers.
Old Persian
licnicr.
hemerology
opp.
opposite (of)
Hitt.
H itti te
orig.
originai (ly)
Hurr.
Hurrian
OT
Old Testament
IE
Indo European
part.
participle
ímp.
imperative
pass.
passive
ine.
incantation (texts)
Per.
Persian
ilici.
includitig
Ph.
Phoenician
indecl.
indeclinable
pharm.
inf.
infinitive
physiogn.
phamaceutical (texts) physiognomatic (oniens)
inscr.
inscription
pi.
plural
interj.
interjeetion
PN
personal name
interr.
interrogative
prep.
preposition
intrans.
intransitive
pres.
present
Izbu
Summa izbu
Pre-Sar.
Pre-Sargonic
K
Keret
pret.
preterii
LB
Late Babylonian
pron.
LBH
Late Biblical Hebrew
prot.
pronoun, prononiinal protasis
LE
Laws of Eshnunna
pub.
published
lcglet.
legai (texts) letter
Pun.
Punie Qumran
lcx.
Q
lexical (texts)
rd.
read
LH
Late Hebrew
redupl.
lit.
literally
ref.
reduplicateci, reduplication reference religious (texts)
Ludlul
Ludlul bel nemeqi
rei.
lw.
loanword
rit.
ritual (texts)
MA
Middle Assyrian
RN
royal name
masc.
masculine
RS
Ras Shamra
math.
niathematical (texts)
s. (sub.)
substantive
MB
Middle Babylonian medicai (texts)
Sar.
Sargon II
SB
Standard Babylonian
Mes.
Mesopotamia(n)
Sem.
Semitic
meteor.
meteorology, meterological Mishnaic Hebrew
Semi.
Sennacherib
Shalm.
Shalmaneser
MN
month name
sing.
singular
mng. MT
meaning
stat. const.
status constructus
Masoretic Text
Sum.
Sumerian
NA
Neo-Assyrian
syn.
synonym(ous)
mcd.
MH
XIX
Syr.
var.
Syriac Tiglat-pileser Tn.
TiSlTukulti-Ninurta I trans. transitive translation translat. translit
transliteration
Ug-
Ugaritic
V.
verb
wr.
variant writtcn
WSeiii
West Semitic WSem. word in peripheral Akk.
★
Precedes rcconstructed forni.
//
Parallelism Akkadian v; Hebrew sub.; and vice versa
xx
Lexicographical Entries Entries contain thc following: 1.Thc
Mari, Elam, Alalakh, Bogh, EA, Qatna, RS, Emar,
vocalizcd
Biblical
Hebrew
Nuzi and Ugarit.
entry
arranged in alphabetical order word by word and
7.
not by root, e.g., “heart.” 2.
lexeme in thè lite Assyrian Dictionary of thè Orientai Institute of thè University of Chicago, e.g., CAI) B
The Akkadian etymological and semantic
1643 (=CA1) volume B, p. 164, left column), and
equivalent, e.g., Hbhu “heart.” 3.
also in Akkadisches Handworterbuch, e.g., AHw i8b
A minimal grammatical analysis (adj., 1111111.,
(=AHw, p. 18, right column).
prep., s., v.); when thè word is a plural tantum it is
8. The principal meaning(s) as used in Akkadian
entered under its plural forili.
and Biblical Hebrew. Alternative English renderings
4. Special features exhibited by thè lexeme,
of
i.e., Sum. Lw. > Akk. > BH, e.g., Sum. é-gal “big house” > Akk. ëkallum bs'H “tempie”; Akk. Lw. >
BH
“tax”;
WSem.
“palace, tempie” > BH > BH e.g., Akk: miksu
Lw.
in
Akk.,
e.g.,
When necessary,
9.
1 ihbkkw
of
meaning
are
separateci
by
This section presents thè various idiomatic between
thè
two
languages,
thè Akk. sentence, if possible in a similar context.
thè identifìcation of thè
The AKKADIAN
Po'al
G or I/1
Niph'al
lacking
N or IV/1
Pi'el
Pael
I) or II/1
Hiph il
‘ Aph'el
S or III/1
6.
area
quotmg in full both thè vocalized BH verse and
Bili. AKAMAIC
Hitpael
sanie
correspondenccs
hayaru
BH and thè Akk. stenis:
nm. Qal
thè
commas, e.g., “to smile, mock.”
“donkey foal” = (Heb. T?)5.
Reference to thè main entry of thè Akkadian
Ethpa'al
idiomatic
expressions,
in
thè
majority
of
cases, include both thè etymological and semantic equivalents, i.e., both thè BH and Akk. entries will correspond
etymologically
and
semantically,
while
thè second lexeme of thè idiomatic compound will be
semantically
equal,
e.g.,
Heb:
H^in
=
Akk:
lihlìu mariti “sick heart.” In other cases, thè idiomatic
l)t or II/2
correspondenccs between thè two languages will be
The period of attestation of thè Akk. lexeme
both
corresponding to thè geographical regions of north
etymologically
and
semantically
equal,
e.g.,
Heb: 3ÍCD D1? = Akk: likbu tabu “good heart.” In a
(Assyria) and south (Babylonia) Mesopotamia:
few special cases thè idioms will correspond only
LB = Late-Babylonian (600 u.c.E—50 C..E.)
semantically,
MA = Middle Assyrian (1500-1000 B.C.E.)
“a cut-off land.” This entry will likewise indicate
MB = Middle Babylonian (1600—1000 B.C.E.)
thè
NA = Neo-Assyrian (1000-600 B.C.E.)
idiomatic hapax, etc.
NB = Neo-Babylonian (1000-600 B.C.E.)
frequency
10.
OA = Old Assyrian (1950-1750 B.C.E.)
e.g.,
When
lexicographical
OAkk. = Old Akkadian; including Ur 111 (2350— 2000 B.C.E.)
Heb:
of
thè
ÌT1T3
=
Akk:
expression,
necessary,
thè
discussion
to
asm parsu
such
entry
as
hapax,
includes
correct
a
certain
understandings of BH words and expressions 111 light of their Akk. equivalents, and to propose nuances
OB = Old Babylonian (1950-1600 B.C.E.)
for BH words suggested by similar Akk. usages.
SB = Standard Babylonian (after about 1500
1
B.C.E.)
1. Bibliography of recent lexical studies,
indicated by IUJ .
In this entry special locai categories recognized, as penpheral Akkadian, as such are Chagar Bazar,
12. Cross references, indicated by ,jr . xxi
Typology
of
Passages Cited (C0112). Hi H2 | Ai A2: (a) Hebrew main entry
The passages eited frotn thè Hebrew Bible and Akkadian sources to exemplify thè usage of thè cognates or
are
linguistic
arranged
according
construction.
The
to
literary
following
terni used with a contrasting second Hebrew terni;
usage
(b)
Akkadian
cognate
of
main
entry
terni
and
categories
a second Akkadian terni that is not a cognate of
are used. An mdication is given of thè number of
eitlier Hebrew terni to express thè sanie contrasting
words utilized and thè cognate relationship of those
meaning: Ì131 - ’pS = Akk. bikitu - hidàtu “weeping
words. H = Hebrew word; A = Akkadian word; subscript indicates cognate relationship (e.g., Hi and Ai are cognates; H2 and
(Dip) Diplomatic
A2 are not).
Terms utilized in treaties and royal correspondence (I)ip) (in relationship of father-son in a legal-treaty con text), e.g., p1? 'b H'ÌT Nini 3K1? i1? •’3Ì5 “1 will be a father to him and he shall be a son to Me” (2Sam 7:14); Akk: (in a treaty relationship between a major and a minor king), e.g., una PN abtya umma PNf màrukama una sepe abtya amqut “to l'N , my father, thus says PN , your son: I fall at thè feet of my father” (EA 73:1 -3; let. Byblos).
(Ad) Addaci A Hebrew terni that has thè opposite meaning in Akkadian. (Ad). Hi I A1 : (a) ìliÒ “to be unable”; leu “to be able.”
(CA) Cognate Accusative Construction
(Den) Denotative
The use of verbal and nominai forms of thè sanie root in which thè noun is thè direct object of thè
(Dem).
verb.
(b) Akkadian cognate to express thè sanie literal
Hi
|
Ai:
(a)
Hebrew
inaili
entry
terni;
meaning in similar contexts:
(CA). H 1 (v) H1 (n) | Ai(v) Ai (11): (a) Hebrew noun
□'3K n»T “facial sweat” (Cïen 3:19) = Akk; e.g., summa panusu zu'ta ukallu “if his face sweats” (CAI) Z i68b b).
forni and verbal forni of thè sanie root; (b) Akkadian cognate noun and verbal forni of sanie root: nSffill NOI! “commit a sin” (Exod 32:31; Lev 4:28; iKgs 16:19; Ezek 33:16 and passim) = Akk: luta hatù, e.g., sa hltu ihtu tagammilsu atta “you pardon bini who has eommitted a siti against you” (CAD H I57b).
(Den2). Hi | Ai: (a) Hebrew main entry terni; (b)
Akkadian cognate to express thè sanie literal
meaning in different contexts: rs ’b? nrninm rrasn anr n:r-r tò “gold or glass cannot match its (Wisdom’s) vaine, nor can vessels of quality gold be exchanged for it” (Job 28:17); Akk: e.g., kissusn sa gisnugalli zakakatum lubusti sa ezida “its retaining wall is made of alabaster, thè overlay of Ezida consists of (blue) glass (or glaze)” (CAI) Z 15b).
(Con) Contrasting Usage The use of two terms expressing somewhat opposite meanings. (Coni). Hi H2 | Ai A2: (a) Hebrew mairi entry terni used with a contrasting second Hebrew terni;
(Eu) Euphemism
(b) Akkadian cognates of each to express thè sanie
(Eui). Hi I Ai: (a)
contrasting meaning: “I^n - NÌ3 — Akk. bà'u - alaku
genitals” (lit. “knee”).
“to come - to go.” xxi
1
= Akk. birku “male
(Hen) Hendiadys
(Pari). Hi H2 | Ai A2: (a) Parallel usage of Hebrew
(Hem). H i | Ai: (a) □,0®1 p.NI = Akk. ersetu u samu “thè wholc world” (lit. “land and sky”). (H2). Hi | A i : (a)
Din; = Akk. ckútu (u)
almattu “dcstitutc, unprotccted people” (lit. “orphan and widow”).
(Id) Idiomatic Usage A
phrase
whose
meaning
differs
from
thè literal
meaning of its component words.
main entry terni and a second Hebrew term; (b) parallel usage Hebrew terms:
of
Akkadian
cognates
of
thè
two
"DT//D5? “name//fame,” e.g., "n1? '“DT HT] D1?»1? '13© ilT “ R this shall b e my name forever, this my fame for a l l eternity” (Exod 3:15; Isa 26:8; Ps 135:13; Prov 10:7; Job 18:17) = Akk: sume kabtu zikrì sira eli naphar bclc ma’dis iskunuinni “they (thè great gods) have I l i a d e my name far more important, my fame far superior to that of all other rulers” (CAD Z 11 ^b b, Shalmanesser III).
(1) Ai: (a) Hebrew main entry terni; (b) Akkadian cognate to express thè sanie idiomatic meaning:
(Par2). Hi H2 | Ai A3: (a) Parallel usage of Hebrew main entry term and a second Hebrew terni; (b)
(Idi). Hi H2 | Ai A2: (a) Hebrew main entry terni
parallel usage of Akkadian cognate of one term with
used
a non-cognate Akkadian term to express thè sanie parallelism:
with
a
cognates of meaning:
second each
to
Hebrew
terni;
express
thè
(b)
Akkadian
sanie
idiomatic
31? 310/3ÌE "joy of thè heart,” i.e., “happiness, willingness,” e.g., OTH# (iKgs 8:66 ^ 2Chr 7:10) / 31? 3ÌB1 no© (F.sth 5:9) “happy and glad heart” — Akk: tub libbi, e.g., tub libbi tub siri “joy of thè heart/ mind (and) joy of thè body” (CAI) S ii6h 3’ and passim; Muffs, 137-41).
fbs//‘ntip “to rcjoice//to be happy” (jSani 1:20 and passim) = Akk: dêsu//hadá, (CAD E 88b h).
(Phr) Phraseology The manner words.
in
which
an
idea
is
expressed
in
(Pliri). Hi H2 | Ai A2: (a) Hebrew main entry (Id2). Hi H2 | Ai A3: (a) Hebrew mani entry terni
term used with a second Hebrew term; (b) Akkadian
used
cognates of each to convey thè sanie meaning:
with
a
second
Hebrew
terni;
(b)
Akkadian
cognate of main entry terni and a second Akkadian
□T 3ÏÏ “discharge of blood” (Lev 15:25) = Akk: dama zàbu, e.g., siri istahha dami izzu\ba\ “my body is loose, and my blood has ebbed a way” (BWL 44:92, Ludlul).
terni that is is not a cognate of eitlier Hebrew terni to express thè sanie idiomatic meaning: (have intercourse with a young woman): Heb: ttf’Xl ’EHj? de? OH; bhn isa1? rnsjan ìd1?’ rasi ‘ Si man and his father eohabit witli thè sanie young woman and thereby profane my lioly name” (Amos 2:7); Akk: una sihirti alàku: summa amelu ana sihirti illak “if a man has intercourse with a young girl” (Paul, VT 32 I1982] 492—93). Cf. summa amelu ana sinnisti ina aìdki ikka! “if a man eats during intercourse” (*C'AI) A 32ih 7’).
(Mer) Merismus (Mer). Hi | Ai: (a) Dipi' — Akk. umu u mus'u “all thè time” (lit. “day and night”).
(Phr2). Hi H2 | Ai A3: (a) Hebrew main entry term used with a second Hebrew term; (b) Akkadian cognate of main entry term and a second Akkadian terni that is is not a cognate of either Hebrew terni to convey thè sanie meaning. D'OJS ÌHT “male descendants” (iSam 1:11) = Akk: zcr amèluti, e.g., amëluti ibtani àruru zer amclùti itlisu ibtanu “he createci mankind, Aruru helped him (Marduk) to create every human being” (CAD Z 96I1 5a).
(Seq) Sequencing The use of two or more identical parts of speech within thè sanie phrase or sentence.
(Par) Parallelism
(Sec]i). Hi H2 | Ai A2: (a) Hebrew main entry
The use of words or phrases that are similar or
term used with a second Hebrew terni; (b) Akkadian
complementary in structure or in meaning.
cognates of each to express thè sanie idea: XXlll
]3nnn - H33 “wccp - constantly pray,” e.g., línn’l H33 130» 131’ nei "Xï'r bsTI’a “he (Jacob) wept and constantly prayed to Him at Bethel, he (Jacob) would meet Him there and He would speak to us” (Hos 12:4; cf. also Esth 8:3) = Akk: baku - utnennu, e.g., aria ilisu ibakki utenemien “he weeps and constantly prays to his god” (CAD E 163!) d).
(Sd) Synecdoche (Sd).
Hi
|
Ai:
(a)
(p«n)
nìS??
Sn~IK
=
Akk.
kibràt arba'i / erbetti “die whole world” (lit. “thè four corncrs of thè eartli”).
(Sy) Syntactical Construction (Sy). Hi | A 1 : (a) I lebrew main entry term and (b) Akkadian cognate used in sanie syntactic structurc
(Seq2). Hi H2 | Ai A3: (a) Hebrew mani entry
to express thè sanie meaning:
term used with a second Hebrew term; (b) Akkadian
b n2D “destine, consigli” (lit. “count with,” i.e., “turn into”), e.g., iinsn raa1? do1??) sin1? zrrs ’n’aai “i will destine you for thè sword, all of you will kneel down to be slaughtered” (Isa 65:12) = Akk: ana...marni “cliange, turn into” (used widi terms for destruction, anmhilation, etc.), e.g., ana kakki nàkin ìimnus “may (Istar) deliver him to thè weapons of thè enemy” (CAD M 226I1); assn.. .nisëya imnu ana kardsi “because
cognate of main entry term and a second Akkadian term that is is not a cognate of either Hebrew term to express thè sanie idea: nbtS’1 “and he (Jchoram) went and sent (to Jehoshapat of Juciah)” = Akk: ilìakma ispuranna “(and Niqmaddu king of Ugarit) went and sent (to Suppiluliuma, thè Great King)” (RS 17.340 = PRV
he consigned my people to destruction” (CAD ibid.).
IV pp. 48-52 9-10).
(TM) Transferred Meaning (SM) Simile/Metaphor
(TMi). Hi I A1 : (a)
(SMi). Hi I Ai: (a) D'13? DT = Akk. dama klma me
command
“blood like water.”
king”).
of
tlie
'S = Akk. pi sani “thè kmg”
(lit.
“thè
mouth
of
thè
(SM2). Hi I Ai: (a) ITH ‘'SD3 = Akk. agapi sa sari
(TM2). Hi | Ai: (a) D'Ì3 E71"! = Akk. ayàbà dasu “to
“thè wings of thè wind.”
defeat (lit. “trample”) hostile nations.”
xxiv
—
Akk. abu s. OAkk. on (CAD Ai 6jb; AHw
HKNDIADYS
6. (Hen 1) (parents [lit. fiither and mother]): 3K
7b). father.
DK1,
IDIOMATIC USACI'
1.
(Idi) (faniily, clan) DN rP3, e.g., Num 3:24:
“his
fiither
MI \\IN(.
“since thè parents died” (CAD A ibid.).
(TM2) ([earliest] forefather, ancestor |in a sense|)
jicttan
fri# Akk:
e.g.,
[Ttàjinn
“your abbu
□n'hX
earliest mahrùli
(Jer
11:10);
forefather”
(Isa
“earliest
DIPLOMA TIC
7.
‘I will be a father to him and he shall be a son to Me” (2Sam 7:14); Akk: (vassal to overlord)
forefathers” (CAD A 72a 3 and passim). (TM2)
(master
or
ancestor
|in
a
(D2) (father-son relationship in a legai/
treaty con text) e.g., miT WHl 3ìÒ Í1? ITnK '3X
forefathers,”
e.g., esmctu abbisu mahruti “thè bones ofhis earliest
e.g., ana PN| abiya umma PN màrukama ana sepe
11011-
abiya amqut “to PN , my fither, thus says PN ,
genetic sense] of profession or art) e.g., 32T “ON
your son: I fall at thè feet of my father” (EA
‘ancestor of those who dwell in tents
73:1-3; let. Byblos).
and amidst herds” (Gen 4:20); “1133 ©Sri *73 'ni?
l’HRASKOI.OCY
33W] “ancestor of all who play thè lyre and pipe” 8.
(Gen 4:21); Akk: e.g., anàku cluka abu ummàni
Akk: abi ummi (CAD A| 7ob 3); paternal uncle:
craft” (BWL 158:1 1, Tamarisk and Palm).
3X
4. (TM2) (protector [of orphans|): □,'ì?Ìrr ,'3X ÍKHj? |Ì»lp3 thè
(lit.
judge)
of
(Lev
18:14;
Gen
29:12;
Num
27:10);
Akk:
ahi abi (CAD A| 7ia 5; ibid., Kjyb 3); paternal
]H1 “thè father of champion
(Phri) (expressing a familial relationship):
maternal grandfather: DK ,'3K (Gen 28:2; Judgy: 1);
kalama “I ani superior to you, a master of every
orphans,
mother
(Esth 2:7); Akk:, e.g., istu abum ummurn imutìmi I K W M I U R I I I
43:27);
and
nSKI ÌT3X £"01231 “and when her parents died”
(CAD A| 73a).
3.
ÌB«1
begot her elevated her” (CAD A 7ob 4'). Heb:
abisu itàr “this foster child returns to his family”
genetic
r-fa
abum \um\mum àlidus ulti resus “thè parents who
3X IV5 X"1®?; Akk: bit ubi, e.g., tarbìtum si ana bit
2.
e.g.,
who bore him” (Zech 13:3); Akk: abu - ummu, e.g.,
aunt: 3N nlnt? (Lev 18:12; 20:19); Akk: ahat abi
widows,
God in his holy habitation” (Ps 68:6); Akk: \da\
(CAD A| ibid).
yàn kinàtim abi ckiàtim “(Samas) righteons judge,
II) Weinfcld, JAOS 90 (1970) 193-94. 9. (in a legai definition for an orphan)e.g., 'pN
father of homeless girls” (CAD E 72b).
□si 3K nb
5. (TM2) (terni of respect) e.g., VnS? 127ÌH
1
‘she (Esther) has no father or mother”
carne
(Esth 2:7); Akk: sa aba u umma la isù “who has no
forward and spoke to him, ‘Sir’ they said” (2Kgs
father or mother” (MSL I,i 1 1:28-29, ana ittisu).
5:13);
cf. Paul, Ma’arav 2/2 (1979-80) 1 16-18.
n3T1 VEnSÌ
bx-jV'
“but ,3K
his
servante
"OH
“IQin
“and
he (Elisha) cried: ‘My father, my father, IsracTs chariots
and
horsemen!’”(2Kgs
13:14
and
2Kgs
"TDK = Akk. abàtu A v. OB 011 (CAD A| 4ia; AHw
2:12; see also 2Kgs 6:21 ); Akk: ana abbini day ani sa
5a). to perish (intrans.: Heb. Qal; Akk. Dt-stem);
C!N qibima “speak to our lionors (i.e., fathers), thè
to destroy D-stem).
judges of Nippur” (*CAD A| 7U1 2 and passim). 1
(trans.:
Heb.
Pi‘el,
Hiph‘il;
Akk.
Ci-,
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
IM IR ASLOLOC; Y
1.
(Phr2)
(said
of
buildings,
objccts)
Heb.
for
Biblical Hebrew
following thè second radicai was reduced to vocal shewa in BH as vocalized by thè Masoretes).” In light “of two probable Akkadian cognates
(Pi‘el): e.g., /TÓSO •'I3ipVnÍa3/nÍÍ3p!? "I3X □,rP“13
“destroy
holy
images/bars
(of
and
6:3/Num
Ezek
a
r'rtz-t:
places/shrines/molten
gate)”
(Deut
33:52/Lam
i2:2/2Kgs 2:9);
21:3
(Hiph'il):
verb
connoting
maintains
that
Hebrew
“destroy chariots” (Mie 5:9).
Akk. (G-stem):
abàtu A ‘to destroy, ruin’ and abàtu B, a stative
two
e.g., dura/sallià/ginunà/kilila/
’àhàd
absence “thè
and
semantic
encompasses
probable
flight,” rango
thè
cognates.”
Levine
of
Biblical
meaning
of
Accordingly,
thè
Levino
sippa abàtu “to destroy a wall/outer wall/temple
asserts that Akk. abàtu B “to run away, floe” finds
tower/battlement/doorpost” (CAD A 42b
its semantic equivalcnt
1
with thè Heb. participle
a); (D-stem): e.g., salma/kudurra/narà ubbutu “to
-nk fugitive, e.g., “OK “I3K
destroy
was an Aramean fugitive” (Deut 26:5). Heb. “OK
an
image/boundary
stone/stela”
(CAD
is then thè semantic and etymological equivalent
A, 43a 2).
of
2. (Phr2) (said of land, thè inhabited world) pxn rnriK, e.g., nny? pan rnrix no *75? “13SJ ■’bap laid
“why is thè land in ruins,
waste
through?” “to
“ my ancestor
like (Jer
destroy
wilderness, 9:11);
Akk:
country/the
with
passing
màta/dadme
ubbutu
world,”
e.g.,
màt nukurti u’ahbit “(Marduk) has destroyed thè enemy’s country” (CAD A] 43b c);
munnabtu
(N-stem)
“fugitive,
(U Gibson, 1971:74:7; Barker, 16-17; Levine, Oreenfield
rOX = Akk. apu A (abu) s. OB on (('AD A 1 e.g., Tj n# □'sasn i?:-? binari -pzr, “thè great
agamme aksitma “I (Sennacherib) cut thè reeds that were in that swamp” (CAD A 1423 a).
eagle with great wings and long pinions” (Ezek 17:3; cf. also Deut 32:1 1:
Heb.
(Ps 107:35, 1 14:8; Isa 41:1 8), thè word is employed
(Il Mankowski, 20—21.
ìnrij?' VS3? ÉnB-1
Ìn"12X bs “he will spread His wings and take m — Akk. agamm s. OB 011 (CAD A i42b; AHw 15a), large bowl, basin.
him, bear him along on His pinions”); Akk: kappu -
abru, e.g., kima issuri nuhhutu abruya usemmit
kappiya itaprusa ul alc'i “my wings are clipped like
In Akk. agannu can be of either metal or stone:
(those) of a bird, he plucked my pinions, 1 cannot fly
(anymore)”
(CAD
A|
643).
Cf.
thè
agannu sa siparri/eri/kaspi/huràsi/uqni “an agannu-
Heb.
bowl of bronze/copper/silver/gold/lapis lazuli.” In EA 14 iii 65, a list of gifts from Egypt, includes
sequence Hlíia - “DN - D'SÍ? “wings - pinions feather” (Ezek 17:3); Akk: kappu - abru - nuballu “wings - pinions - tail feathers” (CAD A 643).
agannu sa abni “a stone agamiu-bow\.” It is used in thè preparation of perfume (CAD A 1433 c) and in ritual (CAD A 143b d). Likewise, in BH
= Akk. abarakku s. OAkk. on (CAD A| 32b; AHw 3b). steward.
it is used for ritual (Exod 24:6) and in SoS 7:3 it is employed in thè metaphor “lìlDn ]3K “(your navel) is like a moon-shaped bowl.”
DENOTATIVE
i. (BH hapax) bv ina linai
in m ankowski, 21—22.
ras'? ixip’i
fHX bs “and they hailed at his presence, ‘O cliief steward of thè royal household’, and so
— Akk. agi>apu.
he placed him over all thè land of Egypt” (Gen See »133.
41:43); Akk: e.g., 1 abarakku peti sikkàtim ina qàtim nukàl “we are holding one abarakku, thè turnkey” (CAD A| 32b 2).
nnax
The etymology of thè noun is stili uncertain. It
iyoa). letter.
=
Akk.
egirtu
s.
NA
(CAD
E
45b;
AHw
has been suggested that thè word is thè imperative
PUR ASEOLOCY
of a verb, a Semitic loanword from Egyptian ’b-
[. (Phri) (to give a letter) niax ]na (Neh
r.k “attention.”
2:7,9); Akk: egirta nadànu, e.g., sa egirtu armctu
Akk. employs thè fem. forni abarakkatu (OB,
iddinanni “who gave me a letter in an envelope” (CAD E 46a).
Mari, SB, NA) “housekeeper, female steward,” as well as its beitig a title for goddesses (CAD A
2. (Phri) (to correspond) nÍD^ÍH nn3X, e.g., 5
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
rnaK
for
Biblical Hebrew
nixs irrito1? rvniCD bs rrbbin 3-\--3X
nbsr to melù, an d njptón to saqiì. Speiser further
CITTÌ* “(also in those days thè nobles of Judah)
maintains that orthographically “edu should have
kept up a brisk correspondence with Tobiah and
resulted in some such forni as Heb. ëdê, as Heb.
Tobiah with them” (Neh 6:17); Akk: egirtu alàku,
’es ‘fire’ is a well-attested allofoni! for ’isse.”
e.g., kt udirti egirtu sa e bai li ina muhhiya la tallakanni
Il II Speiser, BASOR 140 (1955) 9—li; Mankowski,
“until now no letter from thc palace has come to
25-27.
me” (CAD E 463 and passim). 3.
(Phri) (to open a letter) n“l3X Pir® “open
= Akk. àdiru B adj. SB (CAI) A| i28a; AHw
a letter” (Neh 6:5); Akk: egirta petu, e.g., egirtu sa asapparkanni balàt qepu la tapatti “do not open thè
I 3b). full of awe.
letter that I am sending you without (thè presence
PARAI.[ LL1SM
of) thè qcpu-offìcuV’ (CAD E 45b). 4.
i.(Par2)
(Phr2) (to send a letter) n“13X nb» (Neh
awesome
r'-'^X/CI'p? (kings)”
“great
(Ps
(kings)/
136:18);
aniSVa-’T'™
6:19); Akk: egirta sapàru, e.g., minu sa sitini sa libbi
“mighty/heroes”
egirte anni te ina ekalli laspur “1 am writing to thè
“resplendent/awesome”
palace what all this is about in this letter” (C'AI)
àdiru
E 4jb and passim).
also, qarràdu la àdiru “fearless hero” (( 'Al ) ibid).
5.
(Phr2) (to write a letter) n“)3X 3H3 (2Chr
(Judg
“reverent/full
5:13);
(Ps of
THX/TÌXJ
76:5);
awe”
Akk:
(CAD
A
palhu/ i28a)
cf.
cf. ntt v.
30:1); Akk: egirta satàru, e.g., stse sa iddinasuni PN ina libbi egirte...issatar “PN wrote down in a letter that thè horses that he has given him” (CAD E
II
45b).
copper.
rn.3x occurs only in thè late books of Nehemiah,
Esther,
and
Chronicles,
replacing
thè
earlier Heb. word “ISO “letter.”
= Akk. urudù s. SB Sum. lw (AHw i436b).
The
Heb.
10:34
was
(NJPS);
01 Hurvitz, VT 47 (1977) 31 1-14; Mankowski, 22-25.
lexeme
“with
majestic
THX(3)
employed
in
Isa
basically rendered as “in their majesty” its
(blow)”
noble (WBC]);
trees”
(NEB);
“with
its
“by
a
splendor”
(Wildberger, 447); “in its majesty” (AB 19). “IN! = Akk. e dà s. SB; Sum. lw. a-dé-a (CAD E 3 5b;
It should be observed, however, that “P'IX is
AHw i87b). onrush of water, high water.
always employed in BH as an adjective, never as
The Heb. lexeme "IX is attesteci only 111 Gen 2:6 and Job 36:27, both cases pertaining to thè story of creation. Heb. “IX was first compared to Akk.
edu
by
Dillerman.
However,
thè
equation
of both Akk. and Heb. as loanwords from Sum. a-dé-a
was
that Gen
articulated 2:6:
bs
by
Speiser,
nx njpcpni pxn
who
argued
|0 ~bï' “1X1
‘an onrush of water would swell up from thè ground and water thè whole surface of thè soil” “might have been lifted verbatim from
a substantive. In light of thè parallel word ^T“!3, Tur-Sinai equates “P'IX (metathesis) to thè Akk. substantive urudù “copper.” Akk. urudù occurs in Sennacherib’s annals: apsasàte gisnugalli adi apsasàte pitiq urudè sa zahalu litbusa “thè alabaster (anmialshaped) colossus together with thè colossus cast of copper, which was coated with a silver alloy” (OIP
2
110:31—32;
123:33—34).
Accordingly,
10:34: THX? ]133i?ni//l7H33
Isa
'3^3 ^31
bis: may be rendered as “and thè thicket of thè
vocabulary
forest shall be hacked away with iron (ax) and thè
VAT (10270 iv 44ff.) Sum. a-dé-a = Akk. edu is
Lebanon (forest) shall fall by copper (hatchet).”
employed as a synonym of milu “flood,” (ground)
Cf. Heb. ni3i?,3.
an
Akk.
lexical
work.”
In
thè
Akk.
flow, where in another vocabulary edu is defined
Moderi!
Heb.
uses
thè
as saqà sa eqli “to water a field.” Thus, Speiser
“bronze.”
concludes that in Gen 2:6 “IX corresponds to edu,
ILI Tur-Sinai, ScrHier 8 (1961) 186.
term
“HX
for
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biblical Hebrew
“nX — Akk. adaru B v. OB on (CAD Ai io8a;
month of Ea and of Enki’s(?) “happiness.”
AHw ria). Akk. to fcar, he in awe; Heb. to be glorious.
Ili Kutscher, VTSupp. 16:168; M.E. Cohen, Cultic Calendari 3 4off.
l’AR ai.lli.ism
i.(Par2)
DnK ?? hàbu B v. lex. (CAD H 21 a), to love.
/V—:n “magnify//glorify”:
~'“X" rnin
“magnify and glorify (his)
teaching”
(Isa
be
awesonie”:
x^?
noi:1
42:21); ribnn
X*V/“HK
«nÌ3/E7“rpn
“be "HÌO
hàbu is attested only once, in a lex. list (Malku V
glorious/ rDD3
88) in which it is equated to thè Akk. verb ràmu
'ti
“to love” (CAD H 2ia). The CAD (CAD H 2ia
‘who is like You, majestic in holiness/
awesome
in
splendor,
working
wonders”
n.) notes “perhaps to Heb. ahab, since this text
(Exod
contains in thè left column a number of WSem. words.”
15:1 1; cf. also 15:6); Akk: adàru/palàhu “to be in awe/fear (of a deity)” palhàku adràku sutaduràku “I ani in awe and fear, I ani constantly in fcar”
Due
(CAD
middle
A|
ioyb
2);
adàru/kabàtu: àdttrma \ni\ska
to
thè weak
orthography
ha-a-bu
verb,
Soden’s
(AHw
thè
gemenant
.von
equation
with
indicating
a
3o6a)
ukabbit “I feared and honored thè oath taken by
etymological
you (Samas)” (CAD Ai io8b).
(WSem. interchange h’b-hbb) seems more plausible
hbb
on both etymological and semantic grounds.
( ;! —-S.
v cf. mn v. ”1*7^ — Akk. Addarti s. OAkk. 011 (CAD A| 1 iob; AHw I2a). name of thè twelfth month.
3ÌK = Akk. apu B s. NA (CAD A 201 a; AHw 62a). Akk. opening in thè ground; Heb. pit > spirit of thè
DI-NOTATI Vi;
I.
pit > spirit.
(I)en2) Occurs only in LBH in Esth 3:7,13;
8:12 and passim: TJX t£Hh and Ezra 6:15: PIT1?
The term (nÌ)nÌX is employed sixteen times in
“HH.
BH, to
In NB thè month is depicted as Addaru arkù “thè
18:11;
last month” (CAD Ai 1 1 la 3') also referring to thè
month
of
Addaru”)
sa
Nisanni
28:3,9;
(Lev 2^gs
19:31; 21:6;
and
parallel
20:6,27;
23:24;
Isa
Deut 8:19;
Sum: ab; Hittite: a-a-bi; Ug: ’eb; Akk: apu; Heb. 3ÍX). Hofhier’s suggestion to equate Akk. apu to
(CAD D i_s46b and passim).
plants in thè royal garden of Mcrodach-baladan, PIIRASHOLOCY
followed by thè plants zamburu “thymc” and hastì,
5. (Phr2) (to dose, stop up one’s ear) ]TK DCSK
a plant yielding seeds used as a spice.
“dose, stop up one’s ear,” e.g., npy-TD Ì3TN DCSK
HI! Lòw, ^:84f 1.; Mendenhall, BASOR 133 (1954) 28-29.
‘he closes his ear at thè cry of thè wretched” (Prov 21:13; cf. also Isa 33:15; Ps 58:5); Akk: uzna sakàku “to block, stop thè ear,” e.g., simat la natàli
|TX = Akk. uzuu s. OA, 013 011 (AHw 1447^. ear. idiomatic
sakàk uzni u sibit pi ana sat timi lisimusu “may they usaci
;
(thè gods) decree for him for all time a fate of
(Idi) (to give understanding, lit. open thè
not seeing, stopping up of thè ears, and seizure of
ear) JTK nnB, e.g., 1JK ’b nnS ’H “thè Lord gave
thè month” (CAD S 68a); uznàya sa uttammima
me understanding” (Isa 50:5; 48:8) (cf. }TX npS
ussakkika hasikkis itbal amirasin ipteti nesmàya “my
1.
“open thè ear” |Isa 42:20]); Akk: uzna petti; seme
ears that were clogged and blocked like a deaf
suppèsu
man’s—he
piti
uznèsu
“bear
his
supplication,
give
him understanding” (AOAT 2 449:6).
removed
their
wax
hearing” (BWL 52:18—19, Ludlul).
9
and
opened
my
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
hor
Biblical Hebrew
(□^pT) C'pTK ?? Akk. is qàti (is qàti, izqàtu) s.
maintain that thè forni D'pT may be a by-form
SB, NB (CAD I/J 2053; AHw 4o8b, s.v. iz/sqàtu).
of □,pTX where thè dropping of thè X should be
fetters.
considered as an apheresis of thè weak consonant i* not supported by a full vowel but having only a
l’I irasiìoloc.y
1.
shewa, e.g., anion Ora) - tr-noNn; lana*? - ian?
(Phri) (to go in fcttcrs) □,'p-T3 “^bìl (Isa
(Lee 4:14; cf. Jouon, 17d).
45:14); Akk: ina is qàti aìàku, e.g., PN ina massarti ina is qàti parziìli lilliku “let PN come, under guard
m* = Akk. hua (hua issuru) s. lex.* (CAD H 2i2b;
and in iron fetters” (CAD I/J 205b a). 2.
AHw 350I1). hoot-owl (Heb. metathesis).
(Phr2) (to put in fetters) □,'pT3 pril/ION,
e.g., ^333 3“‘“33"//Q'p'3 D IT??!? “IClsV
No
b.H3 “ to bind their kings in fetters//their nobles
hapax pi. □•'ni* employed in Isa 13:21. The medieval
in chains of iron” (Ps 149:8; cf. also Jer 40:1);
Jewish exegists, such as Sacadia, Ibn-Janah, Qimhi
D%p"3 tp?-, n^in? brn “and all her nobles were
and thè niodern Luzzatto for example identifiecl
bound
n_i** with thè LH n-’Q? ‘ ‘marten,” a carnivorous
in
chains”
(Nah
3:10);
Akk:
ina is
qàti
sufficient
etymology
was
provided
for
tamàhu/nadá/sabàtu “to put/seize in fetters,” e.g.,
animai of thè genus Mustela, related to thè weasel
sarràni annute isbatu-nimma ina biriti parziìli is qàti
e.g.,
...□,enn
nvmb
mbr
nmnts
noa
thè
nan3
parzilli utammchu qàtà u scpà “they seized these
...□■''aE;!
kings and put (them) in irons chains (and) iron
QV
fetters, hand and foot” (CAD I/J 205b b); ana
nitie months...a dog at fifty days, a cat at fifty two
paniya supurassima is qàti luddëma “send him to me
days...a marten at seventy days...” (M. Rab. Cïen.
□,’©anb
□,'i?3©i7
binnm dt □■'©anb nbsm
n,Q?m
“large
clean
cattle
bear
at
and I will put him in fetters” (CAD ibid.).
20:4). Without any etymological support, modern
Both KB’ and DCH maintain that D’pTX is a pi.
biblical scholarship identifies ni** with thè eagle-
tantum of thè sg. pTS*, which is a by-form of pT*
owl Uubo bubo (KB1 29b). 'Po our mind, it seems
pi. □‘’pT. On thè other hand, on account of thè
best
dages forte, BDB and others derive thè vocable
to
equate
etymologically
and
semantically
in
thè Heb. onomatopoeic ni** (metathesis), which is parrallel with naS?1' nÌ33 “ostriches,” with thè
LH, but not attested in BH. If our etymological
Akk. sub. hua “hoot-owl.” Akk. hua is identified
and semantic equation of Heb. D^pTi* to thè Akk.
in thè lexical texts with Ima issurum “owl-bird”
compound
and
from
thè
root
is
ppT
qàti
“bind,
(lit.
fetter”
“wooden
employed
(nnplement)
of
is
equated
with
thè
commonly
employed
thè
noun qadu “owl” (C'AD H 2i2b). For metathesis
use of thè dages forte will fall under thè category
occuring between Akk. and Heb. see Tawil, Beit
of
Mikra 154/155 (199X) 339-44.
thè
hands”)
“handeuffs”
spontaneous
is
plausible,
gemination,
then
which
regularly
occurs with thè non-final consonant (i.e.,
Cf. II
,D“'ip!23
□'S?*! D'ÌIBS? and others; cf. Jouon, 78-80). To our mind thè LH verb ppT is denominative from
nX = Akk. ahu s. OAkk. 011 (CAD A( 195b; AHw
CPpT/ITptti;, as can clearly be seen from thè once-
2ib). brother.
attested concrete and physical usage of thè verb, employed
in
thè
idiom
□,?!in?n!//nPp,'T3
idiomatic
O'pIpT
1. (Idi) (one to another)
(“and what of war can be waged by (Finkelstein, Sifrc, 321). Such is also thè concrete
usëbil “whether one (partner) has sent a deposit to
usage of thè verb in Tg. J on Isa 60:1 1 □rP3i?!21 chained.” thè on.”
This
abstract
LH sense
Accordingly,
thè other” (CAD A( 203b 3a and passim).
“and their kmgs denominative “tie
>
contrary
verb
need, to
be
KB3,
developed
I k ANSI I UHI l> M Lì A N I N G
2. (TM) (friend) nX - SH “kin - friend” (Ps
dependant DCH,
;
37:19; 42:2i,28/Gen 26:31; Jer 34:17); Akk: ahu aha/ahu ana ahic e.g., lu ahum ana ah\im\ maskattam
meri”) “bound by fetters//and placed in chains”
tran? = Tg. J. ’pp'pT
usaci
W'K (Gen
35:14; 122:2); Akk: ahu - ibru “kin - friend,” e.g.,
we
10
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
nina
Biblical Hebrew
T
ahi atta ebri atta “you are my brother, my fellow”
42:15; 44:26); Akk: ahu sihru “younger brother,”
(CAI) I/J sb a); atlànukka aham u ebram ula isti
e.g., umani anàku ana ahika sahrim sa kinàtimma
“apart
from
you
I
bave
no
friend
or
fellow”
(CAD ibid.). l’ARAI.LLI.ISM
•n-r^'y./'r-nNi7
n-z; ri- “be
sons bow to you” (Gen 27:29; cf. also. Ps 50:20; m
|5
vm
n^;
*rn
rr»
xéh
(Phr2) (nephew) PIN }3 (Gen 12:5; 14:12);
Note thè WSem. pi. aliate (CAD A| 197a 2').
master over your brotbers//and let your motber’s i
9.
Akk: màr ahi (CAD A_ 200a 5 and passim).
3. (Par2) (brother//mother’s son) DN }3//nX, e.g., ì]m *:r
69:9);
aturuma “now indeed have I become a younger brother of yours?” (CAI) A i99b 2 and passim).
Cf. rnnx.
“looking
about he saw his brother Benjamin, his mother’s
mnX = Akk. alihutu s. OA, OB 011 (CAD A V186b; x ^^
son” (Gen 43:29; cf. also Deut 13:7; Judg 8:19);
AHw 2ob). brotherhood.
Akk:
ahu//màr
urnrni
“brother//mother’s
son,”
e.g., summa attunu ina pan RN....sïï ahhcsu màr ummisu karsisunu takkalani “(you swear) that you will
not
denouncc
his
mother’s
sons,
his
(Assurbanipal’s)
in
his
presence”
brothers, (Wiseman,
Trcaties, 270 = SAA II 39:270); Ug: ah//bn um, e.g., dslv \a\hm lh//tmnt hn um “who has seven brothers//eight
mother’s
sons”
(Krt:8-9;
cf.
also
CTA 6 VI: 10—1 1; CTA 14 I: 8—9). IMPLOMATIC
4.
(i)ip) (ally)
covenant of allies” (Amos 1:9); □“’liïn HE “IQK’T 'b
nnna
nm
ni no 1
1.
(I)en2)
bK-rò'
T-ni
(BH n-lin;
hapax) “m
ninXH
orcïer
me?”’
nbxn
(iKgs
“and
he
(Hiram)
said:
9:13;
cf.
also
iKgs
20:33);
Akk: M[isri\ qadu Hatti u salmu ahhu kì riinu adì danti “Egypt and Liatti are at peace and brothers ana sanarli sa Kinahhi ardàni ahlftya “to thè kings of Canaan, thè servants of my brother” (CAD ibid. and passim). piiraslolocy
Num
(Phri) (paternal uncle) 3K 11X (Gen 29:12; 27:4,7,10;
Lev
brotherly
relations
with thè
privileges
that
(Assurbanipal)
I
Assyrians and
18:14;
Josh
H'-A)',
Akk:
ahi
Judg 9:1,3); Akk: ahi ummi (C’AI) A 200a 4'). (Phr2) nX
have
your
confirmed
ninX = Akk. ahàtu s. OAkk. on (CAI) A| 171 a; AHw i8b). sister. idiomatic
1.
(older (Job
usaci
:
(Id2) (one to another) nnilK HEK (Exod
26:5,6,17 and passim); Akk: (CAD A| 173b 3).
ahàtum ana ahàtim
TRANSFKRRFI) MLANINC
2.
(TM) (terni of endearment) T1Ì1K ^rOS1?
‘you have captured my heart, my sister, my bride” (SoS 4:9; also SoS 4:12; 5:1,2); Akk: e.g., summa ahàti atti ma kinàtimma tara’imini “if you are indeed a sister to me, so that you love me truly” (CAD Ai 172!-) 2). PHRASEOLOCY
6. (Phri) (maternal uncle) DN PIX (Gen 29:10; 7.
tìie
(are very much on my mind)” (CAD A| i87b 3 and passim).
abi “uncle” (CAD i99b 3' and passim).
2:22)/TÌ33n
annui
1 1:14); Akk: e.g., ahhutukunu sa itti màre Assur u kidinnutakunu sa aksuru “your (thè Babylonians’)
forever, like (thè two of) us” (CAD A^ 200b 1');
5.
to
“ISnb
brotherhood between Judah and Israel” (Zech
‘My ally, what sort of towns are these you have given
A I Ivi:
ntf
n«, e.g., d’to rn? n?T iÒl
“and they (thè Tyrians) were not mindful of thè 'nx
j
3.
(Phri) (paternal aunt) 3K ninK (Lev 18:12;
20:19); Akk: ahàt abi (CAD A| i72b 2').
brother)
biiah
I1N
(iKgs
1:13,18);
Akk:
ahu
rabii
e.g., Sin ahum rabum ina ili ahhisu “Sin, thè oldest
4. (Phri) (maternal aunt) QX niPIN (Lev 18:13; 20:19); Akk: ahàt ummi (CAD ibid.). 5.
(Phr2)
(elder
sister)
rÒHan
ninK (Ezek
brother aniong thè gods, his brothers” (CAD A
16:46,61); Akk: ahàtu rabitu, e.g., ana ahàti rabiti
I99b and passim).
ugdallil “he offended thè elder sister” (CAD A 172b 3'b).
8. (Phr2) (younger brother) }ÈDj?n ilN (Gen
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
6.
(Phr2) (nephcw) ninX J3 (Gen 29:13);
Akk: màr ahàti (CAD A 172I") 3').
hor
Biblical Hebrew
sanctuaries
(with
mountings)
in
and
them
shine
thè
made
like
silver
and
sunlight”
gold (CAD
A| 1 8oa 2'). TI7X = Akk. ahàzu v. OAkk. on (CAD Aj 173b; (n)m — Akk. aliammo (ahammu) adv. OA, OB on
AHw i8b). to seize. idiomatic
1. i.e.,
(Idi)
(to
lcarn)
“skilled 3:8);
in
Akk:
noV/mX
battlc//cxpcricnccd ahàzu//lamàdu
on
Theodicy).
of
thè
Compare
following
“
seize//learn,”
'-jpbr;//z-r,
nipnba
experience:
: usac;e
in
(BWL thè
warfare” 72:45,
semantic
expressions:
"rx
Heb:
(SoS comm.
equation
SJ“in
'Hïïb
“expericnced in doing evil” (Jer 13:23); Akk: (iìu) sa lemnëti ihuzu “but (thè god) who has taken up evil” (En. el. IV 18). F1T0X
“yet
I
was
always
The BH hapax nX employed in Ezek 18:10 has constituted declares
a
that
translatmg rbm
problem
for
“meaning
of
thè
nnx?;
stich
m
as
exegetes.
The
Heb.
is
uncertain,”
Dn
f'IS
n©i?1
“suppose,
now,
|5
that
NJPS T^lni
he
has
begotten a son who is ruffian, a shedder of blood who does any of these things.” This rendering was followed
by
Greenberg.
However,
Delitzsch
was
thè first to equate our hapax nX to Akk. aliamma.
2. (Id2) (to assist) T? TTOS, e.g., TOn TP"
(CAD A_ i68a; AHw i8a). separately, moreover.
with
You,
You assisted me (lit. You held my right hand)” (Ps 73:23); ^TDNn] •,?n?n
na “even
there Your hand will be guiding me, You will assist me (lit. Your right hand will he holding me fast)” (Ps 139:10); Akk: qàta ahàzu, e.g., ahuz qàssu putur aransu “help him, absolve his sin” (CAD A !79a).
He
suggested
that
nK
was
probably
employed
as a rare substitute for thè more frequent nnX. He based his suggestion on Akk. aljamma and ealled attention to its lexical equation to edissisu “alone,
by
section).
himself,
Garfinkel
oneselP’
(('AD
elaborates,
A|
stating
i68b
lex.
that
“we
suggest that if thè reference to Akkadian aljamma is accepted, it should be sought in thè graph ’àhni,
misunderstood
and,
therefore,
incorrectly
KB* maintains a hoinonym II TI1K from uhhuzu,
divided by thè Massoretes. The stich would then
denom. from ihzu “setting, to cover with gold,
be translated ‘and if he (i.e., thè child) by himself
silver,
leather.”
Since
Akk.
uhhuzu
“to
mount
an object with precious material” is not treated by thè CAD and AHw as a homonym of ahàzu
committed one of these acts.’” Ili Greenberg, A15 22 331; (iarfmkel, 34-36.
“to hold, seize,” and is not listed separately, one BH,
"inX = Akk. ahàru, uhhuru v. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) A|
where thè verb TF1X should be treated as one single
i7ob, s.v. ahàru; AHw i8a, s.v. ahàru; 14043, s.v.
would
expect
thè
sanie
development
in
root. Heb. TPIK (G-stem) in thè sense “mount,
uhhuru) (most common in thè Pi‘el and D-stem). to
cover with gold, silver etc.” is attested at least five
be behind, hold back, delay.
times, e.g., D'HÌ? '’BSJS rP3n nS; Th^l “and he (Solomon)
mounted
(i.e.,
covered)
thè
tempie
with cedar wood” (iKgs 6:10; cf. also ìKgs 6:6); innxi fi3 ■'t?5ii3 Tìnx
deh? un “white
cotton and blue wool covered up by cords of fine linen and purple wool” (Esth 1:6; cf. also Job 26:9);
cnnxo
K03b
nnra
»5D1
“and
thè
throne
had a footstool mounted with gold” (2Chr 9:18); Akk. (D-stem) e.g., passùru sa sinni-pira uhhuzu “table
edged
màhàzi...kaspa
with
ivory”
huràsa
(CAD
uhhizuma
denotative
1. (Deni) (Heb. attested 17 times, 11 times with thè negative prt.): “inxn
“do not
delay” (Gen 24:56; Ps 40:18; 70:6; Ecc 5:3; Dan 9:i9/Cien
34:19;
lixod
22:28;
Deut
23:22;
Isa
46:13; Hab 2:3); Akk: ul/la uhhuru “not to delay” (AHw 1 8a and passim). In EA *ahàru is attested only in thè stative, e.g.,
179b);
csrct
u inuma sàbcsu u narkabàtisu ahrunim-mi “and if his
unammera
kima
troops and chariots are delayed” (C.AI) A| i7ob;
Ai
urne “I (Esarhaddon) decorated thè cellas of thè
EA 59:25-28; let. fr. Tunip); Heb: (similar idea)
An Akkadian Lexical Companion e.g.,
'MB
ì-rrx BÌIE “why is thè clatter
for
rrnriK
Biblical Hebrew
Lord): D'O1?*? ■HS?t?3i?!l jnnK ptfin■'3K “I am thè first and I ani thè last, and there is no
ofhis (Sisera’s) chariots delayed” (Judg 5:28). As noted by die CAI) (A i7ob, s.v. *ahàru
god but Me” (Isa 44:6; cf. also Isa 48:12; 41:4);
n.) “thè only attestation for ahàru is in this letter
Akk: (said of thè gods): atta tidi DN...ultu mahràti
where it is a solecisni possibly due to a scribe
adi
whose
Semitic
thè past to thè future” (CAD M| 1 i2b i); (said
dialect.” In Akk. texts and vocabulary entries only
of buildings): inDKn Ì1-TÌ1 IT3n "1133 ITT bi"I3
native
language
was
a
West
arkàti
“you,
Assur,
know
(everything)
from
thè D-stem uhhuru “to be late” is attested. Such
]Ì2)X“!n |!3 “thè glory of this latter House shall
is thè case in BH, where thè stem “HIK (Pi ‘el) is
be greater than thè former one” (Hag 2:9); cf.
mainly employed. However, thè Qal impf. seems to occur once, in Gen 32:5: “lOXfcO (
c
thè
occurs
(see
Pentiuc
2001:48-9).
rQ'K is employed five times: twice in thè idiom □bis: nrrK “an ever-lasting
(mb^)
enmity,”
22ób; AHw 24b). help.
The BH substantive referring
to
hostility
between
nations,
= Akk. ayalu B s. NA, NB (CAD A|
i.e., thè Phihstines and Israel (Ezek 25:15; 35:5); three
times
depicting
hostility
between
humans
The nouns pK
(Num 35:21,22) and animals (Gen 3:15). At Mari, ayàbùtu
is
employed
twice
to
describe
hostility
between humans, e.g., summa ana ru’tm ayàbuta
88:5);
“I5?3
rram
a n d nò;#* are hapax in forili, e.g.,
''n^n “I ani a man with no help” (Ps thtsò tò;# pn~in b# “(O, Lord)
be not far off, my help, hasten to my aid” (Ps
itawu u awatum usi “if he plots a hostile act against
22:20). Akk. ayalu
a friend and thè secret gets out” (CAD A| 2243).
lw., e.g., assa sibùtu aitasti ana ayaliya u ana kitriya
■»' Cf. 3’S.
lizziz “since I have made a request, let him be at
“help”
is probably
a WSem.
my side to help and assist” (C'AI) A| 22ób); LÚ rPK = Akk. ayù s. lex. (CAD A] 23ób). Akk. (a bird of prey); Heb. falcon.
Kaldànu sarru temu liskunma ana ayalinu lihls “may thè king give thè Chaldean instructions that he hasten to our help” (CAD ibid.).
Akk. ayù is a hapax employed in a lex. list (a-IA-ù MUSEN = a-a-1ti]), and Heb. ÌVX is attested twice in
sequence
Lev
11:14)
with
and
ÌTI/nin
occurs
in
“kite”
(Deut
parallelism
with
14:13/ tD’l?
pK = Akk. yànu indeci. MB, EA on (C'AI) I/J 3233; AHw 24b). there is not. CONT RAST I N(l USACE
“bird ofprey” (Job 28:7).
1. (C'0112) (is - is not) Heb. with 2T, e.g., KTÌ"!
Also, ÌTK is an onomatopoeic word, imitating thè cry of a bird of prey.
P#
py
HI Saloncn, Or. 19 (1950) 407.
(Num 13:20; cf. also Exod 17:7; Judg 4:20); Akk.
rT3
“is
it
(thè
land)
wooded
or
not”
with basti “there is,” e.g., sarru uzna liskunma kt —
ibassi u kt yànu “thè king should pay attention to
Akk. ayalu A (yalu, yulu) s. OB on (CAD A|
whether this is thè case or not” (CAD I/J 323b).
2253; AHw 243). stag, deer.
l’HRASEOl.OGY sequuncinc
1. 12:15,22;
;
(Seqi) (gazelle - deer) - ‘OS (Deut 15:22;
iKgs
5:3;
SoS
2:9;
8:14);
Akk:
salititi - ayalu, e.g., sugullàt...sirrimc sabati ayall...
2.
(Phr2) (there is no one) p# (Gen 3 1: 5o;
Isa 41:28; 50:2); Akk: yànummi amelu (C'AI) I/J 323b 2', EA).
ina àliya C.N lu aksur “I (Assurnasirpal II) brought
The
together wild ass, gazelle, and deer herds in my
EA, and Bogh., replacing OB ut ibassi, and it is
city, Calali” (CAD A| 22$b 1).
found there, as well as in NB, nearly exclusively
Whereas thè forni r.b'N “ hind” is employed in
in letters. NA letters use lassù [Aram. ‘'rTX >Ò|
BH ten times, in Akk. ayalatu occurs once, in OB,
instead” (C’AI) I/J 3243).
only as a fem. personal name, and in a WSem.
word
Cf. ©\
yànu
“begins
to
be
used
in
MB,
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biblical Hebrew
in thè presence of thè king, my lord” (CAD ibid.,
II "=]i$ — Akk. akktì (ahu) s.; lex.*; SB, NA (C'AI) A
EA
2753; Ahw 29I1). a kind of owl.
161:8;
let.
Amurru)
=
While Heb. is commonly employed as an adv. in thè scuse of “surely, only, but” etc., Doron once
equated
employs
thè
etymologically
homonym
and
II
to
semantically
K2Hp
tkansff
(cf.
BA
.rrkd mhaninc;
2. (TMi) (to ravage, said of thè land) e.g.,
Dan, with some sound reasons, has suggested that Heb.
BA
Kinp).
p# apri# “and thè land of your enemies shall consume you” (Lev 26:38; cf. also
be with
Akk. akkù “a kind of owl.” Namely, Isa 34:14-15
Num 13:32); Akk: e.g., màtu itti ramanisa
employs it in parallelism with thè “arrow-snake”
itakal “one land will ravage another without a
i.e.,
reason” (*CAD A| 2^6b 8).
TÍBp
and
ni’H
“buzzards.”
Consequently,
contrary to this biblical intonation, Dan suggests
M Ol INC 1 N (.
to divide thè verse (Isa 34:1 5) as follows: HMp ni2r
3. (Seqi) (to eat, drink) Tinti)
‘ï|p: nr/^K nbsa nnni nsjpavBborn riap nniSJT
nrX
ni"!
“there
thè
(e.g., Isa
2115; 22: i 3; 2Sani i i : i i), ab D’ai
arrow-snake
shall
vb nnb
nn© “he (Moses) ate no food and drank no water”
nest and lay eggs/(there) shall brood and hatch
(Exod 34:28); Akk: akàlu - satù, e.g., akala ul ikkal
thè owl/there thè buzzards shall gather with one
me ul isatti “he neither eats food nor drinks water”
another.”
(CAD A 246a lex. section and passim).
Akk. akkù (akù) is equated in SB and NA
4. (Seqi) (to eat, be sated) J72C7 -
lexical syn. list with thè commonly attested qadù
(Isa
44: l6; Joel 2:26), Akk: akàlu - sebù, e.g., ikul aklarn
“owl” (OB,SB). As noted by thè CAD (Q 52(1,
PN adi selnsu “Enkidu ate thè bread until he was
n.)
sated”
“thè
word
is
an
onomatopoeic
designation
(George,
Gilgamesh,
176:99);
akalam
ula
from which thè verb qadù ‘to hoot’ is derived”
csebbi “I cannot be sated with bread” (C'AI) ibid.);
e.g., (this city will be abandoned) ina libbisa qadù
Heb. n^ar*? bis# satisfìed” (Hag 1:6).
iqaddù “in its midst owls will hoot” (CAD Q 5 1 b s.v. qadù A).
“
eating
without
being
5. (Setp) (to eat, wear) tiz'jb bí?b DO1? “bread to eat and clothing to wear” (Gen 28:20);
Ili Dan, Beit Mikra 183 (2005) 345-61.
Akk: e.g., sa akàlu u apràku sa hëliyama “what I
Cf. nx.
eat and what I wear, all belong to my husband” (C'AI) A| 247a).
boitf = Akk. akàlu v. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) A| 24511;
PIIRASEOLOC'.Y
AHw 26b). to eat.
6. (Phri) (to consume, said of a fire) titf, n*?aX IDIOMATICA LJSACL
i.
(e.g.,
(Ich) (to slander) “IÒ73 “slander” (lit.
“eat thè flesh”) e.g.,
D'ina 'bv 3np3
òsa] òrà nan ò
Num
26:10;
Joel
1:19,20;
Nah
3:13);
Akk:
isàtu akàlu (C'AI) A 2543 and passim). 7. (Phr2) (to eat nieat) “IÉ?3.
ns nra nx “when
e.g., “lÉa bóX
ninCI “eat meat and drink wine” (Isa 22:13;
evil mcn assail me to (lit.) devour my flesh (i.e.,
cf. also Exod 16:8,12); Akk: sira akàlu, e.g., asar
slander me), it is they, my foes and my enemies,
wasbàku stru ukultum ana akàliya ul ibassi “where I
who stumble and fall” (Ps 27:2); Akk: karsa akàlu
am living, there is 110 meat for my consuniption”
“to
(CAD
denounce,
slander,”
e.g.,
summa
attunu
ina
S
1193).
Referring
to
cannibalism:
pati RN...& ahhësu màr ummisu karsisunu takkalani
nin/cna "ira
“(you
his
one’s children” (in a curse formula) e.g., n*??ÌO
(Assurbanipal’s) brothers 011 his mother’s side in
’jTúai ""a ira "aa *“? “ you shall eat your own issue, thè flesh of your sons and daughters”
swear)
that
you
will
not
denounce
his presence” (C'AI) A| 2563; Wisemati, ’l'reaties,
“eat/feed Oli thè flesh of
270 = SAA II 39:270); belimi ana sarrùti sa ikkalùnim
(Deut
karsiya ana pani sani bcliya la lesenune “my lord, (I
arnia “i will cause theni to eat thè flesh of their sons and thè flesh of their daughters” (Jer 19:9;
say) do not listen to thè liars who denounce me ■7
28:53);
“i&3
n«i
air:a
"ira
na
DTibaxm
An Akkadian Lexical Companion cf. also Isa 49:26); Akk: (in a curse formula), i.e.,
Biblical Hebrew
por
red bug, (all) thè vermin of thè field” (CAD M
sira akàlu to eat thè flesh (of) e.g., ina baltutekunu
159a);
scrkunu sera sa sinnisàtekunu màrèkunu màràtckunu...
màtkunu nagikunu lusàkilù “may (thè gods) cause
kima
erbe kalmutu miinu àkilu àlànikunu
takkul “in your life you shall eat your own flesh,
vermin, thè caterpillar, and thè ‘eater’ to consume
and thè flesh of your wives, your sons, and your
your cities, your country, and your provinces like
daughters” (*( 'Al ) A 250!) b; Wiseman, Treaties,
locusts” (Wiseman, l'reaties 73:599—600 = SAA II
572—73 = SAA li 53:572-73); ana burisunu sere
55:599-600);
màrésunu
“isnia
màràtesunu
ékulu
iksusù
kurussu
“in
box
OAram nrabs
(Sefire)
p
inbs
gods
loose
devourer against Arpad and its people” (Fitzmyer,
IV:44—45). In a curse formula: e.g., inSTl “127=1 ET#1)
Sefire IA 30-3 1). Tawil,
BASOR
225
(1977)
(aklu)
s.
field),
]rÒEn
let
daughters and chewed skin” (Streck, Asb. II 36,
HI
thè
e.g., thè
their hunger they ate thè flesh of their sons and
‘and they shall devour one another’s flesh
(of
may
caterpillar,
(because of thè desperate straits)” (Jer 19:9); Akk:
vermin
“
crop-consuming
59-62;
A.
Hurowitz,
JBL ,2, ( 2002) 327-30.
(in a curse formula) e.g., ina sunqi husahhi amelu ser améli likul “in hunger and want one will eat thè flesh
of
another”
(*CAD
A
25ob
b;
Wiseman,
Treaties, 450 = SAA II 46:450); sunqu \is\sakkamma ahu sir ahi ikkal “there will be hunger, they will
bok
=Akk.
akalu
OAkk.
on
(CAD
Ai
238b; AHw 26a). Akk. bread, food; Heb. food. Cf. v.;
eat one another’s flesh” (CAD ibid., 013 ext.). 8. (Phr2) (to eat bread) DII1? bstf (e.g., Exod 16:3;
iKgs
13:23;
Ps
102:10);
Akk:
akala
akàlu,
e.g., akala ul ikul u sikara [ul isti] “(none) could eat
= Akk. akanna. adv. MB, Bogh., RS, EA, MA, on (CAD A| 259b; AHw 27b). thus. In EA and Bogh. thè forni karma (—Heb. |?)
or drink beer” (CAD A 247b e).
is employed, i.e., kimé - kanna “just as - thus,”
9. (Phr2) (to eat from thè table) e.g., Ò3X2 rn 1 -5'H- "rn “deal graciously with thè sons of Barzillai
e.g., kimé abuka u anàku sulmàna...ltashànuma u
thè Gileadite, let them be among those who eat
your father and I were desirous of peace between
from your table” (iKgs 2:7; cf. also 2Sam 19:29;
us, so now too should you and I be friendly
inannama atta u anàku...kanna lu tàbànu “just as
iKgs 18:19); Akk: ina passùri akàlu, e.g., \su\tnma
with
ina passù\ri]ya ikkal sarrum summa ina bukiniya \ikk\
let.
one
alu qar\ràdii\ “indeed from my dish thè king eats,
comparison) e.g.,
indeed from my bowl thè warriors eat” (CAD A
one keeping account thus he is” (Prov 23:7; cf.
249b).
also Judg 1 1:10; iSam 25:25; Ps 48:1 1).
of
another”
(*CAD
Suppiluliumas);
A
Heb:
26ob
and
]3-3/ÌQ3
passim; (also
in
lì?» ÌD? “like
'V Cf. “73K; “73^0.
= Akk. ekèpu v. OB (lex.), SB, NB (CAD E =Akk.
693; AHw i94b). Akk. to approach; Heb. to press.
àkilu s. Mari, SB (CAD A| 266b; AHw
293). (a pest that devours crops).
The Heb. root '"pK is employed twice, once as a
1. (Deni) (BH hapax) a?1?
e.g., •-?
rny"
ìòi
ni \(11 \ 1 1 \ i
verb (Prov 16:26) and once as a noun (Job 33:7).
‘ ‘crop devourer,”
Both are to be equated to thè Akk. verb ekèpu.
bzx’z asb Tny?l
nip'lXn “and I shall banish for you thè devourer
Whereas in thè literary texts thè Akk. verb seems to be rcstricted to thè notion of events that are
(i.e., locust) so that it will not destroy for you
drawing near, approaching, e.g., urne imlù ukkipa
thè
adannu “thè days arrived, thè period drew near”
yield
of
thè
soil”
(Mal
3:11);
Akk:
àkilu,
mubattira\
(*CAD E 693 b), in thè lex. texts Akk. ekèpu is
sàsira samàna kalmat eqli ina eqli siili “incantation
employed in a group with sanàqu, which, among
to
other meanings, connotes “to press, put pressure
e.g.,
INIM.INIM.MA remove
caterpillar,
\mu\na ‘eater’,
àki[la
mubattiru,
cricket,
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
on” (CAI) S 1343 lex. section). The
LH
root
for
Biblical Hebrew
qàt ili elisu ibbassi “there is a boy here, thè ‘hand
'■pn
“to
draw
near,
bring
of a god’ is upon him” (CAD Q 1873). More
dose,” first employed in 111. Kil, is a by-form of
specifically, qàt ili pertains particularly to Nergal,
thè originai verb '"pX.
thè
god
of
mutànu
“pestilence,”
e.g.,
mutànu
anumma ina àlim ibbassù mutànu ula sa DN “there is iiow an epidemie in thè town, but thè epidemie
= Akk. ikkaru s. OAkk. on; Svim. lw. engar
is not from Nergal” (CAD M 296a; cf. also CAD
(CAD I/J 4ummianu). OB on; Sum. lw.
Heb.
um-mi-a (AHw 14153). craftsman, artisan. (BH
hapax)
'T
nÉy»
“thè
which work
of
thè
and
craftsman’s hands” (SoS 7:2; cf. also thè variant
in
forili ]ÌQX []er 52:15]). Greenfield’s
(VT
76
employs
thè
lexeme
five
times,
three
Gen
(19:34;
31:29,42)
are
employed
in
means
“yesterday
night”;
Job
30:3,
meaning
©EX
“darkness.”
In
of
occurs
once
2Kgs
9:26,
however, ©!3K, like its cognate amsali, connotes [1985]
17-18),
following
“yesterday,” e.g., amsali istu Mari usima nubatti ana
of
Zuruban ubilma “yesterday I left Mari and spent
Albright’s (JBL 60 [ 1941 ] 210) equation of Akk. 24
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
thè night traveling toward Zuruban” (CAD A
t
t
Akk. inhu s. SB (CAD 1/J i47b, 1483;
—
79'à).
ma * :
Biblical Hebrew
AHw 3823). sigh, groan, a song of mourning.
As noted by thè CAD (A 7yb n.) “except denotativi
in thè lit. texts eited, amsali is used only in thè 1. (Deii2) nnwa
013 period. In later texts it is replaced by timàli
,'ni3?n
:
|irn òd 'a “my
life is spent in sorrow, my years in groaning” (Ps
‘yesterday’.”
31:11;
cf.
cf.
also
Isa
51:11;
Ps
102:6
and
passim);
Akk: e.g., inhiya sùnuhùti Istar ismcma “Istar heard my (Assurbanipal’s) sorrowful /w/|M-songs” (C"A1)
nnnpx s. Akk. matàhu v. MA, NA (CAD M
I/J 148a b).
4033; AHw 6323). Akk. to carry, transport, pick up, lift; Heb. pack.
l’he C"AD I/J has two separate entries: inhu A
Heb.
nnriiDX
is
employed
fifteen
times,
solely
in thè Joseph story in Gen 42—44. Although thè nominai forni *amtahtu is non-cxistent in Akk., Cìreenfield
maintains
that
thè
Heb.
“suffering” and inhu B “a tune or song.” See CAD I/J 1483 s.v. inhu B for thè arguments for two separate entries. cf. r™ v.
substantive
is to be derived from thè Akk. verb matahu “to carry, pick up/lift up.” He thus renders nnriQX as
— Akk. ninu pron. OA, OB on (CAD N 2393; AHw 791 a), we.
“pack” and semantically equates thè noun to Although thè pron.
“pack” from XÉ73 “lift, carry.”
with thè prosthetic X is
predominant in BH, thè forni 13Ï13 = Akk: ninu is
(Il Cìreenfield, ZAW 77 (1965) 90—92.
attested five times (Gen 42:11; Exod 16:7,8; Num 32:32; Lam 3:42). Ì12K :: aniyana v. Emar; WSem. word (Eniar 388:35; 388:46) to mourn. The
■’ìx cf. ■oix.
Emarite
masc.
du.
sub.
àniyàna
“two
mourners” was equated by Pentiuc (2001:26) with i"P3X :: anàyi s. EA; WSem. gloss (CAD A io6a);
thè Heb. Ì13X “to mourn,” attested in parallelism with (3:26; 19:8).
= Akk. inituQ) (AHw 382b). boat.
‘to lament,” twice employed in Isa
DliNOT’ATT Vi:
1. (Deii2) anàyi is a gloss in EA 245:22—30: u n3X = Akk. atiàhu 13 v. 013 011 (CAD A iosb; AHw 4ya).
Akk.
to
sing
(G-stem),
to
moan
(D-stem);
DI-NOTA II Vi; I. (Den2) 1|P3 -““r 1033 HQn? HTO H0 thè
beasts
bewildered”
(Joel
groan, 1:18;
thè
cf.
1:4 and passim); moan
and
damàmu
“to
herd
also
of
Exod
cattle 2:23;
is
Lam
□*’rT3«ari “those who
groan”
yà\si] iname libbi clippi (gloss: anàyi) ùtassarussu ana sarri “and Zurata removed Labaya from Megiddo
Heb. to groan, sigh.
“how
Zura\ta\ yilqvmc La\baya\ istu Magidda u yiqhi ana
(Ezek
nioan//to
saying to me, ‘I will send him by boat to thè king.’”
Uur
ending
i.
gloss “Later,
preserves case
thè
endings
genitive evidently
case began
to lose their significancc, and this development accelerated
their
eventual
virtual
elimination
in
Heb., along with all other short vowels at thè end
9:4);
Akk:
utannuhu//
mourn,”
e.g.,
uttanah
hi
of words” (Barker 1969, 19). 2.
(Den2) ini tu (a hapax) is equated in a
ursànu ki summaii idammum “he moans like thè
Syn. list to tcbitu (also a hapax). Based 011 thè
ursànu-b'wd, he mourns like thè dove” (CAD A
presumcd derivation of tcbitu from thè verb tebu
iosb 3).
“to submerge,” AHw 382b s.v. initu 111 translates
cf. nmx, am v.
initu as “cin Sccschiff,” equating it to WSem. ÌT3X.
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biblical Hebrew
The CDA also reads tèbltu and translates initu as
(c) perishability. Thus in Amos’ vision thè wall of
“boat(?).” CAD I/J [job s.v. initu B, on die other
Israel is portrayed as being extremely weak, not
hand, reads thè lexical entry as hi-bi-tum, not té-bi-
durable, and 011 thè verge of collapsing.
tum, and thus maintains that thè meaning of initu
Ili
is unknown.
137:76; Paul, Amos 2333 23 sb; Mankowski, 35-36.
The
Akk.
unùtu
“vessel,
utensil”
is
meaning of which then would have been “vessel.” meaning
“boat”
development.
seems
Likewise
to
related
be
a
would
JNF.S
24
(1965)
285-96;
Cohen,
almost = Akk. anàku pron. OAkk on (CAD A io6a;
ccrtainly related to thè Can. root ’ny, thè originai The
Landsberger,
AHw 49b). I.
semantic be
Aram.
mà'n (emphatic mà’nayyà’), where thè initial m is
EA 287:64—66,69 employs thè Can. forni anuki, e.g., ana 2 sepe amqutmi aradka anuki “at thè two feet I fall, I ani your servant.” The forni anuki
a noun prefix.
has a long u vowel instead of a long à of Akk.
Ili Barker, 19.
This from rcflects thè Can. shift of *à > 0, which
Cf. BA }K0*.
is
represetited
in
Aniarna
by
long
m
because
cuneiform has 110 sign for O. This cliange had not yet taken place in Ug.; cf. Ug: gan — Heb:
= Akk. annaku s. OA, OB on (CAD A 1273;
gà'ón; smal — Heb: s'mo’l; kasat = Heb: kiss'ot.
AHw 49b). tin. denotativi
;
1. (Den2) (BH hapax) ni3Ìn bs 3S3 TI nani Dirai?
n*p
nnx
na
òt?
'n
npìn
^
inni
^
bfcnÉr ps? rnj?? a» 'n ni?K9] ^ “idìo i*? nini? nis? fT’pix 16 “ lo, my Lord was standing by a wall of tin, with tin in his hand. And thè Lord asked me, ‘What do you see, Amos?’ ‘Tin’, I replied. And my Lord declared, ‘Lo, I am setting tin in thè midst of my people Israel. I will pardon them by
no
more’”
Landsberger,
(Amos thè
7:7—8).
hapax
As
maintained
substantive
is
a
loanword from Akk. annaku “tin.” Thus thè usuai meaning
“plumb-hne”
must
be
discarded.
The
word does not mean “lead” and thus cannot be a plumb-line. In BH thè word for lead is rnSS?, which is a loanword from Akk. abàru (cf. n“ISÌ?). The
interpretation
of
Amos’
vision
is
indeed
far from clear. Note thè expressions nt?n? niOÌl “bronze walls” (Jer 1:18; 15:20); ^T”13 “T’jp “iron wall” (Ezek 4:3); Akk: dùr siparri “bronze wall,”
Silice thè shift had occurred by thè time of thè Aniarna Letters, this phonetic change reflects thè period 1450—1 350 U.C.E. For other instances of this shift in Can. Aniarna, cf. rusunu “our head” (EA 264:18) = Heb: WEJIÓ; sunu “sheep” (EA 263:12) =
Heb:
|Xi5;
ahrunu
=
Heb:
Ì3nntf;
“behind
sukini
him”
“caretaker,
(EA
245:10)
overseer”
(EA
256:9) = Heb: ]DD. Aniarna employs thè 1 per. c.sg. anu (= Heb: '3X = Ug. 'an) e.g., u nwtima sut anu idesu “moreover, when he died, I (Rib-Hadda) knew of it” (EA 89:38—39); compare thè parallel expression anàku idêsu “I knew ofit” (EA 1 14:30; 92:23). CAD, on thè other hand, maintains that “thè few passages in EA where a-na appears instead of thè normal anàku (such as EA 155:48; 260:8; 286:14, beside anàku in thè sanie letters) are to be considered careless writings rather than WSem. loans” (CAD A_ ma). Ili Yoimgblood, ACR, 334; Barker, 23.
e.g., atta samas ittasi ina muhhiya u duri siparri sa izqupu ana sàsu “you (thè pharaoh) are thè sun
HS3X = Akk. anpatu s. SB (CAD A 1433; AHw
that rises over me (Abimilki), a wall of bronze
54a). (kind ofbird).
erected for me(!)” (EA 147:53; let. Tyre). These expressions
metaphorically
and
Therefore,
power.
symbolize
Landsberger
strength
suggests
that
Heb. nSJX is employed alongside nn’On “stork,” nson “hoopoe,” In
thè
“bat” Akk.
lex.
(Lev
bird-list
11:19; Deut
in Amos 7:7—8, tin is a Symbol of (a) softness, (b)
14:18).
anpatu
uselessness unless alloyed to another metal, and
alongside essebu (cnsubu = Heb: rp©r), a nocturnal
occurs
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
hor
Biblical Hebrew
bird of ili portcnt related to thè owl; kiliìi “owl”
of thè verb rukkusu (‘to construct’) in connection
(as an ominous bird); issùr lemutti “evil bird.”
with thè building of an asuppu suggests that thè word refers basically to thè method of construction of a building and only later to thè use and function
= Akk. encsu v. OA, OB on (CAD E i66a;
of such constructions. The latter is illustrated by
AHw 2i7b). to become weak.
thè corresponding Heb. term asuppim attested in iChr 26:15 and 17, also Neh 12:25.”
BH employs thè root ©3X nine times; once it occurs as an intransitive verb ©3K*] “and he (David’s son) became
critically
weak”
(2Sam
12:15),
and
eight
“)DN = Akk. escru B. v. OB on (CAD E 3343; AHw
times thè verb is attested in thè Qal pass, part., twice
249b). to shut in.
used in parallelism with ròn “ to be sick,” e.g., Pilli. ASEOI.OGY
3 “011 a day of sickncss//and 1. (Phn) (to put in prison) JV5
unhcalable wound” (Isa 17:1 1; cf. also Jer 30:12).
'‘and he (thè king of Assyria) (arrested him)
In Akk. thè verb has a wider rango of meanings,
(Hoshea) and put him in prison” (2Kgs 17:4);
and can refer to humans as well, e.g., inisma iktamis ippalsih “he became weak, his knees gave way, he
Akk: e.g., yànu ana bit kili ussurisu “if not, put him
collapscd” (CAD E i66a).
in prison there” (CAD E 335b 4). While
BH
TPX
is
semantically
developed,
i.e.,
“bind/tie > arresi, keep in confìnement,” in Akk.
= Akk. esèpu v. OB 011 (CAI) E 33ob; AHw 248b). to collect.
such a development is not apparent. Akk. eséru primarily means “to shut in, enclose, confine, take
PI IRASEOl.OGY
captive,” e.g., sàsu kima issur quppi qereb Ursaiimma
1. (Phr2) nxnri *10« - 1?! 10« “collect thè yield - collect grain,” e.g., ïJPTTÏÍ nSPXI
al sarrutisu ésirsu “like a bird in a cage I shut him (Hezekiah) up in his capitai, Jerusalem” (CAD E
“and you shall gather your grain and wine
334b 1).
and oil” (Deut 11:14; cf- ;lls° Lev 23:39; 25:3); Akk. se’a esèpu “to collect barley,” e.g., eqlam
Cf. D'IlDif IV3.
crisma se’am u lu samassammu sa ibbassu èsip tabal iqbìsum “he said to him ‘cultivate thè field, and
= Akk. appu s. OAkk. on (CAD A, i84b; AHw
collect and take away thè barley or thè sesame
6oa). Akk. nose, tip; Heb. uose > anger (trans, mng.),
that will grow (there)’” (CAD E 33ob 2').
nostrils (i.e., D’SN). IDIOMAT IC USAGE
^jÒK* = Akk. asuppu s. MB, NB; pi. asuppàti (CAD A 3493; building).
AHw
773).
(a
somewhat
1. (Idi) (to prostrate) D'SX ~Hjp ( iSam 24:9;
insubstantial
28:14
passim);
Akk:
appa
qadàdu,
e.g.,
appasu
liqdud ina qaqqari lippalsih “let him prostrate himself,
The
substantive
thè
pi.
abs.
is
employed
C'iSpXn
2V5
twice
“thè
in
Heb.
vestibuie”
let him squat on thè ground” (CAD Q 4sa b).
in
2. (Id2) (breath) TI rp©» irSK nn “ our breath
(iChr
is thè Lord’s anointed” (Lam 4:20; cf. Exod 15:8);
26:15,17); Akk: bit asuppi, e.g., bit asuppi u mùsu
Akk: sàr appi “breath” (lit. “thè nose’s wind”) e.g.,
“a vestibuie exitway” (CAD A, 349b); ahi ina bit
summa sàr appisu ina pisu ussa “if his breath comes
asuppi u ahi ina tarbasi “half in thè vestibuie and
out his mouth(?)” (CAD S 139b c).
half in thè yard” (CAD ibid.); bit asuppi bit kàri
IJ? '
“a vestibuie and a store house” (CAD ibid.). The
Cf. BA
substantive is likewise employed once more as pi. const. in Neh 12:25: of thè gates.”
,'3pX
“thè vestibules
-
Akk. cpattu (pi. epadatu) s. OA (C
E 1833; AHw 222a). Akk. (a costly garment); Heb. (a
As noted by thè C'AI) (A, 349b 11.) “thè use
garment wom for ritual purposes).
27
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
DENOTATIVI*
for
Biblical Hehrew
of thè Persian kings Darius I (521—486 B.C.E.) and
i. (Den2) ]Z'nb:: “bò e-kVe ■'ípN'i an» "rx
Xerxes
I
(485-465
ephod and for thè breastplate” (Exod 25:7); Akk: e.g., cpadam ana ummiàniya subiìam “send one
“ Hall'./ Saulcnhallc.”
are
Old
Assyrian
and
concerti thè shipping of these garments. Therefore, there is no way from context to determine their use. The
CAD
maintains
that
epattu
is
commonly
The first to reject an Indo-European origin
cpaf/M-gartnent to my principal” (CAD E 1833). references
origin,
appadàn(a),
rendered now as “colonnaded audience hall,”
Akkadian
etymological
thè
“lapis lazuli and other stones for settings for thè
All
ofits
B.C.E.),
regardless
is
“to
be
connected with Heb. ’cpod and Syriac pcdtà ‘vestis sacerdotalis’.”
and thè etymology of appadàn(a) proposed above was
thè
Iranian
scholar
Oswald
Szemerényi,
who states: “As for thè origins of this term, for generations
it
represented
had
been
(a)apa-dhàna
held
that
appadàn(a)~
from
thè
root
dhà-,
Iranian dà- ‘put, place’. It is deeply disquieting that
this
been
repeated
incredible
‘explanation’
without
a
should
niurmur
by
have
so
many
scholars for so long.” Ili thè light of Hemming’s na» — Akk. appadan(u) s. LB, Old Pers. lw. (CAD
obscrvation that thè spelling of thè Old Persian
A i78b; AHw 593). (a colonnaded audience hall).
word is appadan- accusative appadànam and not apadàna-,
miNOTATl VK
1. (Den2) (BH hapax) p? inSX
VW)
©ip ■'335 “in1? □’B' “h e will pitch his royal pavilion between thè sea and thè beautiful holy mountain” (Dan 11:45); Akk: agà sum appadàn Dariyàmus ab ab abiya itcpus “this (building) called appadàna, my great-grandfather, Darius, built” (CAD A 178IV). This
architectural
structure,
derived
Szemerényi
deduces
that
“thè
first
coiiclusion forced upon us is that thè word cannot be of Indo-European origin, for in IE consonant gemination is not allowed. And this once more suggests that we may have to do with a word of thè
substratum
or
adstratum.”
Hinz’s reconstruction
of
Cyrus’
Accordingly,
W.
(559—530 B.C.E.)
appadàn at Parsagadae, which was influenced by
Old
Persian
Assyrian
architecture,
gives
us
a
good
idea
of
appadàna “audience hall,” is attested in thè Talmud
what such a palace looked like. Namely, besides
(OLT vi 2777 8). One may also be tcmptcd to
thè porticoes, a characteristic feature is thè row
see thè word in SoS 3:9, where thè hapax
of windows 011 both thè ground floor and thè
“palanquin” should be read
floor
lian'pn
e.g., ìróì? f“1SK
nb'^iz; ^‘pan i1? “King Solomon
made him a colonnaded audience hall from thè The Old Persian vocable appadàn(a) has been rendered
scholars.
At
thè
by
both
turn
of
Iranian and Semitic thè
last
century,
Consequently,
Szemerényi
suggests
Akk. appàti, equated to thè West Semitic hilàni “
timbers ofLebanon.” variously
above.
that thè substratum origin of appadàn(a) is thè
for
are
l'cnstcrhaus.” attested
in
Tiglat-pileser
III
(721—705
B.C.E.),
thè
two
architectural
Neo-Assyrian
(744—727
B.C.E.),
Sennacherib
Sargon
(704—681
B.C.E.),
and
bragged of their great architectural achievements,
Old
Testament,”
translated
thè
B.C.E.).
of II
Words
thè
(668—627
terms
inscription
cxample, Clair Tisdall, in his study “The Aryan in
Assurbanipal
These
These
kings
word simply as “palace,” stating that “It conics
especially that of thè bit hilàni, which was built
from
after thè fashion of thè Hittite (i.e., late Hittite
apa
and
thè
root
dà
(Sanskrit
dha)
‘to
place’. In Sanskrit also we have apa-dhà ‘to set
= Syrian) architecture: bit appàti tamfil ckal Hatti
apart’. Apadàna would therefore niean a building
sa ina lisàn Amurri bit hilàni isassusu usepisa mihrit
‘set
bàbisin “In front of their (thè palace’s) gates I
apart’
interpretation
for
thè
was
king.”
followed
Tisdall’s by
Kent
etymological some
fifty
had a bit appàti built, a replica of a Hittite (i.e.,
years later. However, in light ofthe excavations of
Syrian) palace, which they cali bit hilàni in thè
Herzfeld and Schmidt at Persepolis and Susa, and
language
thè discovery of thè magnificent palace complex
Accordingly, Szemerényi rejects von Soden’s
of
Annirru
(i.e.,
west)”
(CAD
1
83b).
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
equation and thè allcgcd borrowing of Akk. hilàni
Whereas in Akk. thè more common word word
bit hilàni is attested already in Old L3abylonian. He
for “baker” is nuhatimmu (Sum. lw.) (CAD N_
similarly discards thè assertion made by thè CAD bit
appàti
“portico.”
is
a
Szemerényi
“foreign thus
word”(?)
concludes,
3 1 3b) = LH Dinn?, in Mari, Chagar Bazar, Nuzi,
meaning
that
MB, Alalakh, NB, Akk. employs thè substantive
while
epu
hilàni should be equated to Northwest Semitic hln “window”
(Ug./Heb.),
so
too,
appatu
should
likewise
opening.” Old
connotes
Therefore,
Persian
he
appadàn
“window, continues,
Bazar
must
be
thè
that
it
represents
a
hybrid
‘window’,
Dàryat-vahus,
was
reduced
Zarat-ustra
to
were,
In
light
and
of
of
thè
|THSK
Szemerényi’s
Persian
just
Old
remarks,
SoS
interpretation
appa(t)-dàn(a) conclusion.
also
parallel
(e.g.,
that to
Gen
in
Chagar
tc'inu
“miller”
Akk. uppulu v. NA (AHw 14253). to be
imiraslology
i. (Phr2) (bh hapax) 1 3 3 vb napsrn nanrn
as
nan nVsg ■'a “but thè wheat and thè emmer
Persian,
were not hurt, for they ripen late” (Exod 9:32);
“window
with
Winckler’s
hirrëtum harpàtum cqlum hirrctum uppulàtum “thè
appadan(a)
that
thè
house”
fìelds (with) early furrows and thè fields with late
Old
furrows” (CAD H 1993).
derives
(il Cohen, Hapax 128:51.
from Akk. bit appati (—bit hilàni) seems thè most suitable
Note is
Ì12X
Akk: sc’u uppilu late barley (AHw 14253); cqlum
above in
Heb:
late (said of cereal crops).
reduced to Dàiraya and Zara-.” equation
=
compound
appa-
in
7:4,6).
“baker”
—
rendering
appat-dàn(a) - ‘Tcnstcrhaus’. The first component, appat-
Hos
eptì
2483)
“thè
of Akk. bit appati and not of a simple appai-, it follows
E
(CAD E 2483 a) = Heb: jlTiED (Judg 16:21).
window
silice
(CAD
40:1,5,17;
be
associated with thè well-known Akk. noun aptu, which
Biblical Hebrew
12:39); Akk: kurummata epu (CAD E 24711).
from Hittite hilaamar “portai ” on thè grounds that
that
for
Namely,
(a)
phonetically —
thè gemination of pp in appirion agrees with thè
Akk. apapu v. Mari (CAD A i66b; AHw
573). to encircle(?)
doubling of thè consonant/) in Aramaic PBK, Old Persian appadàn(a), as well as with Akk. (bit-)appati.
Note ARM 4 43 r. 7: [x\ x la innapapù, which CAD
(b) Orthographically, thè interchange of d with r
translates: “(thè troops) must not be encircled(?)”
in thè Old Hebrew script is commonly attested
Heb.
in BH and, therefore, Heb.'p'HSX may well stand
five times, always in a negative context, e.g., niì?"1
“to
surround,
encompass”
is
employed
for ]nSKC|(vO“ISK. Such an interchange exists in
“misfortunes” (Ps 40:13), ni!?
“bounds of
this very word in Armenian, i.e., aparan-k “Hans,
death” (Ps 1 16:3). Three times
occurs with
vomehmes, pràchtiges Hans, Palast.”
330
Ili
Cohen,
2 33~37:
Hapax
126:47;
Szemerényi,
“to encircle” (J011 2:6; 2 Sani 22:5 = Ps
18:5).
Clordo» l'est.,
Steiner, Blau Irst., 551-61.
s. Akk. aparu v. OB on (CAD A i66b; nSX = Akk. epu v. OB 011 (CAD E 247b; AHw
AHw
23 ia). to bake.
(Akk. G- and D-stem).
57b).
to
put
covcring
011
someone’s
head
ni no 1
IVI
l'I irasfology
1.
(Phri) (to bake in thè oven) “11303 HSK
\ 1
[. (Den2) (BH hapax) TTS? b? "1SX3 ©Snm
(Lev 7:9); Akk: ina tirimi teppi “you bake in thè
“and he (thè prophet) was disguised by thè head
oven” (CAD E 2483).
covering on his eyes” (iKgs 20:38,41); Akk: e.g.,
2.
(Phr2)
(to
bake bread)
Dii1?
H2X (Lev
alkamma lulabbissima luappirsima suhàrtam luddin
26:26; Isa 44:15,19); Akk: akla epù (CAD E 24711 lex. section). 3.
(Phr2)
(to
bake
cake)
n3JJ
Ì12X
“come,
I
will
provide
her
with
clothing
and
headcover and then will sell thè girl” (CAD A
(Exod
i67b 3, OB let.). 29
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
Akk.
employs
e.g.,
upur
thè
substantive
zikàri/.tinnisti
upru
headcover,
“male/female
headcover”
por
Biblical Hebrew
T»n n*? rnxn izh '3 wn ^pi ytfirn “for when Joshua and all Israel saw that thè elite
(AHw 1425^.
fighting unit had captured thè city” (Josh 8:21);
IIJ] Cohen, Hapax j 3 1:6o.
lappa
^Nntjr 3 1 $) “and thè elite fighting
unit
erupted from its
I015X :: ncsbcttu s. syn. list; WSem. word (CAI) N
also
Josh
position”
iyoa; AHw 782b). finger.
38). Note also thè poetic hapax pair //□‘HI3É?
8:2,7,12,14,19;
e.g.,
“la^an
Judg
ipnrjn
(Judg 20:33; cf. '6:9,12;
o?
wé
20:29,36—
bra
nain
%
ncsbcttu followed by sulpu, sinqàtu, is equated in
D'Onici irpH □■nOÈ; ianpn “against thè walls of
Malku IV 217— 18 to thè standard Akk. word for
Babylon raise a signal, strengthen thè watch, set
finger ubànu. As noted by Lambert (JSS 19 [1974I
up sentries, prepare thè elite fighting unit” (Jer
83) “ncsbcttu ‘finger’, is of course cognate with thè
51:12).
Hebrew 'sba' of thè sanie meaning, with similar
IH Tadmor, lìeer-Shcva III (1988) 171-78 (Hcld lrst.);
forms in Arabie, Ethiopic and Ugaritic.”
Elat, Kaìlai Irst., 232-38.
3“)K = Akk. urbu s. SB, NA; WSem. lw. (AHw
n3"lK = Akk. erbu (crcbu, aribu) s. OB on (CAD E
I428b). elite fighting unit. Tadmor,
in
“The
with
old
crux
an
2s6b; AHw 2343). locust. urbi
of
Hczekiah,”
intcrprctum
that
deals
simu
semantically
.l/mltaimior
1. (SM2) (like a multitude oflocusts) n3“lX3
and contextually elucidates both Akk. urbu and BH 3“1K. The key Akk. passage is drawn from
nn1?, e.g., ppua
Sennacherib’s
describing
thè Kedemites, were spread over thè plain as a
Hezekiah’s actions: ...su Hazaqiyau pulhi melammo
multitude oflocusts” (Judg 7:12; cf. also Judg 6:5);
annals
(700
B.C.E.),
nnp •’ìs ^rn pbaj?] now Midian and Amalek, and all
ishupusuma urbi (LÚ ur-bi) u sàbcsu damquti sa ana
Akk: kima arihi ma'di, e.g., kima tibut aribi ma’di sa
dunnun LJrsalimmu ài sarrùtisu uscribuma irsu batlàti
pan satti mithàris ana epes tuqmàte tebùni seni'a “one
itti 30 bilat huràsu 800 bilat kaspu...nàre nàràtc ana
and all, they were riseti against me to offer battle,
qcrcb Ninua ài bclutiya arkiya usëbilamma ana nadàn
like a spring itivasion of countless locusts” (CAD
mandatti u epes arduti ispuru rakbiìsu “that Hazaqiya,
E 257I1 21).
thè fear of my majesty stunned him and he sent after me to Nineveh my capitai city thè urbi
2. i-3-xa
force and his choicest force, which he brought
“ispp
to Jerusalem his capitai to strengthen it and in
ma'dii
and female musicians and he sent his messengers to
me”
(Tadmor,
thè
idioms
sàbc
damquti
than
locusts
“more
mules,
and
“
locusts,” they
cannot
are
be
e.g., more
countcd”
numerous
than
locusts,”
e.g.,
sisc
asses,
oxen
and
sheep,
more
numerous
than locusts” (CAD E 2S7b 2).
As noted by Tadmor, in light of Sennacherib’s of
-p
ìpi
Assur “as booty, I carried off to Assyria horses,
Beer-
Shcva III [ 19881 172). usage
than
n?nsa
pare imcrc alpe u sene sa eli erbi ma'dii aslula ana
to me to pay thè tribute and to perforili thè submission
numerous
"N-.
(Jer 46:23; cf. also Nah 3:15,17); Akk: sa eli erbi
30 talents of gold and 800 talents of silver...male
of
“more nrh
numerous
order that they should assist bini, together with
ceremony
(SM2) (more numerous than locusts) 3"]
l’HRASPOLOGY
“choicest
(military) force” (line 39); tillàti rasà “to obtain
3.
auxiliaries” (line 41), Akk. urbu does not meati
rqnxn,
“Arabs”
grub has left thè locust devoured” (Joel 114; 2:25);
as
previously
understood.
Accordingly,
(Phri) (to consume said of a locust) ^pK e.g.,
npnxn
bpx
man
"iri'.
“what
thè
urbu, which is a WSem. lw. in Akk., should be
Akk: akàlu sa erbu, e.g., ebùrmàti erbu ikkal “locusts
rendered
will eat thè country’s harvest” (CAD E 257b and
as
“elite
fighting
unit,”
semantically
passini).
and etymologically equated to thè BH SIN, e.g.,
30
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
4. (Phr2) (to invade, said of a locust) libi? n5"|Kn, e.g.,
^
*7sn “and
thè locust invaded all thè land of Egypt” (Exod
for
Biblical Hebrew
erbetti sari usasbita sigarsin “I (Sennacherib) mstalled (colossi) at their entrances in all four directions” (CAD S i36b 2 and passim).
10:14); Akk: tebii sa erbu “thè locust invades” (lit. “goes up”) e.g., \ina satti sia] ti erbu itebbima se'i ehurì ikkal “within thè sanie year locusts will invade and devour thè barley crop” (CAD E 25711); cf.
= Akk. argamannu s. Bogh., SB, NB, NA. (CAD A^ 2533; AHw 673). reddish purple wool.
also thè Akk. idiom tibut erbi “thè invasion of thè locusts” (CAD ibid.).
SF.QUHNCl NC
1. (Seqi) (bluish purple and reddish purple)
5. (Phr2) (to descend said of a locust) ^23 “descend like a locust” (Judg 7:12); Akk:
27:7);
n^ppO (e.g., Exod 25:4; 26:1,31,36; Ezek Akk. takiltu - argamannu, e.g., lubulti
e.g., erbu ana (IN maqàtu “locusts descend upon c;n” (CAD E 2573 c).
birme lubulti kite takiltu argamannu...amhursu “I
HI Held, Landsberger Irst., 399-401; Tawil, BASOR
trimmed
225 (1977) 59-62.
(dyed) blue purple 2S3b ib and passim).
(fem. S73“|K)
(Assurnasirpal
II)
received
garments,
linen and
from
him
garments, red
brightly
and
purple”
— Akk. erbe (fem. erbef).
wool
(CAD
A,
l'HRASHOI OCY
num. OAkk. on (CAD 2253; AHw 232b). four.
2.
SY N liCDOCI I I
(Phr2)
(purple
cloth) jlpriK "133
(Num
4:13; Judg 8:26); Akk: nahlaptu sa argamanni (CAD A 253b lex. section).
1. (Sd) (thè entire earth, i.e., thè four corners/ quarters of thè earth) 11:12;
Ezek
7:2);
The hapax in forni )13“!X employed in 2Chr 2:6
nÌ333 I?3~!X (Isa Akk:
kibràt
arba’i/erbetti
(fr.
OAkk. on) e.g., sar kibràtim arbà'im “(NaramSin) thè king of thè four quarters” (CAD K
exhibits
thè
intervocalic
shift
of
m>w,
hence
|Q3“jK (attested 30 times) = 1]?“!« (attested once). Ili Mankowski, 38-39.
33 la); eli nifi kibràti arbàtim lirik re titi “may my (Nebuchadnezzar’s)
stewardship
over
thè
people
of thè four quarters last long” (CAD K 332a and passim).
nnx = Akk. uni I s. MA, MB on (AHw 14353). stali. PHRASEOIOGY
2. (Sd) (all thè winds, i.e., thè four winds) i
(a;wn) nirrn i?3-]k, e.g., ninn usnxs ’3
.
(Phri)
Akk.
D'OID
me
slse
nÍ’IX/nÍIK
□31^ TlÉnS D'atèn “I (thè Lord) dispersed you like thè
four winds of heaven” (Zech 2:10; cf.
horses,” e.g., a[sak\ku ina uré sise usnilrna “he made
also Jer 49:36; Ezek 37:9; Zech 6:5 and passim);
thè asakku lie down in thè stable” (CAD S 328b lex. section).
Akk: sari erbetti four winds, e.g., Adatl ina sari
9:25);
stalls)
(iKgs
erbetti irtakab paré\su\ sii tu iltànu sadii amurr\u\
5:6/2Chr
(borse
“stalls
of
Not unlike Akk. uré alpi “stali of oxen” (AHw
“Adad rode on thè four winds, |his] asses, thè
1435b)/uré umàmi “stali of animals” (AHw ibid.),
south wind, thè north wind, thè cast wind, thè
BH ni“ix is not restricted to horses: nan3 bzb nÌ"1N
west wind” (Atra-hasis, 122 r. 5—6). For similar
noroi “stalls for all kinds of beasts” (2Chr 32:28).
imagery,
cf.,
'S33
bv
NT.]
3113
bv
33T]
ITH “He (thè Lord) mounted on a chcrub and flew gliding on thè wings of thè wind” (Ps 18:1 1 =
2Sam
“four
22:11).
In
winds/directions”
Ezek is
42:16-20 employed
ninn
y3"]X
similarly
= Akk. arànu s. SB, NB (CAD A^ 23 la; AHw 653). chcst, coffin.
to
Heb. |Ì“lt? is employed 201 times, thè majority of
thè above Akk. text, in thè course of measuring
cases referring to thè Ark of thè Covenant. Four
thè four sides of thè Tempie area as east, north,
times it is employed in a secular context concerning
south, and west (cf. also iChr 9:24); cf. Akk: ana
“money-chest,” e.g., ITO |i“lt? }H3n i?TÌT nj?"1
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
*10?n ^3
kor
Biblical Hebrew
3.
na© •;r.:v..:rì7“ “in 3|ri
(Phri) (to leave thè path) nnK 3TZ7, e.g.,
“and die priest Jchoiada took a chest and bored a
nnx 3TÌJ1? in noia “one who leaves (thè 1113111)
holc in its lid and thè priestly guards...deposited
path
there...all thè money” (2Kgs 12:10; cf. also 2Chr
czcbu,
resents
discipline”
e.g.,
tustammatii
(Prov
15:10);
sipirkama
Akk:
uruhka
urha tczzib
24:8; 2Kgs 12:1 1; 2Chr 24:10); Akk: arànu sa PN
“then you will reduce your own output, forsake
“incoine from thè cashbox of PN” (CAD A 23 ih
your path” (BWL 99:24, Counsels of Wisdom). 4. (Phr2) (traveller) nná “13SJ, e.g., ni1?!??? laffiQ
b).
n"1N “13SJ n3© “highways are desolateci, travellers
Heb. ]Ì“1N once connotes “coffin,” e.g., ItOan”') nnsa? ]Ì“1X3
have ceased” (Is3 33:8);
inx “and he (Joseph) was
cmbalmcd and placed in a coffin in Egypt” (Gen
(L3111
1:12;
‘'“131Ì?
“travellers”
2:15); Akk. àlik urhi “traveller,”
50:26). “The reason for this isolated occurrence is
e.g., àlik urhi czib \b(\t(?)-su “thè traveller left bis
that coffins were not customary in Israel until just
house” (IJgaritica 5 |iy68] 277:10; ALIw 14293 3);
before thè destruction ofthe Second Tempie, and
àlik harràni “traveller” (CAD A: 342b 2). 5. (Phr2) (evil way) SH iïlK, e.g., S?n nnK bpB
so this coffin in thè Joseph story is but reflection
3ve 3voided every evil
ofEgyptian practice” (Marcus 1975, 89—90). Such
(Ps
W3y”
is also thè case in Akk., where thè word for coffin
119:101); Akk: urhu lummunu, e.g., urhu lummunu
arànu occurs once in a short funerary inscription
sakin\sum\
in
unf3vonible
which
an
unnamed
Assyrian
king
describes
(opposite: p3th
damqum)
(opposite:
“set
for
good)”
him
3n
(*CAD
L
thè burial ofhis father: arànu asar taslilt\isu\ ina cri
246b).
danni bàbasa aknukma udannina sipassa unut huràsi
6.
kaspi mimma [arsii kimàhi simat bciutisu sa irammu
“i®VD,'1©''a,
mahar Samas ukaiìimma itti abi bàniya ana kimàhi
^[On ■'3113 “who lc3ve thè p3ths of justice to
askun “I sealed thè opening of thè stone coffin, his
follow thè ways of darkness” (Prov 2:13 cf. 3lso
resting-place,
copper
and
e.g.,
robb
p3th)
“12?*'
/nit^a
ninna
n"]k
□■'pTán
reinforced
Is3 26:7; Ps 27:1); Akk: uruh kitti “just p3th,” e.g., ina amat ilùtika rablti sa la ustcpclu harràn sullum u
my father my begetter in thè tomb thè gold and
mcsrc uruh kitti u misari lisaskina “through your
silver equipment, whatever is prepared for a tomb,
(Ssnias)
(and) his lordly insignia, which he loved” (*CAD
(Nabiìnàid)
A 23 ih c; TuL 57—58; 6—18).
prosperity, a path of truth and justice” (VAB IV
Ili Oppenheim, JNES 6 (1947) 116—20; Tawil, JANES
260 20—22); cf. harràn kitti u misari “a path of truth
3
strong
(stniight/just
he seal. I exhibited before Samas and placed with
0971 )
with
(Phr2)
great,
immutable
est3blish
a
divine
path
of
word,
may
well-being
he and
and justice” (CAD M 1 i8a); padàn misari “3 W3y
33-36; Marcus, JANES 7 (1975) 85-94.
of justice” (CAD ibid.). 7. (Phr2) (p3th of no return) 31© iÒ n~)N,
ÌTIK = Akk. urhu (arhu) s. OB 011 (AHw 14293).
e.g., Tjbnt? 3ìis nnk, rrs* nspa rr.'jp '3
path.
“for a few more years will pass and I shall go thè PHKAS1ÍOLOG Y
way of no return” (Job 16:22); Akk: uruh la tari
1. (Phri) (straight/just path) n"]N “1ET “make thè
path
straight
(i.e.,
prosperous)”
f nn-IK -lET’ Nini msn acknowledge
Him
e.g.,
“way of no return” (AHw 14293 53). *?33
8.
“in all your ways and
He
will
straighten
your
e.g., urhi sumrusi (uruh narkabtim) “difficult path
path” (Prov 3:6; cf. also Prov 9:15); Akk: urha cséru/sutesuru
(thè
“to cause one’s path to succeed/
path
section);
prosper” (CAD E 3 5 5b; Tawil, JBL 95 [1976]
of urhu
a
chariot)”
pasqutu
(CAD
“steep,
N|
et'. BA r-x\
(Phr2) (walk on thè road) n“]K3 (Prov
8:20; cf. judg 5:6: ninna w^); Akk : ina urhi aìaku "pK — Akk. araku v. OA 011 (CAD A 2233; AHw
(AHw 14293 5).
32
353b
difficult
(AHw 845b, s.v. pasqu).
407). Cf. 6 below. 2.
(Phr2) (roundabout (devious) paths) ninni?
ni^jP^pSJ (Judg 5:6); Akk: (functional equivalent) lex.
paths”
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
63b). to become long, last long (Qal), prolong (D-stem, Hiph il).
por
Biblical Hebrew
Marduk,
thè
great
lord,
prolong
your
reign”
(CAD ibid. and passim).
idiomatic
usaci
1. (Itb) (to be paticnt)
:
e.g.,
vtiB bv “ir in"|X?ni -ex -H-xn cnx Vri’ “a
The opposite meaning of thè expressions 11NÌ1 w-2:/rN are thè Heb. phrases m~l “ISj? (Mie 2:7; Job 21:4) and 5E?S3 “lïj? (Num 21:4; Judg 10:16;
sagacious man in forbearing, it is his glory when
16:16;
he overlooks an ofFcnse” (Prov 19:1 1); ‘'Qtp l^a*?
These
phrases
Akk.
expression
niant); Akk:
crscti “(even) though we were to go up to heaven,
(said of thè gods) e.g., sanie ina m'ubi erseti ina
(even) if we were to go down to thè netherworld”
minuti
(CAD E 3iob, EA 264:17); Istar ana ersctim ùrid ul
“when
heaven
trembles,
when
thè
earth
is shaken” (CAD N 3483 lex. section); sanie mah
ila “Istar has gone down into thè netherworld and
ersetu unarrat tanàdàtua muribbat sanie munarritat erseti
has not come up” (CAD E 3 iob)..
tanàdàtua “I (Istar) make thè heavens tremble, I
8. (Phr2) (thè netherworld as a place of 110 35
“HK
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
return) e.g.,
for
Biblical Hebrew
The above motif of thè divine fulfillment of thè
pN VX 3^ *Òl "Vx D“IU3
netherworld of darkness” (Job 10:21); cf. Hll© '2
king’s request seems likewise to be employed in Ps 61:6, where thè MT TW'V is an alternate forni
“her house
of nenNì “request.” Thus, thè idiom nEHN ]H3
sinks down to thè netherworld...all who go to her cannot return” (Prov 2:18—19); Akk: (designation
“fulfill (thè king’s) request” = n2?“P }ni Such is also thè case in Akk. inscriptions where erèsu
of thè netherworld); Sum: kur nu-gi -a = Akk:
“to request” is juxtaposed to nadànu “to fulfill”
‘before I depart—never to return, to die
erset la tari “land of no return” (C'AI) E 3o8b
(=Ug:
lex. section) e.g., ultu ulìànumma Istar ana erset la
e.g., isti Atiim hàwirisa tëtersassum dàri’am balàtam
(r.nr
pan
(Ezek
31:14,16,18/Ps
’rs
-
ytn/slh
“to
ask
-
grant,
bestow”)
of life, to Ammiditana she has granted, Istar has given” (*CAD E 2833 14'); qihiamma sa terrisanni
63:10); Akk: saplìt erseti (Tallqvist, Totenwelt, 11 —
luddikku “teli me, and I will give you what you
12)
desire of me” (CAD E 283b and passim).
■
Whereas Akk. employs thè verb erësu “to ask,
The standard Akk. word for “land” is màtu. Ili
Held,
JANES
5
(1973) 173:1; 175:23,28;
Tawil,
ZAW 92 (1980) 43-59.
request, desire” (CAD E 281 a), it is absent from BH. H owever, thè verb occurs in EA as arasti, e.g., u Addaya ràbis sani ardsu bitasunu “(and as for thè |garrison| that belongs to) Addaya, thè
11K = Akk. araru A v. OAkk. 011 (CAD A 234b;
commissioner
AHw 653). to curse.
their house” (EA 285:24—25; let. Jerusalem). EA
eoe;na rk accusat ivi:
1.
(CA) rnKB3 □nx] “ cursed with a curse”
of
employs
thè
king,
thè
I
(Abdi-Heba)
substantive
eresu
want “desire,
wish,” e.g., “(send your man to me to thè palace)
(i.e., referring to a treaty curse) e.g., OHN rnNS3
u la kàsid irìsu u ussirtisu “and I will send him to
•’ian c-rrp □ m \-,x: onw “ with a curse you
you as soon as thè request is granted” (CAD E
are being cursed, yet you continue to defraud Me,
281 a; EA 82:17; lct- Byblos).
thè whole nation of you” (Mal 3:9); Akk: (with
Ili Barker, 25; Tawil, Or. 43 (1974) 47-48.
gods as thè subject) errata aràru “to curse with a curse”
(in
royal
inscriptions,
boundary
stones,
treaties) e.g., Sin ahum rabum ina ili aljhësu erretam rabitam tirursu “may Sin, thè eldest brother among
S2X = Akk. isàtu s. OA, OB on (CAD I/J 227b; AHw 3923). fire.
thè gods, his brothers, curse him with a terrible
PUR ASKOI.OGY
curse” (CAD A 234b OB); arrat la pasàri lìrurusu
1.(Phri)
(to blow said of fire) /27X PIEO
“may they curse him with a curse that cannot be
mz, e.g., nD'bv
dispelled” (CAD A 2353 2).
Tra?; ©x? ■ ‘to blow thè fire upon them, so as to melt...I will blow upon you thè fire of My
Cf. rnw?.
fury” ntthK = Akk. eristu s. OA, OB on (CAD E 2983; AHw 24ib). wish.
.
R AS HOLOC. Y
(Phr2) (bli hapax) i b nnra iih
nS?3!3 *73 rnstp npiO “You have granted him
(Ezek
22:20—21);
Akk:
isàtu
nàpàlm,
e.g.,
ina qàti habbàti isàtum naphat. màtam ikka\l| “at thè hands of thè robbers fire is already blowing and it
1’ 11 t
m vbv nnsp
will
passim). 2.
consume
thè
land”
(CAD
2Ó4b
2
and
(Phri) (to burn in fire) ©N3 rÒj?, e.g.,
(thè king) thè desire ofhis heart, have not denied
vxz bzz □‘pp 3n$p!i irrjrjs? 'n -zt" “may Cod make you like Zedekiah
thè request ofhis lips” (Ps 21:3).
whom thè king of Babylon burned in fire” (Jer
and
Ahab,
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biblical Hebrew
29:22); Akk: ina isàti qalu, e.g., dmsu ckallasu u
§25 and passim); annàti...ana libbi isati ana nasaki
niscsu ina isàtu iqtali “(Neriglissar) burned his wall,
uba’iika “those men seek to cast you into a fire” (CAD I/J 23 ib; EA).
his palace, and his people” (CAD Q 703 c and passim). m
n,'sn/T'y5n/"iJJ2/^iÉ;
(e.g.,
isa
8.
44:16;
(Phr2) (to fall or strike said of tire) ^ail
n*??;
rx/stc.
e.g.,
nwn
}p
ròsn
□■'ròx
m
47:i4/Exod 35:3; Ezek jg-.ij/zChr 28:3/Jer 11:16; 17:27); Akk: ina isàti saràpu/qarnu (CAI) I/J 2303
“God’s fire fell from heaven” (Job 1:16; cf. also
2'; 23 ib b and passim).
coals drop down upon them, may He cast them
3.
1
Kgs 18:38); □ba: ms n^na arrbi? iQia’’ “may
(Phri) (to consume said of fire) K?X rÒpX
into thè fire” (Ps 140:1 1); Akk: isàtu maqàtu, e.g.,
(Judg 9:15,20 and passim); Akk: isàtu akàlu, e.g.,
summa isàtu istu samc irnqutrna minima uqalli “if
C!N ikul isàtum misilsu ikul u misilsu yànu u sàb Hatti
lightningstrikes from heaven and burns anything”
jànu “fire had consumed Ugarit, that is, it consumes
(CAD I/J 228a); stimma ina musi isàtu ana bit amdi
half of it but did not consume thè other half nor
imqut “if fire has struck a man’s house at night”
thè Hittite troops” (CAD I/J 23ob passim).
(*CAD I/J 228b and passim).
4. (Phri) (to kindle a fire) m isàta qàdu (cf. Ip' v.). 5.
Akk:
9. (Phr2) (to be extinguished said of fire) m nnpp/rmp/-]^, e.g., m n?pn oaxp
(Phri) (fire stones) ©X ''IDX (Ezek 28:14,16
“for lack of wood a fire goes out” (Prov 26:20; cf.
only); Akk: aban isàti “fire stone” (CAD I/J 228a
also Lev 6:5; Isa 66:24; Jer 4:4; 21:12); S2Xp
lex. section). Since in thè lex. texts aban isàti is
□’lSip
equated to pc/indù narnari “stone of illumination” (CAD ibid.; AHw 854b, 2d), Ezek 28:14,16 may
thorns” (Ps r 18:12); *6 13 “Ipm n2Tpn bv ©Xm n?pn “thè fire on thè aitar shall be kept burning,
be a reference to thè hedge at sparkling gemstones
not to go out” (Lev 6:5); Akk: isàtu bullà/bàlu,
(Greenberg, AB 22A 584). Speiser maintains that
e.g., isàtu ina muhhi garakku la tcbclli “thè fire on
“©X in Gen 22:6 cannot mean ‘fire’ silice thè flame
thè aitar must not go out” (CAD B 733 1).
would scarcely have been kept going throughout along
journey.”
Therefore
he
suggests
»x(3)
of
(Phr2) (to rain fire) ©X “ICOpn, e.g., 'HI
bv
“He
will
rain
rain
nabla
upon
thè
foes”
(CAD
I/J
suznunu
“to
rain
fire,”
e.g.,
228a);
rained
fire
upon
m
T'inai
(Amos
1:4,7,10
and
passim);
'[’-xV ~y;~pp wX2 iròt? “they
(lit.,
king
with
also
EA 11.
release,
send)
fire,”
e.g.,
tuwassirùna
fire” 185:24;
(EA 189:2;
125:40-45;
let.
Gubba;
Cochavi-Raincy,
cf.
Lcsoncnu
(Phr2) (to set a fire) »X D*1?? (e.g., iKgs
18:23,25); Akk: ana isàti sakànu, e.g., u sakan \àìì\ sani bdiya ana isàti “and set [thè cities | of thè king
them”
my lord 011 fire” (EA 174:15-17; let. Hasabu; cf.
(CAD Z 43a 2' and passim). 7.
rrrm
60 [1997I 174-75).
kima
(Assurnasirpal II) thundered over them like AdadI
^xm
àlàni sani ana isàti “they ravage thè cities of thè
Adad sa rihsi elísunu asgum nablu disutiu usaznin “I of-the-Devastation,
ròpx]
Ben-Hadad”
with
almi u isàti eli ayàbi “he (Enlil) who makes stones fire
e.g.,
employed in E A) ana/ina isàti umssuru “to ravage
down
cf. also Ezek 38:22); Akk: isàta suznunu, musaznin
Akk:
burning
Your dwelling place” (Ps 74:7); Akk: (commonly
upon thè wicked coals, fire, and sulfur” (Ps 1 1:6;
and
like
release fire against Your sanctuary, they dishonor
upon Sodom...sulfur and fire” (Gen 19:24); “IC2P'' D’SJKn
nVr.
Ipt? prp
©NI nn?3...nnp bs T'apri “and thè Lord rained □'na
extinguished
house of Hazael, and it shall devour thè fortress
separately specified.” Akk. uses analogously (aban) isàti fire (stone) (Speiser, AB 1 163).
m
be
~~m |5 niapnx “so I will release fire against thè
producing fire, other than wood itself, which is
nnajl
shall
10. (Phr2) (to send fire, ravage with fire)
that
“what is evidently meant bere is equipment for
6.
“they
also EA 176:12—13).
(Phr2) (to cast into thè fire) /^X ~bti~
Cf. BA xrx
tóX? (Jer 36:23; Exod 32:24); Akk: ana isàti nadú/ nasàku, e.g., awilum su ana isàtim su nti innaddi “that man will be thrown into that fire” (CH
mtfK = Akk. ittu; cf. TÌOV 37
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
T *
for
Biblical Hebrew
ì"lt£?X = Akk. assatu s. OAkk. on (CAD A 4Ó2b;
wife” (Lev 18:20); Akk: assai tappe “friend’s wife,”
AHw 83b). Akk. wife; Heb. woman, wife.
e.g., sa ana alti tappèsu issu [mesti] “he who covets idiomatic usaci
1. njr
(Idi)
“"^r.pr
virginity”
(to
marry)
“he (Lev
Pipò,
will
marry
21:13;
Gen
e.g.,
a
HE?!*
woman
24:4,7;
ITHS
HE?N
(lit.
covenental wife), e.g., H3 nn"|33 nr,N...=r~ÌN':
Nini her
but you (thè people
21:13);
of Israel) say...with whom you bave broken faith,
in
Lev
his friend’s wife” (CAD A 4653 p). 7. (Phr2) (lawful spouse)
;
Akk: assata lequ/ahàzu, e.g., stimma assat am samtam
though
ëtahaz “if he marries another woman” (*CAD A
lawful wife” (Mal 2:14); Akk: assat simàtim (CAD
i75b 2 and passim).
A2 4653 p). 8. (Phr2) (love or dislike a wife) Í0É7 -
2. (Id2) (to divo re e) HEW
ri1??;
(lit. “send free)
a wife,” e.g., ima rp'pni incpK etn -
•
:
is
your
marnage
partner
and
your
(Deut 21:1 5; Judg 14:16); Akk: assata ranni - assata
in
zèru, e.g., assatka sa tarammu la tanassiq assatka sa
“in« etiò nrrm “ if a man divorces bis wife and : : t
she
t
3:1; Deut 24:1); Akk: assata ezèbu (lit. to abandon
tazirru la tamahhas “do not kiss (if you enter thè netherworld) your wife you love, do not hit your
a
wife you dislike” (CAD A 4653 p).
she
leaves
him
woman)
and
e.g.,
marries
stimma
another
man”
aunlum...assassu
(Jer
ìzitnma
9.
samtam itahaz “if a man...divorces his wife and
(Phr2) (another woman) rnnx Ì1E?N (Judg
takes another” (CAD E 4223 c and passim); Heb:
11:2; iChr 2:26); cf. Akk: assatu sanitu “another
■n
wife” (CAD L 137I-) 2; Ai 175b 2).
rrn
nrnsïn
nrws?
's
“for
thè
Lord
has called you like a wife divorced (lit. forsaken)
Unlike
Heb.,
and grieved in spirit” (Isa 54:6).
“wife”
and
S KQU HNCI N C1
2i:3,22/Judg
20:4);
Akk:
mutu
-
ift rabit Igigi “may thè patroness of women be (CAD ibid.).
bpS)
In thè syn. list ìixplicit Malku—santi (I 75;
e.g., summa bel assatim assassu uballat “if thè wife’s
JAOS 83 [ 19631 434:75) thè Hurrian word for
master allows his wife to live” (CH §129).
“a woman” astu is equated with SAL EDEN — imirasfolocìy
sinnistu
(Phri) (sister-in-law) nN nEftjl (Gen 38:8;
5. (Phr2) (nian’s wife) ETX
e.g.,E7‘,«1
commits
adultcry
with
a
“woman
(in)
Hurrian”
(CAD
A
(Ezek 23:44) may reflect thè Akk. forili of thè pi.
nstàrn -xtn n?:r r,i?:...ETN nm ri# “ie;n man
hurìtu
4753). Further, thè unusual hapax pi. formation n©N
Lev 18:16; 20:21); Akk: assai ahisu (AHw 843).
a
S
honored, thè greatest (goddess) among thè Igigi”
mutka “you be my wife, I your husb3iid” (CAD
“if
assatu
(CAI)
revere her (Istar)” (CAD I/J 2Ó7b); ìitta’id belet
separateci” (CAD A 4633 b); atta lu assatu anàku lu
4.
between
“female/woimn”
issu u awilum palhtisima “mcn and wonien alike
assatu,
e.g., mutum u assatum ittaprusu “husband and wife
ibid. lex. section); bel assati (= Heb:
distinguishes
286b). The OB forni issu “woman” (pi. issu) e.g.,
3. (Seq2) (husband - wife) 7VDK - ti'K/bv'3 (Exod
Akk. sinnistu
construct assàt “women of’; thè forni presupposed for thè phrase Pip-Tìl TìtiVi “immoral wonien” is all
married
woman...thè adulterer and thè adulteress shall be
thè more striking. See Garfìnkel, 46-47.
put to death” (Lev 20:10; cf. also Gen 20:7; Prov 6:26); Akk: asat aweli, e.g., ràhu asti awélim aransu
ì"P2?Ni = Akk. asitu s. MA on (CAD A 332b; AHw
kab\tumma\ “grave is thè guilt of one who has intercourse
with
another
man’s
wife”
(CAD
743). tower.
A
Ml,H I NI INC.
4633 lex. section). i. (Seq 1 ) (tower - wall) ^
6. (Phr2) (friend’s’s wife) SJ“! nE?X, e.g., insn nm-irx “ if a man commits adultcry
irinirain “h er (Babylon’s) towers have fallen, her
with his friend’s wife” (Lev 20:10); ^rPÍDJ? FIE?#
walls have been demolished” (Jer 50:15); Akk:
“(do not have carnai relations) with your friend’s
duru//asitu “wall//tower,” e.g., diirsu rabà u 3«
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
Biblical Hebrew
hor
asayàtesu sa agurri ana napàli aqbàsu istu usscsu adì gabadibbtsu ippul ana idi uttr “its great wall and
in such case for exaniple, as kusarikku—husarikku
its towers of kiln-fired bricks I ordered him to demolish, from its foundation to its parapct he
(Knudscn,
“buffalo”;
husahhum=kusahhum AOAT
t:
gàr
“tower”
delivered, t3sk.
in
110
way
thè
parallelism
of
“famine”
48-49)
//ÌT©#
(CAD
I/J
244b;
AHw
395b).
product
and shows that this pair is
different
from
ni2Ìn//?“!3i?
as
well
as
to
be
= Akk. iskaru A s. OAkk. on; Sum. ’lw. és-
v
The juxtaposition of Akk. duru “wall” and asì tu eorroboratcs
[1969]
isihtu=isiktu “assignment, task” (CAI) I/j i9ob).
demolished (it) and turned it into ruins” (*CA1) A_ 333a i; AKA 81:27-30 Tiglat-pilcscr I).
ìlQin “towcr//wall”
1
DliNO IATI Vi;
“tower//
1. [\ )eii2) *T]T ninp D'3-l HI "r -r-rn }E? n::~p “men of Dedan
wall” in Hebrew and Ugaritic. IH Cohen, Hapax 46—47; Mankowski, 40—42.
were your dealers, many islands were agents of your trade, ivory tusks and ebony they delivered
~wK = Akk. isku s. OB, SB (CAI) I/J 25ob; AHw
to
3963). testi eie.
“tribute//delivered product,” nnp: -2-^ tapi iqt? •'3‘pa l’IlRASHOIOGY
them
his
«Tehn '3% nmn “let thè
n-e;;
as
working
material”
(CAD
I/J
246b
f);
(now) be their (mankind’s) task” (CAD I/J 2453,
with each other, and thè wife of thè one comes from
“I3tp#//!in3f3
iskar ilàni lu iskarsina “thè task of thè gods should
see Deut. 25:11: (“if two men get into a fight husband
27:15);
them take thè skins from thè carcasses and give
(Roth, Ass. Law Code 8). For a similar notion
her
(Ezek
Akk: maskè sa pagri lihhurù ana iskar liddinu “let
should crush a man’s testicle during a quarrel”
save
contract”
of Sheba and Seba deliver produets” (Ps 72:10);
sinniltu ina salte iska sa a'ili tahtepi “if a woman
to
by
kings of Tarshish and thè islands pay tribute, kings
1. (Phr2) (crush a testicle) miP “crushed testes” (Lev 21:20); Akk: iska hepù, e.g., summa
up
you
lex. section).
antagonist”)
Greenberg
veni?? njp'rnrn pit nnben “ and seizes him by his genitals....”
(AB
22A
555)
notes
that
“according
to thè parallelism of Ps 72:10 ‘tribute’ (mnhli) they delivered (ysybw)/ skr ‘they offer’—our phrase has
Ili Cohen, Hapax 1 10.
been translated ‘rendered you tribute’ (NJPS). But thè trading partners of Tyre not her tributaries. ?? Akk. ishunnu, ishunnatu s. OB, SB, NA
Hence I ascribe to thè loanword ’skar (from Akk.
(CAD I/J iyoa, i9ob; AHw 3873). cluster ofgrapes. di
-notati vi;
1. (Den2) -?3n/r“r:r/]s;r of
grapes/grapes/henna”
iskaru) thè sense of‘produci to be delivered’—i.e., under
7:9/(!en
contract—an
attested
meaning
of
thè Akk3dÌ3n word (CAD I-J 246ff. def. 3).” The CAD (I/J 249 n.), on thè other hand, maintains
“duster (SoS
agency
40:10;
that Heb. eskar “tribute” probably corresponds to 3 kind of t3x.
Num 13:23/SoS 1:14); Akk: e.g., sàmtu nasàt inibsa ishunnatu ullulat ana dagàla tàbat “a carnelian (tree)
HI Mankowski, 42.
was in fruit, hung with bunches of grapes, lovely to behold” (George, Gilgamesh, 672:173—74). As noted
by thè C’AI)
(I/J Hjob n.) “thè
= Akk. àsipu s. MB, MA on; lw. Akk. (CAD
word ishunnatu is a kulturwort and is possibly to be
A 43 ia; AHw 1487^. exorcist.
connected with Heb. esqol and Syr. segala ‘bunch of grapes’.”
di-notati
vi;
1. (I)en2) (only in Daniel) nppn “inn ^31
bz bs niT 1 pii
Note thè interchange of thè Heb, final b with Akk.» cf. e.g., Heb. ET1? =Akk. nesu “lion.” Note
tipi
-irx r:-3
^33 “i?;# □•'stëxn o-?;-3-rr “ whenever thè king put a question to them requiring wisdom
also thè alteration in Akk. of written k and h, 39
riBrn t
:
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
-
for
Biblical Hebrew
ten
Akk: ispata mullu (in transfered mng.), e.g., màt
times better than all thè magicians, thè exorcists
Assur ana sihirtisa kima ispati umalli “I (Esarhaddon)
and
understanding,
throughout asu
thè
àsipu
diviner,
realm”
bàru
dream
he
found (Dan
sa’ilu...
“thè
interpreter...”
them 1:20;
to
be
2:2,10);
physician, (CAD
A
filled thè entire land of Assyria (with soldiers) like
Akk:
a quiver” (CAD I/J 257b).
exorcist, 4323
4.
b);
(Phri) (to carry a quiver) ÌIStÌN e.g.,
ina pagri immeri àsipu bìta ukappar “thè exorcist
pp rns? i,p,i...nsp
purifìes thè tempie with thè sheep carcass” (CAD
thè quiver...and Kir bared thè shield” (Isa 22:6);
A 4333); àsipu ina umi ulluluni a’ila usaqba “on thè
Akk: ispata nasu, e.g., ana Annunitum bclet tàhazi
day when they make thè purification thè exorcist
nasàta qasti u ispati “for Annunltu, lady of battio,
will make thè man talk” (CAD A 433I1).
who
Ellenbogen’s
suggestion
(followed
by
is
“while Elam bore
equipped
with
bow
and
quiver”
(CAD
I/J 257b 1).
Kaufman
and most recently by Mankowski) to equate thè Heb.
verb
5:3,6,7,11
(i.e.,
to
thè
inSTlSQ
ÍnN
alleged
Assyrian
^D^.)
in
= Akk. itti prep. OAkk., OB, MB, EA, RS, SB,
2Kgs
NB (CAD I/J 302b; AHw 4053). with.
denominative
ussupu “to exorcise, purify” is unacceptable. As noted by Cogan and Tadmor, thè equation “is
EA (85:3 1 and passim) employs thè forni it.
wrong, such a verb does not exist in Akkadian.” Indeed, von Soden has no entry for this alleged
FlK = Akk. atti pron. (fem. sing.) OAkk. on (CAD
ussupu for it seems that Akk. (w) àsipu is a primary
A 5 1 ib; AHw 87b). you.
noun.
The earlier forni TIN Kt. for riN is employed seven
Ili Ellenbogen, 43; Kaufman, AIA 39:40; Mankowski,
times in BH (Judg 17:2; 2Kgs 4:16; 4:23; 8:1; Jer
43-42; Cogan-Tadmor AB 1 1 64.
4:30; Ezek 36:13; cf. also iKgs 14:2).
Cf. BA m.
nriK
=
Akk.
atta
pron.
(masc.
sing.)
OAkk.
on
(CAD A 502b; AI lw 873). you.
= Akk. ispatu s. OB on (CAD I/J 2573; AHw 397b). qui ver. SF.QUF.NCINC
—
1. (Seqi) (arrow - quiver) :Ì1S©# - □‘'SII
Akk. atanu s. OAkk. on (CAD A 48 ib;
AHw 86a). jenny.
like arrows in
SFQUF.NCINC:
thè hand of a warrior (are sons born to a man in
1. (Seqi) (jackasses - jennies) :rÓnK - □‘Hbn
his youth); happy is thè man who fills his quiver
r.lNp'i n:r,N -gs) onsp mtsp d,n©ì c—bn n-!t;r
(with them)” (Ps 127:4—5); Akk: usu - ispatu, e.g.,
"12 “ ten jackasses laden with thè best of Egypt
[nàs] qasti usu u ispat “[carrying] bow, arrow, and
and
quiver” (CAD I/J 257b). 2. (Seq2) - rp?D - nst??N - 3"in - DIO “borse - sword - quiver - spear - javelin” (in a
jennies
laden
with
grain”
(Gen
45:23);
mahsu ustazziquninni “thè she-ass and thè donkey whose backbone is sore have been causing me
time of war) (Job 39:19—23); Akk: murnisqi...ispàtc
aggravation” (CAD A 4823 b).
tilpànàtc u ussi mimma sumsu unùtu tàhazi “(in
2. (Secp) (jennies - foals) D^pa :CTTi? - nihN
order to muster) thè steeds, thè quivers, bows and
rné?j? Dnai □,s?3“|N nns □•'©‘7© Dìrapì nip'rp
arrows, all kinds of battle equipnient” (CAD I/J
,-I©i? nihN “30 milch caniels with mDS DT1»!• D : I T " : : ~ • : v
2583, Senn.).
t
their colts, 40 cows and 10 bulls, 20 jennies and 10 piirasf.oi.ocy
jackasses” (Gen 32:16); Akk: atànu - murù jennies -
3. (Phri) (to fili up a quiver) HSp iòp, e.g., □HO inSP# -1 m
ten
Akk: atànu - imcru, e.g., atànu u imcrum sa esemsersu
foals, e.g., idùsa murisina atànu izira bùnsina burtàtu
“happy is thè
“jennies trampled their foals, cows rejected their
man who fills his quiver with them” (Ps 127:5);
calves” (C'AI) A 482b b). 40
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
pns Nin;
T
“beside thè passageway of thè palace” (CAD M
(Phri) (young of thè jenny) ni3hK )3 “PB,
e.g., Kin
mns-
Biblical Hebrew
to those of Ezekiel, e.g., ina let mite\qi] sa ekalli
N IKASl-Ol OCY
3.
for
44oa b).
nan
niah# ]? ts? bi", -ir:- bv 33T “lo your king is
(Il Garfìnkel, 48—49.
coming to you, he is victorious, triumphant, yet
^ cf. pni? v.
hunible, riding on a donkey and 011 thè young of thè jenny” (Zech 9:9); nih# ]3//TI?, e.g., DflK = Akk. attunu ( I I N ( INI.
EA 245:33—35: u 'Aurata laqìrni kaspc iptirìsu ina
i. (Seq2) (write - confimi) “1X3 - 3n3: FarDI
qàtisu (gloss: bà-diù) “but Zurata has taken his ransom money for himself (lit. into his hand).”
3cd''ìi “iN3 narri rninn •’nrii ^3 n# □•'23bs
Here WSem. ba is a gloss for thè standard Akk.
“and on those stones you shall inscribe every word
preposition ina.
of this Teaching, confimi thè true legai case well” (Deut 27:8); flT I!?!?1? nin^H bs “IX31 prn 3in?
c:f. t.
«^1 ns’i nyiab firn ’(“is?)Tiy '3 i3 &nip 3-T3^ ‘ ‘write thè prophecy down, confimi its truth Ì1K3 = Akk. In’u (blbu) s. MA on (CAI) 13 297a;
on thè tablets, so that thè reacier will be fluent in
AHw 1 34b). drainage opcning.
it. For there is yet a prophecy (rei. thè prophecy is a witness) for a set terni, a truthful witness for a
IH NOI \ l l \ l
1.
(Dcm)
(BH
hapax),
..."li?©1?
fiSSO
time to come” (Hab 2:2—3); Akk: satani - barn “to
nani
write down, to confimi, establish thè legai truth,”
HK33 n-Tn n#?|?n n3Tïïn “and there, north
e.g., inuma [tuppum\...innczbu balum sibù ina nis
of thè gate of thè aitar, was that infuriating image in thè drainage opening” (Ezek 8:5); Akk: Adad-
ilim ubbirù issatir inanna sibù ina nis Him libirrùsu
niràri...bihe sa duri sa bit Assur...iksir “Adad-nïrárï
“when thè written testimony was made out, it
has made watertight thè drainage openings of thè
was
wall around thè Assur tempie” (CAD B 2 4, Dialogue of Pcssimism).
smells bad” (CAD B 4b 1).
imirashotocy
2.
(Den2) (to stink) ©a:n aVpin a-n “it
became infested with maggots and stank” (Lxod
woman is a sharp iron dagger that cuts a man’s
'V Ct: mi .C'wXZ: BA v.; ÏTK3* adj.
(Phri) (well water) “1X3 'P (Num 20:17;
21:22); Akk: me burti, e.g., libbi kaskasi dandanni kànfi lemnuti kima me burti elluti unih “like thè
Erta = Akk. bu su A s. SB (CAD B 352b; AHw
clear water of a well, he appeased thè heart of
143b). stendi.
thè strong and mighty, (of thè one) who puts thè
Di \o 1 \ 1 l\ 1
wicked into fetters” (CAI) B 337b g). 3.
(Phri)
(well
of
water)
CTQ
“IK3
i. (Den2) inm brni i©#3
(Gen
dying locusts’)
21:19,25; 24:1 1; 26:18,19); Akk: me burti, e.g., lu
dig
a
well)
"IK?
smeli, Adad will wreak havoc in thè land till thè stendi of thè land is smelled everywhere” (CAD
thè people deepened” (Num 21:18; cf. also Gen passim);
Akk:
burta
arise”
odor of thè water of thè river is unpleasant to
well that thè chieftains dug//that thè nobles of and
will
bu’ussa ussan “if a flood comes in MN and thè
n“G/nsn,
e.g., Di?n rr-i? nn3//D,i© nnsn ix? “thè
26:21,18,19,25
odor
ana escni irissunu la tabu Adad ina màti ikkalma màtu
sprinkle” (thè mixture) (CAD B 337b 2'). (to
foni
Akk: e.g., summa ina MN milu illikma nàru musa
either in well water or in river water and you (Phr2)
“its (thè
and
(Joel 2:20); (said of corpses |Isa 34:3, Amos 4:10]);
ina me burti ina me nari tuballalma tasallah “you mix
4.
stendi
B 353a; Summa àlu).
herá/
'»■ Cf. rxz v. crtóta.
petú “to dig/open a well” (CAD B 3 3 5b b and passim). denotativi
5. D,an
—
;
(Dc'112) (referring to a garden well), e.g.,
□’P
“1X3
D'33
“a
garden
sprmg,
a
Akk. Insù adj. Bogh., SB on (CAD B
27ob; AHw 13 la). Akk. malodorous, ofbad quality, (morally evil).
well
of fresh water” (SoS 4:15); Akk: ina libbi eqli anni denotativi
dimtu u kirù ina libbi kin burtu agurra rasippana “in
1.
thè middle of this field there is a watchtower and
(Den2)
frin
3'©#3
□■'33Ï
ni©!?1?
;
“and
he (thè beloved) hoped to yield grapes, instead
a garden, in thè middle of thè garden there is a
he yielded grapes ofbad quality” (Isa 5:2,4 only);
well built up with baked bricks” (CAD B 33ób
Akk:
2').
zeru/pitu/lurindu/sikaru
bundle/pomegranate/beer Cf. “ria.
Insù
ofbad
“seed/(garlic)
quality”
(CAD
B 27ob 2). Cf. rxz v. osa.
VX! = Akk. ba'àsu A v. OA on (CAD B
4b;
AHw
94a). to stink (Akk. G-stem; Heb. Qal); to besmirch
—
(Akk. D-stem; Heb. Hiph il). deno tati vi
1. (Deni) (to besmirch)
,3©,K3nì7
:
'riN 3r.“3ï
denotative
1.
pan 3©,3 “you (Simeon and Levi) have brought troublc thè
on
me
inhabitants
(Jacob), of
thè
Akk. budulhu (bidurhu, buddarhu) s. SB,
NB (CAD B 30sb; AHw 1363). bdellium.
besmirching land”
(Gen
me 34:30);
(i)en2) an©n |3#i ròn:pn □© “bdellium
is there and lapis lazuli” (Gen 2:12); f“'SÍ3 ÍVS?!
among
and its (thè manna’s) texture (lit. eye) is
Akk:
sunkunu sa ina paniya u ina pan màtàti gabbu banù la
like
tuba’asa “do not besmirch your reputation, which
ina rnuhhi bidurhu u siparru sa taspura subila ana 44
thè
texture
of
bdellium”
(Num
11:7);
Akk:
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biblical H EBREW
paniya “with rogarci to thè bdellium and bronze
(2Kgs 12:6,7,9,13 and passim); Akk: batqu sa ekalli
about which you have written, send (them) to
“damage to thè palace” (CAD B i6>7b b).
me” (CAD 15 3063). Note
that
syntactic
“most
likely
an
Aram,
borrowing
3. (sy) Orari)
into NB replacing some Babylonian name for a
pn?1?
construction
“ for repairing (thè
tempie)” (2Kgs 12:8); Akk: ana batqi, e.g., ana batqi sa bit Istar “for repairing thè tempie of Istar”
common aromatic” (CAD B 3o6a).
(CAD B i68a. (prQ)
— Akk. batàqu v. OA, OB on (CAD
In
mng.
3d,
CAD
(B
i67b)
states:
“thè
late
B i i) i b; AHw i 143). to cut off or through, break
substantive batqu should be considered an Aram,
apart.
loanword (from thè Late Hebrew and thè Aram. denotativi
i.(l)en2)
pri3
(hapax)
“cut
off,
bedeq) and read badqu. This seems preferable to
;
assuming a special development in Akkadian (NA
through,”
and NB).”
IO1**
e.g., ann-ra “ip~3i 15^3 103-11 “ they (your lovers) shall stone you (jerusalem) and slit you with their swords”
(il A. Hurowitz, [NES 45 (1986) 289-294.
(Ezek 16:40); Akk: e.g.,
issuk mulmuUa ihtepi karassa qerbisa uhattiqa usallit
— Akk. ubanu s. OB 011 (AHw 138b). Akk. finger, big toe; Heb. thumb, big toe.
libba “he (Marduk) shot off thè arrow, it broke open her belly, it cut to her innards, it pierced thè heart” (Eli. el. IV 101—2).
l’HRASEOLOGY
1.
The BH verb p“Q is a hapax employed in thè late hook of 2Chr 34:10: rP3H p-Tll^l pH?1? “to
As
noted originally
by ‘to
Cìreenfield split,
BH
crack’,
(pm) then
in
(big
toe
of
thè
foot)
|H3
“big
Akk: ubànàt sepesu “thè big toes ofhis feet” (AHw
mend, (examine) and repair (lit. strengthen) thè house.” “meant
(Phr2)
toe of thè foot” (e.g., Exod 29:20; Lev 8:23,24); 13993 3)-
p"D
Akk. ubànu stands for *ibhàmu and Heb. bShen for
line
*buhmu. While thè semantic equivalent of Akk.
with known semantic cognates bdq will in time
ubànu “finger” is Heb. i?3¥#, Heb. |Ì13 is thè
develop
etymological and semantic equivalent only when
thè
meaning
it
has
in
MH”
(i.e.,
to
examine, check) “as one may refer to Akkadian
both connote “big toe.”
parasti ‘to cut’> to investigate.”
Ili Albright, VTSupp 4 (1956) 256.
(Il Cìreenfield, HUCA 29 (1958) 217 -22; Cohen, 1 16:29; idem. Klein Irst. 702-03; Hurowitz, licit Mikra
pi"iÌ3 = Akk. epqu s. Nuzi, SB (CAD E 2463; AHw
176 (2003) 94 96.
23ob). leprosy (Heb. metathesis).
Cf. pi?.
denotativi
1.
pi? = Akk. batqu s. NA, NB (CAD B i67b 3tl;
;
(Den2) (bh hapax) rnn? D“ró3 nii?3 nani
xin lina -risa nns ain pns nr6 nin? “and
AHw 1 i_5a). damage, repair work.
behold thè discolorations on thè skin of thè body are of dull white, it is leprosy broken out on thè
l’i irasholocy
(Phr2) (to repair) (rP3n) p"1? pm'? (2Kgs
skin; he is clean” (Lev 13:39); Sum: lù-sahar-sub-
22:5, passim); Akk: batqa sabàtu, e.g., batqu sa ussc
ba “one covered with scales” = Akk: sa epqam malti
bat\qute\ isabbata “they will repair thè damaged
= “full of leprosy” (C'AI) E 2463 lex. section).
1.
foundations” (( 'Al ) B 167!! c); batqa kasàru, e.g.,
Note
anàku batqu sa ekalli ...akassar “I myself will repair
Akk: garàbu, saharsubbu indicates that epqu means
thè damage in thè palace” (CAD B 167I1 b).
‘leprosy,’
2.
(Phr2) rran p~a “d amage to thè Tempie”
246b). 45
“thè
Sum.
and
equivalent
replaces
OB
sahar-sub-ba saharsubbu”
also (CAD
= E
rnns n.““2
=
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
Akk.
bi'àru
s.
SB
(CAD
B
2i7b;
forms of thè Mari dialect Old Akkadian, which
AHw
shares with Hebrew thè shift à > 0, written il.”
L24a). spot on thè skin. di
Biblical Hebrew
for
IH Frankena, Beck l:est., 48—49.
; notati VE.
i. (Den2) ninb rhns rnn? D-m -rò? “(shiny marks) on their skin and thè spots on thè
ibis = Akk. bulli A s. MA (CAD B 3 12b; AHw
skin are white” (Lev 13:38); Akk: pi’àsu hi’ara u
I 37b). dry wood.
bu’sànu “his mouth has ... and ...-disease” (CAD
denotativi
B 217b).
1. (Den 1) (BH hapax) TiapK fS? I
worship
dry
wood”
(Isa
blì1?
44:19);
;
“should
Akk:
buia
KID = Akk. bà ti v. OA, OB on (CAD B i78b;
tunakkar pi’itta la tunakkar “you remove firewood
AHw 1 i6b). to come, walk along.
but do not remove thè embers” (CAD B 3 i2b). contrastino
1.
usaci
;
(Coni) (come - go) Tjbn - KÌ3, e.g., bz
TjV: ]? xar nay “ he must depart just as he carne”
II *70 = Akk. bulu s. OB 011 (CAD B 3 1 3a; AHw 1 37b)- Akk. herd, wild animals; Heb. wild animals.
(Ecc 5:15; cf. also Ecc 5:14); Akk: bà'u - alàku,
Ili noi \ 1 1 \ 1
e.g., ba'àm tuppini lu nilqéma lu nittallak “come, let
1. (I)eri2) (BH hapax)
us take our document and leave” (CAD B 181 a 2)-
D’in ^13 ’S
iprite nnton n»n ^31 “for thè wild animals acclaimed him, and all thè beasts of thè field
imiraseology
2. “iy©3
(Phr2) (come to, pass through a gate) NÌ3 (e.g.,
Jer
17:27;
Ezek
26:10;
2Chr
rejoiced” (Job 40:20); Akk: e.g., abràte mala basa ana Nissaba \dulia] bui seri namrnassè suppà narb\èsa\
33:14);
“let all thè human race, as many as exist, [give
Akk: ina bàb bà'u, e.g., “after they had ascended to
praise| to Nisaba, thè creatures of thè bush, thè
thè heavens of Anu” ina bàb Ani Utili! u Ha iba’\ù\
wildlife,
“and passed through thè gate of Anu, Enlil, and
Nisaba and Wheat).
Ea” (CAD B i8oa 2).
liJ Cohen, Hapax 51. denotativi
3. (e.g.,
10:5;
2Sam
17:17;
iKgs
14:12)
[her]
greatness”
(BWL
172:15—16,
;
(Dem) nn'SJn Ki3 “ come to thè city” iSam
extol
and
fl2 = Akk. Inisu D s. NA, NB (CAD B 35oa; AHw 143a), byssus.
Akk: ribit àli bà'u “to cross thè city square” (CAD IMIR aseoi.ooy
B i78b lex. section; ibid. t8oa). As
noted
by
Frankena,
“whereas
thè
CAD
B,
178fF., gives already thè meaning ‘to come in, to come to meet, to come into (thè presence of a person)’....This meaning is also recorded by voli Soden in AHw, 1 ióf., but he distinguishes a verb bà'u I ‘entlang gehen’, with vowel à, from a verb bà’u II ‘kommen’ a Canaanite verb with vowel M...it is interesting to see that von Soden lists sub bà’um lì only passages from Mari texts, whereas thè verb bà'um I does not occur there.” “This is so
striking,”
Frankena
continues,
“that,
in
my
1. (Phr2) (111 clothing) f 13 “robe/mantle Akk:
of
byssus”
saddin/multati
b'2'?/~'~^~
(Esth
busi
8:15;
iChr
15:27);
“fabric/headband(?)
of
byssus.” 2. e.g., your
(Phr2) fai
(aniong
nippli
dealer...
expensive
;r:a-N...~r.nnt (in)
purple
cn# goods,
merchandise), “Aram
was
embroidery,
and byssus” (Ezek 27:16); Akk: e.g., busi lubulti birmc kitê amhursu “I received from him byssus, multicolored
clothing,
and
linen”
(CAD
B
35°a).
opinion thè verbs bà’um I and bà’um II have to be treated as only one verb, as done in thè CAD. I
"113 = Akk. bum B s. MB on (CAD B 3423; AHw
consider thè Mari forms (with u vowel) dialectical
141 a), pit, well.
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
3.
(Phri) (well water) “113 'D (2Kgs 18:3 1; Isa
la tubàsani “you are my brother, do not disgrace
(Phri) (to open a pit) “113 nnS, e.g., •'31
me” (CAD B 6a 2).
"13 KTK n-13' •’? “113 ETN nn?' “when a man opens a pit or digs a pit” (Exod 21:33); Akk: bum
The
petti, e.g., mustcsir nàràti ina qercb sadì mupattù bur kuppl ina qirib hursàni “(Marduk) who direets thè
adj.
“humble,
bayasù
(bayàsu)
“modest,
decent”
modest”
(Ben
Yehuda,
Dictionary,
1:532).
springs among thè mountains” (CAD B 342b 2).
is'
(Phri) CD^CD TÍ3 “mud pit” (jer 38:6; Ps
40:3); Akk: buru sa itte “bitumen pit” (CAD B 342b 1). 4.
SB
(CAD B 34a) may be equated to thè LH ptf’3
rivers among thè hills, who opens thè wells of thè 3.
(Don 1) Ì?2K ET3P (an uncontrollable youtb)
“disgraces his mother” (Prov 29:1 5); Akk: ahi atta
36:16); Akk: me buri (CAD B 342I} lex. section). 2.
Biblical Hebrew
me” (CAD B 6a d).
PHRASHOl.OGY
1.
for
cf. noia ,nrà.
nem cf. neh. T
(Phri) D'Q Ì3 'ptf Cp“) “IÌ3ni) “(and thè
pit was empty); there was no water in it” (Gen IH :: ba, :ru v. limar; WSem. word (Emar 194:18-
13 D'O P# “IÌ3Q “'“’CX T.nVr “I have released your prisoners from a dry pit” (Zech 3 7 :2 4 );
19). to scatter > to distribute.
9:11); Akk: \me\ istti u mù ina buri y\ànu\ “they
Pentiuc’s
used thè water and there is no (more) water in thè
Ps
(Phr2)
7:16);
(diga
dtk^??
well)"lÌ31Sn/n“13
moncn.-.D'an
ns
equate
connotations: “to scatter” i.e., nÌ3"1p
-siri
raarr
“and he (Isaac) dug thè wells...and thè Philistines
thè
1
“1T3
■‘scatter thè people who delight in wars”
(Ps 68:31). as well as “to distribute” (Qal) (said
filled them up” (Gen 26:18); Akk: bum hcrù, e.g.,
of booty), LBH: “IÌT;r Dnb En3“H
umtaìli buri sa uharru \anàku\ “he has filled in thè pits
HT3
“spoil, booty and property he shall distribute for
that I dug” (George, Gilgamesh, 546:157).
them” (Dan 11:24). This may be comparable to
Cf. “82
thè Emarite expression zizu bazàru “to distribute shares”
=
to
Heb. v. “IT3 (Pi1 el) is plausible. Heb. “1T3 has two
(Exod2i:33;
rnxa
suggestion
Emarite v. (Ci - stelli) with thè twice employed
well” (C'AI) B 342b 2). 5.
(2001:34)
Akk.
ba’àsu
B
v.
CA,
OB
on
(CAD
(see
Pentiuc
2001:34-5).
Note
also
thè
usage of thè more common Heb. v. “1T3 “to
B
scatter” (labial b and p interchange).
5b; AHw ii2b). to come to shame (intrans., Qal, G-stem); to put to shame (trans., Hiph‘il, D-stem). I’
1.
(Phr2) (said of enemies
p’S
Vi...^3:
“
to
shame”
(Ps
let
all 129:5);
who Akk:
11
H"Q = Akk. bcru A v. OA 011 (C'AI) B 212a; AHw
k AS LO LOG Y
122I1). to choose.
of thè nation) hate
Zion...come
D) Nili AIIV!
zà’iràni...ibtasu’ù
1. (Den 1) (said of persons)
“those who hate (Assyria) come to shame” (C’AI)
“??0
B sb c).
'E73K
valor)”
“select
(iChr
picked
19:10;
“1113 men/soldiers/men
Exod
17:9;
18:25);
(of Akk:
sàbam damqam/awili damqútim bèru “to choose best
DliNO IATI Vii
2. (Deni) (said of enemies of individuai)
men/noblemen”
(CAD
B
2i2b
1);
u
mundahsi
ëpis qabli u tàhazi...abirma “I (Esarhaddon) selected
who scck niy -rp3r: “,ct thosc life be put to shame” (Ps 35:4; Isa 45:24); Akk:
fighters (and) combat troops” (CAD, ibid.).
lihbit rami libàs barristi “may my love prevail, (and)
2.
(Dem) (said of law and justice) CDBE7D
she who slanders me come to shame” (CAD B 6a
3ìq
d); àmen libàsanni “may whosoever looks at me
justice for ourselves, let us know aniong ourselves
(with evil intent) come to shame 011 account of
what is good” (job 34:4); Akk: kitta u misara teber 47
na
irrs
nsn?
nb
nnnp?
“let
us
choose
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biblical Hebrew
“you (Samas) select law and order” (CAI) 13 2T2b
prostrate myself severi times each” ina bantc (gloss:
lex. section).
batnuma) u scrutna (gloss: zuhruma) “011 my belly (lit. chest) and 011 my back.”
Akk. behcru (Heb. “IPO) “to select, levy (troops)”
Cf. noa ,"inis.
is employed only in NB and is an Aram. lw. (CAD 13 i86a). Note also tbat thè Akk. verbal adj. beni “elite
= Akk. bùtuttu s. OAkk. on (CAD B 359a;
troops” is employed only in OB and Mari and
AHw i44b). pistachio.
is equated in thè lexical list to sàbe nisqi “select troops.”
Likewise,
Mari
employs
thè
sequencinc;
compound
1. (Seq2) (BH hapax) tDSJÍ? nmB ti'vb TTHÍrn
forni (sàbu) bahru, which may be equated to thè Heb. □'nm when it refers to “elite troops” (e.g.,
□■Hjxn D'acpi abi nió? rán aypi “bring
2Kgs 8: r 2; Jer 48:15).
down a gift for thè man (Joseph): some balm and
,jr
some lioney, gum, laudanum, pistachio nuts and
Cf. CAD B 21 ih; AHw i22b.
almonds” (Ceri 43:11); Akk: ...100 dispu.. 10 imcr bulli sa buttiate... 1 o imcr riqqc tabi “ 100 (containers) ntOD :: battìi v. EA ; WSem. gloss (CAD B 1773).
with
to be secure.
liomers denotativi
1.
honey...io
(Dem)
EA
147:
52—56
(let.
Tyre):
;
of
homers
of
pistachio
sweet-smelling
balm”
nuts...
10
(*CAD
B
359b).
atta
(,U Cohen, Hapax 35.
Sanisi sa ittasi ina muhhiya u duri siparri sa izkupu ana sàsu u assurti ahi sarri bcliya dannati nuhti (gloss:
n"T3 = Akk. birtu s. OB on (CAD B 26ib; AHw
batitì) “you are thè sun-god, who rises for (or,
I2yb). citadel, fortress.
over) me, and a wall of bronze that is reared
denotativi;
for me(!), and because of thè mighty power of
1. (Dc'112) only in thè late books: Esth 1:2,5
thè king, my lord, I (Abimilki) ani secure (i.e., and
confident, at case).”
passim;
Neh
27:4
(rn,?“V3);
17:12;
The forni batitì corresponds to Heb: THIES
2:8;
7:2;
Akk:
iChr
al
29:1,19;
dannutisu
2Chr
sa
PN
... birtu ana ramaniya asbat sippìsa aksur cbal subat
(e.g., Ps 13:6; 25:2; 26:1; 31:15).
sarnttiya ina libbi addi “1 occupied thè citadel of PN’s fortified city for myself, and set up a palace in
= Akk. batàlu v. OB on (CAD B 174b; AHw
it as my royal residence” (CAD B 26ib).
1 i6a). to cease activity.
Ili Mankowski, 47. denotativi
1. (Deri2) (BH hapax):
;
'S nÚDÉSn Òtpni
I"P3 = Akk: bitu s. OAkk. 011 (CAD B 273!-); 2823;
“and thè maids that grind (i.e., teeth), grown few,
AHw i32b). house.
are idle” (Ecc 12:3); Akk: sinnisàtu sa la sipàri batta
idiomatic usaci;
“thè women (workers) are idle because of lack of 1.(Id2)
wool” (CAD B i75b 6). n^n
Ili Cohen, Hapax 125—26:46.
(c,en
(tempie/palace 44:1;
iKgs
4:6
supervisor)
[n'nn
bv\;
16:9;
“)$# 2Kgs
18:18 passim); Akk: sa muhhi bìti (CAD B 296b),
^ Cf. BA ba'z.
sa muhhi ekalli (MA), e.g., sa muhhi ekallim nàgir ckallim rab zàriqi asti sa betànu “thè palace overseer,
][?? :: batnu s. EA ; WSem. gloss (CAD B I78a).
thè
belly, midsection of thè body.
sprinklers, thè physician of thè inner (parts of thè denotativi
1.
(Den2)
E
A
232:8—11
(let.
Akko):
palace
constable,
thè
chief
of
thè
palace)” (CAD E Ó2a).
;
2.
“I 48
(Idi) (fiunily, clan) DN ÍV3 , see DN.
water-
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
trans fi
3.
(TMi)
employed
(tomb)
once
which
7P3,
parallelism
poetically connotes “tomb,” e.g., D'iH
Biblical Hebrew
: k k i; i ) mlanino
Heb.
in
for
with
“O1??
5. (Phn) (prison) K^Ct) ZV3; Akk: bit kili,
is
see
“13p,
6.
^3
(Phri)
(storehouse)
71Ì33
Akk:
7P3;
bit
nakkamàti, see 71135.
"rp: ~zbzT. n-.s- irro? ira nino? 133© drz
7. (Phn) (tempie) CPr6$(n) 7P3; Akk: bit ili;
3I?J"U “I?i33 “all thè kings of thè nations were
see
laici, every one in his tomb, while you (Sargon
8. (Phri) (house-born slave) 7T3 T1?'; Akk: (w)ilid biti; see “pb1.
II) were cast out from your grave like loathsome carrion” (Isa 14:18-19). Further, it seems that thè
9.
Neh 10:39; Dan 1:2); Akk: bit nisirti (AHw 1343
poetic term is likewise employed in Ps 49:12:
"ini -n*? ani3©a//Dìpii;i? ìdtq (onnp) nanp
■7)i o. (Phr2) (armory) T'bs 7P3 “his (Hezekiah’s)
“th eir grave is their eternai tomb//their resting place
(lit.
dwelling
place)
for
all
(Phr2) (treasury) “1151X71 7T3 (Mal 3:10;
armory” (2 Kings 20:1 3 = Isa 39:2); Akk: bit màsarte
generations.”
Similarly, Akk. employs bitu for “tomb,” e.g., bitu
“arsenal”
sa ina siili hit Marduk...ukinnuma “thè tomb that I
thè term is ekal màsarte (CAI) M 3583). As noted
(CAD
(CAI) 13 2y2a e, time of Assur-uballit I); sa luta ipusu...iqabbi...ùm uhtillanni simàtu asallal ina libbi
thè strong impact of Assyrian imperiai style?”^'
of
thè
Sargon’s
noun death:
bitu
“tomb”
ustabbalu
me)
thè
(interpretation)
of
Sargon’s
“was
Hezekiah
this under
12. (Phr2) (royal residence) "^ÏÏTl 7P3 (2Sam 11:2; 19:19 and passim); Akk: bit sarri (CAD S
in
93a b-; CAD B 289b d and passim).
mituti
7P3
(Esth 1:9; 5:1); Akk: bit sarrùti (CAD S 1 i8a).
sa Sarru-kin ina bitisu la qibru “they shall explain (to
11:259),
8:2); Akk: bit beri (CAD B 21 ni).
More specifically, similar to thè usage of BH I"P3 in Isaiah’s description of Sargon’s death (i.e., Isa employs
by
NA
1 1. (Phr2) (road station) nÙTl? 7T3 (Prov
claims me, I shall fall asleep inside’” (Erra, IV 99).
Akk.
borrowing
In
ci. r:r: r:z.
“he who built a house saying, ‘...On thè day fate
account
(AB
1343.14).
by
another
Tadmor
AHw
building
14:18),
and
359b;
established in thè shade of thè tempie of Marduk”
thè
Cogan
M
13.
death,
(Phr2)
(harem)
CPEtin
TP?
(Esth
who was not buried in his tomb” (Tadmor, El
2:3,9,1 Ci4; only); Akk: bit sinnis(à)ti(m); ana kàsa
5
[1958]
NJPS
154:8—9).
emendation
In “in
light
of
honor”
for
thè thè
above,
thè
ana biti sinnist\i u\ ana rnàtika lu \sulmu\ “greetings
MT
ÌTP3
to you, to thè harem, and to your country” (CAD S 292I-)).
“his tomb” should be rejected. Note also that thè
14. (Phr2) (household administrator, steward)
hapax □‘pia rp? “h ouse (i.e., tomb) of eternity,” e.g.,
iobi?
ri1'?
%
tn#n
p
“because
n?3
man
goes to bis house of eternity” (lice 12:5) is thè semantic equivalent of thè daràti
“dwelling
place
2:7); Akk: màr biti, e.g.,
NA expression subat
of
eternity,”
e.g.,
ekal
place” (OIP 2 151, no. 14:3; Senn.); ekal tapsuhti no.
13:3;
Semi.).
Cf.
(prison,
, thè
house” (in a similar context, in a curse): bit ippusu
Tawil,
libël sanumma “thè house that he builds let another person take over” (BBSt 6 ii:53). As noted by
imirasiìoi.ogy
(Phn)
PN
in it” (Deut 28:30); Akk: bita epesu “to build a
JANES 3/1 (1970/71) 36.
4.
abarakki
PN_
13 “you should build a house, you shall not live
subat. dàràt “a palace of repose, a dwelling place (ibid.,
màr biti sa
15. (Phr2) (build a house) 3©7l iÒ) 713371 7T3
(i.e., grave), tomb of repose, an eternai dwelling
eternity”
PN
thè household adiministrator of steward” (C'AI) B 295 b). “PN,
salali kimàh tapsuhti subat daràti “a palace of sleep
of
e.g., n?3 TriTtsEh u'-izs Trap “i
purchased slaves, serving-girls, and stewards (Ecc
cage)
aniD^n/lìONn
Paul, thè idiomatic expression DT13 7IÉ7Ï?, which
7P3
is employed in Exod 1:2 1 and which is considered
(Jer 37:15; Judg 16:21,25); Akk: bit esëri: ina bit escri lu addisunu “I put (thè wild animals) in cages”
by NJPS among others “uncertain,” “found, establish families,” e.g., WP
(CAI) E 335b).
□'H3 orò tosn 49
connotes ‘'S
nx Tn’rpn “and because
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biblical Hebrew
thè midwivcs fcared God, He cstablished families
kiosk...which
for them.” Heb: D^rQ nt£?S? is thè equivalent of thè
have built, 1 built” (Borger, Esarh p.61 22:4-6)
Akk. expression bit a epësu, which usually means
III
“to build a house,” but also connotes “to found
47-48.
among
thè
kings
my
fathers
none
Oppenheim, JNES 24 (1965) 328-33; Mankowski,
a family,” e.g., ina C.Nma asar qinnam taqannanu u Intani teppesu Uh “settle in Tuttul, where you can
nra = Akk. baku v. OA, OB on (CAD B 35b;
make a home and found a family” (CAI) E 205b
AHw 97a). to cry.
c’; Mari); epsi luta ana mutiki “create a family for
PARALLELISM
your husband” (Paul, Maarav 8 [1992] 139-42).
1. (Pari) (cry//shcd tears) S?Bn//n33, e.g., nypn •;*?? nini yann ran*. ni? ':?a
IV? = Akk. bit (bitte) conj. MA, NA (and as
“my soul will weep for (your) arrogratice, my eye
Assyrianism in NB from Nineveh) (CAD B 272b;
will tear and flow with tears” (Jer 13:1 7); cf. Akk:
AHw 13 ib). where, when, what, near to. The
unusual
considered uncertain.”
forni
by
TÒ
NJPS
Toumay
rr?
as
suggests
baku//dima alàku, e.g., ana pan Samas ibakki ana (Ezek
“meaning equating
1:27)
was
pan Ha iìlaka dimàsa “he (thè worm) cries before
of
Heb.
Samas; before Ea flow his tears” (CAD D 1483
thè
Akk.
t>) 2.
part. bit “near to” to thè Heb. rP3 rendering thè clausc in Ezek 1:27 as: n#“jQ?
(Pari)
nns?1?!...
|'5J3 XnXI
(cry//mourn)
nsp1?...
n30//n33,
e.g.,
fcCPI
“ Abraham carne to mourn for
3"3D TÒ n'? m “I saw thè like ofhasmal, like thè
Sarah and to cry over her” (Gen 23:2; Ezek 24:16;
appearance of fire near to it, around.”
cf. Ezek 27:31); Akk: baku - sapàdu, e.g., ibakku re'é...isappidu
IIJ Garfìnkel, 53.
dadmc
“thè
shepherds
lament...the
people mourn” (CAD B 37b). syntactk
|rr? = Akk. bitànu s. MB, MA 011 (CAD B 274b; 3.
AHw 131 b). Akk. interior, garden kiosk (NA);
30525
Heb. garden kiosk.
3:32);
denotativi:
1.
: construction
(Sy) (to mourn for) b n33 (Jer 22:10; Job passim);
b)3
H33
(Ezek
27:31;
(Den2) Tj^an irr:a(rO naa “thè garden
mourn
n33 (2S am 3:34 passim); Akk: baku eli/
Enkidu,
my
friend”
(George,
abki “he went to thè destiny of mankind I wept
thè inner courtyard of thè Nabli tempie” (CAD
over him day and night” (ibid., 278:4—5').
B 274b c); ina bitàn sapti “011 thè inside ofhis lip” (CAD B 274b b)
PHRASEOLOCY
4. (Phr2) (cry bitterly) “ia Ì"!D3, 3b lex. section). Cf. bbi v.
DENOTATIVI!
1. (Den2) (intrans., said of thè body, life)
—
e.g., □i»n bs
P “as
Akk. balalu v. OA, OB on (CAD B 39!“»;
AHw 97I1). to mix.
long as I said nothing my lmibs wasted away from my
anguished
roaring
all
day
long”
(Ps
l’HRASEOI.OCY
32:3);
1.
Akk: iballa u usessànu issu libbi siili anni “will he
14:21;
(Assurbanipal) come to an end or will he escape
(Phri) Num
(mix
15:9
with
and
oil)
passim);
]B©3
bbì
Akk:
ina
(Lev samni
balàlu (CAD B 42b 2 and passim).
from this rebellion?” (CAD B 73a b). 2. (Den2) (trans., said of thè body, life) 71^3
denotativi
;
2. (Dem) (mix said of people), e.g., □’ISK
•'nias» “13© '“PS?] “he has worn away my flesh and skin; he has shattered my bones” (Lam
rDiBD 'bp nay rrn bbi^ *on n'Bsn
3:4); Akk: napista bullii, e.g., DN...ìmìj patrisu la
“Ephraim is mixed up with thè nation, Ephraim
gàmilì napsatku\nu] liballi “may Nergal bring your
has become an unturned cake” (Hos 7:8); Akk:
life to an end with his merciless sword” (CAD B
e.g., nisc màt Assur u mài Musur itti ahàmis ablulma uscpisa mahiru “1 let thè Assyrians and Egyptians
74a b).
mix freely and engagé in trade with each other”
3. (Den2) (said of enemies), e.g., IS’Oi1' fcÒl njie?in3
(CAD B 41 b f); nisc màt Assur u màt Kardunias
nbro “ evil men shall
itti ahàmcs ibba\lu\ “thè people of Assyria and
not put an end to him anymore as in thè past”
52
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
hor
Biblical Hebrew
13
Babylonia mingled with each other” (C'AI) B
The C'AD (B 77a n.) maintains that “references
44b 7)-
in context ad entries 111 thè lexical texts show that thè word must be assumed to be a plurale tantum
In thè image of “cake without turning,” Hosea intentionally uses thè hapax in forni
and, therefore, is not to be connected with barntu
asa
doublé entendre, i.e., “to mix up people” (as a
A or barntu B.” Akk. barntu A means “half, half
politicai terminology) as well as “to knead” (i.e.,
shares” (CAD B 77a) and barntu B “chest, front
mix up), a baking terni. Such is also thè case in
of thè chest” (CAD B 78a). Whereas voti Soden
Akk: e.g., nuhatimmu ina muhhi baiala sa kirsi naqbìtu
(AHw
ioia)
lists
iqabbi “thè baker will recito thè incantation while
entry.
CDA
(37b),
kneading thè pieces ofdough” (CAD B 4ia d).
separate entries.
Ili Paul, VT 18 (1968) 1 17-18.
Whereas
S’1??.
c:f.
all
DULAT
three
not
lexemes
unlike
(voi.
under
C'AD,
L224)
one
has
three
assumes
one
entry for Ug. bmt with two different meanings 1. “back, rump, loin” 2. “height, bill.” Due to thè
‘'rib? = Akk. baiai conj. NA (CAD B 4sb). apart
of
from.
Akk. references, Ug. bmt two
“open di
1.
(Deii2)
(□«)
TÒ?
except,
-nota ri vi;
unless
homonyms country,
1.
seems to
“chest”=Akk.
plain”=Akk.
bdmtu
consist B
bamàtu=Hcb.
2.
ni23
(i.e. Ug. bmt ar\s\ “high places of thè earth” II AB
(Gen
VIK34-35).
43:3,5; Amos 3:3 passim); Akk: baldi sa ina danniti
Held convincingly observes that Ug. bmt (=Akk.
|metani] “apart from those who |perished| during
barn tu B) in all its six nding formula attestations
thè famine” (CAD B 45b).
can hardly mean “back” (of 'r/phl “ass/donkey”) as suggested by most scholars, ratlier, it denotes
TÒ?
=
Akk.
baiai
prep.,
CA,
NA
(C'AD
B
4sb;
thè area of thè waist and ribs all around thè body
AHw y8b). without.
of thè riding beast (= thè thorax). Held likewise ;no 1 attvi;
maintains that “it is quite evident from thè Aniarna
1. (Deti2) --V? l'X •’S TI? ©HjP f’K “there
letters that Canaanite bmt does not mean ‘back’.”
is no holy one like thè Lord, truly there is none
Thus, a letter from Akko reads ushehhin ina barite
di
balàtuka
(gloss: batnùma) u sëruma (gloss: zuhruma) “I have
la ipatti “he must not open my (sealed) tablets
fallen on my belly and 011 my back” (C'AD S
without
26ib; EA 232:9—11).
without
you” your
(iSam
2:2);
permission”
Akk: (C'AD
tuppéya B
4sb
a
and
passim).
II-Ì Held, Landshcrgcr l'est., 406.
C f . 'b?; bz.
]3 = Akk. bìnu s. OAkk. on (CAD B 242b; AHw 1273). son.
HI23 = Akk. barntu B s. OB, SB (C'AD B 78a; AHw loib). sinew of thè rib > ribs (themselves) > middle
parallelism
part of thè body (as a whole > front of thè chest).
1.(Pari)
pi irasloi
1. earth”
32:13;
Isa
58:14;
Amos
4:13;
e.g.,
DTrntpa enn □'ina »“11 “evildoers’ offspring,
.ogy
depraved children” (Isa 1:4; cf. also Isa 57:3); cf.
(Phr2) 'HOS “thè high places of thè (Deut
(son//offspring) J?“nT//j3,
Akk: binu — zcru “son = offspring” (C'AD B 2433
Mie
lex. section).
1:3); cf. Akk: bàmàt sadt, e.g., salmat quràdisunu ina bàmàt sadi ana gurunnàti lu ugerrin “thè bodies
piirasloi
of their warriors I piled up in heaps 011 thè high
2.
.ooy
(Pliri) (grandson) |3 |2 (e.g., Exod 10:2;
places of thè mountain” (AKA 54 iii:53—54; CAD
Deut 6:2; Judg 8:22; Jer 27:7); Akk: bin bïnim =
B 7ób and passim); Ug: Imi! ars (II AB vii:34—35).
liblibbi “descendant” (C'AD B 243a lex. section).
53
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biblical Hebrew
Both Akk. binu B and bàrin D are equated in thè
la tuba'u tem ili mimi husirka “you who do not seek
syn. lists to thè more common Akk. word for
thè will of thè god, what success can you have?”
“son” màru (CAD B 2433 lex. section; CAD B
(C'AD B 362b); balàta sa tuba'u tutta atta “(so that)
322a).
you may find thè life that you are seeking” (C'AD
IJ?-
ibid.).
Cf. H3.
The
semantic
H33 = Akk. bantì A v. OAkk. on (C'AD B 83I1;
ina
AHw 103, a), to build.
hold T R A N S FE R R li I ) MKANINC,
1.
(TM2) (to engender) Heb. (Niph al): -K3
qàti
bu'iì
equivalent “to
responsible”
cali
(NA,
of
thè
Akk.
(someone) rarely
NB)
to
idiom account,
is
thè
expression “PQ
(said of humans), e.g.,
latójpnn '“PB
“I (Judah) will go surety for
Heb.
him and you (Jacob) may hold me responsible”
naap n:mx 'bw ■’nn?® b$ «a “ consort with my maid, perhaps I shall engender from her” (Gen
(Cieli 43:9; cf. also 2Sam 4:1 1); Akk: e.g., summa
16:2;
ina
30:3);
perhaps
Akk:
akkàtiu
abuka
i\bnu\
tahumckunu
ina
halsukunu
alititi
ina
qàtiya
ka basa “your father, a wild donkey, |created]”
ba”i “if I have violateci your boundaries or your
(George,
distriets, hold me responsible” (C'AD B 3653 c);
C'AD B
Gilgamesh,
650:4).
Note,
however,
8ya, which translates “engendered
Akk: (said of gods as thè subject), e.g., mannu sa
you”
Umiliatimi ili sa sarri sa màr sarri ina qàti uba 'imi
and cites thè source of thè restoration.
“whoever
imiraseology
“build
sanctuary”
a (e.g.,
city/house/palace/city
wall/tower/
Gen
31:38;
4:17;
11:4;
Akk:
bantì
“to
àia/blta/ekalla/dura/ build
a
judgment),
thè
gods
Jer
(him) responsible” (C'AD B 364b 4); DN lu fidi dami nisc ba'i qàtussu “know it (Samas)—hold him
Prov
responsible for thè blood of thè people” (C'AD
24:3; Zech 1:16; 6:12; Ezek 4:1; Neh 6:6; 1 Kgs 8:13);
(this
of thè king (and of) thè crown princc shall hold
2. (Phr2) na/^wnain/?:rri/rr3/"rsj ms bar
transgresses
ibid.); cf. Heb. (said of God), e.g., Ì3Ìi?3 BEH
ziqqurrata/atmàna
city/house/tcmple/city
©j?3X
wall/
inni miT “he, being wicked, shall
die because of his iniquity, but I will hold you
sanctuary” (C'AD B 8sff.).
responsible
In EA 292:28—30 banlti “I have built,” seems to be
for
bis
blood
(i.e.,
death)”
(Ezek
3:1 8,20; 33:8).
thè first H"1? verb on record in Can. The verb is a gloss for Akk. raspàte, e.g., nukurtum istu sa di ana
—
yàsi u raspàte (gloss: baniti) luta istcn Manhate sumsi
AHw i2ob). Akk. to rule over; Heb. to have sexual
“there is hostility against me from thè mountains
relations, rule over.
so I have built a house—Manhate is its name.” The
standard
Akk.
verb
for
“to
Akk. bèìu v. OAkk. on (C'AD B 1993;
build,
Akk. belu does not have a sexual connotation. On
construct” is epesu (C'AD E i97a b).
thè other band, out of sixteen denotative of Heb.
Cf. *12") v.
it seems that twice thè verb connotes “to rule over’ ’: ■qnSlT □‘’nK 13ÒÌ73
TI “O lord
ilSO = Akk. bu’ii v. OB on (CAD B 3óob; AHw
our God! Lords other than you ruled over us (but
1453). to look for (Heb. Qal; Akk. D-stem).
only your name shall we utter)” (Isa 26:13; c.f. also 1 Chr 24:22); Akk: (said of gods), e.g., bëlëti DENOTATIVE.
1.
sa dadmi abràtisin “you (Nana) rule over mankind
(Den2) nsso ISO? ITO ri'?”? “pK “how
every where” (C'AD A 62a).
Esau has been thoroughly searched out, his hidden
Cf. “7B3.
things thoroughly sought after” (Ob 6); “Ip3 XHX vnx n© VJH
DK
mi
“morning comes — Akk. belu s. OAkk. 011 (C'AD B 191 b; AHw
and also night, if you would investigate (further),
1 i8b). master.
investigate, come back again” (Isa 21:12); Akk: sa
54
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
IDIOMATIC USACI;
1. (Itte) (vassal)
for
Biblical Hebrew
^ C f . V . ; c f . p © * ? i n j i t ^ n bsz - = A k k : bèl Usarti.
IV“D 'bsì “ Abram’s
vassals” (Gen 14:13); Akk: bèl adc “vassal (bound by an adii-agreement)” (NA, SB, NB), e.g., bèl adc
1*3 = Akk. bassu s. 013 011 (C'AD B 134b; AHw 1 iob). Akk. sand.
sa sarri anàku “I am a sworn scrvant of thè king” (CAI) A i34a); RN sarrasunu bel adè u màtnèi sa màt Assur “Padì, their king, a vassal of Assyria
The
through
ibid.,
have seduced you, they overcame you now that
iJiM-agreement
and
oath”
(CAD
BH
hapax
j>3
VnX UDD
(e.g.,
ífTPOn
W?i?n ï\b
^B'1?©
'©3X
“your allies
Semi.); Akk: bel salimi, OB, SB (CAD S 103b)//>3b, OA let). This is reminiscent
Adad rigimsu iddima birqa ibriq “if Adad produces
of thè usage of ^|“13 employed as an Addad, i.e.,
thunder and lightning” (C'AD B 2593 b).
“to
curse”
(iKgs
21:10,13;
Ps
10:3;
Job
1:5,11;
2:9). C£r
p“1Zl = Akk. birqu s. OB on (C'AD B 258I1; AHw
cf. "jna v.
ì""D“0
::
I22a). lightning.
birrikàtu
s.
Emar;
WSem.
word
(Eniar
IJ?'
See p"D v.
274:7; 452:15)- pond(s). np"D = Akk. barraqtu s. NB (C'AD B 1 133; AHw In Emar thè sub. birrikàtu (sg. fem./pi.) is employed twice
in
tlie
phrase
Istar
birikàti,
rendered
107K). a geni, emerald.
by DENOTATIVE
Pentiuc (2001:40) as Istar of thè Pond(s).” Pentiuc notes that thè reasoning for his translation is based
i.(Dem)
on “thè context of Emar 274, where each deity is
carnelian,
linked to a concrete place (of worship?).”
28:17;
np-131
THE??
chrysolite, 39:10);
turquoise,
and
D"!K
and
“(a
row
emerald”
?nn
npnrn
emerald,
and
vso gold”
of)
(Exod “sapphire,
(Ezek
28:13);
Akk: unqu sa tamlusa barraqtu sa ina huràsi saknat “a CPÌTI? = Akk. birmu A s. OB on (CAD B 257^ AHw I2ya). multicolor trini.
ring whose inset is an emerald mounted in gold” (CAD ibid).
DE,NOI All VE!
II) Hilprecht, BE 9:30.
i. (Dc'112) (BH hapax) erpn? '"rei nap-n your
traders
bluish of
■'aiSaa “ they were
in
purple
multicolored
choice
and
garments,
embroidery
trini”
(Ezek
in
and 27:24);
matter in
of
carpets
Akk:
rnifcn = Akk. bussurtu s. 013 on (C'AD B 3463; AHw i42b). news. PI
e.g.,
mardat.u...sa sipar ispari birmusu [...] nisc urnàmàni
1.
IR A S E O E O G Y
(Phr2) (BI I hapax) rnitS rniÉ? (2Sam
“a mardatu-càrpet made by thè weaver, its colored
18:27);
decoration
“good news will reach thè man” (C'AD B 346b a
(represents
(CAD B 257b e).
gods),
men,
and
animals”
Akk:
and passim).
bussurat
hadc
ana
aivcìim
isanniq
An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion
por
Biblical H EBREW
Note thè Akk. expression bussuràt ìumnim “bad
tD25?p? mz np?n ótsh'] “ioìki (ra 3-1) “‘And
news” (CAI) ibid.).
cooked’ thè word bàsel by itself means only roast “announcement”
as when it said ‘ and you shall roast it and eat it.’
(Mari), e.g., annltam awatam [...] GN u CN ana
And it also says: ‘and they roasted thè passover
Note
also
thè
forni
basarti
of GN and GN sent this message to GNand thè
with fire 6:41).
announcement of thè news was made in GN ”
IH Will iamson, CJironides, 407.
ispurùma busàrum ina GN ittaskan “die men
C.N)
according
to
thè
ordinance.’”
(Mek
(CAD 13 3463, ARM 2 38:1 8). cf. ira v.
]wZ cf.
= Akk. basalti v. Bogli., RS, MB on (CAD B 135b; AHw 1 1 ia). to cook, ripeti.
= Akk. sabàsu v. OB 011 (CAD ^ 6a; AHw 1 1 I9a). to collect a tax, gather.
PIIRASEOI OCY denotativi
1. (Phr2) (to ripen (said of fruits, etc.), e.g., >h"sz- “ its clusters ripened into grapes”
(Celi
40:10;
Joel
4:13
[harvest]);
Akk:
e.g., [summa uhinnu\ ina basali ippcli “if thè green date 1
becomes
reddish
when
ripening”
(CAD
B
3 6a 2). 2.
(Phr2) to roast (said of meat), e.g., 'bpz':
£DS5?a3 rtc npsn “ and tliey roasted thè Passo ver sacrifico in fire as proscribed” (2Chr 35:13); Akk:
;
1. (I)eu2) (BH hapax) b? D5DK7Ì3 }ÏT 13*7 i:?r: ìnjpri H3
bl “therefore because you
collected a straw tax (rd. 0303©) from thè poor, and you take a grain tax from him” (Amos 5:1 1); Akk: e.g., aria se’ini sibsim sa halsiya u \anaj se’im sa ekallim...karndsim ahatn ul nadêku “I have not been
dilatory
in
collecting
thè
barley
sibsu-tdx
from my district and thè palace’s barley” (CAD
sera basàlu, e.g., sera sa ina penti basili...ul ikkal “he
Si 383b b, Mari); eper kihullè ina qàtisu isbus “she
must not eat meat roasted over charcoal” (CAD B 1 3f>b sb).
scooped up thè dust from a place of mourning” (CAD S| 6b). Ili Cohen, Hapax 49.
3. (Phr2) to cook, boli in a pot: /T11S3 niT'p? (Num 1 1:8; 2Chr 35:13); Akk: ina diqàri tusabsal “you will boil in a pot” (CAD B 13b 6b). Aniong
others,
incongruous 2Chr
35:13)
Williamson
and ariscs
asserts
unparalleled from
thè
“1593 = Akk. bussuru v. Mari, Alalakh, MB 011 (CAD B 347b; AHw I42b). to praise, bring news. that
expression
desire
to
“this
Pilli,
(in
combine
thè regulation of Deut 16:7, i.e., rÒDXI 0*7^31 Ty^ 'n -in?' Dipa3 and Exod 12:8-9, i-c.,
bx...m 'b? n-rn nb^bz ipnn na òdsi m 'b? DK *3 D'an bpna btin) k; ma ‘they shall eat thè flesh that sanie night, they shall eat
1.
(Phr2) (to bring good news) 3ÌD “IÉD
(iKgs 1:42; Isa 52:7); Akk: bussuràt hadé happy news, e.g., kayàn bussuràt bade sa kasàd nakrutiya upassaruinni qerebsu “in it (thè palace) they used to bring me happy news about victories over my enemies” (CAD B 3483).
it roasted over thè fire... do not eat any of it raw,
dinotativi
or cooked in any way with water, but roasted.’” In light of thè Akk. connotation of thè idiom sera
asp.olocy
2.
;
(I)en2) (to praise) ...Di»!? n©3 ÍQttf U"13
Ìnyi2T □Ì,17 “(Sing to thè Lord), pay homage to
basalti “to roast meat,” it seems that both Deut
I Iis fame, praise His salvation day after day” (Ps
16:7 and 2Chr 35:13 employ Heb. *7?D with this
96:2;
sanie Akk. meaning. -ir:x:r
15:23);
Akk:
e.g.,
rubli...mahar
Samas
ubassar u niqe inaqqi “(this) pnnee offers (a prayer
Note thè Mekilta commentary 011 Exod 12:8: n'pDKi
iChr
•‘72
fcòa
btiz bz"z:
of)
praise
before
(CAD B 347b 1).
Samas
and
makes
sacrifices”
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
por
The sub. forili burlata “daughter” is considered to
3. (I)eii2) (he who brings news, i.e., a herald) □ib© srpcpp “i©3P
,l??1
Biblical Hebrew
be “either a WSem. forili or a poetic varialit of
n*Hnn ba ma np “1&30
“how welcome in thè mountain are thè footsteps
bantu” (CAD B 3>7a). Wbile buaatu is equated
of
in thè syn. list to thè standard Akk. word for
thè
herald
announcing
good
greetings”
(Isa
Nuzc u
“daughter” martu, Akk. buri tu (OA) is parallel
mubassiri ana G N \istan\appar “at regular intervals
to martu, e.g., bunti ilirn martu Anirn “(Lamastu)
52:7; Nah 2:1); Akk: mubassiru, e.g., P N sends
PN
Nuzians(?)
and
messengers
to
divine daughter, child of Alluni” (CAD B 319K).
C’.N”
(CAI) M_ 1 sya a, Mari).
Cf. 13.
BH employs thè Pi el, Akk. thè l)-stem; no Qal or Ci-stem is attested.
nbinS = Akk. batultu s. KS, MA 011 (CAD B 1733; AH w 1 1 5b). Akk. female adolescenti Heb. female
Cf. rniffi?.
adolescent, virgin. (nwa)
ntin
=
Akk.
bustu
s.
OA,
OB
on
PIIRASI-OI.OCY
(CAD I. (Phr2) ni?-]' iÒ EPK]
13 35 ib; AHw 143b). Akk. shame, dignity; Heb.
“a virgin who
no man had known” ((leu 24:16); for a similar
shame.
idea cf. assat aunlitn sa zikaratn la idiima “a married
I M 1R A S H O I O C Y
woman who has not had intercourse with a man”
1. (Phn) (to know shame) r\p3 V~1V fcÒl “thè wrongdoer knows no shame” (Zeph 3:5); Akk. sa bustam la idu “he who knows not shame” (CAD B 352a lex. section).
(CH §130). In light of thè above Akk. phrase, Heb. nï?“V should be read and vocalized as i.e., a virgin “who did not know” a man (i.e., who did not have intercourse with a man).
Akk. busta is attested as an Addad meaning “dignity,” employed in thè idiom sa bustam halpu “clad in dignity” (CAD B 3523 2). This expression is reminiscent (in opposite meaning) of thè Heb. compound ntfa/ncn nasí/noa/trn1? “dothed, covered, wrapped with shame” (e.g., Ps 35:26;
CAD states “only 111 specific contexts such as... thè Assyrian Code and in NB marriagc contracts does it \batultu| assume thè connotation ‘virgin’” (CAD B 174a).
44:16; Ob 10; Mie 7:10; Ps 109:29; 89:46). irQ*
Cf. t!?Ì3 v.
::
(??)
bitru//Intani
s.
Emar;
WSem.
word
(limar 448:191: 567:5'). cutting, slice, section, half.
n3 = Akk. bintu s. SB (CAD B 238b; AHw i27a).
In Emar thè sub. is employed twice in a broken
daughter.
context and is equated by Pentiuc (2001:39) with Heb. ira. In Heb. thè sub.
s i 1 h 1 \ ( 1 \ (.
“half’ and thè
verb ina “to cut in half’ are exclusively used in
1. (Seq2) nni ja/nirn □’aa “son(s) and daughter(s)” (e.g., Judg 11:34; Ezek 44:25/(1011 5:4; and passim); Akk: man a bintl “sons and daughters” (CAD B 2393 b, Tn.-Epic).
a treaty context, only in (leu (15:10 (3x)) and Jer (14:18,19).
62
A !"7X3— Akk. ga’u v. OB; WSem. lw. (AHw 1556;!;
sin lina sin naa imi “if he loses thè hair on
CDA 91 a), to he superior. (Akk. hapax).
thè front part ofhis head and becomes bald at thè forehead, he is dean” (Lev 13:41); Akk: \summa
While
thè
C'AD
has
no
entry
under
ga’u
thè
CDA (ibid). agrees with von Soden’s (cf. also UT 4
I1972] 160) reading: ina muhhiya la i-ga-ù “he
shall not be superior over me.”
(X33)
33*
=
Akk.
gubbu
amelu qaq\qassu gubbulj “[if a man’s] head is bald” (CAD G 1 i8a). The substantive nn23 is employed alongside nnijp “baldness” (e.g., Lev 13:42,43, 55).
A
s.
NA;
WSem.
lw.
The Akk. term also occurs as thè personal name Gubbuhu.
(CAD C 1 17b; AHw 2953). well. denotativi
;
1. (Deu2) xr:?: n’o fpròi “ and to scoop up
Ì"IT,33 = Akk. gubnatu s. LB; Aram. lw. (CAD G 1 i8b; AHw 295a), cheese.
water from thè well” (Isa 30:14); Akk: ina muhhi gubbdni sa me attadi usmanni “beside thè water wells I (Assurbanipal) pitched my camp.”
denotativi
;
1. (Den2) (BH hapax) n33??1 “-Tr. ■’SS'Spri “you pour me out like milk and curdi e
Akk. gubbu is “not to be confuseci with kuppu
me like cheese” (Job 10:10); Akk: gubnatu - {limetu
‘fountain’” (C'AD G 1 17b).
“cheese - ghee” (111 sequence). IH C'ohen, Hapax 141:81.
r03
=
Akk. gab'u* s. MA (only in plural) (CAD G
6b; 272I1). height. DI NO I MH!
Hl?33 ::gab‘u s. Binar; WSem. word (Emar 373:104') bill.'
1. (1 )eii2) □‘’T'IX naà “thè height of cedars”
Emarite (masc. sg.) once employs thè sub. in thè
(Amos 2:9); CTD0 ■'n?2 “thè beights ofh eaven” (Job
phrase ana iligab'a “to thè lord of thè bill” = I leb.
1 1:8); Akk: gab àni dauuute sa sadé “thè inaccessible beights of thè mountain” (CAD G 7a).
epa» -n^S - ann (“thus said thè Lord because thè Arameans bave said”) “thè Lord is
As noted by thè CAD, “translation based 011 I leb. etymology” (ibid). Note however that von Soden
Lord of thè mountains” (“but He is not”) “thè Lord of thè lowlands” (iKgs 20:28).
(AHw 272b) as well as thè CDA (87b) renders
IH Pentiuc 2001:49-50.
thè word as “peak, bill.” von Soden equàtesgab’u with Ugar. gb‘ and BH
c:f. rnà, pn», in.
“bill.”
v c:f. nsn?.
"133 = Akk. gubburu v. OB 011 (C'AD G 1 i8a). to overpower.
1133 ~ Akk. gubbuhu adj. OB 011 (CAD G M7b;
The notion “to overpower, prevail” is employed in
AHw 2953). bald.
Akk. in thè D-stem. In Heb., however, it is utilized DI Ni > 1 m i\ 1
1. (Deii2) (BH hapax) V1Q' V33 nX3f3 DX1
mainly in thè Qal (e.g., Exod 17:1 1; 2Sam 1 1:23). Both Akk. gutabburu and Heb. “133nn (Hitpa el)
An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion can
connoto
“to
e.g., "I33IV l'3'K goes
forth
vie
with
one
bv...XX',
like
a
Biblical. Hebrew
Heb:
0“I“I3 “1 (Azitiwada) built strong fortress in all thè
“11333 TI “The Lord
corners of thè borders, in thè places where there
warrior...He
another.”
por
shall
overpower
were wicked men, gangs of robbers” (KAI 26A I:
His enemies.” (Isa 42:13); Akk: etiti ugt apparti sa
13:13-15).
ki arkàtim “thè young heroes vie with each other”
Cf. BA 113.
(CAD Ci 1 1 8a 2). Akk.
gabru
(adj.)
“strong”
occurs
only
in
thè syn. list, with thè more common Akk. verb gassarti (CAD G 6b lex. section).
•H3 = Akk. gadu s. NB; WSem. lw. (CAD G ya; AHw 2733). male kid. In OB and MB texts, Akk. employs thè nouns masgallu (Sum. màs-gal) and liristi (rabbu) for a full-
33 '.'.gaggi s. EA; WSem. gloss (CAD (I 9I1). roof.
grown male goat. gadu designates a young male denotati
Vii
goat (Sum. mas-tur); cf. also gadii màr satti “one-
1. (Den2) EA 287:36—37: \la\qàhu unùtusunu u...urc (gloss: gaggimt) “they took their tools and...
year-old kid” (C'AD G (ja). The female ÌT“!3*, whicli is employed once
off thè roof’ (let. Byblos).
in thè pi. in SoS 1:8, is thè semantic equivalent of
Although parts of thè lines are niissmg, since Akk.
thè NB muniqu (which is a by-form of thè Akk.
lira means “roof,” thè gloss must be a Can. word
unìqtt) “young female sheep or goat,” employed
hearing thè sanie meaning and corresponding to
in sequencc with gadu (CAD M 203b).
Heb. and Ug. etymological cognates. b"“!3* = Akk. gidlu s. OB on (CAD G 66a; AHw
(Il Barker, 3a.
28yb). plaited string. ni
= Akk. *gududu s. NB, only pi. gududànu attested
(CAD
C
12oa;
AHw
29sb).
1. (Deii2) nn^nc
military
-t-yr:
D'1?-!-?
notativi
“ wreaths of
chainwork” (1 Kgs 7:1 7); Akk: gidil huràsi “torque
detachment.
of gold”; gidil siimi “string of garlic” (C'AD G
PI IRASHOLOGY
66a).
1. (Phr2) (make a sortie and capture) “in? SS' nntf -, e.g., n-3t?p rnj?3...i3»'i D'in? disi “and thè Arameans raided and captured...a little
'13 = Akk. gà'u (gàipu) s. Mari*; WSem. lw. (CAD
girl” (2Kgs 5:2); Akk. gududànu lusurna sàibesumi...
G
lisabbituma lis'alu “Let all thè detachments make a
people.
sortie, capture their soldiers and question them” (CAD Ci 12oa).
sya;
2843).
Akk.
group;
Heb.
nation,
Whereas thè C'AD renders thè vocable as “group, gang (of workmen),” Malamat is of thè opinion
The C'AD (ibid.) notes that thè Akk. “translation
“that,
based
thè
on Heb. g'dùd.” Heb. twice employs thè
denominative
AHw
verb
“H3
“band
together
like
its
terni
Old
(gà'u)
Testament
originally
counterpart
designated
a
gay,
gentihc
against”
unit..., though in thè Mari documents it is already
(Gen 49:19; Ps 94:21). Note also thè possibility
used in context of territorial and administrative
that thè MT 1*113' “they fear” should be read TTO'
organization.” Malamat further maintains “that in
“they forni a gang,” e.g., '3pSJ Pian 131SS' 1113]
Mari (ARM 6 28:7—8), as in thè Old Testament
'0S3 lip “Imz nbtp' “they forni a gang, he in
(Josh v,6), gay can be used ili a military sense.
ambush; they watch my every move, hoping for
This
my death” (Ps 56:7).
thè
In Phocn. Bill means “gang of robbers” (not in a nnlitary sense), e.g., riTS? n'OPI 33X 331
bsz
asn arca 33 ©S3 0DpD3 ab33
bv
n'sp ^33
is
not
patriarchal
surprising society
since were
military originally
units
in
based
on
gentilic principles.” IH Speiser, JBL 79 (i960) 157—63; Malamat, JAOS 82 (1962) 143:3.
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
por
Biblical Hf.brew
PIIRASIiOI.OCY
"113 = Akk. ginn s. SB (C’AI) G 943; AHw 28sb).
1. (Fhri) (shear sheep) ]K2S TT3 (e.g., Gen 31:19;
Akk. lion; Heb. young lion, young jackal.
38:13; 1 Sani 25:2); Akk: sena gazàzu (CAD G 59I1).
denotativi;
i.(l)en2)
napsàma
Not that Heb. TT3 has thè meaning “to shave thè
Marduk (commentary:) ^Vra = UK.MAH “Marduk
head” (Job 1:20) and “to cut women’s hair” (Jer
has put a bit into thè mouth of thè lion who
7:29), which is absent from Akk. gazàzu.
would
devour
ina
pi
1110”;
girra
àkiliya
(commentary:)
iddi
girru
=
nësu
( :i. T3.
“lion” (CAD CI 94a). Unlike Akk., in eight of nino denotative, Heb. “113
“P3 = Akk. gidu s. MB, MA 011 (C'AD Ci 66b; AHw
nnS
28711). sinew.
connotes
33:22;
Jer
“lion
51:38;
cub”
Lzek
(e.g.,
Gen
49:9;
19:2,3,5;
Nali
2:12,13)
Deut an^
once a “young jackal” (Lam 4:3).
denotative
1. (i)en2) nc^n T3 ns rn
xb
“thè children of Israel do not eat thè sinew of thè thigh illusele” (Gen 32:33); Akk. k! ibassu gidàla u
"113 see n"13 v.
sasalla sùbita “send sinews and one ...-tendon, if there are any” (CAD G 673 e). II “113 = Akk. garàru B v. SB, NA, NB (CAD G 4ya; AHw 9023). to be afraid. denotativi;
1. (I)eii2) (said of an enemy, war), e.g., H3K DV3 “but for fear of thè taunts of thè foe” (Deut 32:27); ano '3SP tpb ni3 “be 111 fear ofthe
Akk. gidu is attested only 111 reference to animals, whereas thè Heb. denotative concerti humans (although Gen 32:33, quoted above, is referring to animai sinews in thè context of thè sinew of thè thigh illusele of humans).
sword” (Job 19:29; cf. also Num 22:3); Akk., e.g., nifi GN sa lapàn kakkcya damiùte kima sirrimi igruru “thè inhabitants of GN, who sliied away like wild
= Akk. gallatili s. Ci)Akk. 011 (C'AD G i4b; AHw 274I-1). barber. DENOTATIVE
donkeys before my (Sennacherib’s) strong attack” (C'AD G 493 2'); sàbc igdurrù sadti marsu issabtu “thè troops became scared and took to an inaccessible
1. (1)0112) (BH hapax) □‘O^n “l»n ‘ ‘barbers’ razor”
(Lzek
5:1);
Akk:
màrù
gallàbu...izzazuma
nagnabi...ukannuma “thè members of thè barbers’
mountain” (CAD ibid. and passim).
guild take their places...and deposit their razors...” Whereas Akk. employs thè geminate verb, Heb. uses thè hollow verb.
(CAD G i sa). IH C'ohen, Hapax 134:72; Tawil, fícit Mikra 154-55 (1998) 342
43-
T3 = Akk. gizzu s. NA, NB (C'.Al) G 1 i6b; AHw 295a). shearing. PIIRASEOI.OGY
“^3 — Akk. gulgullu (gulgullatu) s. OB on (C'AD Ci 127I-); AHw 2973). skull.
1. (Phri) ]S3Í T3 “sheep shearing” (Deut 18:4); Akk: gizzu sa seni, e.g., ana muhhi gizzu sa semi sa sarri ittalak “he went to thè shearing of thè king’s sheep” (C'AD C! 1 i6b b). Cf. TT 3 v.
PI IRASEOI.OGY
1. “crush
(Phr2) thè
(to
skull”
crush (Judg
thè
skull)
9:53);
Akk:
rb'-bì LA
fin
gnigni
amelùti tusahhar tasàk “you break sherds of a human skull into small pieces (and) crush (them)” (CAD Ci i28a).
TT3 = Akk. gazàzu v. OAkk. 011 (CAD G S9b; AI lw 2843). to shear (animals); I leb. to shear (animals), shave or cut hair (of humans).
ibi* = Akk. git(a)du s. NB; Aram. lw. into Akk. (CAD Ci 71 b; AHw 288a). skin, bidè.
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
) L N O I A l tempie ivi:
I
i.
(Don2) (BH hapax) -H*?? ‘'FHDFI p®
'np “ I 2S ?3
Biblical Hebrfw
for
pillars.
In
a
Neo-Assyrian
text
it
refers
to thè architectural structure serving as thè base of a column: ma gullàtc |..J sa sapla dimmi' sa bit
“I scwed sackcloth over my
skin, and wallowed my respect in thè dust” (Job
hillànàti mà immàte usarraqu “when will they cast(?) thè column-bases under thè pillars of thè hilànu-
16:15). In Akk. gildu occurs prefìxed by thè Sumerian sign K U S “skin,” simply in reference to a specifìc number of hides (x K U S
gildu or giladu). There
is one commentary text that elucidates thè term
portico?”
The standard Akk. noun for “bidè, skin” is
G
i28b
1).
As
noted
by
May,
base, but base and capitai frequently took thè sanie forili. On thè Sippara relief are both ‘Ionie’ base and
with gilsu “hip, flank.”
(CAD
“The biblical gullah was a capitai, rather than a
‘Ionie’
capitai...
Pillars
with
ionie’
capitals
are pictured 011 a Khorsabad relief.” Ili a Neo-Babylonian inscription ^M//» denotes
tnasku (CAD M| 3763; AHw 6273).
a feature in iron gratings: in liùqu gullàtim parzilhim
Cf. li».
ussimma ussit rikissa “I ...-ed with crossbars and iron gullàtim and remforced its joint(s)” (CAD E
11*73 = Akk. galtì II v. NA, LB (AHw 27sb; 1 i2sb,
i04b).
1 i27b). to go into exile, exile, deport.
IH H.Ci. May, BASOR 88 (1942) 19-27.
The Akk. verb galli/sughi is thè exact etymological and semantic equivalent of thè Heb. il*73il/ìl*73 “to go into exile/to exile, deport.” As noted by Held, Akk. gal á/suglu “at times replaces, mostly in NA
□Ì^-3* = Akk. gulinu s. NA, NB, probably WSem. lw. (CAD C! i27a; AHw 29ób). coat. denotativi
letters, thè widely attested nasàliu. Whether galu, an obvious WSem. loanword (see von Soden, Or. 35 I1966] 8 no. 21; idem, Or. 46 [1977] 186 110. 21) is thè exact equivalent of nasàliu cannot be determined with any degree of certainty because
1.(l)eii2)
(BH hapax as s.)
nipjpii
;
Hall
n'bbpnp “ they were your
traders in choice garments, in mantels of bluish purple and embroidery” (Ezek 27:24); Akk: istcn
of thè obscure contexts and fragmentary condition
gulàtiu...tamahsu “she shall weave one guìinu-coàt
of most of thè NA letters in which our vocable is
(per year)” (CAD (! i27b). 2.
attested.” It should be noted that galli/suglu is not
D'^ri
included 111 CAD G. Akk.
employs
thè
forni
saghi
“deportee”
(AHw 1 i27b) = Heb: 11*713 (2Kgs 24:14; Amos 6:7
(Den2) (BH hapax as v.) IH^N !lj?’1 inilX
“and
Elijab
took
his
mantle
and
rolled it up” (2Kgs 2:8). (Il C'ohen, Hapax 93:253.
and passim) as well as thè substantive galltu “exile, deportation” (SAA V 203 s. 1; XV 55:10,12; 102 r. 3) = Heb: 111*73 (e.g., Amos 1:6,9; Isa 20:4).
b>bì = Akk. garàru A v. OB on (CiAD G 47b; AHw 902a). to roll over (Heb. “T3D1? interchange).
IH Held, JANES 1 1 (1979) 53-62.
di n o 1 \ 11\ 1
'-*■ Cf no3 v.
1.
(Dc-112)
i3,l7s;
*7331171*71 wbj? b^ànn*? “to
roll all over (i.e., overpower) us, to attack us” Akk. gullatu
gullu
A; CDA
s. 96).
NA,
NB
Akk.
(CAD
G
i28a
s.v.
bowl, a column base;
Heb. bowl-shaped capitai.
(Gen 43:18); Akk: e.g., burki u sipi bcliya uttcssi[q\ u attatagrar “I kissed thè knees and thè feet of my lord and rolled over (before him) many times”
The Heb. terni denotes thè “bowl” 011 thè top of
(CiAD C! 48a 3 and passim).
thè lampstand in Zech 4:2,3 (see also Ecc 12:6), as
well
(iKgs
as
7:41,
rhnin 42
=
ri1?? 2Chr
“
bowl-shaped 4:12)
capitals”
describing
thè
□3
=
Akk.
15563). also.
gam
prep.
NB;
WSem.
word
(AHw
An Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew
DENOTATIVI!
gimlassu “pay back with a good deed him who
i. (Dcii2) Akk: mina tcnka lapanìya iriq gam
does you wrong, act justly toward your enemy” (CAD Ci 22a 3).
ana sirku la tasellu “why did a rcport from you not rcach me? Also, do not neglect thè Sirku” (CT 22 no. 6 1 8—21).
Note thè difference in meaning of Hebrew *7123 w?; “to do kindness to oneself’: “IDI! KTN ÌE7B3 ^133 “a kindly man benefits himself’ (Prov 11:17) and
*7103 = Akk. gimillu s. OA, OB 011 (CAD Ci 73b;
Akk: uapista gamàlu “to save a life,” e.g., re menù
AHw 288b). an act of kindness.
gàmil napsàti muballit m\itut\u “thè mcrciful one, who saves life, who spares from death” (*CAD Ci 22b 2).
idiomat
1.
(kte)
(to
wreak
vcngcance)
ic
usaci
;
:D^Ej/3E?n
D1?©; blfD? Q"iÒ *7103 “(thè Lord) shall wreak
,J *'
Cf. *7103.
vengeancc on distant lands” (Isa 59:18; Ps 94:2; Joel
4:4;
Jer
51:6);
Akk:
gimilla lurru: ana Inni
gimilli Akkadi usatba kakkcsu “he (Marduk) made him take up arms in order to avenge Akkad”
— Akk. gammalu (gamlu) s. NA; WSem. lw. (CAD Ci 3sb; AHw 27ya). carnei. PI IRASEOI.OGY
(CAD Ci 75a). 2. (Id2) (to repay a kindness) *6
i (Phr2) (camel’s htimp)
352H
n5?3T camel’s
hump (Isa 30:6). Cf. Akk: e.g., gammalu sa sunna
r1?!? ‘pop “(Hezekiah) made no return for what had been bestowed upon him” (2C.hr 32:25);
sensina
Akk: gimilla turru: sarru warku warkàt sarri pani lipnis
(CAD Ci 36a 2').
“camels
whose
backs
are
two(-humped)”
u sarru gimilli sarri litcr “if a later king takes care of (thè building of) an earlier king, another king
1123 = Akk. gamàru v. OAkk. 011 (CAD Ci 253;
will return thè kindness of that king” (CAD C
AI lw 276I-1). to bring to an end.
74-b 2).
IDIOMAT IC usaci;
Cf. *703 v.
1. (Id2) (to settle accounts) 'HSJ2 “lET “(thè Lord) will settle accounts for me” (Ps 1 38:8); Akk: awàtisunu nugammerma “we settled their dispute” (CAD Ci 26b).
= Akk. gamàlu v. OAkk. on (CAI ) C 2 1 a; AI lw 275b). Akk. to perforili a kind act, agree, save; Heb.
Note thè following nuances of Akkadian gamàru:
to repay, wcan, perforili a kind act, save.
àkiltum COGNATI! ACCUSATIVI;
1. (CA) (repay kindness) 19:37;
Ps
137:8);
Akk:
^133 (2Sam
gimla
gamàlu
e.g.,
la
kallum
itehhi’akkum
karëka
igammar
“a plague of strange inseets will attack you and consume your store”; summa au>du...napsàte igmur
gimil
“if a man takes somebody’s life” (CAD G 25b);
tagmUinni utir agmilki “I have returned thè favor
ina u'a a’a agdamar umê “I spend thè days in grief
you did me” (CAD C 22a 3).
and wailing” (CAD Ci 26a b); kasapka gamrakkum denotativi
:
2. (Den2) (to spare, save [said ofa god|) ITTE^Ì 'by bm '3 TÒ “I will praise thè Lord for be' has saved me” (Ps 13:6; Isa 63:7; Ps 1 16:7); Akk, e.g., gdmil maqti nassi musczib sagsi
“(Marduk)
who
saves thè fallen (and) thè desperate, who rescues
“your silver has been spent for you” (CAD Ci 26b). The verb “103 employed in Ps 57:3; 138:8 should be re; ul ^123 “ repay,” with Ij?
interchange.
Cf. v.
thè maltreated” (CAD Ci 22b 2). 3.
(DCI12) 'njpnip TI 'lbm' “may thè Lord
reward me according to my righteousness” (2Sam 22:21;
Ps
18:21);
cf.
Akk:
misara
gamàlu,
(naa) — Akk. gannatu s. NB; WSem. lw. (CAD Ci 41 lì; AHw 28ob). garden.
e.g.,
ana cpis limuttika damiqtu ribsu ana ragýka misara
P I 1R A S E O L O C Y
1. (Phr2)
|3 “thè king’s garden” (e.g.,
T 33
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biblical Heiìrew
fruit trees, gupnu is used in Ass. royal inscriptions
2Kgs 25:4; Jer 39:4; 52:7); Akk: pannati sa RN sarri “che royal garden of Marduk-apil-iddina, thè
(from Asn. on) and (beside gapnu) in SB lit. texts
king” (*CAD Ci 41 V>).
for tree ili generai....The word is late and most likely a WSem. loan word” (CAI) Ci 45a).
The standard Akk. notili for garden is kiriì, lienc:e kiri sarri “thè king’s garden” (CAD K 41 ib; AI lw
nnSS
48sa).
-
Akk.
ki/ulmtu
s.
MB,
SB
(CAI)
K
333b;
AHw 47la), sulphur.
Cf. 133 v.
sequencing
1.
T33* = Akk. kanàzu v. NB; Aram./Pers. lw. (CAD
38:22;
K i48a; AI Iw 436b). Akk. t o put in S t o r a g e .
(Seqi) Ps
(fire
11:6;
and
Gen
sulphur)
19:24);
rTHSIfl
(Ezek
(kima)
isàtu
rTHSD
(Deut
Akk:
kibritu “(like) sulphur fire” (CAI) K 333b b). 2.
DENOTATIVE
(Seq2)
(sulphur
and
salt)
29:22); Akk: (uhùlt) tàbti kibriti “(saltweeds), salt,
i. (I )en2) Tjbon 't?? royal treasuries (attested twice, in Esth 3:9; 4:7); Akk. sa ina bit uri tini
sulphur” (CAD K 333b lex. section).
kauzu “which are stored in thè ...-house” (CAI)
IH E l l e n b o g e n ,
58.
K i48a). Ili C'ohen, Hapax 67:1 12.
3"13 = Akk. garàbu s. OB 011 (CAD G 4óa; AHw 28 ih). Akk. leprosy, scab; I leb. boil-scar.
|33 = Akk. ganànu v. MB, SB (CAI) Ci 4oa; AHw
de
28oa). Akk. to confine; Heb. to protect, enclose.
i.(l)en2)
Heb.
(Lev
21:20;
;no i at i ve:
22:22;
Deut
28:27); Akk., e.g., summa ina zumar amcli pindu
DENOTATIVE
pesti sa garàbu iqabbus\u\ “if (there appears) on
1. (i)en2) nsrtfin1? nx-rn T»n 'irò?] “i will enclose (i.e., protect) this city to save it”
thè body of a man a white pustule that one calls
(2Kgs 19:34; 20:6); Akk: e.g., sa bit
leprosy”
gutmunù “those of thè tribe of
PN
l’N
ginnàti
(CAD
G
46a
1;
med.
text).
Note
also
Akk. sa gambi “leper.”
are confined to
barracks” (C'AI) Ci 40a b). n“)3 = Akk. geni v. OB on (CAD Ci 61 a; AHw
^ c:f. i?.
286a). Akk. to be hostile, start a lawsuit (G-stem, (^33*
,r]3N!*)
^3
=
Akk.
kappu (agappu,
D-stem), make war (D-stem); Heb. to stir up strife,
gappu)
batti e.
OB 011 (C'AI) K i8_sa; AHw 444a).
PI IRASEOI OGY
'V' See n??-
1. (Phr2) (to wage war) rtiprfpD1?/? rH3 (Deut 2:9,24;
Ps
140:3;
Dan
11:25);
Akk:
ilqi
kakkasu
]S3 = Akk. gapnu (gupnu) s. NA, SB, NB; WSem.
labbi ugerri “he took his iliaco, Iliade war on thè
lw. (CAI) Ci 44a; AIIw 28 ia; 2y8b). Akk. tree,
lions” (CAD G 62I1 2).
fruit tree, ville; Heb. ville.
DENOTATIVE
2.
PI IRASEOI OGY
i.(Phr2)
rnsipn)
}33 “grapevine” (Num 6:4;
(l)eni)
(fight
one
another)
(Hitpa
el:
(e.g., Deut 2:5; Prov 28:24); Akk: itegru,
Judg 13:14); Akk: gapnu sa karàni, e.g., 1 10gapnu
e.g., issabtuma ina bàb bit emùti ina suqi ittegru “they
sa karàni isi biltu 1 gapnu 20 SÌ LA karànu ana qatàpu
grappled with each other at thè gate of thè family
“no vines hearing grapes, full hearing vines, each
house, they fought one another in thè
vine with twenty silas of grapes to pluck” (CAI)
(CAD Ci Ó2b 3).
Ci 45a).
Street”
Note thè Akk. technical term dina gerù “to bring/ start a lawsuit,” e.g., sa danni denu dabàbu itti
Note that “w\m\c gapnu in NB refers exclusively to 68
PN
u
An Akkadian Lexicai. Companion
por
màrchi igarruni “whosocver appears and hrings suit
word CI sinnatu 111 Mari...refers to a metal object used for both agricultural and military purposes. It is possible that thè word gizinnatu represents a WSem. forni of hassinnu ‘ax’, which appears in Heb. as garzen.”
and complaint against PN and his sons” (CAI) Ci Ó2a 4' and passim). The thrice-attested expression |ÌTD il“13 may likewise exhibit this Akk. legai term “to start a lawsuit,” lit. “to provoke a quarrel (in court),” and not just simply “to let loose strife” as
Heb. is some type of Kulturwort or Wanderwort with two sets of cognates, one with intial/(j or k (Heb. garzen; Arab. karzan, karzam), and thè other with inital/li (Aram./Syriac Itassinà; Cie‘ez /lassiti, Arab. basiti (KB3 L202-203; Kaufman, AIA:54; Rublo, JCiS 5 111999]7 11.12). Further, Heb. |H3 (with “1) is a dissimilation of Akk. [tassimi (cf. Akk. fcn.s'i’H^Heb. XQS^Aram. KD~13 (Already iti OAram, see KAI 216:7). Note also thè suggestion of Hoch that Heb. |T”]3 is related to thè hapax verb HD (Ps 31:23), a metathesized forni of thè root ~in‘ ‘to cut” (Hoch, 1994:304).
commonly rendered (BDB 1933 and others), e.g., nn Q'pp' tTSK Ti-.S- |Ì-|Q nnr non 2TK “a hottempered man provokes a quarrel (in court); a paticnt man prevents a lawsuit (i.e., calms strife)” (Prov 15:18; cf. also Prov 28:25; 29:22).
il II Kutscher,
JAOS 74 (1954) 74:238.
ITI3 = Akk. girti s. NB (CiAl) Ci 96b; AHw 29ih), one twenty-fourth of a shekel. DENOTATIVI;
i.(l)eii2) Ezek
45:12);
Ileb: Akk:
(Exod
30:13;
Num
na
Biblical Hf.brew
3:47;
HI Salonen, Kulturti'òrter, 8.
e.ggirti kaspu...ana inanima la
tanandin “you must not give anybody even 1/24
'[“là
of a shekel of silver” (CAI) Ci 96)1 a).
= Akk. magrattu
AHw 6 o 8 a ) .
s.
OB, Nuzi (CiAD M , 46a;
grain Storage place, threshing floor.
IH Kutscher, Words, 28Í.
|T“)3 =
diìnot a
Akk. hassinnu s. OAkk. 011; Akk. lw. in Sum.
and Hitt. ha-zi-na (CAI) H 13 3 a ; AHw 332a). axe. di
;
notati
rivi;
1. (I)eii2) -13 ntnan “they filled thè granaries with grain” (Joel 2:24); Akk: issid inassi u ina magratti inariditi “he will reap, gather iti and deliver (thè produce) 011 thè threshing floor” (CAD M| 46b).
vi;
1. (I)eu2) Heb. (l)eut 19:5; 20:19; iKgs 6:7;
Akk. magrattu dertves front thè verb garanti OB, SB, NA (CAD Ci 46b; AHw 902a), to store, pile in lteaps.
Isa 1 o: 1 5); Akk: e.g., ina hassinni sa sarri tamàt “you will die by thè axe of thè king” (LiA 162:37 1ctEgypt); liassiti aliiya \qas\at idiya nanisar sibbiya “thè
Note thè WSem. sub. guniti “threshing floor” in
axe at my side, thè bow 011 my ariti, thè dagger in
Emar (378:33-34'; see Pentiuc 2001:53-54).
my belt” (CiAD H 13 3b c).
Ili Lambert, JJS 5 (1954) 40-41.
As noted by CAD S 201 a 11. (s.v. sinnatu)-. “thè
69
7 —
“she (Athaliah) expellcd all who were of royal
Akk. daini (dablm, fem. dabitu). s. OB, NA*
stock” (2Chr 22:10);
(CAI) 1) i7a; AHw 148H). bear.
CPÏÏS; “DT] “who
drives away people from beneath me” (Ps 18:48; dinotativi
i.(I)cn2)
Heb.
(Amos
5:19;
1
Sani
;
47:4); Akk: e.g., assira sàbe pittati rabà u tudabbir
17:36
ayàbi sarri istu libbi màtis'u “send a large troop of
etc.); Akk., e.g., RN sar Bàbili...baltussu iksuda...
archers so that they may drive thè enemies of thè
ina abulli qabal ali sa Ninna arkussu dabiies “they captured
alive
thè
Babylonian
king
RN...and
king from his country” (EA 76:39; let. Byblos);
I
atta u nakirka ahu ina pani ahim udappar “you and
tied limi up at thè city gate of thè inner city of
your
Nineveh like a bear” (CAI) I) i7a a, Semi.).
enemy
will
withdraw
from
each
other”
(CAD D 187a b).
The WSem. forili dablm (i-''—3^) is equated in thè syn. list with thè standard Akk. word daini “bear” (Malku V:_1 NOI \ I I \ I
1.
to
PIIKASHOI.OGY
1. (Phr2) (BH li3pax as a verb) "b?" DSÌSn I^dt ics; x“jpr.‘ih "z “this time my husbsnd will exslt/elevste me (lit. lift me up) bec3use I bore for him six children; 311 ci she cslled his usine ‘prince’ (lit. thè elev3ted one)” (Cìen 30:20); Akk. ina bit ili illakma usesser me izabbil “she will go to thè tempie, sweep, 3iid
n3T = Akk. sacri fìce.
zebù
v.
SB*
(CAI)
Z
843).
to
l’N zubulld izbi\luma\ “l’N 3nd his brothers cognati
;
accusativi
;
1. (CA) PQT rQT “offer 3 sacrifice” (e.g., iSam 1:21 ; 2:19); Akk: niqà zebù, e.g., niqé ana ilàniya azbe
Th e verb zebù nirely occurs in Akk. The regular vocable is naqu, commonly employed in thè idiom niqà naqù “to offer 3 sacrifice” (of 3nimals).
sg.)
thè
Enuirite
zàbihu
WSem.
“sacrifìcer”
see Pentiuc 2001:193). (e.g., 2 S 3 1 1 1 2:1 5). ij?'
c:r. rat.
Cf-
275:1
Heb.
(CAD Z 1523 3). KB! utilizes Speiser’s tnmshition “my father will “my husband will exslt/elevste me.” The
nomiiuil
expression
describing
Cìod’s
tempie 3iid b3T n’2 “elev3ted house,” i.e., “311 exslted house” (iKgs 13:13 = 2Cìhr 6:2), 3S well
(Cì-stem,
(Emar
brought 3s his ni3rrÌ3ge gift to thè house of l’N ”
bring me wedding presents,” rather than Held’s
“I offered S3crifice to my gods” (CAI) Z 843).
Note
C3rry W3ter” (C]AI) Z 23); l’N ... u ahhùsu ana bit
part. and
rQT
masc. passim;
“sacrifìcer”
3s thè epithet of thè Cìan. gods zbl b’I (ars) “Prince B3 3I (of coirti))” (Cordoli, U'F 3933); zbl yrh “Prince Moon” (Cìordon, ibid.). The fem. forili zubultum “princess” twice at Mari, e.g., |i| S I L A samassamu maritimi
occurs
An Akkadian Lexical Combanion for Biblical. Hebrew ana zubultini “ i liter of sesamo oil from Mari for
ber breast consolation and bc satiated, that you
thc princcss” (RA 64, 37:30, 2-3; cf. also RA 64,
may draw from her teat glory and be joyful” (Isa
38:32, 3—4; AHw 1 53a).
66:1 1); Akk. (hapax): erbi zizësa ina pika sakna 2
ti! Held, BASOR 53 (1968) 90-95.
tenniq 2 tahaìlib ana pauika “her (Istar’s) four teats are put to your mouth, you suck at two, and two
c:f. ^55.
you milk for yourself’ (Craig, ABRT 1 6 r. 8). 31T = Akk. zàini v. OA, OB 011 (CAD Z yb; AHw
The standard word in Akk. for “breast” is tulli
1 501 b). Akk. to dissolve, oo/e; Heb. to flow, gush.
(AIIw i36yb). IH C'ohen, Hapax 46.
IM IR ASEOI OC Y
1. (Phri) (to discharge blood) nDT 3ÌT mr P (Lev 15:25); Akk: dama zàbu, e.g., siri istallila dami
nip'’T = Akk. ziqu (ziqtu) s. NA* (C'AD Z 1 3 3 a ;
izzu\ba\ “my flesh is flaccid, and my blood has
AHw 1 532 a), tordi.
ebbed away” (BWL, 44:92, Ludlul).
IMIRASEOl.OCY
Note that “thè meaning ‘to flow’ of thè I leb. and
1. (Phr2) (to light a tordi): nip^T “I5?5 “light
Aram, cognates is rare in Akk” (CAD Z ioa).
torches,” e.g., □rnsn nip'"i erra id1? “walk by thè blaze of your fire, by thè torches
rnr* = Akk. zanni s. SB* (C’AI ) Z 41 a; AI lw 1 soya).
you have lit” (Isa 50:1 1); Akk: ziqta sutitnuni “to
Akk. type of wall, Witikcl; Heb. cornerstone.
light a tordi,” e.g., istu pan Sanisi rabe simcn ziqtu ziqàte usatimurù ina ekalli userrubù “beginning at dì
1. (Den2) birn
“our
daughters
;
notati
vi;
rrpri rrhanp rnq “T"=
are
like
cornerstones,
torches (and) take (them) into thè palace” (C'AD trimmed
to give shape to a palace” (Ps 144:12; cf. also Zech 9:15); Akk: cornerstone of a
sunsct, when it is time for thc tordi(es), they light
zame ziqqurrati/attuarti “thè tempie/sanctuary,” e.g., ckallu
mahritu sa 360 ina animati siddu ina tarsi zarrte E
Z 1 3 3 a).
■q_T = Akk. zakù adj. fr. OA, OB 011 (CAD Z 233; AHw 1 50sb). clear, pure, cleansed.
ziqqurrat “thc former palace, one side of which,
denotativi
360 cubits long, faces thè zanni of thè tempie tower” (CAD Z 41 a); ina seri ina kiital bit numi surdù istu zaini sa siimeli ana zaini sa imitti ìtiq “(if) in thè morning a falcon passes at thc back of a paticnt’s house from thc left zamù to thc right zamu' (ibid.).
1. olive
thè word samitu, from which zamù (or samù) must be separated” (C'AD Z 41 a).
(Dcn2) (said of liquids) ^|T ITT ]P27 “pure oil”
(Lxod
27:20;
Lev
24:2);
Akk:
mù/
kurunnu zakù “clear water/beer,” e.g., zakà daspa kuru\nna aqqika] “I libateci clear, sweet strong beer for you” (CAD Z 23b 1). 2.
Note that “thc Arabie etymology proposed by von Soden, Or. NS 16 448f., seems to fìt better
;
(Dc'112) (said of plants) PIST HID1? “pure
frankinccnsc”
(Exod
samassammù/ezizzam
30:34; zakù
Lev “pure
24:7);
Akk:
oleiferous/bulb
vegetable” (CAD Z 24a d). 3. (Deii2) (said of humans)
^
“I
ani clcan without iniquity” (Job 33:9; 1 1:4); Akk: TT = Akk. zizu B s. NA* (CAD Z 149^ AIIw
sinnisti
1 534b). teat.
(C:AD Z 24a). denotativi
;
la
zakùti
“(physically)
unclcan
Cf'. rDT v.; BA 13T.
1. (Dcii2) "lÉV/TT (rd. iti) “breast//teat”:
rácr ;rrýr n-r:n:r. n&p Qjriyn&i iprri i^pb nnn? r-TO ar.^rn--. “that you may stick from
(HDT) “pT — Akk. zakù v. fr. OA, OB on (CAD Z 25b; AHw i505b). to be clean.
woman”
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
1. T’T’S?5 sight”
(it is already known in thè 14111 century) than in
(Dem) (said of celestini bodies) *6 D’DE;
Palestine.” Oppenheim, 011 thè other hand, was
“thè
heavens 15:15;
“pure/clear
are
not
25:5|stars|);
heaven”
(CAD
his
of thè opinion that thè words zakakatu and zukti
saniti
zakiitu
are West Semitic in origin and were borrowings
b);
samsu
into Akkadian.
guiltless Akk:
Z
23b
in
zakàtu “clear sun” (CAD Z 23!") c).
IH Oppenheim, (llass, 15,57,85; Mankowski, 52-53.
(Den2) (to be cleared up in court), e.g.,
nona
"rx
cqn
s??n
-:rxr:r
n?rxn
“shall
i
be acquitted despite wicked balances and a bag of
Biblical Heiìrew
m-NOTATIVM
(Job
2.
for
fraudulent uzakki//
dinsu
weights?”
(Mie “he
ustcsirsu
6:11);
(thè
Akk.,
king)
his claim//and provided justice for plaintiff)” (("AD Z 25b lex. section)
e.g.,
clarifìed
“DT = Akk. zakdru v. fr. OA, OB 011 (C'AD Z i6a; AHw 150311). Akk. to declare, invoke, praise; Heb. to remember, invoke, praise.
him (thè (Cf. Heb:
rDT//p“!2i “be just//be clean” (Ps 51:6)).
I’ I IRASEOI OGY
1. (e.g.,
3. (I)en2) (to be cleansed of a misdeed) ^rn
Ps
103:18;
2Sam
18:18;
Isa
26:13;
Amos
6:10; Exod 23:13; Josh 23:7); Akk: suina zakdru,
□yb'psJO sn ìtoh ìsth “wash yourself, cleanse yourself, remove your evil away from my sight” (Isa 1:16); Akk: ami luti u miliati itti Marduk
e.g., ilu u istaru mala sumsunu zakru “may god and goddess, as many as there are invoked” (Surpu II 185).
“my crime, my sin and my misdeed will
izakkti
(Pliri) (to invoke by name) DED “DT/“DT
2. (Phri) (to praise) “DJ, e.g., TJIp?; rn^TX
become cleared through Marduk” (CAD Z 2óa).
obù1? Tjnin’ □■’ss? 15 bv/nl) "it boa
Cf. TJT.
“I shall praise your fame for all generations, so people will exalt you for ever and ever” (Ps 45:1 8;
JTOOT
=
Akk.
zakakatu
(zakukutu)
s.
SB
(CAD
Z
38:1;
70:1;
zakdru,
1 sb; AHw 150311). glass, glaze.
e.g.
Isa
63:7;
SoS
Assur-bcl-kala
1:4); sa
ilu
Akk: ina
suma
nibita/
pulitir
Assur
zakar sumsu izkur “ Assur-bel-kala, whom thè god ;
has made famous in all Assyria” (C'AD Z i6a 2);
(I)en2) (13H hapax) ITplOn DHT npll?' xb
siimi damqam iimisam kima ilim zakdram...ina pi nisi
denotativi
1.
TS 'bs nrnram “gold or glass cannot match its
lu askuti “I acted so that thc people praised my
(Wisdom’s) vaine, nor can vessels of fine gold be
name daily like (thè name of) a deity” (CAD Z lya 4').
exchanged for it” (Job 28:17); Akk: e.g., kissùsu sa gisnugalli
zakakatum
lubusti
sa
llzida
“its
retaining
wall is made of alabaster, thè overlay of Ezida consists of (blue) glass (or glaze)” (CAD Z 1 ih); zakukutu
“([thè stone| whose appearance is
sumsu
like [...]) its name is (blue) glass” (CAD ibid.). The
C'AD
z'gugitd,
relates
Heb.
z'kùkit,
glass,
In Akk. zakdru “to remember” is a WSem. word employed only three times in EA, once as a gloss to Akk. basasti, e.g., lihsusmi (gloss: yazkurmi) sarru bcliya
“may thè king, my lord, recali (whatever
has been done against Hasuru)” (EA 228:18—25; Aram.
Man dai c z'gduitd, etc. The CAD further
let. I lazor; cf. C'AD Z 22b). ,J>’
Cf. 13T.
notes that thè sequence of thè above first example “seems to indicate that thè glaze alluded to was lapis lazuli colored.” The second example occurs “as thè designation of thè stone of a specific color” (CAD ibid., 11.). As
noted
by
Mankowski,
“thè
notion
= Akk. zikru s. fr. OAkk., OB 011 (C'AD Z 1 1 2b; AI lw 1 526b). Akk. discourse, niention, order, name, fame, oath; Heb. niention, fame.
that
thè Hebrew is borrowed from Akk. has prima facic
PARAI I EI.ISM
1.
(Pan) (nanie//fame) “I3T//DK?, e.g., 'Q© HT
plausibility in thè fact that glass-making technology
-n nnb nar nn obiib “ this shall be my name
seems to have developed earlier in Mesopotamia
forever, this my fame for all eternity” (Exod 3:1 5;
“D?
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
T T
Isa
26:8;
Ps
135:13;
Prov
10:7;
Job
18:17);
lor
Biblical Hebrew
Akk:
denotativi
;
sume kabtu zikri sira di naphar bdc ma’dis iskunuinni
1. (I)en2) (n??//) ]!2T employed only in LBII
“they (thè great gods) have made my name far
(in Ecc 3:1; Esth 2:6; 9:27; Neh 2:6); Akk: sipri ina
more important, my fame far superior to that of
simanim ìipusu “so that they can do thè work for
all other rulers” (CAI) Z 11 sb b, Shalmanesser
me in thè proper season” (C'AD S 2C>9a); iuanna
III); lusàpi zikirsu lusarbi sumsu “I shall praise his
kupud ana sar Kassti lam sirnani stipuli til\las\su “take
fame, make great his name” (*CA1) Z 1 i6a). (Cf.
thought now about thè Kassite king, scatter his
zikir sumika lissakiti ana unii dàrùti “may your fame
auxiliaries
be established forever” (CAI) Z 1 1 6a 2').)
27oa e).
2. “DT
(Phr2) (to proclaim “make/pronounce/praise
145:7;
97:12;
30:5);
Akk:
“to
dalàlu/wasiMsuptì
(Phr2)
“DTn~o (Isa
“
26:13;
(to
expects
(attack)”
(C'AD
S
Based
fame) rnVSOVnÉ?!? fame” (Ps 111:4;
lexical text, Landsberger raised doubts concerning
zikra
011
thè
ìdeogrammatic
thè etymology of Akk. simanu,
spelling
111
thè
namely, that thè
sakànu/surbú/itàdu/
notili is derived from thè verb (u>)asànu “to be
make/increase/praise/bring
fitting,” wlience thè 1101111 conics to mean “that
erase
which is suitable, thè suitable occasion or time,
fame)
/n3©/nn!?/“DX
annihilate/erase/destroy/cut
thè
fame”
Exod
Ps
109:15);
17:14;
he
PI I li. AS PO I OGY
out/proclaim fame” (CAI) Z 1 isb). 3.
before
Deut
32:26;
thè season.” Mankowski notes that “it would appear that simanu
Iliade two entrances into BH; thè month
Akk: zikra la basii, e.g., sumsu u zikirsu ina màtim
name Simànu was borrowed by Aramaic frolli late
la subsim “his name and fame shall not remain in
Babylonian,
thè country” (CAD Z 1 1 sb b, Hanim.).
yidding Aram, sywn and BH IVO (Esth 8:9). But
where
it
was
pronounced
[siwànu],
thè common 1101111 simanu shows an initial z 111 all
Cf. “DT v.
thè derivative languages.” "DT = Akk. zikaru (zikru) adj. fr. OA, 013 on (C'AI)
IH Landsberger, )NES 8 (1949) 256:44; Kaufman, AIA 91—92; Mankowski, 54—55.
Z 1 ioa; AI Iw 152CU1). male.
' w ' Cf. BA ÍOQT; Akk. (w)as^:9 passim); Akk: zcra tiadànu, e.g., nàditiat
disappeared in Akkadian.” 11)1
apli u zeri “(Sarpanitu) who provides an heir and offspring” (*CAD Z 94b). Cf. in? Dpn (Ccn
Levine, Ixvitims, 59.
Cf. rnrn ;inr.
38:8; iClir 17:11); S?1T D'W (Ps 89:30); Ì?1T ITt? (C!en 4:25). 2. (Pliri) (to fìrmly establish offspring) p3i“I
I?Ì”IT = Akk. dura’u s. NA; WSem. lw. (CAD D
113'
lyob; AHw i77b). arm, foreleg.
'n :5n.T “may thè
children of your servalits dwell securely//and their offspring be fìrmly established in Your Presence”
IMIRANHOI OGY
1.
Dy-lTy/^iSi?? 1
(Phr2) (strong arm) npm/nbnVTï? BÍ1T (Ps
(Ps 102:29); Dirupi Dos? orna 1 ? pra asnr ‘their offspring is fìrmly established with
62:8; 89:1 1; Ezek 17:9; Jer 21:5); Akk. zumh datmu
them, and their desccndants with them 111 front of
(EA*, ibid.).
their eyes” (Job 21:8); Akk: zcra kàtiu, e.g., DN,
In EA Akk. zuriihu is a WSem. word glossed by thè
l)N i ....wms«
standard Akk. word qàtu, e.g., \a\tmir màt Urusalim
zcrasu ina màtisunu lukinnu
“may
thè gods DN, DN fìrmly establish his son and
anu\i\ta la abàni la ummiya uaduatmi qàt |gloss: zuruli
desccndants in their (thè gods’) country” (C'AD Z 94b, Asn.).
= ztim’l \sarri da\tmu tiadtiatmi atta yàsi “behold, neither my fiither nor my mother gave this land of Jerusalem to me, but thè strong arm of thè king gave
jht
(it) to me” (EA 287:25—28; cf. 286:12—13; 288:14-
3. (Phr2) (to increase one’s desccndants) rq-in, e.g., rn-iK nr-rr.
*?
nX “I (thè Lord) bestow my blessing upon
15; 34—35; all lets. Jerusalem). Heb. zcróa’ reflects thè Can. shift of *à > 0 and
you
that Heb. 0 is represented in Can. Amarna cuneiform by u.
Exod 32:1 3 passim); Akk: zcra ruppusu, e.g., ntppisi
In NA*, thè substantive iziru is employed once
(Abraham)
and
make
numerous” (Gen 22:17;
c f-
your
desccndants
also Cìen 26:4,24;
zcrini mudili tiatiuabi “increase (O Ninmah) my desccndants, spread my offspring widely!” (C'AD
in Akk., e.g., birti iziriya ammàtcya asakkanka “I shall
Z 943 and passim); cf. also zcra tnàdu to make
place you in thè crook of my arm (lit. between my
desccndants numerous, e.g., zerka limid umc[ka\
upper arili (and) my forearm)” (CAD I/J 3193).
liriku1 “may your (Dar.) desccndants be numerous
While thè standard Akk. word for “arm” is idu (C'AD
(and) your days last long” (C'AD ibid.).
I/J ioa), iziru is a WSem. forni in NA reflecting thè BH forni X?Ì“1TX (i.e., BÌ“1T) with thè aleph prosthetic attested twice ()er 32:21; Job 3 1:22).
4. (Phr2) (dcstroy/cut off desccndants) /n?K inr n“pn, e.g., rpbppn inr bn nx “and she (Athaliah) destroyed all thè royal desccndants”
(2Kgs n : i ) ; Tptpn OKI nnx •’pnr na rr-pn ox ’T’T'II = Akk. zanziru s. SB, NB*; Aram. lw. (C'AD
qx rV30 'OS? n^; “(so swear to me by thè Lord)
Z 4b; AHw 151 la), starling.
that you will not destroy my (Saul’s) desccndants
95
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biblical Hebrew
or annihikite my progeny (lit. my name) from my
(i.e., royal desccndants) e.g.,
father’s house” (iSam 24:21); Akk: (in curses) zcra
HDlban Ul-rp ... “Ishmael son of Nethaniah...
laqàtu/nakàsu/haìàqu
off/destroy
from royal dcscent” (Jer 41:1; cf. also 2Kgs 25:25;
dcscendants,” e.g., sumsu zcrasu ina inàti lilqutuma
Ezek 17:13; Dan 1:3); Akk. zcr sarrútim (fr. UR
“to
pluck/cut
b«i7f2t?7''
“may they (thè gods) pluck off (i.e., exterminate)
III on) e.g., zcr sarmtimsa sin ibbisu (Hammurabi)
his progeny and his descendants from thè land”
“seed of kingship which Sin created” (CH ii 13-
(*CAD Z 953 2' and passim); 1)N 11 DN, |n] Bclum ili zàrasu liksuma “may Assur, Adad, and
15); liplipi dam sa Bclbàni mar Adasi sar màt Assur pir‘u baitiI suqur zer sarruti kisitti siiti (Esarhaddon)
Bel, my gods, glean off his desccndants” (C'AD
“remote descendant of Bël-bani, son of Adasi,
Z ysa c’); sumsu zcrasu clìassu u kimtasu ina màti
king of Assyria precious offshoot of Assur, seed
luhalliqù “may they make disappear his son, his
of kingship, progeny from old” (Borger, Asrah p.
descendants, his clan, and his family from thè
74:28-29). See Lambert, Recontre Assyriologique
country” (C'AD Z ysa b’ and passim).
I nternationale 1971:427~440.
5. (Phr2)
snr (“male descendant”)
Whereas Heb. employs thè verb SHT “sow,” it is
(iSam i : [ i). Cf. Akk. zer ameluti (“mankind”),
absent from Akk.
e.g., ameluti ibtani Aruru zer ameluti ittisu ibtanu “he created mankind, A ruru hclped him (Marduk) to
pTT = Akk. zaraqu v. OB 011 (C’AD Z C>sb; AHw
create every human being” (C’AD Z y6b sa).
1 5 1 sa). Akk. to sprinkle.
6. (Phr2) inrp nbis sb, e.g., nb?r Kb q “in XD3 by DET ÏTK ÌSTI-TO “for no one of bis
PI IR ASHOI.OGY
(Coniah’s) offspring shall prosper in sitting on thè
1. (Phri) (to sprinkle water) D’Q p“|T (Num
throne of David” (Jer 22:30); Akk: (in a curse),
19:13,20; lizek 36:25); Akk: me zaraqu, e.g., me
e.g., ina supal Samas zcrusu(wr. si-ru-su) la isarri
sipti arkis ziriq “sprinkle water (over which) a
“may his descendants not prosper under thè sun”
conjuration (has been pronounced) behind it”
(CAD Z ysb). For thè semantic equivalent I leb.
(C’.AD Z 6sb lex. section).
nbs = Akk. esëru, see Tawil, JBL 95 ( i y7i>) 405-
2. (Phri) (to sprinkle blood) DT p~)T (e.g.,
13-
Exod 29:20; Ezek. 43:18; 2Chr 30:16); Akk: dama 7. (Phr2) (D’rrnttía
of
evildoers
d ^//)
(//depraved
children)”
snj “seed (Isa
zaraqu (AI lw 1 5 1 sa).
1:4;
14:20). Cf. Akk: zer ncrti, e.g., RN sar màt Kaldi
Akk. zaraqu seems to be used only with liquids (also
zer ncrti “Merodachbaladan, king of C’haldea, a
gali and oil [C'AD Z 66a|). Heb. p“lT, however,
murderer (lit. seed of a murderer)” (C'AD N
is used also with solids: ashes, soot, coals, and
1783). 8. (Phr2) n?ìbpn Ì?1T “seed of kingship”
sprinkle” is salàhu (C'AD S 853; AHw 10133).
cumin. The more common Akk. word for “to
96
n ÍOn :: hihbê v. EA*; WSem. gloss (CAD H 1843).
synonym list (Malku III 38) hababu is equated to
to hidc.
nasàiqu “to kiss” and in thè potency incantations V
texts Sazila (Biggs, 33:7-8) hababu is parallel to denotativi
;
Akk. ràmu “to love, make love,” e.g., ina put
1. ( l ) c n i ) EA 256:4—10: k! qahimc ina panika
niaydliya tibà ràmauni sa sepit mayàliya hubbibauni
I’N imiihit Ayyab (gloss: hiljbe) kí ennihitu sar Pillila
“thè one at thè head of my bed, get an erection,
istu pani ràbisi (gloss: sukeni) “how cali it he said 111
make love to me; thè one at thè foot of my bed,
your presence, ‘l’N has hidden Ayyah’? how can
caress me” (KAR 70:46). hababu is employed also
thè king of Pihilu fico from thè commissioner?”
with thè substantive dàdu “love-making” (C’AI)
HA* hihbc depiets thè WSem. causative Kqnn thè
I)
20a 1). In a transferred meaning, habàbu is
Hiplvil of SDII “hide.” As noted by Albright “thè
likewise employed in parallelism with ràmu “to
Canaanite scribe did not remember thè correct
love,” e.g., àmursuma ahtadu anàku aràmsuma kima
Akkadian word puzzuru ‘to hide’.” IH
Albright,
BASOR
89
(1943)
assatirn ahabbub elsu “I saw it and became glad. I 11:19;
loved it like a wife, caressing and embracing it”
Greenstein,
Weinfeld Irst. 351-360.
(George, Gilgamesh, 174:32-33). Akk. utilizes thè
!j? '
verb habàbu in prophetic texts from Mari, e.g.,
Cf. pns? v.
kiàm iqbi utnmàmi /’imri-Lini 11 summa atta misatanni = Akk. habàbu li v. 013 on* (CAI) I I 2b;
anàku elika ahabbub nakrika ana qàtika umalla “and
AHw 301 a 4). Akk. to caress? ((’.AD); liebenden
spoke as follows, saying, ‘Zimrï-Lïm, even though
(AHw); Heb. to love.
for your part you have spurned me, for my part I (Aliatimi, thè servant of Dagan-màlik) shall caress
The BH hapax verb 220, which occurs in Deut
you (i.e., love you), your enemies I shall deliver
33:3 in thè phrase ^T2 VETIjp ^//D'CI? 2211
to your hand’” (Moran, Bib 50 [1969] 31:7—14).
is traditionally rendered as “indeed Lover of
Although thè C’AD has two entries for habàbu,
peoples//(thcir hallowed are all in Your hand).”
AI Iw’s one entry seems preferable. The semantic
Whereas thè verb 22PI is employed in Ben-Sira
development for thè onomatopoeia verb habàbu
7:21 version A in thè phrase 230
“I2SJ
is from thè concrete mng.: “murmur” (said of
“(an energetic slave) love deeply,” in
water) > “hiss > bum > caress > love.”
version C thè idiom employed is 2733? 2ÌÌ1X.
Note thè sub. (SB*) habbubu “lover”: ittiki
Th ere is disagreement between CAD and
limita salilki tabu habbubuki u kulu’uki “let your
AHw as to thè employmcnt and thè semantic
sweet bedfellow, your lover and your kulu ’u come
development of thè verb habàbu. Whereas thè
in with you” (C’AD K 52ya, s.v. kulu’u).
C’AD has two entries for thè verb, namely habàbu
Ìli Tigay, Gilgamesh, 274:34.
A SB* “to murmur (said of water), to bum, low, chirp” (C’AD H 2a) and habàbu B 013 011* “to caress”(?) (C’AD H 2b), AHw has only one entry
rniBn = Akk. ibam s. SB* (CAD I/J ia; AIIw
“to murmur, chirp (of water), to hiss at” (said of
3633). Akk. a mark of discoloration 011 thè skin;
lovers). Indeed, said of human beings, in thè lex.
Heb. welt, slash. 97
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
por
Biblical Hebrew
Note thc sequencc in BH SJ2g>//rni3n “bruise//
11 Son — Akk. hahalu A v. OAkk. 011 (C'AD H 3b;
wclt”
AHw 302a, s.v. hahàlu II). Akk. to oppress (Pi ci,
(Gen
4:23;
Exod
B5S//nn!13n//n:i£i)
21:25;
H3P
Prov
20:30);
“wound//welt//raw
wound” (Isa 1:6); Akk: (in sequencc with) cnimu
Ci-Stem); to damage, destroy (in NB only) (Pi el, I )-stem).
“mole”; liptn “(discolored) spot”; umsatu “mole”; PI IRASI-OI.OCY
kittahm “growth” etc. (C'AD I/J ibid.).
1. (Phr2) (to oppress thè poor) D ,S 3SJ Ssn, —
Akk. cbhi s. OB (Mari) 011 (C'.AD E isa;
AHw 1833). ropc.
2'"ï *7311*7
“to oppress thè poor witli falschoods and thc needy when they plead their cause” (Isa 32:7); Akk: ensa/muskena hahàlu “to oppress thè weak,”
PI IR ASP.OI.OGY
e.g., ana la hahàl cttsc stisur la le i “not to oppress
1. (Phri) (measure with a ropc) *73113 I" 7 !!?, e.g., *73113
e.g., tDBEjp Ì"3S “13131 “p?
thè weak, to provide justice to thè powerless”
3KÍD Tj"! “and he (David)
smote Moab and measured them with a rope”
(C'AD H 4a 1); sa kahtu ana muskena la idukku u la
(2Sam 8:2). Cf. thè nominai hapax ÌTip *73PI
ihahhiìu “so that a man of high ratik shall not kill
measuring rope (Zech 2:5); Akk: umandid chièstiti
or oppress thè weak” (C'AD ibid.).
“he measured their extent” (C'.AD M 8a 4b).
The verb Son “ damage” (Nipli al) is employed
The C'AD (E 1 sb) notes that “thè chiù measure
once as thè antonym of □*7CE i “be whole” (Pu'al):
comprises six iku, i.e., 63,800 square meters or
a*?©? Kin ni^P K-n iS> Soit -13-7*7 ra “ he who
about 14 acres.”
disdams a precept will be damaged thereby, he
In Man (ARM 7, 161:6) thè WSem. hapax forni hahalutn “strap” is employed: 2 hahalu DU . SI. A “2 straps of dusiì leather” (cf. AHw 17yb .: CDA 98a; C'AD D 20ib, s.v. dusuA 2c(?)).
who respeets a command will be whole (i.e., rewarded)” (Prov 13:13); note thè Akk. idiom Intuita sullutnu “to repair (to make whole) thè damage,” e.g., lui tin cnsutisunu musalìimu hihiltisun “who proteets (these cities) in their weakness, restores thè damage they (suffered)” (C'AD H
i Son — Akk. hahalu B v. OA, OB 011 (C'AD H 6a; AHw 302a, s.v. hahàlu III). Akk. to borrow, assume a financial obligation; Heb. to impound, seize a pledge.
uSoa). Note thè two occurrences of thè Can. Amarna forni huhulli (adj.) employed twice in thè idiom kima riqi ere!/siri huhhuli. (EA
As noted by Paul: “The Akkadian etymological
While
Izre’el
acccpts
292:47;
Rainey’s
297:14). rendering
equivalent of Heb. *7311, hahalu (verb) and huhullu
“damage d” (i.e., 11*731-1), Morali (AL 335:4)
(noun), however, does not mean ‘to take a pledge’
understands thè lexeme to mean “debt” (i.e., I
or ‘distraint’. The verb means ‘to borrow, to
*7311), thus rendering thè phrase as “like a pot
acquire 011 credit’, basically ‘to assume a financial
held in debt.” Cf. Izre’el, IOS 8 (1978) 23.
obligation’.
'*>’ Cf. II *7311; BA Snn
The
noun
huhullu referring
to
a
V.
dcbt...develops thè meaning ‘interest’ in Middle and Neo-Babylonian_____thè Heb. verb *73n in legai contexts is actually thè semantic equivalent of Akk. nepù ‘(to take persons [mostly women] or animals as distress, pledge, to distraili)’, and thè noun n*73n/*73n is equivalent to Akk. nipùtu (‘distress’). In sum, *73n in all instances pcrtains to
n Son = Akk. hahalu s. EA, SB, NB (for hahalu); OAkk. on (C'AD II 3b; 1793; AHw 301 a; 344a). oppression, violence. DENOTATIVE
thè seizure of property of thè debtor who has not
i. (Dc-112) “IUSJ3 nmpn nsr *6 q »*71 imp L pp? 73ni Sonn nxptp “ up and depart, this is no
paid his debt on time.”
nesting place for an unclean thing, you do damage
Ili Paul, Amos, 85; Mankowski, 55—56.
(to thè land) that is, grievous damage” (Mie 2:10);
An Akkadian Lexical Comfanion
for
Biblical Hebrew
□ ,! ?3n//“PS “inisfortunc//calainity”: “13 il!23
institutionalized covenantal association between
isx? pbn? crbnn dtx irrbs? *én TjyT □•'y^n
Judah and Israel, e.g., rbi? ah?! “inK |>y Tjb np
“how often is thc lamp of thè wicked snufìed out;
rnnn
how often does misfortune come upon them?
stick and write on it ‘[belonging| to Judah and to
how does He in his anger deal out calamities”
thè Israelites associated with him’” (Ezek 37:16
tuba’ùnim imitati ana habàlim
|twice|, 19; cf. also Judg 20:11). The C'AD (I/J
(Job
21:17);
“they
Akk:
violente”
7a) further maintains that “thè term occurs after
(CAI) H 3b; EA 60:16); hibilta ussi “misfortune will disappear” (C’AI) H i8oa 4).
thè OB period only 111 literary texts, mostly in
The WSem. forni habàìum is attested at Mari (ARM 7, 161, 6:2; AHw 30ib).
should be used only for thè latter, since ibm was
Ijr
persecute
thè
countrics
with
'inb] rnirrb “ take for you one
hendiadys ibm u tappù. The translation ‘friend’ originally devoid of emotional connotation.” cf. nrnnnn.
( L II v.
nbSDn = Akk. habasillatu s. lex.* (CAI) H 8a;
II “Oli = Akk. ubburu (*abàru III) v. OB 011 (AI lw
AHw 3033). fresh reed shoot.
4b). to bind magically. in Deut 1 8 : 1 1 -qn nnn is employed in sequencc
DENOTA I I VE
i. (i)eu2)
with nrin “inni
nns “ blossom like a fresh
piyp nqop nop
reed shoot: (Isa 35:1); n-3K7ÌE7//TÌ“IC?n rb'ìm
nix bc: “ an auger, a soothsayer, a diviner, a
CTpQffn “fresh reed shoot of Sharon//lily of thè valleys” (SoS 2:1).
sorcerer, one who casts spells, or one who consults ghosts or fimiliar spirits”; Isa 47:9:
3Ì3//
no^y?; Ps 58:6: ^“an “inin (//□,ts>ni7p). The thrice-attested biblical II “On is a magical temi
I11 thè lexical list habasillatutn (= Sum. gi-se-dù) is equated to lubsu sa C I . M F . S “thè covcring over reed
unrelated to Akk. habàru “to be noisy,” as maintained
(sprouts)” (C'AI) H 8a). Further, thè CAD (ibid.)
by Finkelstein, but is ratlier to be equated to thè
notes that thè “translation of habasillatu as ‘fresh
Akk. magical forni ubburu “to bind magically.”
shoot of reed’, based on a vocabulary passage,
Accordingly, I leld maintains that thè I leb. sequencc
seems also to fìt thè Heb. Ifbassclct, better than
and parallelism
thè customary translation ‘meadow saffron’.”
£ ]t?3//n3n
(Isa 47:9,12) is to be
equated both semantically and etymologically to thè Akk. pair kussupu//ubburu “to cast a speli, bind
1311 = Akk. ibrti (ebru) s. OA, OB on (C'AD I/J sa;
magically,” attested in thè Maqlù magical literature,
AHw 3 63 b). person of thè sanie status or profession,
e.g., alsi baràritu qablitu u namàntu kassaptu ukassipanui
comrade.
clc-nitu ubbiranni “I called thè first watch, thè middle watch, and thè morning watch, because thè witch
In thè lexical lists and thè literary texts Akk. ibm
cast spells 011 me, thè sorceress bound me magically”
occurs alongside tappù “companion”; rii'u (= Fleb:
(Maqlù I 3—5). Held further suggests that in Isa 47:13
J?“!) “friend”; ahu (= Heb: !1K) “peer”; kinattu
□W , ’“!?h (which is parallel to □'OOÌ33 CTThn
“colleague”; talìmu “favorite brother” (C'AD I/J S b lex. section; 6b C 2 ) .
“star-gazers,” i.e., “astrologcrs”) should be emended to ero® ■’irin, following thè 1 )ead Sea Scrolls 1 Qlsa
The C'AI) (I/J 7b) notes that “thè word (ibru) denotes an institutionalized relationship between
and Ibnjanah.
free persons of thè sanie status or profession that
( I l Finkelstein, JML 75 (1956) 328-31; Cohen, 139; Held, LI 16 (1982) 78-79; Sperling, Hallo Irst., 225
entailed acceptance of thè sanie code of behavior
29.
and an obligation of mutuai assistance.” In light of this specific Akk. denotation, it seems that Ezekiel uses thè noun V13D to
I "^50 tribe.
echo a politicai technical term that denotes an
99
=
Akk. hibrit s. Mari (C'AD H 181 a). clan,
rrnn t
As
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
: v
Biblical Hebrew
for
defined by Malamat, Mari hibru(m), Heb. “ D i i “is
Tin = Akk. ededu v. OB 011 (C’AD E 243; AHw
a smaller tribai division...the hibru(m) was a separate
18sa). to be or become pointed (Cï-stcm), act
union of families closely linked together witbin thè
quickly (D-stem, Pi'el).
larger unit of thè clan or tribe. Possibly we may denot a livi
conclude from this that thè temi hibm(m) = heber was
c(l)en2)
used specifically to indicate an association of wandering
b.T“0
27:17); Akk. appaia kima sillim cd “if thè tip is as
1311
pointed as a needle” (CAD E 24H 1). 2. (I)eii2) (to act quickly) (1 leb. Pi'el hapax):
“association of priests” [Hos 6:9]). I lowever, in its originai usage, it appears to have been part of a tribai
’nn/Abp
temnnology such as s 3j?n “OD “thè association of thè
“be
swift//be
qmck”:
ìbpi
□‘'‘1930
nny ok-tq nm voio “ their horses are swifter
Kcnites” (Judg 4:17,21; 5:24).
than leopards, fleeter than wolves of thè plain”
IlIIMalamat, JAOS 82 (1962) 144-46. Ili "150
pointed):
iron, so a man sharpens thè wit of a friend” (Prov
rcsult of their nomadic status.” Later *hibr carne to be
=
be/become
msn ‘32 “irr trrxi in; bnro “as i ron sharpens
families that had been drawn into closer union as a applied to a variety of associations (e.g.,
(to
;
(Hab 1:8); Akk: (only in OB), e.g., uddidma àìam
Akk. huburu s. SB (CAI) H 22ob; AHw
GN
ana pau àlim G N epui “1 quickly conquered
GN,
opposite C N ” (CAD E 24b Mari).
352b). noise.
cf. itps, in. DENOTATI Vii
i.(Den2) 1311 n’2 “noisy house” (Prov
21 :97 /25 :24 ), e.g., nma 33 ras
"Ili = Akk. eddu adj. OB* (CAD E 23b; AHw 18sa), pointed.
bv nia
“Qn rVOI D'Tnf? “dwelling in thè corner of thè
denotativi
roof is better than a contentious wife and noisy
;
1. (I)eu2) (said of a sword) (Isa 49:2; Fzek 5:1;
house”; Akk. ki ia niic dadmc hubuiina clika imtarsu
Ps 57:5; Prov 5:4); Akk. (said of horns): iwwarka
“when thè din of thè inhabitants becomes painful
Zabàbu eddam qarnin “in thè rear (goes) Zababu, (thè one) with pointed horns” (CAD E 23b).
to you” (CAD h 221 a).
C.f. nn v., lips.
Finkelstein was first to recognize thè equation of Heb. “inn employed twice 111 thè idiom ITO “i?n to thè Akk. substantive huburu “noise” and
mn = Akk. Ijadu v. OAkk. 011 (C'AD H 2sb; AHw
thè verb habàru “to be noisy, make noise.” Held
307b). to be happy (intrans., Cì-stem, Qal); to make happy
accepted Finkelstem’s solution only in thè Proverbs
(trans., D-stem [always with libbu or kabattu|, Pi'el).
passages. Finkelstein’s equation was supported by de;not ati
Cohen, who pointed out that Akk. habàru “to 1.
make noise” can be used in conjunction with, and
(1)cti2)
(intransitive)
inn" 1
vi;
IIT] “andjethro
respect to, bitu “house,” e.g., ina musini ayumtna
rejoiced” (Exod 18:9); Akk. atta ckallim ina alàkiiu
lahanna issukiumma killi bit bcliya ihburma “somconc
awilum ihaddu “he will be happy when he goes to
threw a bottle at him during thè night and made
thè palace” (CAD H 26a c). 2. (i)en2) (transitive) nx nnpÉ;? innnr
clamor in thè house of my lord” (C'ohen, 139).
you gladdened him with thè joy of your
C'ohen concludes “that thè meaning of “1311 HO
presence”
must be connected with OSO ‘anger’” (ibid.).
(Ps
21:7);
Akk:
ina
sattukkc
deiiàti
libbaiun uhadt “I pleased them with abundant
Finkelstein likewise calls attention to thè LH
nnnn “ noise,” thè reverberation of thè shofiir (b.
offerings” (CAD H 27b 5, Ludlul).
Yom. i9b;Jastrow, 33ob).
(jí'
c:f. nnn.
(Il Finkelstein, JBL 75 (1956) 328-31; C'ohen, 139; Held, F,I 16 (1982) 78-79.
nini! = Akk. hidutu s. OAkk. 011 (CAD FI 1833;
cf. 11 mn v.
Al lw 344b). joy. 100
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
hor
and time. Akk. uddusu is frequently used with ilu,
PUR ASLOI.OGY
1. (Phri)
’H miri
nin
Biblical Hebrew
“joy of thc Lord” (Noli
“to restore/repair an image of a god.”
8:10); Akk: [lidùtu sa Until “joy of Enlil,” e.g., tini
^ cf. enn.
liidutu sa lìnlil...bissa lumalli hidùtam liskun “(thè eighth day) is a day of rejoicings, (day) of Enlil,
5^nn = Akk. cssu adj. OA, OB on (C’AI) E 374b; AHw 2s8b). new.
...let him fili his house (with food and drink and) make merry” (CAI) H iH^h d).
pi
DENOTATI Vi;
2. (Dona)
1
r
an
ho i og y
1. (Pliri) (new house) 2HI1 n’3 (Deut 20:5;
iop!33 ninni ri? ns1? nnni nin
“glory and majesty are before him, strength and
22:8); Akk: bitu cssu, e.g., anumma ustcbilakku
joy are 111 his place” (iChr 16:27; cf. also Neh
sulmàna sa biti essi “1 have sent you a present for thè
KTjn n'3 n33
8: io); Akk., e.g., ùmisani sukun hidùtam uni u musi
new house” (CAD E 374b);
sur u mclil “give a festival (i.e., joyous occasion)
20:5; 22:8); Akk: bita essa bariti (C'AI) ibid.).
(Deut
2. (Phr2) (new garment) ntónn nabp “new
every day, dance and play day and night” (CAI) H 1 S 3 b d).
garment”
(iKgs
11:29,30);
Akk:
2
TÚG
labcru
sa niqiàtc 1 cssu 1 labcru “2 garments for making
Cf. mn v; BA nnn.
sacrifices, 1 new, 1 old” (CAD li 375b d). Note thè Emarite WSem. sub. hiddasu “renewal,
"IID :: hidru s. Emar; WSem. word (Emar 139:8). yard, room.
inauguration” i.e., ina unii [fidasi Dagan “011 thè day of thè renewal of Dagan” (Emar 446:99'; see
As
noted
by
Pentiuc
(2001:67),
Huchnergard
Pentiuc 2001:65-66).
relates thè Emarite sub. to I leb. n~in “room” (cf.
Note also Akk. cdsu > cssu.
also ph., and Pun.).
,tf'
Cf. t!Hn
V.
Ì"^"7D Akk. hadasscitu s. syn list* (C'AD H 22b; AHw 3073). bride. —
5^"in = Akk. edesu v. OA, OB 011 (CAI) E 30I1; AHw 1 86b). to be new, make new (Cì-stem), restare
The once employed nominai phrase
(Pi'el, l)-stem); renew oneself (Hitpael, Dt-stem).
nttnn nE?X
lit. “(a new) wife” i.e., “a bride,” (Deut 24:5) pi irasi;oi
oc Y
is found in thè Akk. syn. list Malku Li73 as
1. (Pliri) (said of structurcs, cities) n'3 EHI!
hadassatu and equated with kallatu “bride.” The
n “rcstore/renovate thè House of thè Lord” (2
sub. is considered by thè CAD as “Possibly a WSem. lw.”
chr 24:4,i2)/nnn ni? »nn “ restore/renovate thè ruined cities” (Isa 61:4); Akk: bita/ckurra/ esreta/ckalla uddusu “to restore sanctuary” (C’AI) E 3 ia 2). 2.
i£> '
templc/shrine/
Un = Akk. hádii v. SB lex. (C'AD H 28a; AHw
(Phr2) (said of rulership) nplbp CHIl
“establish
kingship
anew”
(iSam
11:14);
Cf. Enn.
342b). to make an enigmatic utterance.
Akk:
lirik ba\ldssu\ litedis palusu “may his life be long,
Il I Held, Iwry Irst., 93-96; Lambert, AR) 19 (1959/60) 58; 11 127-29.
his reign renewing itself’ (C’AI) E 32b 3). 3. (Phr2) (to renew oneself |Akk. l)t-stem,
,j>'
c:f. rrrn.
Heb. Hitpa el|) 'Dnií) n©3? EHnnn “so that your youth is renewed like thè eagle’s” (Ps *93:5); \ba\latam sa kima Sui imrhisam ùteddisu “a
nin = Akk. haliinu s. SB (CAD H 3ob, 1843; AHw
life that renews itself constantly every month like thè 1110011” (CAI) E 32b 3).
3o8b). thorny plant or hush. DIÍNO
Enn is used alsowith thè land, thè human spirit,
1. 101
(Den2)
nin//ffin(2p
TATIVi;
“thistles//bramble”
nDin
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
T
for
Biblical Hebrew
nini ttfiBj? □“'TP “thorns, thistles and bramblc”
TTn — Akk. huziru s. OAkk. 011 (C'AD H 266a;
(Isa 34:13; Hos y:6); Akk. hahinu occurs in two
AHw 362b). pig.
lexical lists and in a broken context. DL.NO I ATI Vi;
The CAI) suggests hahwu may be related to i. (Dc-112) l'tnrnc? pork (Isa 65:4, 66:17); Akk:
hihiniì, possibly a weapon with sharp protrusions.
summa huziru la ihabberu “if thè pigs do not get fat” (CAD H 266a).
nain :: Akk. humitu s. EA*; WSem. gloss (CAD H
In thè Akk. syn. list Malku (V 45), huziru is
234b). (city) wall.
equated to thè standard Akk. word saliti “pig” denotativi
;
(CAD I I 266a lex. section).
i. (Dena) LA 141:44 (let. Beirut): e.g., “well
IÍI] Mankowski, 56- 57.
watched is thè city” u dùrsi (gloss: humitu) adi itnuru 2 ina “and its wall (stretchcs) as far as two
pTFI = Akk. esqu adj. SB* (CAD E 36711; AHw
eyes can see” (C'AD ibid.).
2573). strong, massive.
As noted by Barker and followed by C'ohen, “humitu ‘wall’ is thè older forili of thè Hebrew
Akk. esqu is employed in a building context,
nipin, whicli occurs also in Pr. 1:21 (instead of
e.g., ina esqi ahnàti sadi danni assèsti addi “I laid
thè MT nrpn read ni’Qil ‘walls’ with LXX)”
its foundation upon massive (blocks) of hard
as well as in Phoenician, Moabite and Ugaritic.
quarried stone.” In thè syn. list Malku (I 37f.)
Note also thè use of thè phonetic variant hàmitu
esqu is equated to thè more commonly employed
in Ugaritic (PRU III, RS 16.: 1 y; Ezek 33:16 and
rroin ti-to1? 'n “ O Lord, rush to my aid” (Ps
passim); Akk: Ijita hatù, e.g., sa hi tu ihttì tagammilsu
40:14; cf. also Ps 20:20; 38:23; 71:12); Akk: e.g.,
atta “you pardon Inni who has committed a sin
ana Ràhili Insamma idani iziz “rush to Babylon and
against you” (C'AD I I I 57b).
PI IRASKOLOG Y
e.g.,
come to our aid!” (C'AD H 146I-1).
di
2. (Phr2) (in military context) ìETnn 3“lKn ninan bx ì£d©s , i “ one anibush quickly deployed against Gibeah” (Judg 20:37;
c f-
-notati
vi;
2. (Den 1) (referring to violation of a treaty or oath), e.g.,
also Num 32:17);
Tris nx n?» □?]
K£n “I srael
transgressed; they have broken my covenant”
Akk: e.g., Madà’a ki...iljisamma C,N issahtu “after
(Josh 7:11); Akk: itta tàhti hatù “to sin against
thè Mede carne rushing and captured thè city
goodness”: adè rahàti sa Assur la tiissuru iiih-tiì ina
C,N” (CAD H 146b b).
tàhti Assurhatiipal “we have not kept thè great oaths (sworn by) Assur, we sinned against thè goodness of Assurbanipal”; ina adc hatù “to sin
nrn :: hazeti s. Emar; WSem. word (Emar 36y:86;
against an oath” (CAD H 1 57b); sa ina adc Assur...
31^4:42-43). breasts (of animai).
ihtuma ibhalkitu ittiya “who sinned against thè Not unlike Emar hazeti, I leb.
ìlTn is attested
oaths (sworn by) Assur...and revolted against me (Sargon II)” (CAD ibid.).
solely in reference to sacrificed animals, 111 Exod
3. (i)en2) (to miss) rniré;n bx vbp nr bs
2(9:26-27; Lev 8:2y. See Pentiuc 2001:62-63. 102
An Akkadian Lexical Companion NtprP fcòl “every one of them (thè Benjamimtes)
por
Biblical Hebrew
2.
TT"
(Deli 1) (death of a sinner) *73 ini»; l'ina
could sling a stone at thè hair and not miss” (Judg
'SS? 'XEn “all thè sinners of my people shall die by
20:16); Akk: ayamma ul ihti edu suina ul uraddi ina
thè sword” (Amos 9:10; cf. also Ps 104:35); Akk:
muhhi “he omitted none, nor did he add a single line” (CAI) H 1 573).
e.g., hati ina kakkë iddàk “(he is) a sinner, he will be killed in battle” (CAD ibid.).
ij?'
cf. xon .san mm.
In EA* thè forni hatù (= Heb: XtDin, Isa 65:20; Ecc 9:2,1 8) is employed, e.g., anàku arad ketti sarri
NQn = Akk. hitu (hittu) s. OB on (C3A1 ) H 2ioa;
11 la arnàku 11 la hàtàku “I ani a faithfi.il servant of thè king, not a criminal or a sinner” (C'AD H
AHw 3503). sin.
1 59a, EA 254:12; 253:17 lets. Shechem). cognate accusativi
;
'-s Cf. son v. Kt?n .nsen.
1. (CA) Stpn KB!!; Akk: luta hatù “to commit a sin” (see xen v.). (nxisn) nxsn = Akk. hititu s. ob on (c:ad h PI IRASEOI OGY
2.
(Phn) (death penalty) nii? KEPI (Deut
2o8b; AI lw 35°a). Akk. damage, negligence, defect, sin; Heb. sin.
22:26); Akk: hi tu ana innate, e.g., sa hitasùni ana innate qabùni sarru beli ubtallissu “thè king has pardoned even him whose crimes cali for (thè
SEQUENCING
!.(Seq2)
nXQni
»©31
Ili?
“iniquity,
transgression and sin” (Exod 34:7); Akk: arnu hitu
penalty of) death” (C'AD H 21 ih). 3. (Phri) (there is 110 sin |in legai context]):
gillatu “crime, sin, and transgression” (CAI) H
Ktpn l’K “there is no sin (of death)” (Deut 22:26);
2iob 4); arnu gillatu hititu “crime, transgression
Akk: hi tu yànu (in NA); hi tu lassù (in MA) (MAL, A 16).
and siti” (CAD H 209!! 5).
4.
(Phr2)
(grave
offense)
□“’bn?
piiraseoi.ogy
□ , 'KBn
2. (Phr2) (to commit a sin) nxïïn H27S; (e.g.,
“grave offenses” (lìce 10:4); Akk: hitu dannu, e.g.,
Num 5:6; Iizek 18:21; 2Kgs 24:3); Akk: liitita
la hitu dannu Ulti “he did not commit a scrious crime” (CAD 11 21 ib); hittu dannu ana DN ahtu
epcsu “to commit a crime/sin” (CAD fj 209b 5; AHw 35oa 3).
“I committed a grave sin against DN” (CAD LI 21 1 a).
3. (Phr2) (to erase a sin) nXQD HllQ (jer
5. (Phr2) (to suffer punishment, bear guilt) X£3il XK73 (Num 9:13; Lev 19:17; 22:9; Isa 53:12
18:23; La 44:22; Ps 109:14; Neh 3:37); Akk: hitlta pasàsu, e.g., hitàtusu liptassisa “may his mistakes be cancelled” (CAD H 209b b).
and passim); Akk: (NB only) hi tei zabàlu, e.g.,
4. (Phr2) (to forgive a sin) /nXtpn Kfcj/nbo
hitu sa sarri izabbil “he will suffer thè punishment
nXQil “forgive/pardon asm” (Lev 19:22; 1 Kgs 8:36;
(imposed for such a crime) by thè king” (C'AD H 2 1 1 b 6c).
2Chr 6:25,27/Exod 10:17; 1 Sani 15:25; Ps 25:18);
Cf. NEriv. san .nsan,
Akk: hitita patàru/sùtuqu “to pardon/remove sin, crime,” e.g., putrì ami serti pillati u hititi “pardon my crime, my misdeed, my sin and my mistake”
KEPI* = Akk. hatti’u (hattù) s. SB, NB* (CAD H
(CAD I I 209b b). Note that Akk: hitita sùtuqu “to remove (lit. to cause to pass) sin” is thè semantic
1 53b; AHw 337a). sinner. de:no
1
a
11
i.(l)em) (sinner not succeeding) □‘'KCni n~IÌ73 “thè sinners (will not succeed)...
ve:
equivalent of Heb: nXÏÏPI "13?H “forgive (lit. cause to pass) sin” (2Sam 12:13). 5. (Phr2) (to forget a sin) bN.-nW? niKÈn “DITI “do not to remember thè sins...of my youth”
in thè assembly of thè nghteous” (Ps 1:5); Akk:
(Ps 25:7); Akk: hita masti, e.g., limmasa hitátiia “may
e.g., [latti la issir “(he is) a sinner, he will have no success” (CAD I I 1 53b).
my mistakes be forgotten” (*CAD M 401 a c).
^ cf. Ntsn v., stpn .sen.
ntsn 7
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
*
for
Biblical Heiìrfw
non = Akk. uttatu (untatu) s. OAkk. on (AHw
stick, branch, twig” (CAD H 2f>sa lex. section).
I44ób). barley.
In NA* thè term sa hutàri denotes an “officiai” (of thè palace) (CAD H 265^. In BH “IBÌl is attested twice: in Isa 1 1 : 1
si; QU UNCINO
i. (Seq2)
HEn “wbeat and barley”
"itpn is parallel to “I2S3,
meaning “shoot//twig”; in Prov 14:3 thè 1101111 is
(Deut 8:8; Isa 28:25; Jer 41:8; Ezek 4:9 and
metaphorically utilized in thè hapax idiom “ICSil
passim); ni2D3 111311 “wheat - emmer” (Hxod
niX? “rod of haughtiness.”
9:32); Akk: uttatu - se’u “barley - grain” (CAD S 3 50a b’-c’); uttatu - kutiàsu “barley - emmer” (AHvv 144i>b 4).
•’n :: *hayyu adv. EA*; WSem. gloss (C'AD I I 32b). alive.
Note thè Emarite sub. hittu ( ! noi \ : 1 \ 1
1.
(i)eri2)
'ira
’òrr
arrm
ir?
“may
or
hisihtu “desirable”
as
a
cf. pia ,na; v.
drought and heat snatch away their snow waters” (Job 24:19); Akk. (hapax): ina cmmùt ùmi piris mìl L'issati...ana
aya’i
lattahk’al
namràsima
“upon
nipn = Akk. iintu s. SB (CAD I/J 1393; AHw 37yb).
what
Akk. venom; Heb. venom, poison > anger, wrath.
difficulty (of thè terrain) will you rely in thè hot season, when thè floods cease?” (C'AD E 1 5 i a). tí? '
PIIRASLOI.OGY
c:f. non ,an v.
1. (Pliri) (venomous drink) ìlQn ìlptpil “give to drink venomous draught” (Jer 25:15); Akk: saqu sa imti (C'.AD I/J i 39a lex. section).
nxan = Akk. himctu s. OB 011 (CAD H 18
thè sheep and goats have been carried off, and my
“lessen, decrease, devoid of.”
lord’s cities have been brought to an end” (MA 263: 9-13; let. Shechem).
ì?n - Akk. upnu s. OB 011 (AHw i424a). fist(ful).
Held suggests that thè hapax stem ^Pll has 110 l’I IR ASEOI.OCY
connection to thè Arabie verb laiusa “to lick,” as maintained by various modern biblical scholars.
1.
(Phn)
(fistful)
3’33n
(Exod
9:8;
Lev
Ratlier, Heb. bpil should be equated to Amarna
16:12; Ecc 4:6); D'3?n S 1 ?» “fili up thè fist” (Ezek
hasilu “to put an end to.” In addition, he suggests
10:2); Akk: upna malli, e.g., ...upunta mala upnàya
that thè noun
“my fists are full of (groats?) made of upuntu-
“grasshopper,” attested six
times in thè Bible (iKgs 8:37 = 2Chr 6:28; Isa
flour” (C'AD M I77a c).
3.V4; Joel 1:4; 2:25; Ps 78:46), should be equated
The Akk. idiom upna pcttì “to open thè fist” (as
to thè hapax verb bpn and should be rendered as
a gesture of prayer supplication) (AIIw i424a),
“devourer,” “consumer” (lit. “one who puts an
e.g., iptete Assurbanipal upnisu ittanahhar ana Nabli
end to”), as depicted in a LH play on words
bclisu “Assurbanipal made supplication, fleeing to
na ^pin sìh?; ‘rpn io# ìnjp] “why is'it (i.e., thè locust) called b^Pil? because it consumes
his lord Nabli” (Asb. 358 r. 1-2) is thè semantic equivalent
of
thè
Heb.
expression
B'23 EH3
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
Biblical Hebrew
for
“spread thc palili” (e.g., Exod 9:29/1 Kgs 8:54;
DENOTATIVI':
1. (I)eii2) (BH hapax),
Ezek 9:5).
IH
“TÒrr; fi"!
_,"!333
nsp-ò ©sii “i )edan was your dealer in woolen
Gruber, 1980:23; 52 54.
clothes for riding” (Ezek 27:20). The woolen quality of Heb. ©3Í1 may be better
^311 = Akk. hapàpu v. N13*; Aram. lw. (C'AI) H
defined
destroy, exterminate (secondary mng.). Akk. hardmu is equated 111 thè lex. list to parasti, e.g.,
I was in my early days...” In Akk. harpu (adj.) is conimonley employed said of agricultural events such as se’ti/esedu/ hiritu / samù / umiì “early barley/harvest/furrows/ rain/inundation” and thè like (CAD H i05a-b).
hardmu sa parasti, “hardmu (witli thè iniplication)
Akk. harpu (pi. tantum) connotes “(early harvest
of separating” (C'AD H 90a). It seems that this
as well as summer” e.g., dispàti salti samum u uìtu
very basic meaning of “to set apart, set aside” is
la ipparakù kùsu harpu “thè vegetation of spring,
meant 111 Lev 27:28: tt^X DIO: “1^ tnn bz ^X
folder and pasture, do not fail winter (or) summer”
ib n;;x 'nb “ every proscribed thing that one
(CAD H io6b (2)). This Akk. phraseology may
set apart to thè Lord from everything that belongs
be compared to thè Heb. verse: ...Ip) TlSj?] STIT
to him.” The C'AD (H determine >
(EA 226:10—14; Ic't. Siptu-risa).
decide,” e.g., tDStpp fin “cut > decide a verdict”
Note thè usage of thè verb Enn associated
(iKgs 20:40); Tir □■'Smn “his days are cut >
with a woman in thè famous proverb of Aniarna:
determined” ([ob 14:5); n^nn? nQll^p “ decisive
eqliya assata sa la muta masil assurti bali eresim “my
war” (Dan 9:26) etc. Akk. “cut > determme>
field, for lack of plowing, is like a woman without
clear,” e.g., dibbi...hursamma supra “send me a clear
a
report on thè matter” (C'AD H 943 4b); ùmussu
90:42—43, all lets. Byblos), finds its siniilarity to
l’N
bàrù (emù sa ekalli ihirissu ana PN isappar “thè
diviner P N will send a clear report 011 thè palace daily to P N ” (CAD H 94b).
husband”
(EA
74:17-19;
75:15-17;
81:37-38;
thè usage of EHn associated with a woman 111 judg
14:18:
tib
tV?*?
arnspin
on 1 ?
npxi
TITn QnXljp “and he (Samson) said to them (thè Philistines), ifyou had not plowed my heifer (i.e.,
Cf. Il fmn.
my woman), you had not found out my riddle” EHn s. Akk. ersu A adj. OAkk., OB, SB (CAD 1". 313b; AHw 24^x1). Akk. wise; Heb. craftsman.
(Marcus, JANES 5 [1973] 281-86). As noted by Landsberger thè nionths of October and November are known in Akk. as
Whereas thè Heb. substantive EHI! comes to
id/ti erdsim “month(s) of plowing” and should be
mean
compared to thè Heb. term ©'IP! “plowing time”
solely
“craftsman,
artificer”
(e.g,
Deut
27:15; 1 Sani 13:19; Isa 4:7), thè Akk. adj. ersu
(e.g., Cleti 45:6; Exod 34:21; iSam 8:12).
(which is equated by thè CAD to Heb. hàràs,
(Il Landsberger, JNES 8 (1949) 294.
Ug. hrs craftsman) has thè more generai sense wise, intelligent.” I lowever, Akk. ersu, which is equated in thè lexical synonym lists to emqu ( = Heb: DOn EHPT, Isa 40:20) “wise”; mudù (= Heb: Snv) “expert”; hassu (= Heb: 3E?m (2?in)
n2?n = Akk. hasù E v. Mari*; WSem. word (C’AD H i46a; AI lw 33sb s.v. hasù VII). Akk. to disregard? (CAD); to be silent (AHw); to pass over in silence (CDA); Heb. to be silent.
Lxod 35:35,3^) “thinker,” i.e., “intelligent,” is employed at least once in relation to thè arts: ersu mudù minima sumsu “(may) thè wise man, who knows every craft (prize you...as highly as gold)” (CAD E 3 1 4 b).
denotativi
I.(l)en2)
:
Qpw/nm e . g . ,
“for thè sake of Zion I will not be silent//for thè sake ofjerusalem I will not be stili” (Isa 62:1); Akk: beli rihsam sa
= Akk. eresu B v. OAkk. 011 (C'AD li 28511; AHw 23Sb). Akk. to seed; Heb. to plow.
sarràni sa mare Yamina la iliasse u beli ina tayàrtisu ina harràn itti pagarsi! lissur “as to thè gathering of thè kings of thè southern tribes, my lord shall not
pi
1R A s 1:01 .< ) ( ; Y
1. (Phr2) (plow/seed a field) nnÉ? Ehi! (Jer 26:18; Mie 3:12); Akk. eqla eresu “to seed a field”
be quiet and my lord should take care of himself 011 bis way liome” (ARMT 26/1 p. 85). Here, thè Akk. compound (with thè negative part.) la ihasse
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
is thc semantic equivalent of thè BH
for
Biblical Hf.brf.w
upper cheeks are clmcsu, his lower cheeks flash
tÒ “I
constantly like lightning” (CAD E I07b a). As
shall not be quiet, silent.” (C'f. also Isa 65:6).
noted by thè CAD (ibid. io8a) clmcsu = Heb
Although thè C'AD (H i46a s.v. hasù lì) does not
barn “ must be taken as referring to a quasi-
equate thè Mari lexeme to BH n©n “be quiet,
mythical precious stone of great brilliancy and
stili,” it nevertheless renders hasù “to disregard?”
with a color that one tried to imitate with dyes.”
(cf. also C'AD R 337a s.v. rihsu B), noting that thè
I H Landsberger, liawngarmcr Irst., 190 97; Greenberg, AB 22 43.
“translation based 011 context and thè assuniption of WSem. loan,” and further notes “but see also hásii B ‘to worry’.”
(nnn ,nnn rrnn) nn — Akk. Ijattu A s. OB 011 (CAD H 1 5oa; AHw 336a). panie, fear.
bm = Akk. basalti v. MB on (CAD I I 137a; AHw 333a). to sbatter.
sequenc.inc
;
1. (Seq2) (fear//panie) n'IT 0311111 D^llDÌ
DliNO I AT I V F,
fHXn n*D ^3 bs “your fear and panie shall be
i. (Den2) (BH hapax), DÒttfran bz Tj? 33H
upon all thè beast of thè earth” (Gen 9:2); Akk:
v_T) T-F nnxi ^pina “ (how they fell you on thè road) when you were faint and weary and cut
hattu//pirittu; hattu//pululjtu; hattu//giiittu “panie -
down all those who were shattered in your rear”
scriya scr'àni\ya basa] “panie (and) fright that are in
(Deut 25:1 8).
my body, my flesh, my sinews” (CAD H 1 5 1 a d);
Akk. basalti “to crush, shatter” is employed mainly
hattum u puluhtum disumi ittabik “panie and fear
in cases such as to crush malt or grains in making
poured over them” (*CAD H 1 $ob c); battìi gilittu
fear, fright, terror,” e.g., hattu pirittu sa ina zumriya
groats, herbs for medicai use, earth, minerals.
\ana mà\fi nadàt “panie and terror are upon my
However, in a few cases thè verb pertains to thè
country” (C’AD H 1 $ob b).
crushing of human bones (CAD H 137b d) and
fi iraseolocy
Istar is portrayed as: \h\asil\at...\ la kansi “who
2. (Phn) (thè fear of god)
crushes...the unsubmissive” (CAD LI 137b).
tTn' 1 ^
fear of God,” e.g., □nSO bv
nnn “thè
nnnTT^l“thè
fear of Cìod fell upon thè cities” (Cìen 35:5); Akk:
C.f. BA v.
hattu sa ili, e.g., hattu sa ili u sani ina qaqqadisu lissakiu “may thè terror (emanating) from god and king be
= Akk. clmcsu OB on (C’AD E 1073; AHw
upon him” (CAD H 1 sob a); batti ili//napsur ili ana
20sa). (a precious stone).
amdi “divine terror (variant: mercy) for thè man” denotativi
i.(Den2)
(only
in
Ezekiel):
SlDttfn
(CAD H 1sob b).
;
pSJ3
3. (Phr2) (to cause panie) nTin |n3, e.g., “SS
“ somethmg
D’»n f"lX3 n'nn 13n3 “they who struck panie in
that looks like hasmal, having somethmg with thè
thè land of thè living” (Ezek 32:23; cf. also Ezek
appearance of fire” (Ezek 1 ^,27); p573 nnt nsn?:?
26:17); Akk: hattu sakànu, e.g., hattum sa DN ina
ran
-[ino
‘r?:rnn p??/rx nxnas
n^ptpnn “ somethmg with a brilliant appearance,
muhhisu lissakin “may panie (emanating) from DN
like hasmal” (Ezek 8:2).
be upon him” (*CAD H 1 sob a).
Not
unlike
Heb.
bïi^n,
Akk.
shows
clearly
Xnn* = Akk. hatù A v. OB on (CAD H 15 1 b; Al Iw
that clmcsu refers to a precious stone with thè
3 36b, s.v. hatu II). to smite.
characteristic sparkle and brilliancy of fire, e.g., nùr sanie kima isàti “light of heaven that (shines)
denotative
like fire” (( ’AI ) E io8a). In Akkadian texts clmcsu
1. (Dc'112) (BH hapax) Hab 3:6-7: nibp ni3i?
nisn? *nr n? ■’inn msrn apa nx- f-x ps nnn ò obi» nisòn □‘pis; “when He stands,
often appears in mythical contexts, e.g., clmcsu usuk\kas\u kima birki ittanabrik ìitàsu “his (Nergal’s) 122
An Akkadian Lf.xical Coimeanion
for
Biiìlical Hebrew
He makes thè earth shake, when he glances, I le
• li N( H \ 11 \ 1
makes nations tremble, thè age-old mountains are
1 . (i )en2) nnsnrp nnnp |nn “let
shattered, thè primevai hills sink low, thè eternai
thè bridegroom come out of his chamber, thè
paths lw tljt'ami.”
bride from her canopied couch” (Joel 2:16); Akk:
In thè light of thè verbal parallelism //“in3//“Iip nnttV/f^S
“shake//tremble//shatter//sink
low,”
Albright was first to suggest reading thè MT nnn Ò
alkania (ìtlgànws lu ha ir (var.
Gilgames,
you
be
thè
fiatarli) atta “come,
bridegroom”
(George,
(ìilgamesh, 618:7).
jlK as (hithot òlàtti) lù-tohtdia “(thè eternai paths)
The
Akkadian
term,
presumably
in
different
are crushed,” equating thè verb Xnn to Akk. hatù
periods and/or locations, can refer to different
“to crush,” e.g., lutate uhattu//mata usap\pafi\ “(his
male relatives: nudumiù ana màrtisu inauditi arte u
word) snutes houses//ovcrthrows thè country”
fiatanti ahanics ul imiti “he will give thè dowry to his daughter, fither-in-law and son-in-law shall not
(C'AD H I 5 i b lex. section).
( I l i Albright, BASOR 87 (1941) 43 49; Cinsberg, JBI. 62 (1943) 1 15; Cohen, 120:35.
sue each other” (C’AD H i48a a); 7 ahfiisu diku 7(?) fiatatisi1 sunullfi “whose seven brothers have been slain, whose seven brothers-in-law have been laid out” (CAD H 148b b).
n^nn = Akk. fiatluuu s. OA* (CAD H 1 soa; AI lw 336a). a garment; I leb. swaddling-cloth.
nann = Akk. hatnutu s. Teli Taanak* (C’,AD H 1 soa; I he hapax substantive nS'nn occurs in Job 38:9 in parallelism with trà 1 ? “clothing”:
AI lw 336a). marriage (lit. beconiing a son-in-law).
'P1É73
in^nn i r?^r/7"w~ i 7 “when I made thè cloud its clothing//dark mist its swaddling-gamient.” Similarly, it seems to be thè case in Akk., where th e once-attested hallunu occurs in sequence with nahlaptu “wrap, outer garment” (in an inventory of household and toiletry articles): 1 nahfaptuni u hatlunu 3 siqqàtum rabiàtutu “one outer garment and swaddling-cloth, three big nails” (*CAD H 1 50a). Note thè twice-attested denominative verb
The
substantive
HanD, which seems to be
employed twice in SoS and in thè fifteenth-century inscription from Tel Taanak, is derived from thè commonly used noun |nn = Akk. fiatanti “son-inlaw > bridegroom” (cf. jnn). In SoS thè lexeme is used in reference to King Solonion’s wedding: ‘zh
nnptp DV3Ì in:nn ara iax -V r-srr rncsn
“at thè crown his mother gave him 011 his wedding day, 011 thè day of thè heart’s delight” (SoS 3:1 1). In Ta anak thè 1101111 is used in thè expression
n'pnn *6 ^nnni pròpri xV ròpn] “ and not at all
hatnùtam epcsu, lit. “to make a wedding,” i.e., “to
were you rubbed with salt, and not at all were you
marry”: firubant l’N ana (IN u lu iwas(s)ira awiliya ana
swaddled” (said ofjerusalem, using thè metaphor of
rnahriha u lu ipusu hatnùtam “let l’N come to me at
an mfant) (Ezek 16:4). The verb is absent fr. Akk.
(IN, or I will send my man to you, for truly I want to marry” (C’AD fi 1 soa).
pn = Akk. fiatatiti s. OB 011 (C’AD H 148,1;
IH Albright, BASOR 94 (1944) 23:73.
AHw 335b). Akk. male relative by marriage; Heb.
‘3 invu
interchange=Aram:“lQED), is said also of humans
wnn n;n...r-3x npxn ^ iti nn/h ni?©n
(e.g., Exod 2:12; Isa 2:10; Job 3:16; 40:13), in
so he made himself deranged (i.e.,
Akk. this usage seems absent.
changed his mood) when in sight of them and feigned madness while in their custody, he spat
^píD = Akk. tanàpu v. SB, NA, NB (C’AI) T 4ób;
upon thè doors of thè gate and he let thè saliva
AHw i37yb). to be dirty (intrans., G-stem); to
run down his beard, then Achish said... ‘you can
make dirty (trans., Pi'el, l)-stem).
see that he is a niadinan’” ( 1 Sani 21:14—15; cf. also Ps 34:1; cf. Viti v.); Akk: tema sunnù, e.g., denotativi
1. (i)en2) (Bi i hapax) rpp'K
;
mahhùtis iteme usarmi tema “she was beside herself,
Tiiann
she turned into a maniac” (En. el. IV 88); Istar sa
□B3tDX “I bathed my feet, how shall I soil them?”
quràdisunu usesni téma “Istar confused thè judgment
(SoS 5:3); Akk. (l)-stem), e.g., niubahhis sùqàmi
of their warriors” (C'AD S 4o8b and passim).
\mut\tannipu lutati “(thè pig) making thè streets smeli,
polluting
thè
houses”
(BWL
SEQUENCINC
215:14,
2. (Seq2) (sense/planning//counscl) 0 V® 31CD
Sayings).
-:n?^ nsni “ teach me good sense and counsel”
Similar to thè Heb. antonyms - flTl “wash -
(Ps 1 iy:66); Akk: (emù u milku , e.g., ahiz téme u
soil,” Akk. employs thè antonyms tanàpu - zakù
milki lamid situiti “expert in planning and counsel,
“to soil - to cleanse,” e.g., sutu itannup anàku
learned in deliberation” (*CAD M 68b b); ina
azakku “he is soiled, I am clean” (TuL yy r. 7;
ìibbikunu sa téme u milki ul ibas\si\ “there is none
AHw 13 7 yb). Cf. Heb. n3T//fnn Oob y:3o).
among you with understanding and intelligence”
(Il C'ohen, Hapax 125.
(CAD ibid. and passim). 132
ÍfStD Akk. temu\, but thè meaning ‘order’ in Aramaic
PI I k AS LO LO( i Y
(and Hebrew) occurs only during thè Imperiai
3. (Phri) (to teach/learn scnse/thc ways) □i?to, e.g., "-.ab ni?“n di?b mto “ teach me good
Aramaic period and must derive from Akkadian
sense and counsel” (Ps i 19:66); Akk: tèma lamàdu,
where such a meaning is already frequent in Old
e.g., temsunn gamram adìni ni almad “I have not
Babylonian.” On thè other hand Sasson (AB
yet found out everything from them” (CAI) f
24B 253—54) maintains that “to my knowledge
56b, Mari); ayù tem ili qerch samc ilammad rnilik sa
neither tëmum nor thè many idioms that include
anzanunze ihakkim mainiti ekàrna ilmada alakti ili
it refers to a publicly advertised ‘proclaniation’ or
apdti “who knows thè will of thè gods in heaven?
‘announcement’.” He then proposes to render
who understands thè plans of thè underworld
thè Jonah idiom
gods? where have mortals learnt thè ways of a
judgment of thè king” instead of “by thè decree
god?” (BWL 40:36-38, Ludlul); cf. Heb: iÒ DITI
of thè king” as traditionally rendered.
“they would not know My ways” (Ps 95:10; cf. also Isa 58:2).
60.
4. (Phr2) (to give counsel) DUE?
DI7C3P as “from thè will,
Ili L.mdes, F,I 16 (1982) 156*—57*; Mankowski, 58
(iï '
e.g.,
c.f. 15A asa ,d»b.
ni??®??rrs?? bzy con “ thè lazy man
□jjb
thinks himself wiser than seven advisers” (Prov
= Akk. senti v. OAkk. 011 (CAD S 1 3 1 b; AI Iw 1091 a), to load.
26:16); Akk: tema turni “to inforni, advise,” e.g., itti bcliya minummè sulnuinu tema litcrrùni “let them advise me concerning thè well-being of my lord” (Ugaritica 5
11968]
48:6-7;
49:19;
54:8,27
PI I k AS li O LOG Y
and
i. (Phr2) (BI I hapax) tpT??? ntf 13170 1É7S? nXT do as follows: load up your
passim). The Heb. idiomatic expression □i?t? is thè exact semantic equivalent of thè Akk.
beasts and go at once to thè land of Canaan” (Cìen
idiomatic compound mutir temi “an information
45:i7)-
officer” (SB, NA, NB), who serves as an agent of
Akk. senti is most frequently used in thè sense to load a boat, e.g., 1 ( ; U R erbi...ina elippim senamma
thè gods, e.g., mutir temi sa Hi rabàti “an agent of thè great gods” (CAI) M 299I1 lex. section), as
u atta alkam “load one gur oflocusts in thè boat
well as an advisor to thè royal family: mutir temi
and come yourself’ (CAD S 13 ib b and passim).
sa màr sarri “an agent of thè prince” (CAI) M
However, it can also mean “load up, heap,”
299b).
referring to food or fuel, e.g., ana passùr sakki
5. (Phr2) (to take away reason) e.g., “PO 13
essen nklàt bit enti sayahàtim “I shall heap thè fancy
rtjr □•'ipr UVW/a'imf? HSÊ? “He depnves thè
dishes for thè wedding 011 thè festival platter”
confident of speech//takes away thè reason of
(CAl)Si32ac).
thè elders” (Job 12:20); cf. Akk: tema sapdhu “to
As noted by Cohen “both thè forni (with T) and
disperse, scatter thoughts,” e.g., sapih temasuma
this more generai meaning ‘to carry, load up’
sehati epsessn “his reason was overthrown, his
show that Heb. |J7tD mustbe identified mudi more
actions panicky” (Eli. el. IV 68). The meaning of thè single usage of DI7C3 in
closely with Aramaic |S7Q than with Akkadian senti”
Jonah
IH C’ohen, Hapax 127:50.
3:7
is
indeed
debatable.
Mankowski
notes that “Zinimer, Driver, HALAT, Wagner and Kaufman believe this sense of Aramaic t'm
nSCD = Akk. tepìi v. OB 011 (C’AD T iooa; AHw
to derive from Akkadian temu, for which thè
13S8a). Akk. to append, attach (Cì-stem), assign,
meaning ‘command, decree’ is already attested in
attach (D-stem); Heb. to extend (Pi‘el).
OB.” Kaufman (AIA, 109) defends this meaning stating that “thè word t'm itself, in thè meaning
The verb !1S£3 (Pi'el) is attested twice, once in
‘taste’ or ‘reason’, is, of course, cognate [to
parallelism to 101 “establish”: pX Hip; 'T '33
A n Akkadian Lexicaf Companion
for
Bimucai. Hebrew
□'027 nnstp 'TP''] “My own hand foundcd thè
sarrabti ina qibit Istar sumsukat. aiti kabti “thè discreet
carth//My right hand sprcad out thc skies” (Isa
Street
prostitute can slanders an evil woman,
Accordingly, D'13© nSt? replaccs thè more
at Istar’s command thè noble’s wife gets a bad
common expression D'0E7 !123 “spread, extend thè
name” (BWL 218 iv 6—7, Sayings); aliti Cìilgdmes
heavens” (Isa
and passim).
sa utappilaimi ala idciùk “woe to Clilganiesh, who
This connotation ofìISCD, i.e., “extend, spread,”
vilified me, (who) killed thè Bull of Heaven”
is semantically developed to mean: “bring up,
(George,
raise > care for,” employed in parallelism with
whereas Akk. employs thè sub. tapultu, [apiltu used
H31 “rcar,” e.g.,
in thè idioms tapultu/tapiltu dabàbu/qabtì/attilli “to
48:13).
44:24;
51:13;
Ps
104:2
■'rr?"!'] ■'ntlSt? “ISN
(ìilgamcsh,
628:153).
“those whom I brought up (i.e., cared for) and
speak/utter
reared My foe has destroyed” (Lam
sub. is absent from 1311.
2:22).
In light
slander/insult”
Note
(AHw
also
138ob),
that
thè
of thè above and ili light of thè concrete and physical usage of thè Akk. cognate [epu employed
“!D?Q/Q — Akk. tupsarru s. OB on; Sum. lw. dub-
in mathematical, astronomica!, and medicai texts to mean “to extend, add,” one may doubt thè
sar, lit. tablet writer (C'AD T 1 5 1 b; AHw i395b). Akk. scribe; I leb. military or ci vii officiai.
NJPS rendering of 'FinSt? “1 bore,” which is PIIRASl'Ol.OCY
based on thè claim that “thè root has this meaning
1. (Phr2) (BH attested twice) in thè military:
in Arabie,” and thè translation of thè 131)13 (and others) “to dandle,” which equates it to thè LI I
“ino
homonym PIStD “to clap hands.”
a niarshal against her, bring up cavalry like a
addition;
AHw
Heb.
“ios£?
nps
“appoint
officiai: =-:inr '33 Dia? TIP??! ‘ T T’"! T T ? r ? nnjp rrn-IÌQ “your guards were like locusts,
(nab, nse) risa = Akk. tiPu s . ob on (cad ii2b;
dio
bristling locust” (Jer 51:27); as an administrative
C'f. natp.
T
pb'2
13 88 a ;
I3y2a).
Akk.
your officials like piles of hoppers that settle on
attachment,
thè stone fences 011 a chilly day” (Nah 3:17).
(unit of measure), attachment(?).
As noted by Mankowski “while 111 Akkadian oc Y
texts thè tupsarru is not a military officer, thè
1. (Phr2) (extension/addition to a building)
connection of scribal ability and military function
ninstsn “toppi yinpi rrap “ from thè house,
is obvious in Hebrew - in thè sense of‘niarshal’
pi
IR
asfoi
and from thè outside, and from thè foundation
(Josh 1:10; 3:2).” Machinist notes that thè Heb.
up to thè ....” (iKgs 7:y); Akk: summa ftpduti ina
spelling with 5 corresponding to Akk. s points
bit amëli ibassù “if there are additions to a nian’s
to a borrowing from Neo-Assyrian (JAOS 103
house” (C'AD T M2b b); rihit tipdni PN usallal
11983] 732 11. 79; 736). Akk. employs tupsarru in
“PN will roof over thè rest of thè annexes” (C'AI)
thè
T 1 i 3 a). •-*>'
following
ekalli
/sdbi
expressions: “thè
tupsar sarri/dayyànì/
king’s/judges’/palace/army
scribe” (AHw 139CK1). Likewise, Akk. identifies
( ì. naa v.
thè scribe by rank, i.e., tupsarru ralni/samaUu/schru “chief/apprentice/junior
bSÌD = Akk. tapalu v. OA, OB, MB, NB (CAD T
scribe”
(CAD
S
2yib;
S 1 82b 3 1 ; AHw ibid.), as well as a female scribe,
47a; AHw 1 37*)b). to slander.
i.e., tupsarratu (AHw 1 395b). Ili NA we fmd thè
Heb. bsD is attested three times, twice in thè
following descriptions: tupsarru Assurà'a/AraniiTa/
idiom “]j?27 bSQ “slander (with) lies”: “by
Musurda
“Ipt? “thè arrogant have slandered me with lies”
1 396a 6). Akk. tupsar sarri /sdbi is then thè semantic
(Ps 119:69); “0
equivalent of thè Heb. fcOiSn (“lÉO/^an “ISO
nrix 0*71*0 “ but you
“Assyrian/Aramean/Hgyptian”
(AHw
(Job’s fnends) insult with lies” (Job 13:4; cf also
“thè king’s scribe/thc army’s (coniniaiider)” (2Kgs
Job 14:17); Akk: e.g., kazratu pitquttu muttappilat
12:1 1; 25:19; Esth 3:12; 8:y/Jer 52:25). Note also ■34
A n Akkadian Lf.xic.al Companion
for
that thc Akk. expression tupsarru cmqu “skilled,
Biblical Hf.brlw
TI CD
“I“l£3 = Akk. taratili A v. OAkk. on (CAI) T sob;
expericnced scribe” (CAI) E i 5 ib lex. section;
AHw 13Sob). Akk. Akk. to send off/away (Cì-stem),
1
drive off (l)-stem); Heb. to drip, drive away.
S2a;
AEiw 1396;) As) is thè functional equivalent
of thc twice-attested idiom T’HO “)SÌO “expert scribe” (Ps
45:2;
The verb “PCD is twice attested in BI I in thè idiom “Hi£3 r ] t ? r ! “continuous dripping” (Prov 19:13; 27:15). Although Akk. taràdu is restricted in meaning to “to drive,” Cìreenfield notes that MI I “H£3 sliarcs thè meaning common to most Semitic languages, i.e., “to drive,” e.g., D“!fcÒ irV3D ■)“!“!£01 133 DSJ32; “it is comparable to a man who was angry with his son and drove him from his house” (Mekilta Besallah IV; cf. also Tos. Yeb. 14,5; turrissuma sùslsu ana bàbi “drive him away, expel him through thè gate” [C'AD T 59b|), as well as with thè BH sense “to drip,” i.e., Diro «ine? j?iT3 nato nnx nato ina n’n np©0 “if it dripped drop after drop, then it surely absorbs liquids” (Tos. Kelim BQ 7,3); n^'TO'Q “inx nata ~i“ii£3 ttoíti ninno p'a mn nDCD ‘ ,l at first it dripped slowly but now it drips drop after drop” (Tos. Makhsïrïn 1,6).
Ezra 7:6).
il il Mankowski, 60 61.
Z73C0 = Akk. lapàsu v. SB (C’AI) T 49a; AHw i32ob). to become plump. MENO TATIVE
i.
(Deio) (BH hapax) 02*7 3^113 “their
minds (lit. hearts) are plump like fat” (Ps 1 19:70); Akk: bubùta rabtìku akala tapsàku “I have grown large on provender, I have grown plump with food” (CAI) T 49a). While thè Heb. lexeme is once employed, in Akk. it appears as follows: tapsu “plump, fàt” (adj, C’AI) T 49b, s.v. tapsu B); tuppusu “thick, plump” (adj. CAD T 1 sob); tupsu/tupustu “abundance/
111 Cìreenfield, I lUC'A 29 (1958) 210—11.
thickness” (subs.,CAl) T 1 i>3b, 164a).
ijf
13 5
' cf. BA ina.
—
Akk. biltu s. fr. OA, OB 011 (CAD 13 229,1;
“to pass thè time,” e.g., ina sùqi lu tu agir qabu’a ina uhi u risati lùbil lime “may my words be for good
AHw i26a). Akk. yicld, load, talcnt; Heb. yield.
in thè streets, let me pass my time in happiness I>l Ili. ASEOI oc; Y
[. Akk:
(Phn)
(vinc’s
yidd)
D^S?
(Hab
and
3:17);
110 gapnu sa karani isi biltu “110 vincs
(Ebeling,
Ihmderhebung,
50:20—121);
ubbalu ùmsun “corvée workers pass their time
yidding grapes” (CAI) G 4Sa). 2.
joy”
zabil kudurri ina deli uhi hud libbi nuinmur pani in song happiness, joy and good spirit” (Borger,
(Phr2) (yidd ofland/sca) ròim njTU pK
Esarh 62:38—40). Accordingly, thè Heb. MT iSO! 1
“so that thc earth shall yidd its produce” (Ps 67:7;
should be vocalized as
85:13; Lev 26:20; Deut 1 1:17); Akk: e.g., \kala?\
□'P’ equated to thè Akk: unii wabàlu lit. “to
liqit sadì u ruoti nasùnikka biltu “they shall bring
carry days,” i.e., “to pass thè time.”
and thè expression
you tribute, |all thè] produce of mountain and land” (George, Gilgamesh, 618:17); sadé hisibsunu
Whereas Heb. employs only thè I liph il and
tàmia tusassà bilassu “you shall make mountains
Hoph al, in Akk. thè G-stem is very commonly
deliver their yidd, sea its produce” (Erra V 33).
attested. Note also thè employment of thè nomen agentus
Cf. ba' v.
LÚ.MES
ubilù “porters” in EA 287:56: 8
ululimi harrànàti sarr\i bcliya] “8 porters for thè caravans of thè king |my lord]” (Sivan 1984:256, = Akk. (w)abàlu A v. fr. OAkk. 011 (C'AD A^ ioa; AHw i45oa). to bring.
s.v. obilu). (H Held, El 16 (1982) 77 83.
l’IIRASEOLOGY
1.
(Phr2) (bring tributo) nmp/'E; “b ring
nfpD'* = Akk. yabàmu s. OB, WSem. word (AHw
tributo,” e.g., 'V oròp ib'ir ^*7 “ kings bring You
1 56511). Akk. brother-in-law; Heb. sister-in-law.
tribute” (Ps 68:30; 76:12; Zepli 3:10); Akk: bilta/ DENOTATIVI!
niatidatta (iv)abàlu, e.g., biltasu sa sarri bcliya ubbal
i. (i)en2 ) nai7 b$ rntó nan "ìakrn
“and he will bring thè king, my lord, his tribute” (CAD A j 12a 5; EA 160:44); biltu maddattu kaspu
~rr:r'
■’rw ---Vx Sxi “so she (Naomi)
huràsu sìsc lubulti birme alpe serie karànu ana muhhiya
said, ‘See, your sister-in-law has returned to her
ubluni “they brought before me as tax and tribute,
people and her gods, go follow your sister-in-
gold, silver, horses, multicolored garments, cattle,
law’” (Ruth 1:15); Akk: e.g., ana mulini wasàbam
small cattle (and) wine” (CAD i4a).
ul hasliat qadum màrisa ana bit yabamasima lilik (that woman here) “does not want to live with
Held suggests that thè idiom □iTO;’ 3ÌtSn ibi'
her husband, so let her go with her sons to her
(Job 21:13), whicli is traditionally rendered as
brother-in-law’s house” (OBTR 1 16, 143:7-1 1).
“they spend their days in happiness” and whicli ancient and modern biblical scholarship alike
It is interesting to note that, in thc above-quoted
opt for thè Qre
013 text, while thè woman’s husband is stili alive,
Ket.
“to finish” instead of thè
‘to spend,” should be equated to thè
her brother-in-law is referred to by thè WSem.
commonly employed Akk. expression unii tvabàlu
word yabamu. '37
An Akkadian Lexicai. Companion
eor
Biblical Hebrf.w
]ÌIP — Akk. yagàtu s. Mari*; WSem. lw. (CAD I/J
wise” (2Chr 2:11,12); “P?" Dil-TS nìtivb SnV “an
321 a), worrics.
expert in working gold and silver” (2C.hr 2:13); D'nms nns 1 ? 57“P “all expert in engraving” (2Chr DENOTATIVE
2:6); DTI ^IV/Cni^N 'EtiX) “(boatmen)//sailors”
1. (Dem) nmxi jir 1051 irfcr nnpói péra;
(iKgs 9:27; 2C.hr 8:18); , ri3
“professional
“they (thè ransomed) shall attain joy and gladness,
mourners” (Amos 5:16); DTIS?!! '’JJT “experts (in
while worries and grief flee” (Isa 35:10; 51:1 1 ; Lsth
telling) times” (i.e., “procedure”) (Esth 1:1 3); 'UT
9:22); Akk: e.g., yagàtum màda inatma ina harrànim
1‘HI nT “legai experts” (Esth 1:13) — Akk: (ersu/f)
annitim uznam askunma yagàtum u minima ul //>liorn” is attested also in Akk: s/sappàru “a type of ram> a tip of an animal’s liorn” (cf. “)SÌ©).
“have you (Job) ever designated thè daybreak, assigned thè dawn its place?” (Job 38:12 |hapax|);
ixinp
csw D-Hsrira1? ni; nfri? “He (thè
Lord) created thè 1110011 to mark thè scasons, He designated thè setting of thè sun” (Ps 104:19);
^31' = Akk. yàbilutu(m) s. Mari* (ARM XIV, 14:5, 10, 26). water conduit. While Heb. *^3' is twice employed (e.g., /D'3^2
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
□ S Í0
hor
Biblical Hebrew
MLRISMUS
“brooks/water courses” Isa 30:25; cf.
also Isa 44:4), its phonetic variant employed in Jer 17:8:
i 7Sr)/D , ’D
4. (Mer) (day and night)
is once
bs
Dipi' “day and
night” (e.g., Lev 8:35; Num 9:21; Josh 1:8); Akk:
fW? ITHI
“he (who trusts thè Lord) shall be
umu u tnùsu “day and night,” i.e., “always” (CAD
like a tree planted by waters/sending forth its roots
M 294 C2 1 , s.v. tnùsu). Note also thè Akk. idiom
by streams.” Artzi (Klein Fest. xxix-xxxi) was thè
urru u tnùsu “day and night” (C'AD ibid.).
■pEn®
first to equate Heb. with thè WSem. Icrminus
Note thè substantive inirnu (v. emettili “to be
ti’chnicus, employed only in Mari i.e., yàbiltum. LIe
hot”) “day, daytime” employed in OB and SB,
maintains that yabiltum denotes a type of irrigation
especially in thè phrases imma u musa “day and
canal defined by petti “to open.” and is qualified
night” and musa u imma “night and day” (CAD
as sipir atappim “work 011 small irrigation canals.”
I/J 1 3 5 a ) -
Accordingly, Artzi “understands yàbal as a naturai water stream, while thè second one, yùbal, seems to denote ‘an artificial stream, a channel’.”
PI IR ASHOi.OC Y
5. (Pliri) (all day [in “all day and all night”!) □vn b3 , e.g.,
Cf. ‘rz- v.
tonn ai 9 n b3 D»n
“thè people set up all that day and night” (Num 1 1:32; cf. also Exod 10:1 3; Deut 33:12 and passim);
□1"' = Akk. unni s. fr. OAkk. 011 (AHw 141 8b). day,
Akk: e.g., lu ina kai ùtili lu ina kai musi “either
daytime.
during thè day or at night” (CAD M 294!! c); ina kai ùnti ireddànni ina kai musi uptalliljanni “during idiomatic usaci
;
1. (11I2) (full month) □‘'P; EHfl “full month” (indicating a specific time period), e.g., 3EP] n 1 ??: »nn ÍÏÏS? “and he (Jacob) stayed with him
thè day he persecutes me, during thè night he frightens me” (CAD ibid. and passim). Note also that Akk. kai ùnti connotes “thè whole day.” 6. (Pliri) (days of thè year) Ì1327 'P' 1 “days of
(Laban) one full month” (Cìen 29:14; cf. also Num
thè year,” e.g., triTT “ISPP5 rTO
, 'P ,3
niT b$
11:20,21); Akk: arali limi (umàte) “full month,”
frO' “may it (thè night) not be counted aniong thè
e.g., 1 arali innate tupassahsu ina 1 arali umàte
days of thè year, may it not appear 111 any of its
tanassia “you keep (thè infusion) undisturbed for a
montlis” (Job 3:5); Akk: ùnti sa salti “days of thè
full month, after a month you take it out” (CAD
year” (Eli. el. V 5).
A 2Ó2a b, s.v. arliu); adi 1 arali unii “within a full month” (CAD ibid.); Heb:
EH!! “IJJ (Num
7. (Phri) (day after day) □i'VD'r-D'r (e.g., Cìen 39:10; Exod 16:5; Isa s8:2/Ezra 3:4); Akk: uniti umu “day after day” (AHw 1 4 [ i h ) .
1 1:2o). 2. (IcÌ2) (110011 [lit. half of thè day]) IViSlip □rn “ noon,” e.g., □i 5 n rrsnp is? “iixn ]p “ from
8. (Pliri) (favorable/good day) 3ÌCD QT; Akk. umu tàbu. See I leb. 3ÌtD.
early morning till 110011” (Neh 8:3); Akk: misi!
9. (Phri+2) (until today/this day) /□Ì , n “li?
unii lit. “half of thè day,” i.e., “midday” (CAD
n-rn ni’n ( c ì e n 19:37,38; 35:20/0011 26:33; 3-2:23
M i29a 2, s.v. mislu).
and passim); Akk: adì unti/adì unii anni “until
3. (Id2) (twilight |lit.: thè turn of thè day|) □vn njs, e.g., 'bb'x itor
,, 3//Di , n
njs o nb 'ix
3"l.i7 “al as for us for thè day declines//and thè
today/this day” (AHw 1419a 3li; CAD A_ 1 3i>b, s.v. amiti). 10.
(Phr2) (from today) □Ì , n (e.g., Deut
shadows lengthen” (Jer 6:4); Akk: saljàr ùnte lit.
9:7; 2Sam 7:11; i9:25)/ìlTn □Ì , n |D “from this
“turning of thè day,” i.e., “evening” (OB, Bogh.,
day” (e.g., Hag 2:15,18); istu unii/istu ùmi anni
NA), e.g., |ina kus\si ussab saljàr mne isahljur errali “he will sit down 011 thè throne and then will re-
“from today/from this day” (AHw i4Hja 3g). 1 1. (Phr2) (this is thè day) DVn Ì1T, e.g., HT '3
enter (thè tempie) in thè evening” (C’AD S 36a).
^T2 X‘ip ,, p nx 'H |n] "l^ Di’n “this is thè day
In thè syn. list, saljàr urne is equated to tamhù, lìlàtu
011 which thè Lord will deliver Sisera into your
“evening” (CAD ibid.).
hands” (Judg 4:14; cf. also Ps 1 18:24; Lam 2:16);
An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion
Akk: cintiá ninn this is thc day, e.g., tinnii umu sa
for
Biblical Hebrew
desist” (Job 10:20; cf. also Cìen 47:9; Ps 109:8);
dam niseka umakkaru name qerbeti “this is thc day
«n
on which thc blood of your people will drench thè open country and thè fields” (CIAD A i4_ob
been thè years of my life” (Cìen 47:9); Akk: timi isùti, umu ruin isutu taqtit pali “short life for thè
p, s.v. atittù).
ruler, end of thè dynasty” (CIAD I/J 22oa 1'); few
12. (Phr2) (that day - those days) - DHil □'’PJS
days (i.e., short life); adi ùnti isùti sa balta liqtitna
Xìnn Di’3 (Cìen i 5: i 8; 26:32 and passim; Cìen 6:4;
“may he come to an end after a life of but few
Exod 2:1 i and passim) = Akk: ina ùmitn amitnrna
days” (BBst. 110 5 iii 40).
“that day”; uniate animate “those days” (CIAI) A
17.
76a a; ibid. 76b d). As noted by Weinfeld □'’QJ?
njp^pi
□iin refers to both thè past (Cìen 6:4; Exod
(Phr2) (dark days) Tjtón ,, pyDÌ\e.g., "S i?T -is
ìnn^y
dì 1
iT3
p;
“he
knows
that thè day of darkness has been readied for him,
2:11,23 etc.) and thc future (Deut 17:9; 19:17;
troubles and anxiety ternfy him” (Job 15:23—24);
26:3). However, DO il O’P’3 refers less frequently
nbst?]
to thè future than to thè past (Weinfeld, ZAW 88
nns ni' “(Hark, thè day
of thè Lord) a day of trouble and distress...a day
119761 18:2).
of darkness and deep gloom” (Zeph 1:15; cf. Joel
13. (Phr2) (day of disaster) Ïn ‘’PVSTl DÌ", e.g.,
rn D-ÌHl tDl?p “few and hard have
opn rg??
sn
av1?
2:2); Akk: umu eklu/etù “dark day,” e.g., un min
ònapn “who
lenttium eklum “a dangerous and dark day” (AHw
thrust off thè day of disaster, but bring near thè seat of violencc” (Amos 6:3); in ’P'3 XTN npb
141 ya 3a; CIAD E 7oa, s.v. eklu in fi munì eklum
“in time of disaster why should I fear” (Ps 49:6);
“dark day,” lex. \ht)/summa aqrabti ina unii eti “if,
Akk: uniti lemmi, e.g., atta unii lenttti la tamannunni
on a dark day, a scorpion” (CIAD E 4i2a, s.v.
ana unii niehé la tutarnmni “(my god) do not hand
etti); mamit ina ùnti e te sa'din 11 nakàrti “thè curse
me over to a day of disaster, do not turn me over
incurred by asking and denying 011 a dark day”
to a day of storni” (JNES 33 11974] 278:96-97).
(CIAD ibid., mng. obscure).
14.
(Phr2) (day of joy) Pini?© □V (Num
1 8. (Phr2) (day of divine anger) 'H DÌ 1 ’ “thè
10:10; cf. also SoS 3:1 1); Akk: umu risati “days of
day of thè anger of thè Lord” (Zeph 2:2,3); Akk:
joy,” e.g., umu risati arali insilati sanàt Ilegalii atta
(for similar phraseology), e.g., umu palili Hi (tub
sirikti lisrukunu “may they (thè gods) grant me
libbiya) “thè day for reverencing thè gods (was a
(Nabunaid) days of exultation, month(s) of joy,
joy to my heart)” (BWL 38:25, Ludlul).
and years of abundance” (CIAD R 381 a c)/ùm
19. (Phr2) (day of tempest) PISIO DV, e.g.,
hidùti “day of rejoicing,” e.g., ù tu Ijidùtu sa lbtlil...
naie dì'2
bissu lumalli hidùtam liskun “(thè cighth day) is a
battlc cries 011 thè day of combat, in a whirlwind
day of rejoicing, (day) of Enlil,...let him fili his
011 thè day of tempest” (Amos 1:14); Akk. Fimi
house (with food and drink and) make merry” (CIAD H 183I1 d).
mehc “stormy day,” e.g., sa kima ùnti niehc lantù ugassu u kt indiiiti seri zctqsti tabu “(Marduk) whose
15. (Phr2) (days of |one’s| life) □ ,, n , p\ e.g., 'B1! b3
fury surrounds him like thè blast of a tornado, yet
-122) “and dirt you shall eat all
whose breeze is as pleasant as a morning zephyr”
thè days of your life” (Cìen 3:14; cf. also Cìen 3:17;
(BWL 343:5-6, Ludlul).
1 )eut 4:9 and passim); Akk: umu baiati “days oflife,”
20. (PI11-2) (great/awesonie day) bl“I3 DV (Jer
e.g., mtisdriku uni balàtiya “(Ea) who lengthens thè
30:7; Joel 2:1 and passim); cf. ini!) TI ÙT ‘rHJ
days of my life” (CIH Epilogue); I:ulil...tntisarbù
Tkp “for great is thè day of thè Lord and most
sarrùtisu u Nabli sukkalam siri tnusdrikn uni baiatisi1 “Enlil...who
makes
his
(Nebuchadnczzar
“I17D3 nprfpp ora nsjnns “ amid
awesome” (Joel
Il’s)
2:1
■); Akk: umu rabù “great day,”
kingship great, and Nabli thè sublime vizier who
e.g., umu rabù ezzu “great, awe-inspiring day”
makes his lifespan long” (*CAD ibid.).
(CAI) Il 2 7 b).
16. (Phr2) (few days) Qi?0 - CT0J?P CTP;, e.g., bim ’o; toi?p *òn “my days are few, so
pii* 1 — Akk. teniqu s. OB, SB (AHw i 347a). infant. 141
An Akkahian Lexical Companion
por
SLQULNCINC;
i.
“TIT — Akk. (w)cdu s. fr. OA, OB 011 (CAD E 36a;
(Setp) p3V (//bbiv) “(babies//) sucklings”
AHw i49sa). solitary.
(iSam 15:3; 22:19; Jer barn 2:11); Akk: (syn. list): tcniqu “infant,” darku “child”; 44: 7ì
Ps
Biblical Hhbrlw
^ : 3ì
1*1
IR ASliOI.OC.Y
i(Phr2). (only child) ^TIT
màmlt darkàti u Ictnqi “thè curse of descendants
^ “ your
and sucklings” (CAI) 1) lisa, s.v. darku)', llpu
son, your only one” (Cìen 22:2,12,16); Akk. (in
“offspring” (AHw 347a 3). The forni tculqu is
personal
parallel to thè LH noun pi^ri “infant” (Ben-
C'hild-Become-Well”;
Yelnida, Dictionary, XVI 7737b).
Only-C'hild”;
Cf. pr
v.;
Safe”;
rp'ia.
“May-the-Only-
Wcdum-ctir
lìdu-sallim
lìdu-lisir
2. Akk.
Wcdum-ìiblut
“Save-the-
“Keep-the-Only-Child-
“May-the-Only-C'hild-Prosper”
(C’AD E 37 2').
“I25Ì*1 = Akk. csiru 2S3a).
names):
carver
s.
of
Bogh. (C’AI) E reliefs;
3 . soa;
LIeb. potter,
ALIw
carver
(Phr2) (solitary, single person), e.g., “PIT
'3X “for I ani alone and afflicted” (Ps 25:16);
of
Akk: edu anàku mammànu a yà nu “I ani alone, I
reliefs.
have nobody (1 cali cali) my own” (C’AD E 37a). \o 1 \ i 1 \ 1
While Speiser and NJPS render TIT (in Cìen
“ thè carvers
22:2,12,16) as “your favored one,” construed as
ih
[. (I)CI12) inn
D 1 ??
b??
of idols all work to 110 purpose” (Isa 44:9); Akk.
a term of vaine, we suggest that “PrT “thè only
\salmàni\
child” refers in a legai sense to thè only designated
[,..|
eppusma
salmàni
ina
luti
igammaru
kimti
asakkan
asapparassuma
u
alma
“I
csira
wish
heir.
to
make some statues, and put them in my liome, so would my brother please send me a relief carver—
:: ycuu s. 'Lei Apliek (l'el-Aviv 3 [ 19761 137:2).
|as soon as| he will finish thè statues I will send
wine.
him back” (CAD E 3 sob). Akk. yàsiruma “potter” is a WSem. word employed only in RS* = Ug:
Ili a trilingual lexical cuneiform fragment from Lei
ysrm (C’AD I/J 326b).
Aphek, thè Akk. standard word karànu “wine” is equated to thè WSem. ycuu (cf. ibid.). As noted
Note also that unlike Akk. thè BH sub., “ISi 1 '
by Rainey (ibid., 139): “The reduction of thè
commonly refers to thè Lord as “The Creator.”
dipthong” (i.e.,
Cf. ns’ v.
either
since
> ycuu) “comes as no surprise they
were
reduced
in
Ugaritic,
Phoenician, and thè Hebrew dialect of Samaria, 1ÌT :: yahudunni adv. EA*; WSem. word (CAD I/J
cf. yn 111 thè Samaria ostraca.”
321 a). together with.
In SB Akk. syn. list Izi thè WSem. phonetic hiu is equated to Sum. mu-tin “wine” (AHw
denotativi ;
i.(I)en2) ubbalu
LÚ.MES
EA:
anakuma
massa.MES istu
|gloss: CìN
“but
38311). The C’AD (I/j 152b s.v inuc) however,
yahudunni]
I
disagrees with von Soden and maintains that
bring
“mng. unkii.” and “not to be conencted with
corvée workers together with me from CìN”
LIeb. ‘yayiu’, etc.”
(C’AD I/J 321 a; let. fr. Meggido). Held maintains that thè CAD rendering “together with” should
= Akk. (w)alàdu v. fr. OAkk. 011 (C’AD A i
be corrected to read “I alone (am bringing thè
287b; AHw I457a). to give birth.
corvée workers).” The etymological and semantic equi-valent of thè
PARAI,!.HI ISM
WSem. word is thè Akk. adv. edis “alone” (C’AD E
1.
(Pari) (conceive//give birth) “1^ - ÌTIÌI
33b) = LIeb. “0*7 (cf., e.g., Num 1 1:14; Deut 1:9).
(e.g., Judg 13:3; Ps 7:15; Job 15:35); Akk: cru//
Ìli Held, JAOS SS (1968) 94:81.
(u>) alà dii, e.g., iranni ummi cnetu ina puzrì ulidanni 142
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
hor
Biblical Hebrew
“my mother, thè high priestess(P), conceived me
yamu is employed in Akk. “only in thè plant name
(in CìN), she gave birth to me in secrecy” (CAD
kusa/i-yame, which is composed of, or perhaps was
A | 288b).
etymologized as kusa+yamu ‘sea’, as thè alternate
2. (Par2) (beget - give birth) 8:5; Ps 7:15: -6 ; alatili,
e.g.,
ahi
(SoS
writing with (Sum.) A.Ali.HA as second element shows” (C’AD ibid.).
father
The standard Akk. word for “sea” is tàmtu (AHw 13 5 3 b).
- nnn - ^an); Akk: rehù - (w) irhatini
ummi
“my
ùl(i)danni
begot me, my mother bore me” (CAD A 288b).
cf. f’^nri no ntóx^ T^in no nx1? npx ■'in “alas 011 bini who asks his father ‘what are you
'pí?' = Akk. itmiu s. fr. OB on (CAD I/J 13i>b; AHw
begetting?’ or a woman ‘what are you hearing?’” (Isa 45:10).
379a). right hand, right side; north (Heb. only). IDIOMATIC USACI;
P I I k AS LO I.OC Y
1.
3. (Phn) npr n^ “ givo birth to a male” (e.g.,
(Idi)
(to
assist)
*T]*7n,
e.g.,
TpbiD
ittanalladuma
ÍnnXSn yint nc^o “who Iliade 11is glorious arm
zikaru yànuma “she gives birth to one girl after
march at thè right hand of (i.e., assist) Moses”
Lev
12:2;
Jer
30:6);
Akk:
sinnisàtu
(Isa
another, but there is 110 boy” (CAD A 28yb 2'). ,J>’
63:12);
DN ...àliku
C’f. “fe
Akk:
imtiiya
ina
imni
asar
alàku/imua
tamharim
alàku,
e.g.,
kakkasu
lisbir
“may Zababa, who walks at my right, break his weapons on thè battlefield” (CAD I/J 1 36b 2 and
o 1 ?!) !’■?:* = Akk. ( w)ildu s. OB on (CAD I/J 7ia; AHw !4544a).
arkuti sanàt tub libbi ussipamma “(Sin) added length
of days (and) years of happiness to my years”
The lexeme àr is equated with thè standard Akk.
(*CAD A 3 5 4 a b).
word for “forest” qistu (CiAD Q 272a). pii rasi
2.
: di.ocY
(Phr2) TJ-ID’I D'Piï? tf?# D33 UD'bv ^ “(May thè Lord thè Cìod of your father)
HET :: yapu adj. EA; WSem. word (CiAD I/J 325a).
beautiful.
increase your numbers a thousandfold, and bless Note EA 138:126: u yapu [gloss: hamùdu] sa sapir
you (as He promised)” (Deut 1:11); Akk: e.g., (possibly for lisibù)
istu sarri bcliya la tiadin yàsi “and I have not been
aria sarri...liddinù “may they (thè gods) give a thousand more blessings to thè king” (C'AD A_
given anything ilice (gloss: hamùdu desirable) that
3 5 4a c).
Byblos). Actually, there are two Can. words here:
ikribi amuìti adu li misti lissibu
was sent down from thè king, my lord” (let. fr. yapu and hamùdu (— hamùdu). Thus there is Can.
gloss 011 a Cian. word. The correct Akk. for yapu
"IO" 1 = Akk. cscru A v. fr. OA, OB 011 (CAD li
is damqu, which is what thè scribe should have
332b; AI lw 249!% s.v. cscru III). Akk. to press for
written.
payment; Heb. to press for payment; put a person under pressure> chastise, rebuke> instruct.
= Akk. (w)apù v. fr. OA, OB on (CiAD A, i
)i;\otati
vi;
1. (i)en2) nns bvcp'Vr D'pun•axons?i "IS'X "NI ns' "X zzbv bv r-pix
20ib; AHw i459a). Akk. to appear, shine (Cì-stem); to
acquire
property
(D-stem);
proclaim,
make
manifest (S-stem); Heb. to shine, appear (Hiph il).
□'POpiïS DpnX “my father imposed a heavy yoke 011 you, and I will add to your yoke; my fiither
denotativi
pressed you for payment, tax due by means of
1.
;
(Deio) to shine forth (said of light), e.g.,
whips, but I will press you for payment, tax due
nnn? rba sjsìfi b$) “ may light not shine on it (011
by means of scorpions” (iKgs 12:11,14 10:11,14); Akk: e.g., kaspu sa ultu MN
thè day)” (Job 3:3); Ì33I? “IÌX STBin] “when His (thè
LÙ.NIBRUt'1.MES
=
ina
^Chr qàte
sa ina qàte sakin màti esiru tiadtiu
Lord’s) lightning clouds shine” (Job 37:15); Akk: e.g.,
Nibiru
kakkabsu
sa
ina
samc
usappù
“Nibiru’s
“silver that they have collectcd frolli MN 011,
star that shines forth in heaven” (*CiAI) A_203b
from thè inhabitants of Nippur who are under thè governor, has been delivered” (CiAD E 333li and
stationary where thè sun appears” (CiAD A_204a
5);
asar
Samas
ustappd
izziz
“(Jupiter)
became
A n Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biblical Hebrfw
lives” (C'AD N 297!! and passim).
6).
2. (Idi) (to utter, lit. to go out from thè
2. (D0112) (said of a god) 5rsin//nnT, e.g., 'n
mouth)
-ina srsin irab n's?©p nnn X3 top “tho
nsp «■’Sin/SS;, e.g., (said of a promise):
Lord camo from Smai, Ho slionc upon from Seir,
31©; iÒl n3n npns 'SP KIT “frolli my mouth
He appearod from Mount Parati” (l)eut 33:2);
has issued truth; a word shall not turn back” (Isa
STBin niQjp? 'n nÌDp3 “C'.od of retribution,
45:23; cf. also N11111 30:3; Jer 44:17 and passim);
Lord, Cìod of retribution, appear” (Ps 94:1); Akk:
"‘rPn 'SP XS; nnnn “thè order was commanded
“he
by thè king” (Esth 7:8); Akk: sa ittasi amatu istu pi
(Nabli) shines forth from Ezida at night like thè
sarri ana ardisti sùtu ippus “ what is commanded by
1110011” (C'AD A 204a 6).
thè king to bis servant, that his servant executes”
The twice-attested noun nS^SJ (Amos 4:13; Job
(CAI ) A 37 ib b); ina/istu pi asu (said of a promise),
10:22) and thè hapax nominai forni nSSJH (Job
e.g.,
11:17)
usàni “that a vow has been pronounced by their
istu
qereb
lizida
ina
sàt
musi
ustàpa
nannaris
translated by almost all commentators
are
and lexicographers as “darkness” (cf. recently KB*
kima..
.abbausunu
malfar
ilisunu
ikribum
ipisunu
fathers before their god” (ibid.).
82ob; 17.683). However, as was pointed out by
3. (Idi) (to utter, lit. to go out from thè lips)
Ibn J anali, thè noun never connotes “darkness”
□■'1-13© K2SÍP “thè coming out of thè lips,” i.e.,
but is connected to thè root '"pi?, a metathesized
“utterance” (Num 30:13; Deut 23:24; Jer 17:16;
forni ofSJST “brightness, glimmer.” In light of thè
Ps 89:35) = Akk: ina sapti asu “to utter,” e.g., baìàt
above,
job
10:22:
*òi
nip^s
ircs
nnss:
pi?
‘pSk ÍÍ33 Ì73FI] □•'“inp should be rendered as “a land (i.e., netherworld) whose light is like darkness, all
ùnwja arkuti lisa saptukka “may
4. (Idi)
(to be
famous) □© KIT, e.g., XSn
an33
□© “V
“ your beauty won you fame
darkness and disarray, whicli shines like darkness,” and
job
11:17:
npss
nsyn
n^n
mp;
annspi
you decree a long
life for me” (C’AD S | 485^.
among
thè
nations”
(Ezek
16:14);
“HI
^
n'nri “brighter than 110011 shall keep eternai light,
nÍSnxn *733 “David became famous throughout
brightness will be like thè morning” (cf. also Amos
thè land” (ìClir 14:17; cf. also Ezek 16:14); Akk:
4:13). Note also that this is thè meaning of thè
(zikir) siimi sustì,
hapax nn© , SS?2y (Job 3:9; 41:10), which should
“(Sargon) whose fame thè gods extended (lit.
be lit. rendered as “glimmerings of dawn” and
cause to go out) to thè outmost” (Lyon, Sargon
not “eyelids of dawn” as commonly translated.
30:3).
Perhaps we have a semantic development, i.e., “glimmerings > eyelids.”
e.g., sa zikir sunti usessù ana resati
5. (Idi)
(liberate, lit. to go out to
thè light)
IH Ibn Janah, Sepher Hascboraschim, 360; Paul, Amos,
niió fcrsin, e.g., ■’pstfp n©s?i ,3,n nn; inpns3 niiÒ “(until) He pleads my cause
152-54.
and accomplishes justice for me, Lle will bring me out to thè light (i.e., liberate me); I will see His
X2T - Akk. asu v. fr. OAkk. on (CAD A, 3563;
salvation” (Mie 7:9); Akk: atta nùru usestìnafima
AHw 147sb). to go out (intrans., Qal, Cì-stem); to
“that he should liberate us” (C'AD A 372b 2').
make leave (trans., Hiph‘il, S-stem).
HENDIADYS
6. (I Ieii2) (to come and go), i.e., K31
IDIOMATIC USACI;
e.g.,
1. (Idi) (to save a life) ©33 XSin, e.g.,
XÌ3i p'l
,
niï? “73W iÒ “I (Moses) can no
•'©33 nnsp N^in ".pns? “ preserve me, in
longer be active (lit. come and go)” (Deut 31:2
Your righteousness, save me from distress” (Ps
and passim); Akk: erebu u asti, e.g., màrsu ina libbi
143:11);
Akk:
napista
ussù/susù
“to
save
life,”
ekalli errai) ussà “his son goes in and out in thè
e.g., ayumma usi napisti “from where escaped this
palace” (CAD E 263a b’); sa ana àli irrubu sa istu
living creature?” (George, C lilgamcsh, 714:175); sa
àli ussà usra “watch those who move in and out of
ana sustì napisti ipparsidu “who fled to save their
thè town” (CAD ibid. and passim).
An Akkadian Lexical Companion piirasloi o),
Heb: 1133 p DnK3ny/131 P libi?! Dlp nj?S7T
kabattu “liver” in thè synonym list may represent
1XD “thè outrage of Sodom and Comorrah is
a WSem. word.
summa
arnam
kabtam...ana
abisu
itbalam
'54
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
In light of thc comnionly used Akk. parallel
Biblical Hebrf.w
without
knowledge”
(Job
35:16;
cf.
36:31
(of
expressions libbaka litib kabattaka lihdu “may your
food]); Akk. said of animals, parts of thè body,
heart he happy//your mind (lit. inside of your
timber, barley, brick construction, etc.: summa
body) rcjoice” and Itlis libbasu kabballasu lihdu
rigma kabar “if he has a sonorous voice” (CAI) K
“may
his
(*CAD K
heart I2b);
rcjoice//bis
mind
be
happy”
Sa
Ug: Ib//kbd “heart//liver,” e.g.,
f);
uktebbit anàku gabbisunu u
uktebbirsunu dannis
“I have lionored them all and esteemed them lnghly” (C’AI) K sb b).
tbky pgt bm lb//tdm' brn kbd “Pgt weeps in her hcart//she sheds tears in thè liver” (C'I'A 19 I 34—
^ Cf'. 1'33-
35); tgdd kbdh bshq//ymlu Ibli bsmht “(Anat) her liver enlarges from her laughter//ber heart is filled
273D = Akk. kabàsn v. fr. OAkk. 011 (CAD
with joy” (CTA 3 II 25-26). The MT ‘H’O? “my
K sb; AHw 41 sa). Akk. to step upon, defeat (an
honor” may be read in some cases as '133 “my
enemy); enemy).
liver,” expressing thè seat of human emotion, e.g., (rd. ■’-DS) •'"IÚ? i 7;p//'2ì7 nOÉ7 “my heart is glad//my honor (rd. my liver) rejoices” (Ps
Heb.
to
step
upon>wash;
defeat
(an
Although BDB, KB ! , DCH assume two different
16:9); Cìen 49:6 (rd. •'133//‘’033 with fem. verb!);
entries: 033 ‘ ‘wash,” 033 “subdue,” to our mind thè
Ps 7:6 (rd. H33V/T5D); Ps 30:13 (rd. '“a?); Ps
BH vocablc consists of one root with a dissimilation
57:8—9 and Ps 108:2.
of / and Akk. kabàsu primanly connotes “to step
I H Lowcnstamm, 214-15; Watson, VT 31 (1981) 91 —
upon somethmg,” e.g., kisàd belutisu kima qaltappi ina
9 5 ; C ì r u b c r , 5 6 5 - 6 6 ; C o h e n , 'lei-Aviv 2 0 ( 1 9 9 3 ) 2 3 2 .
scpcya akbus “I placed my foot 011 his lordly neck
tir
c:f. 133 v . ,
adj.
as ifit were a footstool” (CAI) K 7a). Akk. kabàsu was semantically developed to mean “to crush, defeat an enemy,” e.g., .svi Arumu ikbususummi “(I
— Akk. kabru adj. fr. OAkk. on (C'AI) I< 22a;
[Assurnasirpal| resettled thè Assyrians) whom thè
AHw 4i7b). Akk. fat; Heb. mighty, much.
Arameans had subjugated” (CAI) K 7a b2 and In thè Akk. synonym list kabru is equated with
passim). Such is also thè basic and concrete meaning
rabù “great.” So, too, Heb. 1’33 is thè poetic
of BI I 033 ‘ ‘to tread, step upon,” which comes to
adj. of 31 as can be seen from thè idioms: D’P
express thè idea of washing and cleaning clothes
O’I’SO “mighty waters” (Isa 17:12; 28:2) = D’P
by treading and stepping on them. This notion
“great
□'31
22:17).
waters”
(e.g.,
Compare Heb. ’p'pp
Num
20:11;
133’ “to
2Sam
of washing by treading is absent from Akk.; Heb.
increase
033, however, not unlike Akk. kabàsu developed
words” (Job 35:16) = VIQtf 31’ (Job 34:37); }?)'
a meaning: “tread upon > conquer”; e.g., ...31-T1'!
I’^P 1 ? ^3N “I le gives food in abundance” (Job
033 1^ 3131 b3P O’ipi 1^ “and thè golddiat
36:3 1) = 31*7 DO*? “ llc provided with abundant food” (2Chr 1 1:23).
he (David) dedicated (taken) from all thè nations
them
that he had subdued (i.e., continuously tread upon)” (2Sam 8:1 1).
IH IJDIi, 46oa. Cf. 13D v.
Note Cìreenfield’s suggestion (Studia Orientlia 55 11984J 257-63), that thè BH expression 033 “to subject (someone) to slavery” e.g.,
"13D = Akk. kabdru v. fr. OA, OB 011 (CAI) K 4a;
crosn -ox nins^i-nxi onripi rx noi
AH w 4i sa). Akk. to become fat, full (Akk. intrans. Cì-stem; trans. l)-stem); Heb. to make full (trans.
niiao^l c—zvb 010331 “and they T brought back
Hiph'il).
thè men and thè women they had set free, and subjected tlieni to slavery” (Jer 34:11; cf. also Jer 34:16; Neh 5:5; 2Chr 28:1 o), is thè equivalent of thè
DENOTATIVE
i. Hipli il:
(I)eti2) Heb. attested twice, only in thè 133’ nsn
Neo-Assyrian phrase ana urduti kabàsu “to subjugate
^33 “he piles up words
to slavery.” >55
n“D3
An Akkadian Lexical, Companion
Finally, it is interesting to note thè unique usage of 023 in thè idiomatic hapax ]Ì|7 033 in Mie 7:19: UTDiSJ 033’
310; “once more
He will show us compassion and shall wash (lit. tread upon) our iniquities.” In light of thè
for
Biblical Hebrew
148b; AHw 436b). a container. Ili Akk. usually a wine container, but also honey or pitch; in Heb. usually flour or water. IH von Soden, Or. 35 (1996) 12.
metaphoric idiom ]1Ì? 033 “wash (i.e., clean up) one’s
iniquity,”
“wash
me
from
e.g.,
'nriQ ’nXtSnpi
my
iniquity//and
,'?ÍÏ?Q
"333
purify
me
ÌTD = Akk. karnu B (kawu) v. OB (C'AD K 13 1 a ; AHw 466b). Akk. to bake, roast; Heb. to burn.
of my sin” (Ps 51:4; cf. also Ps 51:9; Jer 2:22), DliNCn ATI VE
we may indeed have an dissimilatoli of 27 and D. 'I'hat is to say, thè prophet is intentionally
1. (Dc'112) (labial interchange) (Isa
43:2);
rt13//“lSJ3
employing 033 “tread upon > wash” (i.e., 033).
“scorch//burn”
r QÓ//ni3
“burn//
The idiomatic hapax f 117 033 would then be thè
scordi” (Prov 6:27—28); Akk. kamù listed after a
semantic equivalent of thè Akk. idiom luta kabàsu
derivative of saràpu (C'AD K 1313 lex. section).
“to tread upon a sin,” i.e., “to forgive a sin,” e.g., u ki kabàsu sa hitìsu sarru bclua la svbu “but if thè
king my lord does not desire thè pardoning(?) of
3DÌ3 = Akk. kakkabu s. fr. OA on (C'AD K 4sb; AHw 42 ib). star.
his crimes” (C'AI) I I 21 ib). PI IR ASEOI.OGY
li! Gordon, VT' 28 (1978) 335.
1. (Pliri) (stars of heaven)
Cf. ©33.
□''EOÌI '33Í3 (to □'DOn '33Í33
describe thè numerous stars), e.g.,
3^ ‘ ‘as numerous as thè stars of thè heaven” rrns see nns.
(Deut (samàmi)
= Akk. kabsu s. NA (CAI) K 23b; AI lw 4183). young (male) sheep.
1:10;
10:22;
“stars
of
28:62); heaven,”
Akk: e.g.,
kakkabv irta
sanie ma'duti
kakkabv samàmi “aniong thè many stars in thè sky”
(C'AD K 473 b); ina libbi kakkabv samc la manuti narnmti “from aniong thè countless shilling stars
Akk. employs once in NA thè fem. substantive kabsatu “young ewe,” which is to be equated to
twice-attested Heb. Ì1Ó33 (Lev 14:10; Num 6:14) as well as nó33 ( 2Sam 12:3,6 and passim).
in thè sky” (C'AD ibid.); (as a metaphor), e.g., S’IpOn '33133 33™T r.N H3“!X “I shall make your descendants as numerous as thè stars of heaven” (Exod 32:13; Cìen 26:4; Nali 3:16; Neh 9:23; iC.hr 27:23); Akk: e.g., dàbibàtuya vii kakkab sarnv màda “thè wonien who gossip about me are
2?53 = Akk. kibsu s. fr. OA, OB on (CAD K 3363; AHw 47ib). Akk. footstep; Heb. footstool. DENOTATIVE
1. (1)0112) footstool (hapax):
X031 ?
ni^SJD 001
□’rnxip X031? 3n-T3 0351 “six steps led up to thè
throne, and thè thronc had a golden footstool attached to it” (2C.hr 9:18). 2.
(I)en2) step: Akk: àsib parakki kibsa istcn
ircddùui “those sitting 011 daises follow in lock-
step” (*CA1) K 336b lex. section). C f . 033 v .
more numerous than thè stars in thè sky” (C'AI) ibid.). 2. (Pliri) (rising star) □ , 33Ì3ri nX2 “thè rising of thè stars” (Neh 4:15); Akk: sit kakkabv, e.g., “I (Tiglat-Pileser I) Iliade its walls as beautiful” kima sarur sit kakkabv “as thè sheen of thè rising stars”
(CAD K 48a g). 3. (Phr2) (brighi star)
“I1N '33Í3 (Ps 148:3);
Akk: kakkab uamàri (C'AD N 2ioa lex. section; AHw 42ih). 4. (Phr2) star of thè night ^03 "OpiS (Job 3:9); Akk: kakkab musi “night star” (C'AD M 2953 d; C'AD K 48b b).
“13 = Akk. kandu s. NB; WSem. word (C’AD K
5. (Phr2) (morning star(s)) “lj?3 '33Í3 (Job
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
38:7); Akk: kakkab seri e.g., upha ki kakkab seri “rise like thè morning star” (CAI) K 483 e).
for
Biblical Hebrew
—
Akk. kanu (kuanu) v. fr. OAkk. on (C'AD K
i 59a; AHw 438b). to be finn.
6. (Phr2) (1110011 and stars) Dp3Ì31 Hi; (Deut idiomatic: usaci;
4:19; Jer 31:35; Ps 8:4; 136:9); Akk: kakkabu u Sin
1. (Idi) (to establish rule/a dynasty) X03 113,
“stars and thè 1110011” (CAD K 483 e). 7. (Phr2) (rcjoice, said ofa star) P?Ì3 nn n |"n
e.g.,
abi:;
iv ’n
'ipb }ioa
rrrr
in
kosi
“and
morning
thè throne of David shall be established before
stars rejoicc together and all thè divine beings
thè Lord forever” (iKgs 2:45); X03 nX ‘'rupi
shouted (with joy)” (Job 38:7); Akk. ana nanmuri
□‘pi» "il? inròpp “I will establish his (David’s)
sa Sin elsu kakkabe “thè stars rejoicc at thè (first) appearance ofSin” (CAD K 46b).
royal throne forever” (2Sam 7:13 = iC'hr 17:12;
bp
WTi
-pi
“wlien
thè
DENOTATIVE
8. (Dc'112) (referring to a star ofa god) (]1p (Kiyyun) thè star of your god” (Amos 5:26); Akk: Nautiaru kakkabsu ustepà “he made thè 1110011, bis star, appear” (*Ln. el. V 12); Istar kakkabum “Istar thè Star” (CAD K 47)1 c, a familiar epithet of Istar). See Paul, Amos, 196 11. 78. 9. (I)en2) (star in a dream) Oi^p Tip*?? n3il
□’innop -,t'v inai rn^rn opon nani -ir 'b “I had another dream, and this time thè sun, th e 1110011, and eleven stars were bowing down to me” (Gen 37:9); Akk: (in reference to Nabunaid’s dream): ina suttiya kakkabu rabù Sin u Marduk ina
cf. also 2Sam 7:16; Prov 25:5; 29:14); Akk: kussi kunnu, e.g., uinë sa sarri bcliya Itirrikti kussi sa sarri bcliya lukinnu “may they lengthen thè days of thè king, my lord, and establish fìrmly thè throne of thè king” (*CAD K. i6>7b; SAA XIII 168 8-9); abi ana isdi kussiya kunnim u màti uulihim itrudakka “my father sent you to me to make secure thè foundation of my throne and to pacify thè land” (C'AI) I/J 2373 1'; Mari); Samas...isdi kussi sarrtitisu ana timi arkùtim likiti “may Samas establish fìrmly thè foundation of my royal throne forever” (C'AD ibid. and passim); Cf. Akk. subta kunnu “to establish a throne,” e.g., ukinna eli Apsi subassu “(Ea) founded his dwelling upon Apsu” (Eli. el. I 71) and Heb. 301« pn, e.g., rnp “II?® TIN?? ptCOD IPX nirfn “when I (Job) passed through
qereb samàime suliitu damqis appai issuntiti ina sumiya
thè city gate to establish my seat in thè squaro”
ilsaiinima “in my dream I saw with joy thè Great
(Job 29:7).
Star, thè M0011, and Jupiter in thè midst of thè high sky; he called me by name” (CAD S 2S9b, s.v. suliì A; S 1 5 sa).
PI IRASEOI.OGY
2. (Pliri) (establish equity) CnETp n23Ì3 rrtoi? nrix zpvz npn?i ositfp “it was Vou who
established equity, You who worked righteous Akk. kullu v. fr. OAkk. on (C'AD K judgment in Jacob” (Ps 99:4); Akk: dinàt misarim So8b; AHw 5023). Akk. to hold (D-stem); Heb. to sa WN...ukinuuma “thè just decisions that measure (Qal [hapax]), to hold (Hiph'il). flammurabi has established” (C'H Epilogue). —
DENOTATIVE
i.(l)eii2)
(hold,
CPpn I 1 ??; Oh
involving
water)
rnX3
“broken cisterns,
whicli cannot even hold water” (Jer 2:13); Akk. summa musu Ijurljuniniata ma'atta ukallu “If water
3.
(Phr2)
(said of land)
‘pn/p^ |3Ì3/)P,
e.g., nbiJni p# mais “You have established thè earth and it stands” (Ps 1 19:90; cf. also Isa 45:18);
tDÍBPl b ì b3Fl ]Ì3ri “thè dry land stands finn; it cannot be shaken” (Ps 93:1 ; 96:10; cf. Jer 10:12;
contains mudi foam” (C'AD K 5 1 2a b).
51:1 5); Akk: e.g., mukin isdi màti “who establishes thè foundation of thè country” (*CAD K 1 S9b
The Heb. nuance “to endure” (Jer 10:10; Amos
lex. section); mukin gintir dadmc “(Marduk) who
7:10; Joel 2:1 1) is unttested in Akk., whereas thè
establishes thè whole world” (*CAD K i66a g).
many Akk. nuances (e.g., to exercise authority,
4. (Phr2) (said of kingship, kmgdom) ]13
handle, keep in mind, present [an offering]) are
nròpp/mo'pp,
unattested in Hebrew.
(Solomon’s) kingship was fìrmly established” (1
e.g., iKip
irp^p pni
“and his
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biblical Hebrew
Kgs 2:12; cf. also 1 Sani 20:31); H3ÌD3 ripiani
7T11333 “ITX3 ÌPI33 “who, by His power, fixes thè
nbbe? T3 “so thè kingdom was fìrmly established
mountains fìrmly, who is girded with might” (Ps
in Solomon’s hand” (iKgs 2:46; cf. also 2Ì'hr
65:7; cf. also Isa 2:2); Akk: (in comparison) kima
17:5); Akk:
sadc kunnu “to establish as fìrmly as a mountain,”
sarruta/paìù kunnu “to establish
fìrmly reign/kingship,” e.g., sarrùtam dàritam sa
e.g., sa...sulum sarrùtisu ana ruqdtc kima sadi kunnu
kima samc u ersctim isdàsa sursudà ukiunusum “he
“thè well-being of whose (Adad-nïrarï I) kingship
(Marduk) established for him within it eternai
is established far and wide as (as fìrmly as) a
kingship whose foundations are as fixed as heaven
mountain” (C'AD S 573); irdi kussisu kima sadc
and earth” (GII Prologue); umcya liscirik saruitiya
ìikùn ana ùnte scitu “may thè basis of his throne be
lisandil lukin palua “may he (Sin) lengthen my
as stable as thè mountain forever” (*CAD ibid.).
(Nabunaid’s) days, make numerous my years, |and| fìrmly establish my reign” (*CA1) K iC>7b
8. (Phr2) (said of offspring) Tir? '12 ]Ì2' TpÌS 1 ? DinTI “n ìay thè children of Your
and passim).
servants dwell securely, and their offspring be
5. (Phr2) (said ofa stela or idol) fcÒ ^03 fpnb “to set up a finn idol that will not topple”
fìrmly established in Your presence” (Ps 102:29); □irrsjb □rf'Kaxai aipy □n , 3?17 ]i33 as?“ir “their
(Isa 40:20); Akk: salma kunnu “to set up a stela,”
offspring are fìrmly established in their presence,
e.g., salmàni kissutiya ina sadc u tamàte ukin “I
and their children’s children are in front of their
placed stelas showing my power in mountains and
eyes”
(aloiig) sea(shores)” (CAD K 1643 and passim).
“protect
6. (Phr2) (said ofheavcn[ly bodies|), e.g., 'il
(job
21:8);
my
Akk:
usur seriya kinni piri'ya
(Nebuchadnczzar
11’s)
flesh
and
blood, preserve my offspring” (C’AD K i67b). 9. (Phr2) (said of foundation of a building,
nrorn D'otf |3i3//px no; npsra “ thè Lord founded thè earth by wisdom//He established
a
city)
Ty/n’Hp/JVS/piS/'pS
“establish/erect
thè heaven by understanding” (Prov 3:19); 13’3n3 ■'3X DO “I (Wisdoni) was there when He set
templc/city,” e.g., □ 7}"bs ]133 nnn im “thè pillars upon whicli thè tempie is established”
a
thè heavens into place” (Prov 8:27); □’'33'D] HT
(judg 16:26,29); nnp plsy/D'ana t » n?3 ■'in
nrU3Ì3
nbiin “ Ah, you who have built a town with
“thè moon and thè stars that Y011
established” (Ps 8:4); ràoi “ iìkd nir?n nnx “it
crime//and established a city with infamy” (Hab
was You who set in place thè orb of thè sun” (Ps
2:12); Tirrp “PSJ ]3i3ni nnn “fìrmly built and
74:16); (pnrà pn®3 “i?*! cbis ii3’ mn ìlbo ]DX3 “like thè moon, it (thè duration of
well-established
thè king) shall be established forever and shall
dlisu-ana-labar-umë-rúqúti
“
be as enduring as thè sky” (Ps 89:38); Akk: e.g.,
thc-Foundation-of-I
lis-City-for-All-Days-to-
sa kakkab1 samàme alkassunu likinma “he
Come” (name of wall of Dùr-Sarrukin) (CAD K
shall
maintain thè motions of thè stars of heaven” (Lai. el. VII 130); kt sa |,Sm
u
Samas] ina sanie kunnùni
is
Sihon’s
cf. also Isa 62:7);Akk:
city”
(Num
21:27;
Niuurta-nmkin-tcmcnNinurta-Establishes-
1 C>4b d and passim). 10.
(Phr2) (said of a nghteous/evil person),
sarru\tu\ sa sarri...ina kai màtàte lu kunn\at\ “just as
e.g., p’1? |3Ì3ipi □‘'»©“1 in K3 “IO?' “let thè evil of
sun and moon are fìrmly established in thè sky, so
thè wicked come to an end, but fìrmly establish
may thè reign of thè king be established in all thè
thè righteous” (Ps 7:10); n?^ ]Ì3’ *6 Dnpt£> "I3n
countries” (CAD K 1673 k).
■'T’SJ “he who speaks untruth shall not stand fìrmly
In light of thè above, thè MT hapax verb
before my eyes” (Ps 101:7); 113’ ^3 pE? 1 ? ETK
ÍDt? 'IT
jn&Q “thè slanderers shall not be preserved in thè
ÌP5p ]'Ì3' 1 ODO has been emended by various
land” (Ps 140:12); Akk: ukannu ragga sa anzillasu
]Ì3’ employed 111 Ps 72:17: rS*?
D^il? 1 ?
commentators to }*>: and rendered as “may his
[...] utarradu kinu sa tem ili pù\qqu\ “they confimi
name (Solomon’s) endure forever, like thè sun
thè wicked whose crime is |...|, yet suppress thè
may his name be established” (Paul, JNES 31
honest man who heeds thè will of his god” (BWL
h972] 35I-55)7. (Phr2) (said of mountains), e.g., Dnn |’3D
86:269—70, Theodicy). 1 1. (Phr2) (to establish regulations, rituals)
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
por
n rv? min» jisrn “ so thc scrvicc of thc house
Biblical Hebrew
□■Hm?
□•'pò? Tjorn “ and thè wonien knead
of thc Lord was fìrmly established” (iChr 29:35;
doligli to bake cakes for thc lirnlckcl of heaven and
35:16); Akk: parsa kunnu to establish rites, e.g., sa
they pour libations for other gods” (Jer 7:18; cf.
kunni parsisunu u sullumu kidudisun “to establish
also Jer 44:19). Held argues that Heb. D’?13 is a
their rites and to perforili their rituals carcfully” (CAI) K 347b a and passim).
loanword from Akk. kamànu “sweet cakes dipped
12. ((Phr2) (in detcrniining thè faets) nani
such as kamànu sa tiddi “fìgs cakes.” These cakes,
innn }Ì33 npX "(you shall investigate and inquire
baked in ashes or coals, were frequently used in
in honey” (i.e., kamàn dispi), or in sweet fruits
and interrogate thoroughly); if it be true, thè fact is
Istar’s ritual, e.g., 1 SÌLA kamàn tumri akal kunàsi
established—(that abhorrent thing was perpetrated
ina muhhi passùri tasakkan “you set up 011 thè table
111 your midst)” (Deut 13:15); Akk: (Kizzuwatna
one quart of cakes baked in ashes, emmer bread”
treaty) \summ\a awatum killum u munnabtam utàrusu
(*CA1) K 1 1 ia); arkuski riksa ella ina sizbi ellela
“if thè fact be established (i.e., if it be true) and
kamàu tumri “I set up for your honor (Istar) an
return thè fugitive” (MIO I 11953 | 1 14:8).
offering in pure milk, pure cakes baked in ashes” (*CAI) K 1 lob). In light of these two texts
DENOTATIVE
concerning thè ritual for Istar, Held asserts that thè
13. (I)eii2) (iiivolving dreams) nÌ30H ^IT]
nx?p nrnn }i3? ■’? nin? oi^nn
MT D’POn no^p “thè works of li caven” should
“and as for Pharaoh having had thè sanie dream
bc rendered as D’POn risbp “queen of heaven,”
twice, it means that thè matter has been rcaffinnd
which is thè literal translation of Istar, known by
by Cìod” (Cìen 41:32); Akk: sunàt sarrim kiuà “thè
her Sumerian name (N)INNANA, translated by thè
dreams of thè king are reliable” (Bib 50 [1969I
Akkadians as bèlet sanie or sarrat samê = I leb: rpbp
23:2, prophetic text) ili contrast to sunàtusu sana
□’POH “queen of heaven.”
“bis (thè king’s) dreams will be false” (Bib. ibid.)
IH H e l d , L I 16 (1982) 76 —77; M a n k o w s k i , 61—62.
= Heb: (semantic equivalents): KW“]pO niO'^n “false dreams” (Jer 23:32; Zech 10:2).
DÍ3 = Akk. kàisu s. fr. OA, OB 011 (CAD K 253!-); AHw 454b). cup.
The CAD (K 17 1 b) considcrs thè EA* verb *kdtiu B a WSem. word, rendering it “to be,” cquating it
P 11 k A S L O L O G Y
to thè Canaanite verb kn(>kwn), e.g., “if thè king, my lord, would say” kftna ana pani sàbi rabiti “be at
1. (Pliri) (rim of a cup) DÌ3H nS© (iKgs
thè head of a large army! (I would answer: Ayc,
7:26; 2Chr 4:5); Akk: saptu sa kàsi: 9 kàsàtum sa
aye)” (EA 147:36). Morali, 011 thè other hand,
kaspi sarpi sa sapàtisunu huràsa uhhuza “nine silver
maintains that “since one of thè most frequent
goblets whose rims are edged with gold” (C'AD K 2 54b 7 1 ).
orders of thè king in thè EA correspondence is to make preparation before thè arrivai (ana pani)
2. (Pliri) (drink from a cup) 0Ì3(p) HnO (Isa
of thè Egyptian army,” it is better to render thè
51:17; Jer 25:28; 49:12); Akk: ina kàsi satù, e.g.,
EA kiïna as “prepare” and to equate it to “Heb.
ina kàs isattu mamman la isatti “nobody must drink
*kun: Niph al, ‘prepare (intransitive), to be ready’
from thè cup from which she drinks” (CAD K
Hiph'il ‘prepare (transitive) make ready’” (Morali, AL 234:8).
2543 2'). 3. (Phr2) (golden cup) 3HT 013 (Jer 51:7); Akk: kàsi huràsi (CiAD K 255b 7). 4.
I13* — Akk. katnatiu (kawàuu) s. MB on (CAD K
(Phr2)
(cup
of
wine)
013 (Jer
51:7);
Akk: kàsi karàni (CAD K 2553 1 1).
1 iob; AHw 430a). a sweet cake.
DENOTATIVE
BH is attested twice in Jeremiah in referencc
5. (Dem) (cup size) n3Il“l DÌ3 “wide cup”
to thè ritual of thè Mesopotamian goddess Istar,
(hzek 23:32); Akk: kàsàti dannàti “large cups” (CAD K 2553 11).
e.g.,
trpon np^pb era? nioì?1? psp nio*p D’oarn '59
“113
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
por
Biblical Hebrew
PI I RASEOI OC Y
In Ps 23:5 thè notion ofsetting one’s table followed by a referente to a cup is abundant, e.g., “pSJFI
1. (Phr2) (to teli a lie) 3T3 “131 e.g., n^nn n?n
rni ■'PÌ3... , ‘ni!£ "133 in 1 ??; '321 ? “You (thè Lord)
CT3T3
set a table for me against my enemies...my cup is
me, you spoke lies to me” (Judg 16:10,13; cf. also
abundant,” expresses thè idea of (ìod’s personal
Zeph 3:13; Ps 58:4; I Ios 7:13); Akk: kazbuta qabu
covenant
“to teli a lie”: u tiqbi kazbutu kamami “and he spoke
with
thè
supplicane
This
covenant
,l ?i?
“I3ini '3 “ O you (Sanison) deceived
phraseology is depicted in thè vassal-treaties of
a lie thus” (EA 129:37; cf. also LA 138:1 19).
Esarhaddon: “if you take an oath before thè gods” ina rikis passùri saie kàsi “while setting thè table,
2. (Phr2) 3T3 131, e.g., prnn 3T3 “)3“p «1$ ■^PP “keep lies and false words far from me”
drinking from thè cup” (C'AI) K 2553 i 1'). Akk.
(Prov 30:8); Akk: amat kazbùti, e.g., beli idi inuma
expresses this idea of taking an oath also in Surpu:
la aspuru awat kazbùte ana bcliya “my lord knows
màmit kàsi u passùri “an oath (taken by drinking
that 1 have not written lies to my lord” (C'AD
from) a cup and (eating from) a table” (*CA1)
K 3 ioa); cf. I leb: np» “I31; Akk: amat tasgerti
ibid.).
“word of deception” (cf. “Ip©). •'O’
c:f. 3 T 3 v.
”113 = Akk. kùru B (kiru A) s. fr. OA, OB on (CAI) K 415b; 57ia; AHw 484I1; 5i2b). Akk. kiln (for lime, bitumen); I leb. smelting furnace.
v. O Akk. gulilu s. SB (C'AD Cì 1253; AHw 2y6b). antimony'.
As noted by thè C'AD (K 4i6a), kùru has been
(Heb. hapax) *’“T?7 npffl
separated from kiru solely 011 thè basis of thè
your eyes, and you put 011 ornaments” (Ezek
differentiation I l i a d e in thè vocabularies (Sumerian
23:40). While gufilu (= MII iÒlllS) is a primary
kir for kiru and dmig for kùru). Note also thc Heb.
noun, lacking a verb gahàlu, Ezekiel seems to
^^3 “ you painted
hapax in forni T3, e.g., fH’ 3’T?! “HHn “an oven
eniploy thè hapax verb as a denominative of Akk.
and a furnace shall be s m a s h e d ” (Lev 1 1:35).
guhlu, e.g., nisiqti gufili takkassi sàndi rabute “choice
Ili view of thè idiomatic expression ^pS 1133 “ to reflue in a furnace” (Isa 48:10), thè MT (spisi?) (Tpap) “133 “ (I shall smelt out your
antimony, large blocks of carnelian (sent by thè king ofjudah)” (CAD Cì i2Sa). Note thè similarity between Ezek 23:40—41
dross) as with lye” (Isa 1:25) should be read “in
and a ritual text: me tarammuk samna tapassasi riqqè
thè furnace,” i.e., “133 (cf. also Ezek 22:18).
qerbisa tumalla lubùsi tulabbassi...gufila mesa teq-
IH C ' o h e n ,
qi “you bathe (thè kid) in water, you anoint it
Hapax 123.
with oil, you fili its abdomen with perfumes, you cover it with a garment...you daub its eyes with
3T3 :: kazàbu v. EA; WSem. lw. (CAD K 3oyb). to lie (Akk. Cí-stem; Heb. Qal, Pi‘el, Hiph‘il)).
antimony” (Ebeling, TuL. 68:10—12). (H C'ohen, Hapax 1 17:30.
DENOTATIVE
I.(])eri2) 3-T3Ì? ‘’BSEjp bv “I dee-lare thè judgment against me false” (Job 34:6); Akk: (in a
'I'D = Akk. kt conj. fr. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) K 3 16b; AHw 468I-)). that, when, because.
letter of Abdi-Asirta of Amurru) ikazzib \ana pan\tka u testenemme ana amàtesu “he lies |to yo]u, and you keep listening to his words” (EA 62:39 & 43)c:f.
3T3
s.
DENOTATIVE
1. (Den 1) (that) tran ìbp •'3 m s?l»] “Noah knew that thè waters had abated” (Cìen 8:16); Akk: uda kt muskënu anàkuma “(thè kmg) knows that 1 am destitute” (CiAD K 3193 4).
3T3 :: kazbutu s. EA* WSem. lw. (C'AD K 3ioa). a lie.
2. (l) C ii2) (when) ^3
“ and k
will be when your son asks you” (Exod 13:14);
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
ana utuni ki iskuuu “when tlicy put (thè gold) into thè furnace” (CAI) K 3 1 f>b). 3. (D0112) (because)
eor
Biblical Hebkf.w
(and thus secondarily with thè planet Saturn): "•: r.x:
3313
bns 13^ “(lift
nn'ìav
crrfrx
msp
“and
you
rx
shall
nr.xr"
carry
off
up thè lad...) because I will make him a great
Sikkut your king, and Kiyyun your astrai god,
nation” (Cìen 21:18); assel eli màr siprika kí iqabbù
your images that you have made for yourselvcs.”
panika umma “I was angry with your messengers
Silice Saturn was thè most distant of planets
because they speak to you as follows” (C'AD K
known to thè Mesopotamians—and hence its
3 i yb 5).
movements were thè slowest and steadiest—it is
In addition, thè Akk. conjunction ki has thè nuances
“in case,” “whether,” “according to,”
describcd in NB by thè adj. kayamànu “normal, regular, steady” (derived from thè v. kàuu = Heb.
“just as” (C'AD K 3 16fF.); whereas Heb. can
]13), hence “thè steady one.”
mean “but rather” (e.g., Cìen 45:8).
I H P a u l , Amos, 1 9 6 9 7 ; M a n k o w s k i , 6 3 6 5 .
Akk. ki occurs also as thè interrogative “how” and thè preposition “like.” For thc prepositional use, cf. Heb. Ìnip“|K bv nÌ0i?Ì3np "1T3 ’nX ^“like crown jewels glittering 011 his soil” (Zech 9:16); Akk: huràsa sa ki kaspi cpsu “gold which is like silver” (CAD K 322b).
“li*3 = Akk. kiùru A s. NA; Sum. ki—ùr (foreign word in Akk.) (CAD K 476b; AHw 4963). Akk. metal cauldron; Heb. wash basin, cooking pot, mobile basin, platform. l’HR ASEOLOGY
i.
1ÏT3 ?? Akk. ka(t)tinun s. HA, MB, Alakh Nuzi, Emar
(CAD
K
3073;
AHw
466:1;
CDA
153b).
(Phr2)
n??n? -ira “a laver of copper” (Exod
30:18; 31:9; iKgs 7:38; 2Chr 6:13); Akk: kiùri cri
an object or decoration of metal with stone ìnlay
“copper cauldrons,” e.g., 607 kiùri cri dannùti
(C'AD); metal weapon (CDA).
qallùtc “607 large and small cauldrons” (C'AI) K 476b, Sar., among booty fr. Urartu).
While thc above three Akk. dictionaries are 11011— committal as to thè exact identifìcation of Akk. kattinu, 111 light of thè frequent appearance of this lexeme in Emar as well as its eniployment in “The War of thè Sons of Light against thè Sons of Darkeness” (Yadin, Scroll of thè War 28898; cf. also 1 16-22), Heltzer maintains that Heb. |ÌT'3 and Akk. kattinu are etymologically and semantically equivalent. I leltzer concludes that ]Ì~\''3-kattmu is a “sickle-bladc sword,” and not just a “lance, spear” as commonly translated, “and that thè terni was possibly of Hurrian origin.” IH Heltzer, JC'S 41 (1989) 65-68.
Similar to Heb., e.g., 133 n$1 *V3n riNI “thè laver and its stand” (Exod 30:28; 31:9; 40:7 and passim), Akk. kiùru is followed by kannu “stand,” e.g., 3 kiuri cri dannùti sa 50-a-a i mandat me libbasunu sabtu adi kannisunu dannùti eri “three large copper cauldrons that hold fifty measures of water, together with their large copper stands” (CAD ibid.). Eriedrich considers Akk. kiùru as an Urartian word
borrowed
by
Akk.;
Albright
maintains
that thè word was originally Sumerian. As noted by Mankowski, “BH lacks a plausible Semitic etymology,
and
thè
phonetic
and
semantic
rescmblancc to Akk. kiùru makes a trans-Akkadian 11*3 = Akk. kayamànu (kayyamànu) adj. OB 011 (CAD K 363; AHw 4203). Akk. normal, Saturn; I leb. Saturn. I he I leb. hapax ]V3 employed in Amos 5:26 in
borrowing in BH virtually certain.” Ili Friedrich, ArOr 4 (1932) 55-70; Albright, ARI, 216:63; Mankowski, 65—66. ^ C l . I l i 13.
parallelism with another Mesopotamian astrai deity ZTDO, which is thè I leb. transliteration of Sum.
e ]/'"'3*
d Sag-kud,
66a; AHw 424À). axe.
at Ugarit, is identified with Ninurta
= Akk. kalappu (kalabbu) OA 011 (C'AI) K
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
eor
Biblical Hebrew
thè verb n"13 “to rotate.” Morgenstern suggested
(i-icb. hapax), r.zb'z'. b'tizz nn; irnms nyi
that
’ “and now they knocked down all its
n*]3 is a secondary formation from m3 “be
doors, they battered it with hatchets and axes” (Ps
round,”
74:6). The pair nS l T3'ì b'VZ “hatchets and axes”
kakkaru) derives.
from
which
thè
noun
T33 (=
Akk:
seems to be thè corresponding parallel pair of thè
turning round and round upon thc heels in one
Akk.
n3“)3 then is most likely thè
sadù
spot, l here is some evidence both 111 rabbitiic
ina kalabbàtc parziìli akkis ina akkulli cri aqqur “I cut
literature and in Ugaritic that TÌ3“]3 denotes a
through thè rock with iron axes, broke it up with
gesture of thè hand rather than a movement upon
bronze hatchets” (CAD K 66b b).
thè licci or toe. Cìruber, however, concludes
kalabbu//akkullu “axe//hatchet,”
e.g.,
“that kirkur may indeed denote both dancing and
IH C'ohen, Hapax 50; Mankowski, 66—67.
a gesture or gestures of thè hand or fìngers.” D'3 = Akk. kisu A s. fr. CA, OB on (C'AD K 43ob;
Akk. kakkartu, also means “a round loaf of bread”
AHw 48711). leather pouch.
(CAD K 49b). Note thè Emarite kakaru huràsi “a disk of gold”
DENOTATIVE
(Emar 59:1).
1. (DC112) (for stone weights) -‘p rrir ìÒ
UH Morgenstern, JAOS 36 (1917) 321; Avislmr, VT 26
you shall not
(1976) 257-61; Clruber, Bib. 62 (1981) 338-40.
have in your pouch alternate weights, larger or smaller”
(Deut
25:13);
D^PpI
•'ITXap
nSf^n
nana '3PK “ can I tolerate thè untrue scale and
^3 = Akk. kalu (kala, kali, kulu) s. fr. OAkk. on
thc pouch of fraudulent weights?” (Mie 6:1 1 ; cf.
(C'AD K 87b; AHw 4273). all.
also Prov 16:1 1); Akk: mustctiu aban kisi “he who DENOTATIVE
substitutes thè stone weights in thè bag” (C'AD
1.
K 43ob 1). 2. (Den2) (for gold) ^ppi D’sa nnr □■’b-Tn
(Deli2) (indepcndent use) nnn nn® ^3 “laying all at his feet” (Ps 8:7); Akk: kalama
dinasunima “give bini everything” (C'AD K 87b a).
those who squander gold from thè
2.
purse and weigh out silver on thc balance” (Isa
(Deii2)
(with
suffix)
nnn
□‘pP
“and all of them had fallen by thè sword” (Josh
46:6); Akk: kisu kaspi huràsi ina sissiktisunu rukusma
8:24);
“tic a leather bag with silver and gold to thè hem
/KVk'.ammala
simat
abisunu
kulusunuma
izuzzu “they all will divide (thè property) in
of their garment” (CAD K 43ob lex. section).
accordance witli thè disposition of their father” (CAD K 8yb).
"133 = Akk. kakkaru s. Mari, Alalakh, EA, Akk. lw. T‘
3. (Dc'112) (after thè 1101111) 1^3 0í?n WT1
in Bogh. WSem. only (CAD K 49b; AHw 4223).
“and all thè people knew” (Isa 9:8); Akk: huràsum
metal disk, round loaf of bread.
kulusu la suwa’umma “all of thè gold does not belong to him” (C'AD K 89b).
l’I IR ASEOI oc Y
4. (Dc'112) (construct) "10? 0^? “and all of thè people who were with bini” (Cìen 35:6);
1. (Phr2) (metal disk) ^jp? n?3 “disk of silver” (e.g., Exod 38:27); n"l.?SJ n?3 “disk of
Akk: kulu bitim massuh “all of thè house has been
lead” (Zech 5:7); 3Ì1T H3P “disk of gold” (e.g.,
shabbily treated” (*C'AD K 88a b).
iKgs 9:14); Akk: galani kaspu “disk of silver” (C'AD K 4yb b); kakkaru cri “disk of copper”
Eor a brief discussion of thè forms and usage of
(CAD K 49b 1).
kalu in different areas and historical periods, see thè note in CAD K 91 a.
2. (Phr2) (roun d loafofbread) OD 1 ? “133 (e.g., Exod 29:23); Akk: akalu kakkaru (C'AD K 5oa 2). The
twice-attested
verb
n?“]3
“to
fcÒ3 = Akk. kalu v. fr. OA, OB 011 (C'AD K 953;
whirl,
AHw 4283). to withhold.
pirouette” (2Sam 6:14,16) is an intensive (pilpcl) of 162
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
Pi 1 RASEOI OCY
1. (Phri) (to withhold water) irnnrn Ì73QX1 ’l “I stopped its streams, so that abundant w.iter was withheld” (Lzek 31:1 5); Akk:
eor
Biblical Hebrew
From prison. I shall go bail For Inni” (CAD K 3613 c). 4.
(Phr2) (to put in prison) X^p- rP3 HT la’D
“put this one in prison” (2Chr 18:26); Akk:
me kalu, e.g., me sunuti beli la ikallam “my lord
(rtadu): stimma sabit summa ina bit killu uadi “either
should not shut off that water from me!” (CAI) K loia f).
arrested or thrown into prison” (*CA1) K 36ob);
N*??? “thè rain (was) held back” (Celi 8:2);
00
Akk: (referring to thè Flood story) abùbu kalu, e.g., inùli tàmtu usliarrir imhuilu abùbu ikla “thè sea grew cairn, thè tempest grew stili, thè Deluge cnded” (George, (ìilgamesh, 710:132—33).
3.
(sakànu) ana bit kilim istakansu “he put him in prison” (ibid.).
2. (Phr2) (to end, said of thè Flood rains)
There are only two denotative oFHeb. iÒ? other than 111 thè expression X 1 ?? IV3, both ni? H30 ’“I33 “and he changed (From) his prison clothes” (2Kgs 25:29 = Jer 52:33). Akk. kilu, other than in thè expression bit kili, is plentifully
DliNOTATI Vi:
attested, e.g., sarram kilitm isabbat “captivity will
(I)eii2) (to withhold sustenance) ììÒ?
bcfall thè king” (CAD K359 b). See, also, CAI)
rò-n; nx 1 ?? fnxrn bvip o^ae? “thè skies withheld
K 361 For rab bit kili “prison warden,” sa bit kili,
dew, and thè earth withheld its yield” (I lag 1:10);
“prison employee,” and sa kili “prisoner.”
Akk: e.g., akalu u mu balàt napistisuu akla “I shut
(e> '
off thè supply of food and water that was their sustenance” (C’AI) K loib i). 4. (I)en2) (to detain in custody) ‘'HN “!!2in ìl^D “and he (Joslnia) said, ‘my lord Moses detain
them’”
(Num
11:28);
Akk:
4
Cf. iÒ3 v.
= Akk. kilallàn pron. fr. OA, OB 011 (C’AD K 353b; AHw 475a). both, two.
umu ina
Heb. D'^P ‘ ‘of two kinds” occurs in only two
bit mu'irrim aklàsu “for four days I kept him in
passages (Lev I9:i9(three times); Deut 22:9), e.g.,
custody in thè house of thè head of thè asscmbly” (CAI) K 9 7 b b).
seed).” For Akk. kilallàn with a substantive, cf. alpi
Cf. sòr.
D’x'pp jnrn iÒ “ you shall not sow two kinds (of killalin lutukma “try both oxen” (CAD K 3543 b); used independently, cf. kilallàn imrnigrùma “they
^/*3 = Akk. kilu s. Mari, MB, Bogh., SB, NB
both agreed”; and with suFfìx, e.g., kilallissunu
(CAI) K 359b; 36oa; AHw 476a). imprisonment.
iqallusuuùti “they will burn both of tlieni” (C’AD K 355a 2).
PIIRASEOI.OGY
1. (Pliri) (prison) «‘ppn rp?, e.g., “iax ns x^pr;
n .t
rii? -rrt' -frar: “thus said thè king,
‘put this one in prison’” (2Kgs 17:41 Kgs 22:27);
3^3 = Akk. kalbu s. fr. OAkk. 011 (C'AD K 68a; AHw 424b). dog.
Akk: bit kili, e.g., ammetti assassu ina bit kìlu ina panika sabtat “why is his wife kept in prison under your authority?” (CAD K 361 a). C’F. also bit sibilìi “prison” (CAD S 1 S7b).
simile/me tapiior
1. (SM 1) (dead dog, as demgration) -"ap not? nan n^pn b$ '3 na -ai?" “and he (Mephiboshet) prostrated himself again,
2. (Pliri) (to put in prison) bi? 'niK Dnn? '3
and said what is your servant, that you should
tÒSÌl rT’3 “that you have put me in prison” (jer
show regard for a dead dog like me?” (2Sam 9:8);
37:1 8); Akk: ina bit kili inauditi “he may put (him)
Akk: kalbu mitu “dead dog,” e.g., manna anini
in prison” (CAD K36ob).
kalbàni mitùtu sa sarru sumàni idu “who are we?
3. (Phn) (to release From prison) •^n
iòp
r*pa
—ps
“lapaa
(isa
dead dogs whose nanies thè king knows” (CAD 42:7);
PN ultu bit killu sùsamma pùssu lussu “release PN
Akk:
K 72a j); kalbi miti màr la mamma anàku sarru bela uballitanni “I, who was a dead dog, thè son of
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
Biblical Hebrew
eor
nobody, thè king, my lord, gave me life” (C'AI)
thè dog, thè loyal one of thè house of my master”
limi, and passim).
(*CA1) ibid.).
2. (SM2) (as an invettive), e.g., '3 '31$, am I (Goliath) a dog that
Although Akk. employs thè fem., i.e., kalbatu “bitch, female dog” (C’AD K C>7b), thè lexeme is
you come against me with sticks?” (iSam 17:43; cf. also 2Sam 16:9); Akk: (used as invective,
absent fr. BH.
IH Thomas, VT 10 (i960) 414.
especially employed in Mari, EA, MRS), e.g.,
'i>' Cf. rna v . , "15?.
mìnum sun\uma\ kalbu “what are they? (Nothing but) dogs!” (C'AI) K 72b k; Mari); inanna mi kima Hapiri kalbu halqu “now he is like thè Hapiru, a
—
Akk. kallatu s. fr. OAkk. 011 (CAD K 793;
fugitive dog” (CAI) ibid., EA 67:17 and passim
AHw 4263). a woman brought into a household to
in lets. of Rib-Addi); atia muhhi màr PN kalbe islcn
marry a son.
sa luta rabita akatuia ihtiuni “to PN, a dog, who denotative
committed a great sin against me here” (C'AI)
1. (Dem) (viewed as a daughter-in-law), e.g.,
ibid., MRS).
nnòro n1?? naia nipjp ra “daughter rises up aga
PIIRASEOLOGY
her mother, daughter-in-law against her mother-in-
3. (Phn) (fierce dog) *6 E??3 *’TS7 D , n i p3ni niqó ìstt “ and thè fierce dogs never know satiety”
(Isa
56:11);
Akk:
kalbu
czzu
law” (Mie 7:6); Akk: e.g., \itti\ aneti kallati iprusu itti kallati aneti iprusu “(who) estranged daughter-in-law
“fierce,
from mother-in-law, who estranged mother-in-law
furious dog,” e.g., qàti ezzetv sepi czzète kalbu czzu
from daughter-in-law” (C'AD K Sob 5').
sa lini il “(with| fierce forepaws, with fierce hind paws, thè fierce dog of Enlil” (C’AI) E 433b b).
l’I IRASEOI OGY
C'f. also Akk: kalbu scgu/nadru “mad/fierce dog”
2.
(CAD K 7 ob c).
(Phr2) (viewed as a bride) nSoi ]Hil
“bridegroom and bride” (Isa 62:5; Jer 7:34; 16:9;
4. (Phn) (barkingdog) ÒpV *6
25:10; 33:11; Joel 2:16); Akk: àhizanu - kallatu
raa 1 ? “ dumb dogs that cannot bark” (Isa 56:10); Akk: kalbu nabàhu, e.g., sa kima kalbi inabbuhu “(a
“bridegroom - bride”: “lu àhizànum lu ballatimi ana simtim ittalak “either thè bridegroom or thè bride
demolì) who barks like a dog” (C’AD K 7ob c). 5. (Phn) (man-eating dogs) D'nbsn ìbpX"
dies” (CAD K 8ob b).
bnrx nt??2 nx “ thè dogs shall devour thè flesh
:: kilubi s. EA*; WSem. gloss. (C'AD K 36 ib;
ofjezebel” (2Kgs 9:36; cf. also iKgs 14:11; 16:4;
AI lw 3 53a s.v. huhàru). bird trap.
21:24; 2Kgs y: 10); Akk: ina lalisù kalbàni ikkalusu “dogs will eat him in his prime”; sitti salamtiya
PI IRASEOI o entire, whole, complete, perfect”
[Jenisaleni] became famous among thè nations)
(e.g.,
for it is thè crown that I placed upon you through My splendor” (Ezek 16:14).
The Heb. adj./sub. b'bz derived fr. thè verb bbz
Exod
28:31;
39:22;
Num
4:6;
Deut
13:17; Isa 2:18); (2) “whole-offering” (e.g.. Lev 6:15,16; Deut 33:10; l J s 51:21). In Akk. thè basic
The earliest eniployment of ^'^p in post-
connotations of thè sub. kililu are (1) “circlet, headband”; (2) “battlement.” e.g., kima kilili ckaìlu
Biblical Heb. is found in thè Community Rule ( 1 qs 4:7) ni? -ii33 “rbpi "n? D'pbis; nnpto]
zu'utial |...| “thè palace is decorateci [with...] as if
D , p i pÍÍ7 “IÌX? “Hi! nnp “eternai joy in everlasting
with a battlement” (CAD K 358b 2); kilili uqni
life, a crown of glory and a garment of majesty
resàia usalmi “I had a battlement of blue enameled bricks built around its top” (describing thè palace
in eternai light” (cf. also iQH 9:25), as well as in Ben-Sira 45:12: 1“X3". V^p
of Ncbuchadnezzar in Babylon) (C'AD ibid.). The
Tiri "l|Ì3|3p “ and He bestowed on him (Aaron) a
kililu is most interesting for its symbolism of thc stepped battlement. As noted by Porada, “O11 thè
glorious crown, and He glorified him with honor and might.”
basis of Nebuchadnezzar’s inscriptions, kililu can
(H Porada, 1967:1 1; Paul, IH) 17 (1967) 259—63; Tawil,
be identified with battlements of stepped merlons,
BASOR 341 (2006) 37-52.
made of a blue glazed brick, surrounding thè top
^ c'f. bbD v.
ofhis buildings at Babylon. The kililu could also be painted with black bitumen and precious material as fine gold and was claimed in a hymn to have adorned thè kililu of thè Ezida tempie at Borsippa” (e.g., kalilsu sàràri “its (Ezida’s) battlement is of
— Akk. kullulu v. MA 011 (CAD K 518b; AI Iw 503b). to crown. The verb ^p is attested twice, only in Ezek
sàriru-gold” [CAD K 3 s8b 2|). “The valuable
27:3—4,1 1, depicting thè beauty of thè city Tyre:
material and thè fact that thè kililu was used as
T ,i pi3? era’’ zbz ^ rh'bz •:« nipx nx “iia
a de coration of temples and palaces indicates thè
1^*73 “Tyre! you said, ‘I ani a parapet
distinctive character of this type of battlement.” Indeed, thè kililu, which expresses thè concepì
of beauty’. In thè midst of thc seas were your borders, your builders perfected your beauty.”
An Akkadian Lexical Companion Traditionally,
thè
majority
of
medieval
modem scholars render thè idiom
Biblical Hebrew
eor
and
provides a clear parallel to thè sequence - 0Í20
as
□nn ‘gathered - sealed up’ in Deut 32:34.”
“they (thè builders) perfected, compieteci your
IH C'ohen, Hapax 39.
beauty.” However, one may venture to suggest that Ezekiel has in mind thè Akk. verb “to crown, adorn.” Akk. kullulu is employed usually ili referente to crowning, adorning a woman,
“103* = Akk. kumru s. OA, Mari, MA (CAD K 534b; AHw so6a). priest.
e.g., sinasam ukallala sina sinasam ukallala mahrussa
DENOTATIVE
“they will crown them (thè women) two by
i.(i)en2)
“iKt?
nx
n-rn
av □■’ippn
at?
nx
Dipan
|a
’n-prn
two, they will crown them two by two in her
□rjrón
(Mami’s) presence” (CAI) K 5 18b). So too, thè
wipe out from this place every vestige of Ba‘al
verb is employed in reference to a king, e.g., ina
and thè name of thè idolatrous priests along with
muhhi birsc sa ina pan 1 )N |... ] ukallatsu “he crowns
thè priests” (Zeph 1:4; cf. also 2Kgs 23:5; Hos
bi?3n
“and
i
will
him (thè king with thè ki throne. 168
Kls gu-
An Akkadian Lfxicai. Companion
PI I
R ASEOLOC; Y
1. (Pliri) (sit 011 tlic thronc) 32?;
eor
Biblical Hebrew
□'33*0 bì7!3Q ÌXD3 “I will set bis throne ovor thè stones” (Jer 43:10); bussa nadiì, e.g., ana etemmi
V3X nn xp? bv “ and Solonion sat upon (i.e.,
bimtisu...bussa tanaddi “you set up a chair for thè
inherited) thè tlironc of David his father” (iKgs
ghosts ofhis family” (CAD K 58cyb b); bussa ina
2:12 and passini); Akk: ana/ina kussi wasàbu, e.g.,
idi masbini tanaddi “you set up a thronc beside
ana kussi abiya atlasab “I sat 011 thc tlironc of my father” (*CAD K 591 a and passini).
thè tcnt” (CAD K S9ob); tas\ban\ ina samc \cllùti\ bussàba “you (Sin) are placiug your thronc in thc
2. (Pliri) (to instali, i.e., to cause to sit |Hch. Hiph'ii; Akk.
s-stem|)
*:3*3- nera; rrirT' "ri nnyi
'3X “1*1*7 X03 bv ■'33“’ CpVI “now as thè Lord lives,
shilling sky” (CAD K 59ob); cf. |"3n
TI
ÌXp3 “thc Lord has established his throne in heaven” (Ps 103:19).
who established me and installed me 011 thè thronc
7. (Phr2) (to overturn a thronc) XD3 ‘'rOBÌlI
of my father David” (1 Kgs 2:24; cf. also 2C.hr
D'ian nis^pn prn ■'rnaprn nisbaa “i shall
23:20); Akk: RN.. .ana qatiya assabat. ina kussi sa
overturn thè thrones of kingdoms and destroy thè
abisu usesibsu “I took RN by thè hand and placed
might of thc kingdoms of thè nations” (Hag 2:22); Akk: bussa subalbutu “to overturn a thronc,” busse
him 011 thè thronc ofhis father” (CAD K 591a). 3. (Pliri) (to give a thronc) XD3 p3, e.g., X031 ? brap ÌXp3 |IT] “he gave Inni a throne
sarrùtisu lisabalbitma “overturn his royal thronc” (*CAI) N iyb and passim).
above those (of other kings)” (Jer 52:32); Akk:
8. (Phr2) (royal thronc) mS^O/rDÌ*?!? XD3
bussa nadiiuu, e.g., busstì darli ana sar màtàte...liddinu
“royal thronc” (e.g., 1 Kgs i:46/Esth 1:2; 5:1;
“may (thè gods) give an everlasting throne to thc king of thc lands” (*CAD K 592!-) and passim).
“royal thronc” (C’AD S 1 i8b b and passim).
4. (Pliri) (to make a thronc secure) /]Ì3n/]33 XD3
pin
throne,”
“establish, e.g.,
cbir
make
firni/secure
irpbfpa
xp3
nx
one's t;:3:
iC.hr 22:10; 28:5; 2Chr 7:18); Akk: bussù sarrùti 9. (Phr2) (king’s thronc) ^anXp? “thc king’s thronc” (e.g., 1 Kgs 1:20,27; 2Kgs 11:19; 25:28); Akk: bussi sarri (CAD K 591 a and passini).
throne forever” (2Sam 7:13; cf. also Ps 9:8); pini
10. (Phr2) (thronc adorned with lions) D?3t?1 ni-rn b^x D'Has? ninx “ and two lions stood
XD3 “I?n3 “and a thronc shall be established in
beside thc arms” (iKgs 10:18-20); Akk: ina sapla
goodness” (Isa 16:5); D 1 7iy *1J? ]Ì33 ITir TJXD3
bussi labb\e ir\ab\bisu\ “under thc throne lions were [c]rou[ching]” (Etana III 1 1 1).
“I (thè Lord) will establish his (Solonion’s) royal
“your (David’s) thronc shall be secure forever” (2Sam 7:16; cf. also Ps 93:2); XD3 113' njTlin ’3
IH M a n k o w s k i ,
70 71.
“for thc thronc is established by righteousness” (Prov 16:12); Akk: bussa bànu/buntiu “to secure/ to make secure a thronc,” e.g., isdi kussi sarrùtisu ana unii arbùtim libili “may (Samas) secure thc foundation ofhis royal thronc forever” (*CAD
(l""lbp3) ^0? ~ Akk. bislu ( basiti) s. OB 011 (C’AD K 425a; AI Iw 486b). transverse proccss of thè vertebra; I leb. sinew > inner strength, confidcnce.
1/J 2 37 a 0; (ibi ana isdi kussiya kunnim u màti nuhhim itrudabba “my father sent you to me to
“b03 is divided into I b03 ‘loins’ and II bg?
make secure thè foundation of my throne and
‘coufidence’:
Held notes that in Koehler’s Hebrew Lexicon However,
neither
thè
meaning
to pacify thc land” (CIAD ibid.); isdi kussisu kinui
‘loins’ for I ^03 nor thè separate second listing is
“make secure thè foundation ofhis thronc” (CIAD ibid. antl passini).
tcnahle.” Although I Ield’s article is acknowledged in KB' (1995), it stili maintains that Heb. has two
5. (Phri) (thronc decorateci in ivory) ]27 XD3 “thronc of ivory”: bina jt? XD3 “thc
thc other hand, claims that thè primary meaning
homonyms, and I bD3 means “loins.” Held, on
king made a largo thronc of ivory(1 Kgs 10:18);
of LIeb. bp? is “sinew/tendon” (Lev 3:4,10,15;
Akk: Lussii sa sinni piri “ivory cliair” (CAI ) S 5 1 b
4: 9; 7: 4; P s 38:8); cf. Akk: basiti, e.g., summa là’u ultu btsàdisu adi csenserisu baslùsu putturù imat “if a
h)6. (Phr2) (to set up a chair/throno ) Tippi
baby has spina bifida (lit. its transverse processes
An Akkadian Lexical. Companion
eor
Bibeical Hebrew
are open from its ncck to its spine), it will die”
shall indeed trini (thè hair of) their heads”; whereas
(CAD K 42511 b). Held further argues that similar
Akk. kasamu is said of trees and other plants, e.g.,
to thè BH semantic development of ìllpri “cord”
kàsimu sa ina eqliya iksumù “(thè hired) weeders
(Josh 2:18,21 )> npn “confidence”; D2ÍP “bone”
who did thè weeding in my field)” (*CAD K
>
np^y .DSS? “might” (Deut 8:17; Isa 40:29//
241 a b).
n3
“strength”);
“THC
“sinew”
(job
40:16)
>
niTH© “firmness” (e.g., Deut 29:18; Jer 3:17;
^03 = Akk. kaspn s. fr. OAkk. 011 (C’AD K 245a;
LH l’I» “strong, fimi”), nbpp - Sp3 is likewise
AHw 454a). silver > price.
semantically developed to mean “inner strength, confidence,”
e.g.,
~2b'
"b^Z
TZti
3HT
=X
IDIOMATIC USACI;
TICDO ‘'FHQX “If I Iliade gold my confidence and
1. (idi) (to sell)
^pn3 nx 'b narn :~p33 ira
regarded fine gold as my trust” (Job 3 1:24; cf. also
^033 “sell me your vineyard” (iKgs 21:6); Akk:
Job 8:14). Note also thè hapax pair nipIV/nbpp
ana kaspint nadànu: huràsam aria kaspim idditi “he
“inner strength - confidence,” e.g., ’ T |nX“V X7n
sold thè gold for silver” (CAD K 24sb 1).
fpnn
ani
^rnpn
^nbp?
“is
not
your
piety
2. (Idi) (to pay) ^p? bpttf, e.g., bpET iÒ
your confidence, (is not) your uprightness your
n-rnp ^03 “its price cannot be paid in silver”
strength?” (Job 4:6; cf also Ps 78:7; Prov 3:26).
(Job 28:15); Akk. kaspa saqdlu: kaspam adi 2 ùmirn
HI Held, landsberger l'est., 401-6.
isaqqnlnnim “they will pay thè silver to me 111 two days” (C’AD S 4a 3).
Cf. boC ,b'D3.
SEQUENCI NC
3. (Secp) 3Ì1T - ^P? “silver - gold” (e.g.,
"1^03 = Akk. Kiailimu (Kislimn) s. MB 011 (C'AD K
Cïen 44:8; Exod 3:22; 20:23); Akk: kaspn - huràsu
429a; AHw 486a). name of thè ninth month.
“silver - gold” (CIAD K 24sb and passim).
Attested only in Zech 7:1; Neh 1:1. The etymology of thc month is not yet established. M.E.
C’ohen
notes:
“According
to
PI IR ASEOI.OGY
4. (Phn) (refined silver) ^“115 ^03, e.g.,
Assyrian
Astrolabe B thè month of kissilimn was known
sjns ^pp ninne? ninpi? ’n ninpx “thè words of
as thè month of Nergal: ‘The month kissilimn,
thè Lord are pure words, refined silver” (Ps 12:7);
an abundant yield will be heaped up, thè mighty
Akk: kaspu sarpn, e.g., kaspa sarpa sùbita “send me
hero, Nergal who has ariseli frolli thè netherworld,
refined silver!” (C'AD S 1 1 3a); cf. also Akk: kaspu
thè overwhelming weapon of thè two gods, thè
mesn “refined silver,” e.g., kaspn mesti etlu sa atta
month of thè hero, thè noble Nergal.’” C’ohen
ekalli asmu “O refined silver, young man fìt for
likewise remarks (ibid., 333) that “The earliest
thè palace” (C’AD K 24sa lex. section; CAD M
occurrence
3ob b and passim).
of
this
month
name,
aside
from
personal names, is from an alphabetic-script tablet
5. (Phr2) (full price). X^Q ^pS, e.g., ^P??
from Hana, possibly dating to thè last centuries of
'b na3FP xblp “let him (Ephron) sell it to me
thè second millennium B.C.: yrh kslm.”
(Abraham) at thè full price” (Gen 23:9; cf. also
(I! Ellenbogen, 90; M.E. C'ohen, Cnltic Calendari, 332ÍÍ.
ìC’hr 21:22,24); Akk: kaspu gamru “full price,” e.g., PN iptauarrikamma kaspam gamram ul usaddin “PN kept 011 making diffìculties for me, and I could not collect thè entire sum” (C’AD G 37a
□ 03 = Akk. kasamu v. OA, OB 011 (CAD K 24ob;
2' and passim); Akk: kaspu salma “full amount,”
AHw 453a). to cut.
e.g., ammala din dayànl kaspam salutarti in àlim
The Hebrew hapax 003 (Ezek 44:20) is said of
isaqqulu “they will pay thè complete amount of
xV rs ìnV;' xb orxn* DÌVtS’Xn nx “they (thè priests) shall neither shave
thè money in thè city according to thè judges’
hair: TOPp’ Di03 inVur
verdict” (C'AD 2s8a 2'). 6. (Phr2) (pure/choice silver) nn33 ^P?
their heads nor let their hair go untrimmed, they 170
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
“dioico silver”:
por
TWaiTI TSQÌ fnnïD "IS 3ÌE0
Biblical Hebrew
Clen 23:16...is extraneous to thè present matter.”
T113? 'IDSP “my (thè wisdom’s) fruit is better
HI Hurowitz, ZAW 108 (1996) 13—19
than fine gold (rd. T31D), and my produce is
c:f. pn» v.
better than choice silver” (Prov 8:19; cf. also Prov 10:20); Akk: kaspu cbbu/cllu “pure silver” (CAI) E 2b 2; 103;» 1).
no?* = Akk. kasitu s. SB (C’AI) K 243b; AHw
7. (Phr2) (poor-quality/rejected silver) ^03 DXfp? “ rejected silver ”: '3 cnV -x-jp cxr:: ^95
453b). binding magie. The
□H3 TI 0NI3 “(in vaili thè refiner refines, thè
twice-attested
ninpp
in
Ezek
(13:18,20)
is employed 111 a context involving wonien in
impurities are not removed), cali them rejected
illicit prophecy or other forms of divination, e.g.,
(i.e., false) silver for thè Lord has rejected them” silver”: sibtum kaspum massuhum ibbisima “(ten
bp bs? nino? ninsnpb ■'in ’n •'Hk npx ns rnaKi naip bp cwn bv ninspan niÈ?i?i •’T ^■'•bk “say:
shekels) of bad silver turned up as interest” (C'AI) M 236b a).
on thè joitit of every arili and make rags for thè
8. (Phr2) (silver vessels) "5 'b>3 “vessels of
head of every stature (to entrap persons)” (Ezek
•' i ?3; l
*]PP ^3 “silver and
13:18; cf. also 13:20). KB ! follows Rabin, who
gold vessels and garments” (e.g., Clen 24:53; cf.
equates HÌnD3 to Akk. kasitu, whicli is derived
also Exod 3:22; 2Sam 8:10); Akk: unut kaspi, e.g.,
from thè Akk. verb kasù, which, aniong other
huràsa kaspa unuti huràsi kaspi “gold, silver, vessels of gold (and) silver” (C’AD K 246b 4).
things, expresses thè concept of binding magically
(Jer 6:30); cf. Akk: kaspum mussuhum “bad quality
silver,” e.g., CHni 3HT
thus said thè Lord: woe to those who sew kesàtot
(CAD K 252a 3). Accordingly, Akk: kasitu = Heb: ninDS and
As noted by Speiser, thè Heb. expression ^P?
nixp nnbb 13ÍJ
means “bands for magic,” i.e., “binding magic,”
3~~rx ^rT'ì -usb npi?
e.g., kisir lumai liparriru kascta ìirammu màmìt lipturu
b^Z- “and Abraham paid out
“(may thè gods) sever thè knot of evil magic,
to Ephron...four hundred shekels of silver, thè
loosen thè binding magic, release thè oath”
going mercliant rate” (Clen 23:16)! finds its functional equivalent in thè Akk. idiom mahirat
(Surpu IV 69-70; cf. also CAD K 243b). Il
illaku “going price” or “price that goes” (LE
II Rabin, Or. 32 (1963) 126:2; Garfìnkel, 94.
48:8). Although accepted by such scholars as Weinfeld, Westbrook, and Sarna, V. Hurowitz
HSD = Akk. kepú
argues that “thè similari ty of Akkadian maljiru and
AHw 4C>7b). Akk. to bend, be blunt; Heb. to bene! > subdue.
Hebrew kcscp as well as between alàku and ober
V.
OB, Bogh, SB (CAD K 3 i2b;
leaves something to be desired...the terms refer to quite different things, mahirat illaku refers to thè
DENOTATIVE
price paid for a given commodity...However thè Hebrew terni, according to all opinions, refers
I. (I)eii2) (BH hapax) n??’ ~inp3 }ni2 n-Tì? non pra nnttf] “a gift in secret subdues
to thè nature of thè silver and not thè price of
anger; a present in secret allays great wrath” (Prov
thè reai estate.” Hurowitz maintains that “thè
21:14); Akk: sa ussitii zaqti kepàta lisànsu “thè tip
shortened expression of thè Neo-Babylonian texts may be related not only to thè Old Assyrian
of our sharp arrow is Munteci” (C'AD K 3 i2b i). While von Soden equates thè two lexemes, it
antecedents and thè I lebrew kcscp ober lassohcr
seems that thè I leb. hapax developed from thè
but also to thè kcscp ‘ober found in II Reg 12,
concrete Akk. connotation “to bend an object”
5.” The idiom in 2Kgs 12:5, however, is not
to thè abstract meaning “to subdue, allay.”
just “Oli? *]P3, rather ETK 131SJ ^03 “silver for entermg per person.” Accordingly, as maintained by Cogan and Tadmor (AB 1 1 1 37:5), “thè idiom
^33 = Akk. kapàpu v. fr. OB 011 (C'AD K 17 5 a ;
ober lassohcr ‘at thè current merchant’s price’, in
AI lw 442a). tei bend. 171
A n Akkadian Lexical Companion eor Biislical Hebrew
elis ittam kapir elcnu kuprani kapir “from thè base
DENOTATIVE
upward it is smeared with iYfiJ-bitumen, thè upper
i. (I)en2) (said ofhumans.), e.g., bd? 'n □•'sisari bpb *ipin □•'‘pain “ tlie Lord supports all
part
is
who stumble and raises all who are bent down”
179a
2).
(Ps 145:14; cf. also Ps 146:8); tpK TI Dipi!: HÏÏ3
Although most frequently employed with kupru
□ina ■’ròiò “ what shall 1 bring when I come
“bitumen,”
before thc Lord, when I bend myself (i.e., bow)
kapàru is used also with medication to be smeared
before God 011 high?” (Mie 6:6; cf. also Isa 58:5);
olito thè teeth.
Akk: e.g., pagana nùtm ana kutallisa kappat “her
smeared
with
suggesting
kupru-b\tumcii' (CAD
a
denominative,
K
Akk.
See thè discussion sub lì ”123 for Akk. kapàru
body is (that of) a fish, bent backward” (CAI) K
as three separate verbs.
175b); imhas etla iktapap lànsu “he smote thè young man, bent his body” (C’AI) ibid.). Akk. also has thè nuance “to bend around,” “to encircle”: alani
II 12D = Akk. kapàru II v. (Cd)A i47a; C’AI) K i78a). Akk. to wipe off (G-stem, D-stem), purify
karàsam ikappapa “they encircle thè city with a
(D-stem); I leb. to atone (Pi'el).
siege wall” (CAI) K 175b d). ,JÌ'
Cf. ^33.
DENOTATIVE
1. (I)cii2) (to wipe) ina namàri diqàra takappar —
“in thè morning you wipe thè pot clean” (CAD
Akk. kippn s. OB 011 (CAI) K 3yyb; AHw
K 178b c).
483a), snare.
2. (I)eii2) (referring to purification rites) sarra
The Heb. vocable is universally taken as 3
tukappar arkisu takpiràti ebbëti sarra tukappar “you
per. masc. sing. perfect, hence thè compound
purify thè king, afterward you perforili 011 thè
“'»23 «133 in Ps 57:7 is rendered as “my soul
king thè holy purification rites” (C'AI) K 179b
is lowered down.” However, in light of thè
d); ina pagri immeri àsipu luta ukappar “thè exorcist
parallel nouns H©”] “net” and HiTt?) “pit,” i.e.,
purifies thè tempie with thc carcass of thè sheep”
iba? nn'c; ns
'nvpb
nt?n
(CAD K 17yb 2).
rDirQ, thè compound idiom 'E??] should be
CDA I47a separates kapàru into three verbs: (1)
rendered as “a snare (for) myself.” This suggestion
kapàru I “to peel, strip” (G-, D-stem); (2) kapàru
is strengthened by noting that Akk. employs
II
thè substantive kippn “snare,” e.g., 4 piri battuti
(ritually)” (D-stem); and (3) kapàru III “to smear”
asbat 5 ina kippí asbat “I (Adad-nïrari II) caught
(Cì-stem).
“to wipe clean” (G-stem), “to wipe clean
four elephants alive, fi ve (more) I caught with
C'AD lists two verbs: (1) kapàru A (1783) =
snares” (CAD K 3yyb 1); sa ana alti tappisu issu
CDA kapàru II and III; and (2) kapàru B (i8oa) =
\incsu\...kunnassu kippn zlru “a man who covets
CDA kapàru I.
his neighbor’s wife...a nasty snare is prepared for
AHw lists two verbs: (1) kapàru I (442b) =
him” (BWL 130:88,90, Hymns).
CDA kapàru I and II; and (2) kapàru II (443a) =
Cf. ^33 v.
CDA kapàru IH. As
I
noted
by
C'ohen,
“L.andsberger,
now
followed by C'AD K 178—79, shows convincingly
“ISD = Akk. kapàru III v. (CT)A i47a = AHw
that von Soden’s kapàru I (AI lw 442b) must be
443a kapàru II). to smear.
divided into kapàru I ‘to trini, clip, strip off and DENOTATIVE
1.
kapàru II ‘to wipe off.’” However, contrary to
(I)en2) (BH hapax) .„“123 ^í? rqn ^ nfrj?
Landsberger, who maintains that von Soden’s
1233 pnpi ri'SÌD nnx nnspl “make yourself an
current
ark of gopher wood...and smear it inside and out
of
with bitumen” (Gen 6:14); Akk: istu saplànu adi
proposition, which simply changes von Soden’s
172
kapàru II
kupru
cannot
“bitumen,”
be
C'ohen
a
denominative
adopts
Levitie’s
An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion
for
kapàru II to kapàru III, thus maintaining that similar to thc Akk. kapàru, which is a denominative
nns
Biblical Hfbrlw
n“l3 — Akk. qcríi v. fr. OA, OB on (C'AI) Q 242a; AHw 9i8a). to invite (to a banquet).
verb from kupru, Heb. “123 “smear” is likewise a denominative from “133 “bitumen.”
l’I IRASEOLOGY
1. (Pliri) (BH hapax) n'piH? rH3 OH*? n“13"1
H I L a n d s b e r g e r , Date Palm, 3 o l ì . ; L e v i n e , E l 9 ( 1 9 6 9 ) 91; idem, 1974:123 27; C'ohen 53 :S.
□ij^r" mttn
“and he (thè king of Israel)
invited them to a great banquet; after they had "133 — Akk. kupru s. fr. OB 011 (CAI) K 55ìb;
eaten and drunk he let them go” (2Kgs 6:23); Akk:
AHw soya). bitumen.
ana qcriti qcrti “to invite to a banquet,” e.g., nisisu iqri |...| ana qcriti “he invited his people |...| to a banquet” (Atra-hasis, 92:40—41).
DENOTATI Vii
1. (1 )en 1 ) (BI I hapax) ...“l^T^S? n3FI ^ n&i?
(j? '
Cf. nns.
“1533 finm JV30 nnk nis?! “make yourself all ark of gopher wood...and smear it inside and out
rt"13 = Akk. qerìtu s. OA(?), OB, SB, NA (C’AD Q
with bitumen” (Cìen 6:14); Akk: kupra kapàru,
240a; AHw 9i7b). banquet, festival.
e.g., islu saplàtiu adi elis ittam kapir elciiu kuprarn kapir “from thè base upward it is smeared with
See H“13 v.
iff//-bitumen, thè upper part is smeared with kupru-bitumen” (C'AI) K \']-//'3PP “TO; 27 j?? 331 ?
thè Lord” (Prov 19:3); CT3~] D’P? 3*7 Tlp?pn]
s?nx ab “ crooked heart will be far from me//I
□'133 ^13© ‘’K’POi “I will vex thè hearts of many peoples when I bring [word of| your calamity”
will know 110 evil” (Ps 101:4); Akk: libbu egeru,
(Ezek 32:9);
libbu agàgu/ezezu, e.g., libbi
are perverse//they are full of inalice” (C'AD E
igugma issarih habatti “my (Assurbanipal’s) heart
42a c). 40. (Id2) (to make/be happy) /31? npt^/np©
became
Akk:
angry,
my
mood
furious”
(*CAD
A|
e.g., itgur libbasunuma//malli tussàti “their hearts
A n Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew
nnb, e.g., ’n ni^p//nb D"T?? rn^KO
tpép
ancr ’n nips
persecuted thè downtrodden and thè poor and
^he Lord’s precepts are just
(and) they cause joy//the Lord’s coniniandment is pure, (and) it causes happiness (lit. makes thè eyes shine)” (Ps 19:9 and passim);
"'tópnP zb nOÉT
n “let all who seek thè Lord rejoice” (iChr 16:10 and passim);
'.zb
r.npr
arrn inann av Z “on his
(Solomon’s) wedding day and on his day of joy”
hounded
thè
broken-hearted
to
death”
(Ps
109:16); Akk: kusup libbi (from Akk. kasàpu “to chip”), e.g., ina kusup libbi amuat ki sa rilassarti1 sa sarri...la anassaruni “I am dying of heartbreak that I cannot perforili thè Service for thè king” (C'AD K 587I-), NA*).
(SoS 3:1 1; cf. also lice 5:19); Akk: libbu hadiì / /inài
42. (kb) (dread) nnb nns, e.g., ïjrnb nnsp nnsri nt??X “frolli thè fear of your heart, which
tiamàru “thè heart rejoices/7thc eyes shines,” e.g.,
you will dread” (Deut 28:67); Akk: adirati1 sa libbi,
|is\tcmc awàte tuppi sarri bcliya u yilidi libbiya//11
e.g., liptattiru adirata sa libbiya “may apprehensions
cnnatnrù 2 ctiàya dannis “I heard thè words of thè
be removed from my heart” (CAD A I27a b and passim).
king my lord, my heart rejoiced//and my two eyes shone greatly” (E A 142:6-10; E A 144:1418);
ana
au’at...ììbi...iqlmsunusini
libbasunu
rcsis
43. (kb) (heartache) nb 3X?, e.g., DF1X1 'b-br. nn n???; nb nx?p ips>?n “but you
tlidtl “their hearts grew jubilantly happy (at) thè
shall cry from anguish and wail from heartache”
words that 1)N said to them” (CAD H 2sb 1 and passim). See Gruber, 585.
“to burn”), e.g., ina surup libbi rigme sarpis addiki
(happiness)
nP©
nb,
e.g.,
CnS
nP©
nb
nx?? nn nb r.Z'$SZ' “a joyfuf heart makes a
(Isa 65:14); Akk: surup libbi (from Akk. saràpu A “I cned to you ardently (and) with heartache” (C'AD S 257a lex.).
cheerful face, a sad heart makes a despondent mood” (Prov 15:13; cf. also Prov 17:22); /JÍÉ7É?
zb rrp. e.g., nb n abivb ^Trinx? vbn: npn “i inherited Your decrees forever, they are
44. (kb) (to despair, said of thè heart) /t^X 1
nb
1
‘cause thè heart to despair/be worried,”
e.g., nb m'b '38 TriaDI “I turned to let my heart despair” (Ecc 2:2o)/Xnp$ ^bx f")Xn nSpP
my heart’s joy” (Ps 119:11 1, idiomatic hapax)/rQtP
nb ^£3173 “from thc end of thè earth I cali to
ubinp bnxb -sn? unb tri©?? “gone is thè joy oV
You when my heart despairs (lit. is flint)” (Ps
our hearts, our dancing is turned into mourning”
61:3); Akk: libbu asasu, e.g., itanassus libbi “my
(Lam
heart continually despairs” (*CAD A ( 4243 b and passim).
5:15,
idiomatic
hapax);
Akk:
libbu elsu,
e.g., libba elsa sa màdis la nasi iss\akkan\ “he will be given a joyful heart, thè utmost he can bear” (C’AD li 1 ioa; OB*); Akk: hadi/ljud/clcs/ulus libbi
nb nnn, e.g., crn'bx nb nnhi nxa nnnn njnrn nó'btfb npnn “God
“joy/happiness of thè heart”s, e.g., sari balàtjya u
granted Solomon wisdom in great measure, with
badi libbi ardika “(thè king) is my life’s breath and
understanding and expanded heart, mind” (ìKgs
thè joy of thè heart of your servant” (CAD 11 2sa
5:9); Akk: libbu rapsu / ritpàsu (from Akk. rapasti “to
45. (kb) (wisdom)
b, li A 141:1 1; let. fr. Beirut)//mi lìti hùd libbi ana
be come wide”), e.g., Marduk ana mninàni sunuti
Akkadi ilùra “he returned victoriously, joyfully to
libba rapsa iddinsunùtima “granted magnanimity
Akkad” (CAD H 223b and passim)/ana Babili...
to those sages” (C’AD R 165b b and passim);
ina eles libbi nummur pani Itadis minima “I joyfully
Marduk bclu rabù libbi ritpàsu...rasaunima “Marduk,
entered Babylon with joy in my heart and beaming
thè great lord, obtained for me (Cyrus) great magnamimty” (CiAD R 382b).
face” (C’AD E 1 ioa)//7;« ulus libbi hud patii u tcdiqi “ili joy of heart, witli happy mien and in festive
The
Heb.
idiomatic
expression
/zb
nni
attire” (C'AD H 2243 c); Akk: nug libbi “ joy of
nnb (twice attested with thè idioms Dn/nn?
thè heart,” e.g., binti Nannarigasratu nug libbi linlil
□T? “high, lifted eyes [i.e., proud, pompous|”)
“daughter of thè moon-god, mighty one, Enlil’s heart’s joy” (C'AD N 3 1 3a and passim).
to be absent from thè Akk. idioms libbu rapsu/
41. (Id2) (broken-hearted) nnb nX??, e.g., nnipb nnb nx?" ':y r*x “but
“far-reaching heart, mind,” e.g., ina libbirn sundulti
connotes a haughty person. This meaning seems ritpàsu. Note also thè Akk. idiom libbu suddulu
A n Akkadian Lexical Companion por Biblical Hebrew
sa ili bàniya usarsanni “with thc wisdom (lit. far-
scxually with one of your eye-shaped pebble,
rcaching heart) that my god, my creator, granted
with one chain of your necklace.”
to me” (CiAD S 1943 c and passim).
Citi 1’»
46. (Id2) (in gen ni ty) nb ni3?n, e.g., Dnfc ttbp
snn nnxba bn nièwb nb na?n “He (thc Lord) fully endowing them with ingcnuity to executc any work of thè carver” (Exod 35:35); Akk: niklat
rob* = Akk. libbatu s. pi. tantum fr. OA, OB on (CiAD L 1 f»3b; AHw 548b). rage.
libbi “ingcnuity,” e.g., ina niklat libbiya...sumsunu
IDIOMATIC USACI’.
ambima “through my ingcnuity, I (Sennacherib)
1. (Idi) (tobe filled with rage) (Heb. idiomatic
gave names (to thè doors and their counter-
hapax) ’n
yards)” (C'AI) N, 22ob 1 and passim in Scnn.);
filled with rage against you, says thè Lord Cìod”
Akk: ina niklat ratnani ingcnuity, e.g., abiti siparri...
(Ezek 16:30); Akk: libbàti malti to be filled with
ina niklat ramaniya usepisma “I (Sennacherib) had a
rage against, e.g., santini libbàti imtala “thc king
gate of bronze made according to my clever idea
was filled with rage”; assumi harrànika Unni libbàtika
(i.e., my ingcnuity)” (CiAD ibid.).
mali “because of your journey thc god is filled
nb, e.g., ■'nnpn ©nn jìd? nni D*nb$ ’b xnn "lina zb
with anger against you” (CiAD L 1643 2').
47. (Id2) (guilelcss; lit. pure heart) “IÌÌ112
“fashion a pure heart for me, O Cìod, create in me a steadfast spirit” (Ps 51:12); 3*7 “lintp nìlX “he loves purity of heart” (Prov 22:1 1); Akk: libbu ellu, e.g., libbisu eliti limili “may his pure heart be
, rix
dk? ^nnb nba^; na “how am I
nbaX is taken here as a Pu'al imperfect of ìÒa “to fili,” with a shift of X to
n, which is common
in X"b verbs. (Ili Cohen, Hapax 47-48; Mankowski, 77-80.
cairn!” (CiAD 1. i6sblex.). 48. (Id2) (midst of bodies of water) /nnb
□'Dyn; nb/“i
1 1 thè midst of thè sea/on thè high
seas” (Exod 15:8; Ezek 27:4;
J0 1 1
= Akk. labànatu s. SB; WSem. lw. (CiAD L 8b; AHw 522a). frankincense.
2:4; Prov 23:34;
30:19); Akk: libbi nari: ki sa libbi nari nchi “like thè
Akk. labànatu occurs in medicai contexts, and in a
calili ìniier part of thè river” (CiAD L 1693).
medicai commentary is equated to urti “spoking-
PARAI I LI.ISM
plant” (CiAD L 8a). I H van Bcek, lìiAr ^3/3 (i6) 70ÍF.
49. (Pari) (heart//liver). s.v. nnn.
Erab = Akk. lubsu, lubustu s. fr. OAkk. on (CiAD
?? Akk. ìababu v. SB (CiAD L 7a; AHw 52ib).
L 232I1; AHw 561 a), clothing.
Akk. to rage; Heb. to arouse scxually?
cognati
N.M. Waldman (JBL 89
[1970]
215-217)
maintains that in SoS 4:9 thè Heb. verb nnb is not to be derived from
ab, nnb “heart,”
rather is thè
etymological as well as thè semantic equivalent of Akk. verb labàbu, LH
nnb
and that a semantic
development has taken place in BH from a sense
1.
;
accusativi
;
(CA) (to wear a garment) Efanbp Knb
(idiomatic hapax), ■'“DJ tràbp D’tZnbn b? “all who wear foreign dress” (Zeph 1:8); Akk: lubsa labàsu, e.g. ulablnsuka lubsa rabà “clothed you in a great garment” (Cìeorge, CÀlgameslt, 640:137). PIIKASLOLOGY
“to rage”>”to be arouscd in fury,” to one of “to
2. (Phr2) mnbp Ennb “ royal garment” (Esth
be arouscd scxually.” Although Waldman admits that this semnatic development is not apparent in
6:8;
Akkadian, nevertheless, he rcnders thè lexeme
sarrùtisu ishutma “he strippcd off his royal garment”
nma ”r?nb nbn -•:--;sa p:r nnxn -*rra “ you
me
thè king,” e.g., lubustum sani sa ina sabàt qàte ilàni
scxually my sister, my bride, you arouscd me
illabbis “(thb being) thè attire of thè king, in which
m SoS 4:9, i.e.
Timf
"rqnb
arouscd
8:15);
Akk:
lubustu sa saniiti, e.g.,
lubulti
(CiAD L 233b b). Cf. also lubustu sa sani “attire of
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
he vested at thc ceremony of thc accompanying of thc divine images” (CAD L 233b b).
hor
Biblical Hebrew
by labittu (CiAD I, 1763; AHw 55 ia). brick, muti brick.
1 >li NOTATI Vli cognati
3. (Dcn2)
irnbs nnn...Di“ixp xa rrr 'Q
1. (CA)
“who is coming from Edom.. .niajcstic in attire?”
; accusativi;
pbb “make bricks” (Cìen 1 1:3;
Lxod 5:7); Akk: libitta labàtui, e.g., awilam dati nani
(Isa 63:1); Akk: e.g., lubusta rabita lubusta huràsi
ana libittim labdnim turdam “send me a strong man
sàmi Marduk u Stirpaliitu In ulabbisusunutinia “I clad
for making bricks” (CiAD L cja and passim).
Marduk and Sarpanitu with a splendici garment,
2. (CA) (straw for brick-making) |2n nnb
a garment (decorateci) with red gold” (CiAD L
cnnbn pbb oi?b ‘ ‘you shall 110 longer provide straw for making thè bricks” (Lxod 5:7); Akk:
23 5a b). Cf. rà 1 ?» ,03*7 v.
tibui sa ana lcbcnn\sa Muniti “straw for making bricks” (CiAD L 1773 b).
= Akk. labbu (/abbatti) fr. (nX’Ob/rPD^O OAkk. 011 (CiAD L 243; 233; AHw 5263). lion, lioness.
Akk. libbitu is glossed in EA by labitu = labittu, e.g., u tinammusu libittu (gloss: labittu) istu \s\upal tappatisi u anàku la inainmtisii istu stipai sepe sarri bcliya “though a brick may move from beneath
DliNOTATI Vii
1.
□ , ’3?b
(Dc'112) (to roar said ofa lion), e.g., ib 113X27
□iiri =--'?22 3X2T xnbs “their (thè AssyrianV) roaring is like a lion’s, they roar like a great beast” (Isa 5:29); Akk: utta’ar ki /abbi “he (thc Anziì-bird) was roaring like a lion” (CiAD N 8a); ina pi /abbi nà'iri ni ikkimii salaintu “one would not snatch a carcass from thc jaws ofa ravening lion” (Rrra V
1 1 ). The above Isaiah verse depicting thè Assyrians (in war) as a raging lion is comparable to thè
its companions, I will not move from beneath thè feet of thè king my Lord” (E A 296:16-22; let. fr. Yahtiru). It seems that thè only reason thè Can. scribe added thè gloss is because it is a little closer to thè Heb. i"I33b in its originai forni; thus HjQb > riabilititi!, which could also have developed into labittu with a short a vowel between thè n and t eliding (Ausstossvoka! principio) and thè 11 then assimilating to t, i.e., nt > tt. tjr
cf. pb v.
description of their kings as labbis nudarti “to rage like a lion”; e.g., ina uggat libbiya nmmànàt Assur = Akk. labàsu v. fr. OA, OB 011 (CiAD L 173;
gapsàti adkema labbis annadirma ana kasàui unitati satina astakan paniya “in thè anger of my heart I
AH w 52 3b). to wear.
(Sargon II) set in motion thè mighty armies of
IM IRASliOI.OCY
Assur, and, raging like a lion, set out to conquer those lands” (CiAD I, 23b a); labbis annadirma issarli} kabatti “I (Esarhaddon) became as angry as a lion, my mood became furious” (CiAD ibid.). In Akk. labbu is a poetic word for “lion,” contrasted to thè more common ncsti. Cf.
rana, e.g., ^ab" EHp “12 np? (Lev 16:4; SoS 5:3; Isa 22:21; Exod 29:5); Akk: kutàna labàsu, e.g., kutàuam allitabsisu addissum “I gave him a kutàna-textile for his clothing” (CiAD K 6o7b). 2. (Phn) (to wear a breastplate) (Epbn/Khb ITHp/lTHt?, e.g., 273b , l Ì®K“I bi? nt?T!3 SHip |n31 lint» inix “and he (Saul) placed a bronze helmét
|3b = Akk. labtinu v. fr. OA, OB 011 (CiAD L 8b; AHw
1. (Pliri) (to wear a garment) CS’pbn/Ehb
S22a).
to
make bricks.
Cf. na 1 ?.
on his (David’s) head and clothed him with a breastplate” (iSam 17:38; Jer 46:4); Akk: siriani litbusu, e.g., attalbisa siriani liuliam situai sciti àpira ràsua “I (Sennacherib) put 011 a siriani and covered my head with thè helmet fit for battio” (CiAD S
=
Akk. libittu s. fr. OAkk. on; LA: glossed
3
' 3 b).
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biblical Hebrew
clothing”
“be clothed 111 terror,” e.g., Dnipj?”! '“I32 niO
(e.g., Cìen 28:20; Lev 6:4; Ezek 42:14); Akk:
Ì2731 ?' ni“nn 'ItDÈE’IT “they (thè kings) shall take
subàia labàsu, e.g., khna subàtam la labsàku ul fide
off their embroidcred garments, they shall clothe
3.
(Phre)
D'in/lj?
Ehb
“wear
“do you not know that I do not have a garment
thcmsclvcs
to put on?” (CAD L iyb b and passim).
puluhta labàsu, e.g., ana epes tàhazi sutalbusu pulhàti
4. (Phr2) (to dress in rags) HOl]
D’ffnjpi
“and slumber will clothe (you in) rags” (Prov
with
terror”
(Ezek
26:16);
Akk:
“they are clad in terror for doing battio” (CiAD L iya d).
23:21); Akk: subài naksu labsàkuma “I was dressed in a torn garment” (CiAD L i8a); karra labàsu, e.g., quddud appasti panusu \arpu\ karru labis male na\si\ “his head hanging down, his face pale, clad in rags, with unkempt hair” (CiAD K 222a, Descent
ìb = Akk. lu indecl. prec. part. fr. OAkk. 011 (CiAD L 2243; AFlw 5.s8b). Akk. be it, indeed, or; Heb. be it, if.
of Istar); ana mattili karra labsàta ina màtiui ilù sina
DENOTATIVE.
halqùma anàku karra labsàku “for whom are you
1. (Dcii2) (bc it) ^33*7 rrir ‘jmïí’ ìb “let it
dressed in a mourning garment? From thc land
he that Ishmael will live before you” (Cìen 1 8:1 8);
two gods are missing and so I ani dressed in a
Akk. fatili suhàram lu màruki “take thc boy, let him
mourning garment’” (Adapa 43'—44').
be your son” (CiAD L 224I-) 1).
5. (Phr2) (to elodie 111 red)
2.
(Deii2)
(even
i
f)
■'ed
bv
‘rpr
xòi
e.g., trns? djj ■’3E7 ccràbsn “i will clothe you in scarlet and fmery” (2Sam 1:24; Jer 4:30; Prov
^DD “even if 1 had a thousands shekels of silver in
31:21); Akk: subàta sàma lubbusu, e.g., subàta sàuna
king)” (2Sam 18:12); Akk. atti lu sabsàt “even if
subàt namrirri zumur ella utabbiska “1 have clothed
you are angry” (CiAD L 22sb b).
your pure body 111 a red garment, a garment of awesome splendor” (CiAD S 1273 lex. section).
The forni lùmc occurs at Ugarit*: u lùme sùbulumma “would that you not send” (CiAD L 2463).
6. (Phr2) (to wear goatskm) ""l? rhiJ mi vt
my hands, (I would not raise a hand against thè
□■'•rrn “ and she covered his hands
IH Speiser, A lì 1 170:5; Westcnnann, 371:6;).
witli thè skins ofkids” (Cìen 27:16); Akk: summa awilu maski tirisi labis “if a man (dreams that he)
—
Akk. lamiì (lawti) v. fr. OAkk. 011 (CiAD I.
is clad 111 thè hide of goat” (CiAD M i 378a 2');
6ya; AIIw 541 a), to encircle; Heb. to accompany,
\iltabbi\is maski labbimtna irappud s\era\ “he will
join oneself to (referring only to people).
don thè skin of a I1011 and go roaming thè |wild|” DENOTATIVE
(Cìeorge, (ìilgamcsh, 642:147). I RANSFLRLI) MEANING
7. (TM2) (to be clad in splendor) nin EÓ 1 ? Tlìll “be clothed in majesty,” e.g., n^nìl
'il
mnb “inni nin nxr? “ O Lord my Cìod, you are very great; you are clothed ili glory and majesty” (Ps 104:1); tón'pn inni nini rn:n pio «3 nn? “deck yourself now with grandeur and eminence; clothe yourself in glory and majesty” (Job 40:10); Akk: mclamma labàsu/halàpu “to be clothed/draped with splendor” (i.e. awe-inspiring siiceli), e.g., sa
i. (i)en2) ...'bx ■’etk
')b
in© xnjp I?
bv
n^ip,
Di?3n nn? “i!?xm_
“and she (Leali) deelared, ‘this
time my husband shall encircle (i.e., accompany) me’, therefore he was named Levi (i.e., thè one who encircles)” (Cìen 29:34); Akk: bila ilammù itarrùnimma “(thè gods) walk around thc sanctuary and return” (Rit. Are., p. 120: 1 1); magratta annìta sibùtu itanru u il tamii “thè witnesses have seen and walked round this threshing floor” (CiAD L 71:1 b).
slieen, (who) is clad in splendor” (CiAD L 173 lex.
Whereas ABD asserts that “thc meaning of thè name is uncertain,” it seems that thè equation
section); labis mclammi csret ilàni “(Marduk) clad in
with Akk. latvù “to encircle, to move in a circle”
thc splendor of ten gods” (CiAD M ioa).
depiets thè actual function of thè Levites, whose
salummat ranni litbusu mclammi “he who wears thè
8. (TM2) (to be clad in terror) HÍTin EQ*?
task was to encircle, i.e., protect thè Tent of
An Akkadian Lexical Companion Meeting, e.g., ^nx nnj?- 1
x 1?
por
nx moen nb?!
Biblical Hlbrf.w
Bib — Akk. litu B s. NA (CiAD L 223!-»; AHw ss8a).
in bnxn nnàs? bib nyia “they
Akk. sketch, drawing; Heb. covering.
(thè Levites) shall move in a circle around you and discharge thè duties of thè Tent of Meeting,
denotativi;
all thè Service of thè Tent, but no outsider shall
i.(i)cii2)
(npsa/Aoi1?)
'ib
nrn nns
bv npioan nppani crasn bs bv toi^n ai^n □ h i?n by> “and he will destroy 011 this mount
intrude upon you” (Num 18:4). IH AHI), 2y4a.
thè shroud that is drawn over thè faces of all thè
Cf. rn 1 ?* .rriy.
peoples and thè covering that is spread over all thè niS = Akk. leu (Icku, liT). s. fr. OAkk. 011. Sum.
nations” (Isa 25:7); Akk: litu//usumittu “sketch//
K ‘ii-
stela,” e.g., sarru bòli littu òtcsir usumittu izzaqap
u-uni (CiAD L is6b; AIIw S4C>b). Akk. writing-
“thè king, my lord, drew a sketch (and) erected
board (> document); board-shaped object; I leb. board. IMIIi.
thè stela” (CiAD L 223b). '•*' Cif. ah v.
ASEOLOGY
1. (Phr2) (to write 011 a board) bv TQnpi
ÌTlb/ìT'Ò* = Akk. limitu s. (Ci)B liuHat) fr. Ci)A,
nrnnnn nx ninòn “i shall write 011 thè tablets
OB (CiAD L 191 a; AIIw 558a). Akk. perimeter; Heb. wreatli, spirals.
thè words...” (Exod 34:1,28; Deut 10:2,4); Akk: ina le i ana muhhika satir “(thè 33 shekels) are recorded in your name in thè document” (*CAI) L 1 57b 2' and passim). Whereas BH (e.g., Exod 24:12;
denotativi
I.(l)en2)
;
-’^XnV nn |n nn1? “they (thè
parental instructions) are a graceful wreath upon
’2X nrÒ “tablets of stone”
your head” (Prov 1:9; 4:9); hirisànisunu suppuìma
34:1,4,28) is commonly
sutashuru limissun “their moats were deep, making
employed, in Akk. only wood and metal are attested.
a complete circle” (CiAD L I92b c).
The semantic equivalent of Heb. idiomatic
Whereas Akk. limitu has a wide rango of meanings,
hapax m 1 ? “cedar board” (e.g., n^n DX1
bh
nò n'by msj x^n “i f she is a door, we will
n;f? has an additional semantic development,
i.e., “orcuniference > circle > wreath.”
panel it with cedar board” (SoS 8:9)) is thè Akk.
Note also that jnn 1 ? “leviathan” (thè name
expression (lappi cròni “cedar board,” e.g., ina
of thè mythological serpent), which is modified
(lappi crini sa kaspa litbusu usatrisa sulùlsu “I laid
once (Isa 27:1) by jin^pSJ ©P13 “thè twisting
over it (thè construction) as roofing cedar boards
serpent” (Isa 27:1), may likewise be related to thè
plated with silver” (CiAD D io6a a).
verb laum - mb, i.e., “th e one who makes circles”
IH Tawil,
(in thè sea).
BASOR 341 (2006) 37-52.
Cif. irò v. tOlb = Akk. latu v. OB 011 (CiAD L 1 13a; AIIw 54ob). Akk.: to control, confine; Heb. to wrap or cover. di ; notati
271^ = Akk. làsu A v. OB, Bogh., SB (CiAD L 1 lob; AHw 54oa). to knead.
vi;
denotativi
1. (Dcii2) nbpra nmb xn nan “it is over
1.
;
(I)eii2) (to knead flour) KÒni nì3j? nj?ni
there, wrapped in a cloth” (1 Sani: 21:10); TIE
niUD msni “and she took flour, kneaded (it) and
mnnx? ■ ‘he wrapped his face with his mantle”
baked
(iKgs 19:13); Akk: e.g., là'it crscti rapasti “(Samas)
e.g., hasi sikuti\m\.. .istònis ime ildsma ukassàma “he
who Controls thè entire earth” (CiAD L i 133 b).
kneads powdered kastì together with water; he cools it” (CiAD L 1 lob).
c:f.
dò .
187
unleavened
bread”
(iSam
28:24);
Akk:
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
hor
Biblical Hebrew
Whereas Akk. employs thè noun listi (CAI) !..
as an ox licks up thè grass of thè field” (Num 22:4);
2i6a) for “dotigli,” BH utilizes thc vocable pS3
Akk: (said of an ox), e.g., stimma alpu masklsu ulcìk
(e.g., Exod 12:34,39; 2Sam 13:8).
“if an ox licks its skin” (CiAD L 1 i6a b).
□nb — Akk. Icmu v. OAkk. (ta’amu), OB, Bogh.,
nb ?? Akk. Ialiti s.; syn. list* WSem. lw. (CAI) I.
EA, SB, NA, NB (CiAD L i2Óa; AHw 5433). Akk.
453; AI lw 528b) sprout; young shoot (CDA 1763).
to take food or drink to soften (111 thè mouth); Heb. The three dictionaries (CiAD, AIIw, Cd) A)
use as food, eat.
maintain that Iàliti employed in thè syn list* denotativi
(lìxplicit Malku HI) i.e., Ialiti = pi ritti “shoot,” is a
;
WSem. lw. von Soden equates it with BH adj. Tlb
1. (l)en 1) T13DÌ2 pp 'Cnbs ÌBnb 131?
“wet.” Thus, assuming a semantic development
“come, eat from my (Wisdom’s) food, and drink
“wet”>”young shoot.”
from my mixed wine” (Prov 9:5); Akk: adi enea la tàmuru akalam sikaram la tala'amu “before you have mct me you shall not take bread or beer”
‘'tlb = Akk. Ialiti s. Nuzi, SB (CiAD L 44I1; AHw
(CAD L 12ób 1, OAkk. let.).
S 2 8 b ) . Akk. jaw; H e b . jaw, check.
Note thè three variants of thè verb: Akk. “1. OB PIIRASEOI.OGY
and SB leniti to which belong OAkk. *laljàmu
1. (Phr2) (to strike thè cheek/jaw), e.g., ...n3, l
(tala'am) and NA le'antu. 2. OB and SB *lemti................
’nVil *7SJ “he struck (Micaiah) 011 thè check” (Kgs
3. NB ìchcmu (prct. alhcm, pres. ilehhem)” (CiAD
22:24; Mie 4:14; Ps 3:8 etc.); Akk: leljà mahàsu,
L 1273).
e.g., mihslsu sa P N itamru lahesti ina hatti mahis u dama mttssur “they looked at thè bruises of P N : his jaws had been bruiscd with a stick, and were bleeding” (CiAD I. 44b). 2. (Phr2) (jawbone of an animai) “1100 'nb “jawbonc of an ass” (Judg 1 s: 1 5,16); Akk: laljc alpi
= Akk. haìàsu v. fr. OB 011 (CiAD H 40a; AHw 31 ia). Akk. 1. to press, squeeze, and 2. to clean by combing; Heb. (metathesis) squeeze, press, fìg. to oppress.
“jawbone of an ox” (CiAD L 44b lex. section).
KB 1
Whereas in BH Tl'p comes to connote both “jaw”
asscrtions are unwarranted 011 semantic grounds.
and “cheek,” Akk. employs thè noun letti for
Although Akk. baiasti “to press, squeeze out” and
“check.” Accordingly, thè Akk. idiom Icta mattasti “to strike thè cheek” is thè semantic equivalent of Heb. , nb (n bs?) n?n, e.g., salirti u samù limitasti Ictka “thè drunken and thè thirsty shall strike your cheek” - a Symbol of humiliation (Descent of Istar r. 1:28); Heb: e.g., nS“m S?3®’ 1 "II 1 ?
]rr
“let him offer his cheek to thè smiter, let him be surfeited with shame” (Lam 3:30).
equates
Akk.
halàstt to
Heb.
fbn.
KB"s
Heb. fbn ' “pulì off > save, resene” are related etymologically, they are semantically distinct. Akk. lialàsu, which is employed in sequencc with sahàtu (= Heb. 0112?) “to press” (grapes and other fruits), also means “to press.” Although devoid of this Akk. usage, ncvcrtheless, it seems better to equate Akk. halàstt to Heb. fnb “press,” invoking a metathesis that commonly occurs between these two languages. I H T a w i l , Nahtild 2 ( 2 0 0 1 ) 1 — 1 3 .
Th — Akk. Icku v. OB, SB (CiAD L 1 i6a; AHw 542a). to lick. ttfnb = Akk. *lahàsti DliNO IATI Vii
i. (Dem) (to lick, said of an ox) 1311^ nn?
nx “ritèn -nb3 irnrrnp b3 nx bnpn “now this hoard will lick clean all that is about us
V.
OB, MB, SB (CiAD L
4 ob;
AHw 528a). Akk. to murmur (a prayer) (Gt-Stem), to whisper (D-stem); to whisper to oneself (DtStem); Heb. to murmur, whisper (Pi‘el), to whisper to each other (Hitpa'el).
A n Akkadian Lexicae Companion por Biblicai. Hebrew
DENOTATIVE
“(So long as thè earth endures, ...), day and night
1. (1)0112) (to nnirmur a speli) »027' iÒ “I27X
shall not cease” (Gen 8:22); Akk: scrini lilàti, “day
□ano nnnn “inin n'orbi; ‘rípV “so no onc will
and night” (CAD L 1 8sa b); EA: seri u Ulama “days
hear thè niurinur of thè channers or thè expert
and nights” (EA 195:13; let. fr. Damascus; for thè
mutterer of spells” (Ps 58:6); Akk: kalu ... una uzni
reading li(’)nw “people” instead of lì lama “night”
imittisu ana uzni sumclisu ula\hhas\ “thè kalu-singer
111 EA 195:13; 205:6, see Morati, AL 273:2).
whispers (thè prayer) into his right ear (and) into
di noi
his loft ear” (CAI) L 4ob h).
\11\i
2. (Dem) (coldness of thè night), e.g., DÌ #3
2. (I)eii2) (to whisper to oneself/each other),
nb^3 nijpi 3"in “scorching heat ravaged me by day and frost by night” (Cìen 3 1:40); Akk:
e.g., D'tórònP vns? n in k-p] “ and David saw that his servants were whispering to each other”
ina serti irnim ina lilàti kussu “is fevensh in thè
(2Sani 12:19; Ps 41:8); Akk: summa ultaljljis “if he
morning and cold at night” (CiAD L 1S5I1 d).
whispers to himself, (then ...)” (CAD I. 4>a). PIIRASEOI.OGY ,j?'
C'f. ©nb.
3. (Phr2) (terror of thè night) /ïïb'b 1112 ní^ “terror (lit. fear) of thè night”:
= Akk. liljsu s. SB, NA (CAD 1. 1843; AHw
DÍ3Í’' fnp
SS2a). Akk. speli, rumor; Heb. speli, aniulet.
iib
H1SÍ2 “you need not fear thè
terror by night or thè arrow that flies by day” (Ps 91:5); nìb'bì “insp ìdt bv •n-jn etx “each with
Three of thè fi ve Heb. references deal with spells
sword 0 1 1 thigh because of terror by night” (SoS
against snakes. In Isa 3:20 thè term denotes a
3:8); Akk: e.g., musitu pululitu sa lilàti “night, thè terror of thè evening” (CiAD L 1853 b).
physical object (presumably used with spells). In one Akk. passage liljsu refers to rumors: rumors”
The Can. forili lelu is once employed as thè
(CAD I. i84a a). Also, in Akk. thè construction
antonym of scru (I leb. “11127) “morning/dawn,”
liljsa lahàsu may exist: liljsu tu\laljljas\ tcriqqamma
e.g., ana sepe sani bcliya Samas sipir seri u letama
musadbibut
liljsu
“those
who
spread
7-su ana pani 7-tanni amqut “at thè feet of thè king, my lord, thè sun, thè messenger of thè morning
“you |murmur| thè prayer and go away” (CAD L 4oa b).
and thè night seven times (and) seven times I fall”
Cf. crò v .
(EA 195:1 1 — 15; let. fr. Biryawaza). lei is attested as a gloss for misa “night”: u anumma inassaru CN 2^5 = Akk. ladinnu (laduu, ladunu) s.
ài sani bcliya una u misa (gloss: lei) “and beliold I
SB, NB (CAD L 36,1; AIIw 5273). ladanum (an aromatic).
guard Megiddo, thè city of thè king, my lord, day and night” (EA 243:10-13; let. from Megiddo).
Ladanum was among thè caravan goods of thè rP ì?'’i7 = Akk. lilitu (//7/5 masc.) s. OB, SB; Sum. lw.
Ishmaelites and thè gifts ofjacob’s sons that were
HI, wind (CiAD L Hjoa; AI Iw 553a). demon.
brought to Egypt (C'.en 37:25; 43:11). Twenty talents ofladanum was among thè tribute presented
DENOTATIVE
to Tiglat-pileser III by King Rezin of Aram.
1. (Dem) (ìnhabiting places uninhabited by humans) (BH hapax) nXSEI HiTìnn D27 “JX rmp pò ' ‘there ( 1 1 1 thè desolation of Edom) too thè lilith shall repose” (Isa 34:14); Ulti sa ina seri ittanasrabbitu “thè lilù-demons, which rage about incessantly in thè plain” (CiAD L njob lex.).
( I l C ' o h e n , H a p a x 5 7 : 3 7 ; T a d m o r , l'igldt-Pilcscr III, 5 4
XIX:6.
= Akk. lilàtu s. pi. tantum fr. OAkk., OB 011 (CAD L 1843; AHw 552b). night.
Sum. HI points to “phantom,” “ghost,” “haunting spirit” (CiAD L 6ob).
MERISMUS
i. (Mer2) (day and night) iràET ìÒ
On
Ili Ciohen, Hapax 133:66. 1 89
An
—
Akkadian Lexical Companion
por
Biislical Hebrew
3.
Akk. ttesti s. fr. OB on (CiAD N i93a; AHw
7833). lion (I leb.
(Deii2) (other skills)
n©j? HTirr '35 "IS1?1?
“to teach thè Judites ‘|The Song of thc| Bow’,”
interchange).
(2Sam 1:18); Akk. naggàrùtu dnllu qàtesu gabbi mala ;
sCimaQ) lamdu tilammassu “he will teach him thè
1. (I )en2) (lion and cubs) Xp 1 ? ';n//Z"b
carpenter’s craft, his entire craft, whatever he
denotativi
“lion//lion cubs,” e.g., ^nV/^ia
13K
nnsir xnb “ die lion perishes for lack of prey//
himself was tauglit” (CiAD 1. s8a b). ,j?'
c.f. Tiob .T'o’pn.
and thè lion’s cubs scattered” (job 4:1 1 ; cf. also Isa 30:6, i.e., V'b) K'nb; Prov 30:30, i.e., "1123 V'b n0!133 “thè lion is inightiest aniong thè beasts”); Akk: ncsù - muràtil nè si “lions - lion cubs,” e.g., 1 5 ttesù dannùti istu sadc u qisàte ina qàte asbat 50
ma 1 ? — Akk. lamdu, litndti, lummudu, adj. (CiAD L C>7b; 19K1; 24ób; AHw 533b; 5C>3b). experienced, trained.
murarti ne si lu assà “I (Assurnasirpal II) captured
denotativi ;
with (my own) hand fìfteen strong lions from thè
1. (Den 1) (with language skills) □•'Tifi 1 ? p© 1 ?
mountains and forests, I carried off fifty lion cubs”
“skilled tongue” (Isa 50:4); Akk: dibbi laminadùti
(CiAD N 1953 d and passim).
“instructed (i.e., experienced) words” (CiAD L
Akk. employs thè fem. ncstu, abscnt from BI I. The CiAD (I, 2>a n.) notes that “labbu is poetic
246b) . '
g
'
Cif. lob v.; T'B'pn.
word for lion, contrasted with thè more common ne su.” (In thè Syn. lists labbu = nésu. See CiAD 1.
pb* = Akk. lu’u s. OB 011 (CiAD L 2583; AHw
243 lex. section.) In Heb., however, this usage is
s6sb). throat.
reversed.
DENO L A I I Vi;
cf. x~7.
1 .
(1 )eii2) (BH Hapax)
~sbz
pst? np^l
“thrust a knife into your gullet (i.e., control nnb — Akk. lamadu v. fr. Ci)A, OB (CiAD L. 53b;
yourself)”
AHw 53 ia). to learn (G-Stem, Qal), teach (D-Steni,
sa ùtappiqu la imaltharu |sarà] “my throat (var.
Pi‘el).
windpipe), which was swollen so that it could DI NO' \ 1 1 \ 1 1. (Den 1) (reverence of thè gods) Í1X □SJÍDE7X']
(Prov
23:2);
Akk.
Ini (var.
mal’ad)
not take in [air]” (BWL 54:32, Ludlul; CiAD 1. 2s8a).
Sivb,
□ ,, pn ^3 Tlic nXT*? IHip 1 ?'' -rs n3T “that I
Whereas BH employs thè verb
let them hear My words, in order that they may
denominative from J?V , in Akk. thè verb is absent.
probably a
learn to revere Me all thc days” (Deut 4:10; cf. also Deut 14:23; 17:19; 31:12-13); 1S7BIZ7 D'33 131 ? come my sons, listen to me,
£2&b — Akk. la’dtu v. MB 011 (CiAD L 6b; AHw 52 ib). to swallow.
I will teach you reverence of thè Lord” (Ps 34:12);
DENOTATIVE
Akk: sa palali ili u istarti litmudu surrussu “who (Nabopolaser) is trained in his heart by reverence of gods and goddesses” (VAB IV 60 18). 2. (Deii2) (martial art skills), e.g., //3"in non 1 ?» '~vbt; “ skilled (with) sword//trained in \\ aliare" (SoS 3:8); T.Zp •'3“| i Tl//3- 1.01 ]30 Trsilicici and sword experts//skilled
i.(l)eii2) (to swallow food): (BI I hapax)
n-rn cnxn Dian ]p X3 'iuybn “give me some of that red stuff to gulp down” (Gen 25:30); Akk: (said of food), e.g., astiati summa daddaris ala'ut “I swallow thè food (lit. cercai) as ifit were stinkweed” (CiAD L 6b a).
in archery//experienced in warfare” (iCihr 5:18);
The verb la’dtu is a variant of alàtu “to swallow”
Akk: almad sale qasti “I (Assurbanipal) learned to
employed
shoot with thè bow” (CiAD L s5b 2).
33^)-
in
OB,
MB,
Bogh.,
SB
(CiAD
A
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biblical Hebrew
TEÒ — Akk. diparti s. OB, Mari, SB, NB (C’AI) I.
Note also that metathesis +
i 56b; AI lw i72b). tordi.
occurred.
interchange has
PAR Al I HI.ISM
~ Akk. lapani prep. SB, NA 011; WSem. word.
1. (Pari) (oven//tordi) nani iTsV/'lïïri
nVx- D'inn jn -ni? m
"nan
“there appeared a smoking oven and a flaming
la + paini (CAI) L 8ob; AIIw 534b). Akk. (from) before; Heb. before.
tordi, whidi passed between those pieces” (Clen
dp.no tat i
15:17); Akk: kinùnu//dipàru, e.g., et A qal.ru linimir
1.
vi;
(1 )en2) (spatial “before”) nÌ7“lS HEin
kinuni bili ti lintiapilj dipàri “may my dark and smoky
“when he stood before Pharaoh” (Cìen 41:46);
lieartli glow (again), my extinguished tordi ilare up” (CAI ) I) 1 s6b a).
Akk: kaspn lapani P N nadin “thè silver was handed
PIIRASLOLOCiY
2. (Pliri) (flaming tordi) 27X TEÒ, e.g., "li"?? -rpy?
urx
“ps'rrv/rrsi.n
m
“like
a
flaming
over before P N ” (C'AD L 8ia 5). 2. (Deio) (temporal “before”) Ï1N nn?? □00 “before he destroyed Sodom” (Cìen 13:10); Akk: lapani sa issaparuni “before he had sent word”
brazier aniong sticks//and like a flaming tordi
(CAD L 8 ib b).
among sheaves” (Zech 12:6; cf. also Cleti 15:17;
Akk. lapani frequently corresponds to Heb. ’ÌE^P
Dan 10:6); Akk: dipàr isàti fire tordi (CAD I)
“from before”: lapani nakri niptasin “we hid from
1 57a d).
thè enemy” (C'AD P 2i8a).
3. (PI12) (to carry/hold a tordi) TEÒ pTnn
□na^n □‘piabsp -p? “they hold thc torches iti their loft hand” (Judg 7:20); Akk: dipàra
lapani corresponds
to
thè
standard
Akk.
prepositions istu pan “from before” and ina pan “before.”
nasù, e.g., Anunnaki issu dipàràti ina uamrirrisunu uhamrnatu màtum “thè Anunnaki bore torches aloft, setting thè land aglow with their brilliance” (Cìeorge, Gilgamesh, 708:104-5); nàs dipàri ràkib sàri “(sorceress) carryitig a tordi, riding thè storili”
nsb = Akk. lapàtu v. fr. OAkk. oti (C'AD L 82b; AHw 53 sa), to touch; I leb. to touch, grasp (with a twisting niotion).
(CAI) ibid. and passini).
denotativi
4. (Phr2) (to light a tordi) “PEÒ “!S?3/“1Snn, e.g., E3T1EÒ? ni!2p3
□■’TS i ?2 Í2X -)S?:n “he
(Samson) lit thè torches and turned (thè foxes) loose aniong thè standing grani of thè Philistines” (judg
15:5);
ts 1 ??
nny^v/npis
naào
ar
ny
“lip’ “till her victory emerges rcsplendent//and her triumph like a flaring tordi” (Isa 62:1); Akk: dipàra napàhn, e.g., ab ri nnppuhu dipàri qcdu ana 1 beri namirtu saknat “pyres were glowing, torches lit, there was light for one doublé mile (around)” (CAD I) 1 5f>b a and passim). In Clen 15:17,
“PS 1 ?
represents God, sudi is also
i.(l)eti2)
(with
destructive
;
intentions;
Cì-stem, Qal) ^Fin '“nas? HN |ÌK?PC? nÈD^I “Samson touched thè two middle pillars” (Judg 16:29); Akk: ilappat libbu sa harsàti “she (thè Lainastu-demon)
touches
thè
bellies
of
thè
women in labor” (CAD L 852 e); awilù sarrutum iltaptuni “critninals have got hold of me” (ibid.). While thè Qal stoni in thè Judgcs passage is thè meaning clear “to take hold, to grasp,” thè meaning of thè Niph al stem in Job 6:18 and in Ruth 3:8 created various problems 111 niodern biblical
scholarship.
However,
Oswald
Loretz
thè case 111 dipàru nanirn sa ina supisu |...| ubbabn
(Oppenheim Fest.,155 -8)
arsùti usabili |... ] “(Marduk) bright tordi that, at its
three
appearance, cleans what is dirty, makes shine thè
one other and with Akk. lapàtu. All contain thè
cases
of
in
Heb.
maintains that thè are
consistent
with
|...|” (CAD 1) 1 57a); Samas dipàrka katim màtàti
idea of touching, grasping, even striking, actions
“O Samas, your tordi lights thè lands” (C'AD ibid. and passim).
clone with thè hand. while Loretz contandoti was accepted by Campbell (AB) it was rejected
An Akkadian Lexicai. Companion
hor
Biblical Hebrew
4. (M2) (to accept prayer) ìlVai 7 ! np 1 ?, e.g.,
by Sasson (Ruth,78-79). As to Job 6:18: ! inS i p' 1
^ròan ’n/^nann ’n yató “thè Lord heeds
□3“H niniK, Loretz, proposes to cquatc thè BH
np'
idiom to that of Akk. harrànam sabàtu lit. “to seize,
my plea, thè Lord accepts my prayer” (Ps 6:10);
grasp thè road” but figuratively understood as “a
Akk: ikriba/tcmïqa/mirtina/utricna/teshta Icqù, e.g.,
caravan making its way.” As to Ruth 3:8: “HITI
semi ikribi Icqi unnenim “he who listens to vows,
na*?»] etkh, l .oretz argues for a meaning “to
accepts prayers” (CAI) L 1 36b 2).
grope,” namely, Boaz awoke trembeling from thè
5. (Id2) (to gain insight) ni?n Plpb (BH hapax): np- nan 1 ? bp^n^ “when a wise man is
cold, felt around with his hands in order to cover
-v-,
himself again, and unintentionally struck against
taught, he gains insight” (Prov 21:1 1); thè Akk.
Ruth lying beside bini.
verb Icqù, by itself, has thè meaning “to learn,”
l
e.g., tclqcma tasàlsu “you have learned about it and
o our 111111 d Heb. né? in all three cases
questioned him” (C'AI) L 1 37a 4).
means not just “to touch grasp,” but more specifically “to grasp with a twisting motion”
PI IR ASliOLOCY
(BDB 542a). Namely, in Ruth 3:8, as a result of
6. (Phn) (to take away life) TOQT “’27?3 nnp'p
Boaz trembeling with fear (i.e., Tin 5 ]) he grasped
“plotting to take my life” (Ps 31:14); Akk: isqisuma
himself (i.e., his two hands grasped themselves) in a twisting motion (i.e., in job 6:18: arm ninna
masqussu sa Icqc \uapisti\ “he gave her thè potion
ns*?"]). C 'onsequently,
that takes life away” (C'AI) L i45a e).
may likewise be denotativi
renderd as : “thè caravans grope their way in a
:
7. (I)en2) (to take away soniething mtangible)
twisting motion.” Thus, keeping with thè basic
np"’ D^pT D1?£D1 “I le takes away thè reason of
meaning of Akk. lapàtu “to touch, grasp”
elders” (Job 12:20); sinnistu si dussu ilcqqc “that woman will take away his virility” (CAI) L I4_sa ìlpb = Akk. Icqù v. fr. OAkk. on (C’AD L 1 3 1 a;
c).
AHw 544b). to take.
Ili EA 287:36 laqahù cquals Heb. inp^ and in idiomatic
1.
:
usaci
287:56 (utiùtusunu ìaqàhu “to take their tools”
;
(Idi) (to marry) HEW npb, e.g., Kini
|*CA1) L looa, EA 287:56; let. fr. Byblos]) laquhù
rtj?' nò^on n&x “he will marry a woman in
is Can. stative and thus passive. The forms are
her virginity” (Lev 21:13); Akk: assata Icqù, e.g.,
obviously
summa assata sairita P N ilteqc “if he marries another
equivalents would be ilqù and Icqù, respcctively.
Can.
since
thè
corresponding
Akk.
woman” (C'AI) L 1 37b 2). The more common Akk. phrase “to marry”
tDpb = Akk. laqatu v. fr. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) L iooa;
is assata ahàzu.
AHw 537b). to gather.
2. (Id2) (to adopt) e.g., rO*? 1*7 ‘O'I'IP Hllp 1 ? “Mordechai adopted her as a daughter” (Esth
pi ir asi;oi.oc;y
2:7); Akk: summa awilum sehratn sa ana màrutisu
1.
(Phr2) (to glean produce), e.g., /rni< Qp 1 ?
iìqusuma urabbùsu “if a man (does not recognize
□ò^/anisJÉ;
as son) a small child he has adopted and reared”
4:39; Isa 17:5; Ruth 2:2,23); Akk: e.g., zcra/se’a
(C'AI) L 137b 2).
laqàtu “to gather seed/grain” (C'AI) L looa 1).
3. (Id2) (to treat with disrespect)
Ì13“|n npb
“
sprouts/barley/wheat”
(2Kgs
Cf. Bjp 1 ?.
(BI I hapax): D'Í-Q Din nS“|n “IÌSJ IPIjpn X 1 ? “you
zcra laqàtu, lit. “to glean seed,” is a common Akk.
shall never again be humiliated before thè nations
phrase meaning “to destroy progeny.” This usage
because of famine” (Ezek 36:30); Akk: setuta Icqù:
is absent from BH.
setùtu RN sarri bclisu ilqù imessù ardùssu “he had treated his lord and king RN with disrespect,
= Akk. liqtu s. fr. OB 011 (C'AI) L 2o6a; AHw
forgetting that he was (but) a vassal” (CAI) L
555b). gleanings.
T46a). 192
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biblical Heiìrew
u lisànim la tallak “you and I will quiet down, do
m-NOTATIVi;
not go by slander and gossip” (C'AD I, 2i2b c).
i. (I)cii2) (gleaned barley) iÒ 'ïJTSj? £01
3. (Id2) (“he of tongue” having thè negative
“you shall not gather thè glcanings of your
connotatoli: informer, slanderer) jlEÒ 27’X, e.g.,
harvest” (Lev 19:9; 23:22); Akk., e.g., qàti sv ini
p?' ^3
liqtàtim cqcì Chila “list of barley from thè gleanings,
LÚ sa lisànim lilqiitiimnta peni dàbibam beli lista 'al “let
Akk. liqtu connotes also “choice merchandise,
them bring (to thè king) a (military) informer, so
collectcd goods, and gifts.” 'ë'
ETK “let slanderers have no
place in thè land” (Ps 140:12); Akk: sa lisàni, e.g.,
field ofCïula” (C'AI) L 207a 3).
that my lord may interrogate a speaker willing to talk” (C'AD 1) i6a).
c;f. upb v.
4. = Akk. listiti s. OH (C'.Al) L 2i.sb; AHvv
rrpi
552b). cream.
(id2) (deceit) /nEnp/n’rann/npt?;
“lying/deceitful
tongue”
(Ps
109:2;
Prov
6:17; 26:28; Zeph 3:13; Ps 52:6; 57:5); Akk: lisàn lemutti, e.g., lisàn lemulli karsi tasqirtu...eliya usabstì denotativi
;
“they started evil gossip, slander (and) lies against
1. (I)eii2) (cream) ntó'p dì?q5 iaijQ rrni
me” (C’AD L 212b c).
“its (thè inanna’s) taste will be like thè taste
l'AR ALITI ISM
of cream of oil” (Num 1 1:8; Ps 32:4 in transferred 5.
mngs.); Akk: \ina\ supurim \lu\ lisdurn a\lli\ “in thè
(Pari) (mouth//tongue) ]Ì27b//nS, e.g.,
jlzò nn?i ns n?? “h eavy of mouth and heavy
pen may you be thè cream” (CAD L 2 1 sb).
of tongue” (Lxod 4:10); Akk: piV/lisànu, e.g., pii lemmi lisàn Icmuttu “evil mouth, evil tongue” (CAD
= Akk. Usatili s. fr. OAkk. 011 (C'AD L 209b;
L 209b lex. section). In Nuzi legai documents pìsu
AHw 556a). tongue, language.
u lisànsu (lit. “his mouth and his tongue”) has thè idiomatic
1.
(Idi)
(linguist)
llKÒn
in
:
usacii
legai connotation “ofhis own free will”; cf. CAD L 21 3a 2.
;
DX
27113n
pCÒn byd? 7i“in? 1^1 ED*? KÓ? “if a snake bites before it has been charmed, then there is no
l’HR ASLOI.OGY
6.
(Phr2)
(parched
tongue)
pttf 1 ?
n?73
advantage to being one who knows a language
(idiomatic hapax): nn272 XI3Ï52 mitP 1 ? “their
that is not his own (i.e., thè language of thè snake-
tongue is parched with thirst” (Isa 41:17); Akk:
charnier)” (Lee 10:11); Akk: bel listini, bel lisànsu
listini1 abàlu, e.g., \a\sbat pàki utabbil lisànki.. .aptete
ul ibsima lisànsu nakralma la iscnnnú atnuisu “there
pàki attasali lisàn p\iki\ ana la dabàba sa dibbiya
was no one who could speak his language, his
ana \la\ sunne sa amàtiya “I seized your mouth, I
language was foreign, they could not understand
dried out your tongue, I opened your mouth, I
his speech” (CAD L 21 sa).
pulled out thè tongue from your mouth so that
2. (Idi) (to spread slander) mitrai
□o's
d^ko
pEÒ in rn®
“they
you cannot bring suit against me (or) distort my
(thè
words” (C’AD L 21 ia).
evildoers) set their mouth (i.e., gossip) against
7. (Phi'2) (to cut out thè tongue) ÒS/rVpn
heaven, and their tongue (i.e. slander) spreads
ptsò, e.g., nòn? r.-.?n?: ps^.jn nn?: “ may thè
over thè earth” (Ps 73:9); (cf. N?nn }1EÒ EIED
Lord cut out... every tongue that speaks arrogancc”
“when slander travels around, you shall seek
(Ps 12:4); □jic’b òs 'n vbn “ O Lord, confound,
shelter” [Job 5:21 ]); Akk: ina lisàni alàku, e.g., ina
split their tongue (i.e., confuse their speech)” (Ps
pini u lisànim lallik “you walk around with (i.e.,
55:10); Akk: lisàna nakàsu/salàpu/nasàhu, e.g., sa
spread) gossip and slander”; appuli libbi tu tadànim
ibbalakkatu ritlasu u lisànsu inakkisu 10 mina kaspam
ippim u lisànim tàlika(uim)ma “instead of giving me
isaqqal “as for thè person who breaks thè contract,
encouragement, you (pi.) walked around with
they will cut off his hand and his tongue (or) he
gossip and slander”; libbaka u libbi inutili ami iakkili
pays ten ininas of silver” (CAD L 2iob b). •93
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biblical Hebrew
gold” (Josh 7:21,24); Akk: lisànu Ijuràsu, e.g., iltct
8. (Phr2) (Torcigli language) rnntf fi©*7 in
ntn ai?n Vx nnmc ns© "vbp
lisànn hnràsu 1 mina suqultasu “one ingot of gold
“indeed he speaks to that people in a stammering
weighing one mina” (CAD L 21 5a d). 12. (Phr2) (referring to a specific language)
jargon and an alien tongue” (Isa 28:11); Akk:
□■HÈ73
lisanu abita, ba'ulàt arba’i Usanti alntu atmc la
“thè language of thè Chaldeans” (Dan
mithurti “people of thè four (regions), (speaking
1:4); Akk: lisàn Akkadi “thè Akkadian language”;
in) foreign languages, (of) diverse speech” (C'AD
lisàn Sumeri “thè Sumerian language”; lisàn Amurri
I. 213b). y. (Phr2) (tongue of thc cunning) □''Ony li© 1 ?
“thè Amorite language” (C'AD 1. 2i3b).
in D'pny li© 1 ? "irnrn ï |? ís
n “your
sinfulness dictates your speech, so you choose thè
“Tjn 1 : = Akk. litiktu s. OA (C'AD 1. 216b; AHw 55b). true measure.
language of thè cunning” (Job 15:5); Akk: lisàn mussabràti, e.g., lisàn mussabràti tuhallaq arljis “you
di
quickly destroy thè (evil) words of thè gossipers”
1.
10. (Phr2) (tongue fire) ©X li© 1 ? in ©j? rs li©^ “ as straw is consumed by a tongue of fire” (Isa 5:24); Akk: lisàn girri, i\z\ìqamma iltànu... lisàn girri munnah\zi\ ana
(IN
usahhir“a north wind
blew (and) turned thè tongues of thè spreading fire against
CN”;
^3
Akk. employs thè verb latàkn “to test, try out, check measurements” (CAD L ina; AHw 540a) and thè adj. latku “tested, checked” (C'AD L 112b;
cf. lisàn nùrisu kima birqi ittanabriq
“thè tongue of his (Gibil’s) light flashes around like lightning” (C'AD L 2i4b 6). 1 1. (Phr2) (mgot of gold)
:no i a 1 1 vi
“I©1? n © P 03 Ò □ ' “ l ì ? © ^ n 1 ? ! □ ' ' “ l ý © n p H l “then I hired her for fifteen (shekels of) silver, a homer of barley, and a true measure of barley” (Hos 3:2); Akk: amùlam la tikallimsH litihtasa l ’ N ana l ’ N ubilma “he did not show him thè iiWMiH-metal, l ’ N brought its full amount to l ’ N ” (C'AD L 2i7a).
(CAD L 21 ib c).
(Deii2) (hapax)
AHw 54oa); botli are absent from BH.
2nj li© 1 ? “ ingot of
194
» “1KI3 — Akk. ma’da adv. OAkk. on (C'AI) M | 4b;
i
>iirasi;ofoc;y
1. (Pliri) (to take something) ìnNE Tinp*?]
AHw 573a). very.
nipwr? ‘ ‘and I take something from him” (2Kgs DliNO FATIVI'!
1. (l)en i) (to be very far) “TOH ]f? Ip'fnri b#
5:20); Akk: minima ina annikiya ilqe “he took whatever was here” (*CAD M 73b a).
“IKQ “don’t stay too far from thè city” (Josh 8:4);
2. (Pliri) (to give nothing) nOIKO Ò ]Tnn iÒ
Akk: aita ma’da ki tereqauni “because you went so
“Clivo me nothing” (Clen 30:31); Akk: minima ul
far away from me” (C'AD M 4b a).
inaiidiiiuinili “tlioy givo us nothing” (CAD M 74b 2).
2. (I )eii2) (to be very good) nXD ptfn H3ÌQ ikip “thè land is exceedingly good” (Num 14:7);
3. (Pliri) (to know nothing) SJT iÒ ni??n]
libbu sa sarri bcliya In (ab ma'da “thè king, my lord,
nOWD “and thè lad knew nothing” (iSam 20:39);
should feel very pleased” (CAD M 4b b).
Akk. minima ula idi “I know nothing” (C'AD ibid.).
3. (i)en2) nxa
an 9 ]
D^an man “thè waters
swolled and increasod greatly” (Clen 7:18); Akk: zumiti ma’da adannis ittalak “a great deal of rain has fallen” (CAD ibid.).
^3X13 = Akk. màkàlù s. OB on (CAD M | i23b; AI lw 588a). food
The Akk. adv. ma’da is derived from nuìdu “to
|'hrasi;oi.oc;y
become mudi” (C'AI) M 24a); cf. adj. màidu “many” (C’AD M 2oa).
1. (Phr2) (food and drink) ni^OI
(Ezra
3:7); Akk: màkàlè u masqiti sùluku muhhiya “food and drink (stili) agroe with me” (C’AD M i24a).
nXQ = Akk. meat (màt, me) mini. OAkk. 011; (CAD
denotativi
M ia; AHw 63yb). hundred.
2. (D0112) rnnu atfiai iurfp?? riiKAsr.oi.ocY
1. (Pliri) (three hundred pieccs of silver) EÒE? ^55 nitffp (C!en 45:22); Akk: salai me kaspi (C’AD M, ib). 2. (Phr2) (chicfs of hundreds) nÌXS(n) nÈ? (Exod
18:21,25;
Num
31:14,48);
Akk:
rab
;
“and thè
food of his (Solonion’s) table and thè seating of his courtiers” (iKgs 10:5 = 2Chr 9:4); Akk: e.g., qirit sani màkàle miniti “repast of thè king, meal of thè nobles” (CAD ibid.). 7a); Samas mustcsir battuti u mitiiti “Samas, who
AIIw 691 a), death.
direets thè living and thè dead” (C'AD ibid.). contrastinc usaci
;
SLQULNCINC;
1.(Con2)
2. (Seqi) (to weaken, to die) : ma - ©3N nar
ora
nx, 'n “and
(Deut 3o:i9;Jer 8:3; 21:8; Prov 1 8:21); Akk: mutu
thè Lord afflicted thè child...and he became
- balàtu, e.g., istaknu muta 11 balàta sa muti ul uddii
severely weakened.. .011 thè seventh day he died”
iimesu “life and death they did establish, thè day
(2Sam 12:15—18); Akk: (in transferred mng.) etiesu -
(life/death) ■’nrn niprn D^nn
have put before you life and death”
of death they did not reveal” (George, C.ilgamesh,
màtu, e.g., ina muhhi massari istituì ki emuruui
698:32 1).
t’tiisutii mctuui assapar aptatarsunu “with regard to their guards, when I saw that they had become
HHNIMADYS
2.
weak and exhausted, I sent word and relieved them” (C’AD E i66b).
(Hen2) (utter annihilation) niOi |HaN
“destruction and death” (Job 28:22); Akk: mutu ti sapsàqu: ukallanni mutu 11 sapsàqu “death and
PllRASLOLOCY
distress hold me fast” (C'AD M 3 >7b c).
3. (Phr2) (to die of hunger) TllT DOTmi ayna ' '‘and their daughters will die of hunger”
l’1
(Jer 1 1:22; 44:12); Akk: mimmi...ina bubutim amat
3. (Phr2) (death penalty)
1r
-^b - ;
asiìoi oc Y
: niD
KEpn
“what...if I die of hunger?” (*CA1) M 422I1 c’).
nip Ktpn -imb pK nan n??i?n i6 “you shall do
4. (Phr2) (to die by thè sword), e.g.,
nothing to thè girl; she did not incur thè death
‘’innÍQI ^ain “draw your dagger and kili me”
penalty” (Deut 22:26); ni» tDStpP :niQ tOS^P
(Judg 9:54); Akk: stimma ana yàsi sapar sarru sukuii
ib Klìl K3É? iÒ '3 “he did not incur thè death
patar siparri ili libbika u miit “how if thè king
penalty, since he had never been thè other’s 201
An
Akkadian Lexical. Companion
por
Biblical Hebrew
enemy” (Deut 19:6; Jer 26:1 1,16); Akk: arati muti:
squeezed thè dew from thè fleece” (Judg 6:38);
arem mutim ina romanisti izer “he becomcs liable(?)
nnrpn Tp bv ]an risa?] “ and its (thè bird’s)
to thè death penalty” (CAD M_ 3 17I-) b); din mutu
blood shall be squeezed out against thè side of thè
napultu(—uapistu) (CAD N i 300b 4). 4. (Phr2) (thè way of death) :rnan “"in
aitar” (Lev 1:15; cf. also Lev 5:9; Isa 51:17; Ezek
rnan rx]
a99nn
23:24; Ps 65:9; 73:10). Note also that 111 light of
]nà “i set
thè parallel pair Kpis rm “ parched with thirst,”
nin Tip “ victnns of hunger”
before you thè way of life and thè way of death”
thè MT in Isa 5:13,
(]er 21:8; Prov 14:12; 16:25); Akk: uruh muti, e.g.,
may be read as nSJH 9 TP “squeezed of hunger” as
nadnuma abbiniti illaku uruh mut\u\ “our fathers,
suggested by BDB and KB\ The Akk. D-Stem muzzA means “to rape.”
in fact, give up and go thè way of death” (BW1. 70:16, Theodicy). 5. (Phr2) (to save from death) /^©11/0X3 rnap ÌTlS/b’ljn “redeem/spare/save from death”
nriTip
Akk.
izuzzu(m) (uzuzzu(m)) v. OAkk.
011 (AHw 408I1). Akk. to stand (v.); Heb. doorpost
(Hos 13:14; Ps 78:50; Josh 2:13; Job 5:20); Akk:
(sub.).
ina muti etèrti, e.g., Uditi sar máti MU.5.KAM ina As noted by Mankowski, “Zimmern and IIALAT
qàt muti ittiru “thè gods will save thè king from death for five years” (CAD E 403b), e.g., ultu pi
(tentatively) and Ellenbogen (more confidently)
muti ikimanni “he snatched me from thè claws (lit.
cited BH Ì1T1TP* as borrowing of Akk. mazzdzu,
mouth) of death” (CAD M 3 17b c).
muzzdzu, meaning ‘stand, cmplacement’, etc.” Mankowski maintains that “thè problems with
Cf.
ma v.
this identifìcation are formidable: in semantic terms, there is 110 obvious Akkadian use mazzdzu
nTO = Akk. mazù v. OA on (CAD M i 439b; AHw
meaning ‘doorpost’ (although thè Hebrew use
637b, s.v. mazù I). to squeeze.
could be seen as a development of thè meaning ‘emplacement’,
The BH root HTD in Deut 32:24 is hapax in forni;
for
example).”
In
light
of
Huehnergard’s recent argument that izuzzum is
it is attested as an active participle, as context
thè N-form ofa root *ZWZ, Mankowski seems
demands (i.e., PITp*) (-©“ , ’pn i pO//3S?‘1 , Tp. There are basically two proposals for thè etymology of
correct to conclude that “it is simplest to account
nra. B ased upon thè rendering of Tg. O and Tg.
for thè Hebrew (and Phoenician) words as West
J ]33 TTB3 “blown of hunger” (Rasili notes that
Semitic nominai developments of this sanie ProtoSemitic root and unconnected with mazàzzu.”
there is not proof for this rendering), thè majority
The BH sub. ‘H© H, twice attested, once
of medieval conimentators equate thè word to thè BA verb ÌITX “make hot, heat” (based 011 thè
opposite
idiom 111 Dan 3:19 X3TÌÒ XTpb “heat up thè
connotes “moving (creatures) of thè field” (Ps
to
□‘'“lil
“birds
of
thè
mountains”
furnace”). O11 thè other hand, modern biblical
50:11; cf. also Ps 80:14). The verb T1T “move” is common in LH. Accordingly, it seems that
scholarship, such as Luzzato, BDB, and KB ! ,
both Akk. (i)zuzz(u) and Heb. TT/TIT fall into thè
equates Heb. Ì1T0 to thè Arabie verb mazza “suck
category of an Addad, expressing thè opposite
out.” A11 alternative solution is to equate it both etymologically and semantically to thè Akk. verb
meanings: “to stand - to move.”
mazti “to squeeze, produce liquid,” e.g., baluhhu
IIII Mankowski, 85; Moreshet, 147.
ina samni balsa taman\za'\ “you squeeze baluhhu-resili with fine oil” (C’AD M 439b); tiurind
II 1ÌT» = Akk. mazuru A s. lex. (CAD M { 44oa;
matqa...mc tamanza' “you squeeze thc juice of a sweet pomegranate” (CAD ibid., nied. text).
AHw 637b). Akk. fuller’s wringer/rod.
To our mind, Heb. HTp may be a variant of Ì1SD,
Without any philological justification thè BI I
used mainly (7 times) in thè sense “to squeeze
I lapax
liquids,” e.g., HT3n ]P btD fa 9 ] “he (Gideon)
is traditionally rendered as “snare, trap”: “(those 202
"lira in Ob 7:
"IÌTD ia 9 ©; ^pilb
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
rn?»
Biblical Hebrew
who eat) your bread will place a snare under you”
garment” (C'AD M 46a b). Keferences to mczchu
(e.g., NJPS, DCH 20 7 a); Tg. J. renders TÌTE by
indicate that it was made of cloth, in contrast to
*òpn ‘ ‘obstacle”; A. Even-Shoshan, (Àmcordaucc, 640, perhaps on thè basis of I Ios 5:1 3, understands
miscrru “belt,” which was usually made of leather or metal (though, in one instance, wool) (CAD
“liTD in Ob 7 as referring to a bodily affliction.
M, 1 10).
P.
IH I.ambdin, JAOS (1943) 146,152.
Raab
(AB
24D),
following
Syinniaclnis’
translation allolriòsin “estrangement, alienation,” states: “Accordingly, tnàzòr would mean ‘place
*7'TQ* = Akk. mauzaltn A s. OAkk. 011; Heb. lw.
of foreignness’, that is ‘place of foreigners’.” J.N.
Akk. (C'AD M ] 228b; AHw 638a). Akk. position,
Epstein (OLZ 20 11917] 275-78) equated “IÍTP in
stand, celestial station.
Ob 7 to Akk. mazuru (from zdru A “to twist”) and Aram. NTÌTO “fuller’s mallet.” Note thè lexical
1>1\o:\11\1
entry (C'AD M 440a lexical section) timmu sa
1. (I)eii2) (BH hapax)
aslaki (“fuller’s pole”) = mazurn. Thus, following Iìpstein, perhaps, Ob 7 should be rendered: “your confederatcs
have
duped
and
overcome
□'HtSppn n*0
nibrab] nn^i rprb “and th ose who sacrificed to Ba‘al, thè sun, thè 1110011, and thè (celestial)
you;
stations(?)” (2Kgs 23:5); Akk: sa RN itti manzalli
(those who ate) your bread have placed a rod
criqqi
under you” (as if you should be wrung out or beateli like wet laundry).
kinni
palasti
“Establish-Scnnacherib’s-
Rule-as-Permanently-as-the-Position-of-theC'onstellation-Wagon” (name ofa gate) (C.AD M 229a c); \ilani\ ina sanie ina maiizaltisnnu izzazzn
(rpTO*) nra = Akk. mczrlm s. NB, SB (CAD M,
“thè gods (i.e., thè sun and thè 1110011) will be in
46a; AHw 650;)). Akk. sasli; Heb. belt.
thè (correct) location in thè sky” (CAD ibid.). Heb.
Although Lambdin maintains that Heb. PITI? is to
nin-ra, which is employed in Job 38:32 in
sequence with HQ'3 “Pleiades”; b'03 “Orion”;
be understood as a loanword from Egyptian, it
2TJ? “bear,” may be a variant of nibíl? with interchange.
seems more suitable to equate it etymologically and semantically to Akk. mvzeku “sasli,” which
IH Rllenbogen, 100; KB1 566I1; Mankowski, 86-87.
is derived from thè Akk. verb ezcljn “to girt” (in OB, NA, SB), e.g., kakkc ctcsilj tiamurru labis “he girt (his) weapons, clad in awesomeness” (C'AD H
= Akk. mazlagu s. OA (CAD M i 438b; AHw 637I1). fork.
426b 1); ma ezliat patrat ma ttiinn ezhat patrat “they say, ‘she (thè princess) was girt, she was ungirt’— they say: ‘why was she girt and ungirt?’” (C'AD
Akk. ntazlagn is employed in sequence with
ibid.). In Heb., however, while thè verb is absent,
allunatimi “pincers,” sugariàu itquràtum “spootis” (C'AD S i96b).
thè substantive (ìTTp*) I1TQ is attested in thè idioms
“metal
tool,”
Note also that Heb. ^TP is modified as ©b©
nra “Ijn “girt a belt” (Ps 109:19) and ITTO HEH*
“three-pronged” (iSam 2:13).
“ungirt (lit. to loosen) a belt” (Job 12:21). The third usage of thè noun is semantically developed
( i l L e w y , Or. 1 9 ( 1 9 5 0 ) 1 s t .
to mean “pier,” i.e., a “belt” that stretches from thè shore of thè sea, e.g., tìj?
"'“DJ?
rnrp = Akk. mazm s. OB (C'.AD M 439a; AHw
nra ‘ ‘traverse your land like thè Nile, there is
637b). sowing/seed basket.
no more pier” (Isa 23:10). The nivzcìiu could be worn over thè upper
Heb.
torso: ana sikkùtu sa mczclj irtisu “(thè goddess
n"lTp is attested twice and traditionally is
rendered “pitchfork (with prongs)” (BDB; KB ! );
cries) for thè string of beads for thè mczebu of
“shovel” (NJPS, NEB) etc. ÌTITP is employed once
her chest” (C'AD M 4óa a); 2 mczeha sa eli sibti
in an agricultural context 111 thè idiom Ì1“|TP5 ÌT1T
nadi “two mczcltu are wrapped over thè sibtu-
(Isa 30:2 4) ;) nd once more in a transferred mng.: 203
nb
An Akkadian Lexicae Companion
pxn
por
Bibi.ical Hebrew
u barbi mahazi tukallam “you (Samas) point out
rn.TQ5 D’ITTI “and I (thè Lord) will
scatter them as in mizrch throughout thè cities of
a harbor to (those) in thè middle of thè sea and
thè land” (Jer 15:7). Akk. mazru occurs alongside
desert(?)” (CAI) 1W 88b 5).
musamqittu “strainer of thè funnel of seed plows”
IH C ' o h e n , H a p a x 7 0 : 2 7 ; M a n k o w s k i , 8 9 9 0 .
and maslahtu “a vessel for sprinkling”: 10 pànù 8 mazrù 2 masi ahu 6 rapsu 8 musamqitàtum |6| bùbàtum
(nbinp) birra
l ’ N ikkarum aria G N “10 /wf/H-baskets, eight seed-
— Akk. mclultu s. OB on (CAI)
M 1 sb; AHw C>44a). Akk. play, game; Heb. a
baskets, two... -s, six winnowing-shovels, eight
multimedia
straincrs, six...-s, l ’ N , thè farm inspector, for G N ”
performance
(including
(CAI) M 258a b). mazrù “sowing/seed basket” occurs again beside rapsu “winnowmg-shovel.” Akk.
mazru derives
from
zarù “to
instrumental
music, dance, choral singing, and mime), dance. CONTRASTI NC USACI'.
sow.”
[.(Coni)
(performance/mourning)
:1S0P
According to C'ivil, (l'hc l'armcr’s Instructions, p.
'b binpb "15PP npsn “Y 011 turned my lament
74) thè tnazrù (Sum.
into a performance” (Ps 30:12); Akk: sipittu: ina
B 'ba-an-du
) was “a basket
used to carry thè seed for thè plow funnel, and
rikis sipitti 11 mclultisu iqabbi... “at all his mourning
also to measure thè seed beforehand...One such
or playing ceremonies he says, ...” (C'AI) M
basket, impregnated with bitumen, requires, in
1 fu c). ( :f. labinp b^xb “ our performance
addition to thè usuai reeds and palili leaves, four
turned into mourning” (Lam 5:15); Akk: (as thè
wooden pieces two cubits...long.”
antonym of) sipittu lament, e.g., ina rikis sipitti u
In light of thè above, it is preferable to render
mclultisu iqabbi... “at all bis niourning or playing
BH nnrp as “sowing/seed basket,” ratlier than
ceremonies he says, ...” (C’AI) M 1 6a c).
“pitchfork, shovel.” Cf. mr v., mr v „ nnn,
Akk. bit .
mclultu
“play,
game,”
which
is
derived
forni thè verb mclulu “to play” (C’AI) M i6a), like
Heb.
is
employed
in
both
secular
and
nb = Akk. muhhu s. OAkk. 011 (CAI) M i72a;
cultic contexts. As niaintained by Sasson, “thè
ALIw 66jb) Akk. skull, upper part; Heb. skull >
common and thè usuai translation of Heb.
brain > marrow.
nbinp
1
/binp
round-dance’ is at best imprecise. Such
a meaning, if it is suspected, depends more 011 PIIRASEOI.OGY
etymologizing from a ‘ayin-waw root hwl a root
1. (Pliri) (of thè bone) (BH hapax) libi
that denotes ‘circling around’, than 011 contextual
npJCT VniDSS? “thè marrow ofhis bones is juicy”
exegesis.
(Job 21:24); Akk. muhhu sa cscmti arikti “top part
argued that Hebrew mclwlàh and malto! should be
of thè long bone” (CAI) M i74a c). The C’AI)
derived from ayin-ayin root *hl!” Ili light of thè
E 3433 had previously translated muhhu in muhhu
above and ili light of “thè Hebrew verses where
sa cscmti as “marrow.”
thè term mclwlàh /mdhfll occurs, clearly show
Benno
Landsberger
has convincingly
that musical instrument accompanied festivities” (e.g., Ps 149:3; [Sani 21:12; 29:5; SoS 7:1; Jer
«no SCO filD V.
31:3), Sasson concludes that “troni these, rather than a mere dance, thè rncholàh/màlwl appears TÌn?3 = Akk. mahàzu s. OAkk., OB on; Heb.
to consist of antiphonal singing, tribe.
difference between thè ancient 13 and © is a short diagonal stroke.
In thè majority of cases Akk. mittu is attested
IH Duhm, 1897:163.
in reference to its being a weapon of thè gods,
•■0’ Cf. fna v.
hence, in thè Syn. lists mittu sa ili = kakku sa ili “thè mace of thè god” — “thè weapon of thè
TT
god.” For literary texts, in thè Tn.-Epic: iskuu
"inf3 ^:: mahari s. EA; WSem. word (CAI) MI ' sob; '
AHw 5Soa). tomorrow.
"ina
Ahu mitta la pàdd
“Ann provided thè unsparing
weapon”
M
(CAD
I48a
a);
in
thè
En.
el.
IMIRASLOl OC.Y
Marduk is described as: isfima mitta imnasu usáhiz
1. (Phri) (tomorrow, future) nniS?] :"11113 01"'
“he took up thè mace, held it in his right hand”
ara
Tlj?ni5
'3
“in
thè
future,...let
(En. el. IV 37), and thus kills Tiamat: ina mittisu
my
honesty toward you testify for me” (Gen 30:33;
la pádt ulatti tnuljlja uparri "ma uslàt damisa “with his
Isa 56:12; Prov 27:1); Akk: inni mahari: asiri sa
merciless mace he crushed her skull. He cut open
ibassù ittika usscrasunu Timi mahari atta Maggida “thè
thè arteries of her blood” (E11. el. IV 130—31).
captives who are there with you, send them to
Not unlike Akk., BH refers to God’s weapon in 206
An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion
por
Biblical Hebrf.w
timo of war as crn'^n nei? “ thè rod of Cìod”: ninan mn bp naa pix ina p^asn oròn xs]
SEQUENCINC;
1. (Secp) (bread and water) □“’QI DÌI 1 ? (2Kgs
np DTiVxr: nt?!?] “(Moses said to Joshuà): ‘Ciò
6:22; Neh 13:2 and passim); Akk: aklu u me, e.g.,
out and do battle with Anialek. Tomorrow I will
akalè ittisunu ul akkal mê ittisunu ul asatli “I will not
station myself 011 thè top of thè hill, with thè rod
eat bread with them nor drink water with them”
of thè Lord in my hand’” (Exod 17:9; cf also
(CAD M, 1 sob) = Heb: e.g., CTEÌ TÒ3X X^ Dii 1 ?
Exod 4:20). Similar to Marduk’s killitig Tiamat
TTl© X^ “I did not eat bread or drink water”
with his mace, thè Lord is descrihed as killing His
(Deut 9:9,18 and passim).
mythological enemies: ©XI V2I23 n3p3 “You will
IMIRASLOl.ogy
crack (his) skull with Your (lit. His) staff (blown away shall be his warriors)” (Hab 3:14); note also Heb: rtï^X EpC? (Job 21:9) = Akk. mittu sa ili. When not said of thè gods, Akk. mittu “mace” is employed alongside hattu “staff” in a list of gifts and spoils: narkabàti kaspi qasti kaspi ispat kaspi mitti kaspi {tatti kaspi “chariots of silver, bow of silver,
2. (Phn) (riinning water) □,!3 +" 1 ] 1 ?;!, e.g., P mb np^nn ròtòn “ thè gently flowing waters of thè Sii oam (tunnel) (Isa 8:6); Akk: mu alaku, e.g., 5 nàràti ultu Nàr-sarri illakamu me sa mamma issi alla sa Bèlti-sa-Uruk “five canals flow out of thè Narsarri Canal, he took water from all of them but thè DN Canal” (CAI) A i 3 lob g); 30 sanate me ina
quiver of silver, mace of silver, staff' of silver” (*CAI) M > 148b).
libbisa ul illikù “for thirty years 110 water had run in it (thè canal)” (C'AD ibid.). 3. (Phri) (stili waters) ni mi? P by :nimi? ra
.“■Hip!? = Akk. timltu s. MB 011 / timu LB (AHw >392a). yarn.
“He leads me by stili waters” (Ps 23:2); Akk: mu nëljutu, e.g., ina me neliuti lu gisalla atta ili ina me sapluti lu parisi alla “in stili waters be my oar,
DliNO LA II V li
my god, in deep waters be my steering padelle”
1. (I)eii2) (colored yarn) (BH hapax): *73]
(JNES 33 11974] 290:21—22; cf. Tomback, JNSL
nbpnn nx mai? ixpn no nnp nb noan n©Tx |0nxn ni?]... “and all thè skill ed women spuli
10 11982I 95). 4. (Phri) (holy water) np 1 ?] iD'ÌBinp Ora
with their own hands and brought what they had spuli (i.e., thread) in blue, purple...” (Exod 35:25); Akk: e.g., isten multata sa tabarri ZA.KUR. RA busu timi tu “one ...-garment Iliade of scarlet ciotti, bluc(?) cloth, byssus, and spuli silk(?)” (C'AD B 350.1, s.v. busu D); (imiti sa sàpc “spini thread ofa dyer” (AHw 139 2a); 5 siqlu barundu 1 siqlu timitu sa sipàti apparràtu “five shekels of b., one shekel of a hank of matted(?) wool” (C'AD B 1 3 1 b, s.v. baruudu).
©in □“’ttfinp ora |nin “thè priest shall take holy water from an earthen vessel” (Num 5:17); Akk: me quddusutu: akil elicli kaman tumri satil me nàdi quddusùti “(Dumuzi) who eats pure k.-cakes baked in ashes, who drinks holy water from a waterskin” (CAD Q 29Sa). 5. (Phri) (abundant waters) ^] :Dpn CTI?
□pn ora -xsn nras;s intsqa vb$n nx “and he (Moses) struck thè rock twice with his rod,
Cf ma v.
and out carne abundant water” (Num 20:1 1; Isa 17:13; Ezek 26:19; 31:5 and passim); Akk: mu
“1120 :: mitar s. RS* (CAD M 144a; AHw 663b).
ralmlu (CAD M ; 14^b lex. section).
field irrigateci by rain; Heb. rain.
6. (Phn) (raging waters) jniDn
Ora
nrrna D-W era?] "inn op “who Iliade a road
As noted by thè CAD (ibid) “for thè meaning
through thè sea and a path through thè raging
‘field irrigateci by rain’ cf. Ug. mtr, Aram, mitra, I leb. incitar ‘rain’.”
waters” (Isa 43:16; Neh 9:11); Akk: mù ezzutu, e.g., assum ina takkiptim agc me ezzutim sipik e pi rè suuuli la ut issi “so that thè thrust of thè flood’s
O” 1 » — Akk. miì s. pi. tantum. OAkk. 011 (C'AD M 149a; AHw 601 a; 6C>4a). water.
raging waters should not sweep away these danis” (CAI) E 43 4 a). 207
An
Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biislical Hebrew
from a waterskin” (CiAD K 268a and passim).
7. (Phn) (great, powerful waters) □" l 3“) O'P;
18. (Phr2) (clean water) TipiTI :CHÌnt? D'P □■Hinp D’Q WD'by “I will sprinkle clean water
Akk: mu rabutu, s.v. 3“|. 8. (Phn) (river water) “IÌ13 'I? (e.g., Isa 8:7; Jer 2:18); Akk: me uàri, e.g., ummànisu rapititi sa
upon
kima me nari la utaddù ttibasun “lns extensive troops
e.g.,
you”
whose number, like water ili a river, cannot be
“pour on him pure, clean, clear water” (*CA1)
me
(Ezek
ellùti
36:25);
me
ebbùti
Akk:
me
me
namr\ùti
ellùti/zakùti, elisu
supuk]
M 1 soa lex. section); sa me dalhtlte isattù u me
discerned” (C'AI) M 1 53b g). y. (Pliri) (spring water) nÌ3'S? '12 (2Chr 32:3);
zakùte l\a isattu] “they shall drink muddied water,
Akk: e.g., me cui yànu “there is no spring water”
and pure water they shall not drink”; etemmùsu
(CAI) I/J 1 5 Sa); (spnngs of water) T’ï/D'an nr»
me zakùti liltù “may his spirit(text. pi.) drink pure
□'BH “spring(s) of water” (Hxod 15:27; Cìen 16:7;
water” (CiAD M 1 sob). ìy. (Phr2) (sea water) D’ìl 'P (e.g., Exod
24:13,43); Akk: ctiu sa me, e.g., kireti enu sa me...
15:1 y; Ps 33:7); Akk: tue tàniti (AHw 1 353b e).
sarpu laqiu “thè orchards, thè spring (etc.) have
20.
been acquired upon payment” (CAI) I/J 1 5Sa);
(Phr2)
(floodwaters)
bapn
'P
(Cìen
enu sa me bitu...laqiu “thè spring and thè dwelling
7:7,10; y: 1 1 ); Akk: abub me, e.g., kima abub me
are sold” (C'AI) M i52a). 10. (Phn) (well
sa
water)
“rà/IH?
ina
ni
si
mahridti
màt
A\kka\di
ustemi
“I
(after) thè Deluge of water that happened at an
20:17; 21:22); Akk: me burti (see T13/"IK?). 11.
ibbasu
(Naràm-Sin) made thè land of Akkad (look) like
(Num
early time of mankind” (CiAD A 77b i).
(Phn) (brook of water) D'P ‘'ab? (Isa
21.(Phr2)
32:2; Prov 5:16); Akk: palgu me (CAI) M i4yb
(murmuring waters) ^'SSP D’IS
rnp'n ^ron |p Q'sbp Q'P mrn “and behold (I saw) waters murmuring from thè south side”
lex. section). 12. (Phri) (water spring) CP ’WSP; Akk:
(Ezek
namba’u sa me (see jrap).
1 3. (Phr 1 ) (water source) D'P XSÍÍ3; Akk:
qirib
47:2); sippate
Akk:
sàtima
me
suhbubu,
usahbiba
atappis
e.g.,
me
“this
sunùti...
water...I
(Sennacherib) caused to run murmuring in ditches
muse me (see NSÌI3).
blocked its (thè deep’s) rivers so that abundant
through this orchard” (CiAD LI 2b 1). Cif. 33!1 v. 22. (Phr2) (flowing water). The expression
waters were held back” (Lzek 31:15); Akk: tue
□'“IT D'P (2Kgs iy:24), which is traditionally
kalu, e.g.,
rendered as “foreign waters/waters of strangers/
14. (Phri) (to hold back thè waters) ^P tÒ3 CS”) D'P liÒS’l HTVhrn »30x1 “and I (thè Lord)
me...atta zeri sa P N
ul ikallù “they
will
water of foreign lands,” seems difficult to accept.
not shut off thè water from P N ’ s field” (CiAD M 1
It seems preferable to assume thè reading D-'P
5 2 a). 15. (Phri) (surface of thè water) D'P
□“IT (enclitic ft) “flowing waters, a torrent of
, 3?,
and
waters”—a stream of water flowing with great
its king shall perish like foam on thè surface of
velocity—fitting well thè context of 2Kgs iy:24
thè water” (Hos 10:7; cf. also Gen 1:2; Ecc 11:1);
and Sennacherib’s Mount Musri operation (694
Akk: pan me “thè surface of thè water,” e.g., ki
b.c.e.):
□'12
by
^3
HS^P
lina©
np"p
“Samaria
■'ps?? ^53
3-irno □nr D'p ttie?] Tnp "x
extinguished
“liap ■'“IN' ^3 “I have dug and drunk flowing
their clamor like thè (dying hiss of) foam 011 thè
waters; 1 have drained with thè sole of my feet
water’s face” (Erra IV 67-68). 16. (Phn) (waterskin) D'12 £"11211; Akk: me
all thè streams of (Mount) Màsór,” which, in
hindi (see niDil).
his annals. Heb: □(’')“!! D-'P is then thè semantic
hubus
pan
me
hubùrsiua
tubtalli
“you
turn, fits well with Sennacherib’s declaration in equivalent
17. (Phr2) (cool water) ÌOTir DN :Dnj? D'P
of
thè
Akk.
expression
mu
surdùtu,
D'Hj? anr D'P “does one abandon cool
e.g., palgu bàbil me surdùti ihrima “he (Sargon II)
water flowing from afar?”(Jer 18:14; Prov 25:25);
dug a canal to carry off thè overflowing waters”
Akk:
(CiAD S ( 343a a).
□■' i 7TÌ3
me
kasiìti,
e.g.,
me
nàdi
kasuti
atta
summeya
23.
lu asti “to (quench) my thirst I drank cool water 208
(Phr2)
(massive
waters)
/O'TnX
D'P
An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion
(Hxod
Isa
17:12)
=
Akk:
Biblical Heiìrlw
mn
tumassa’ “he washes with water, you put tamarisk
24. (Phr2) (abundance of water) D'Q ni??©
into thè water (and) massage his body with it” (CiAD M, 1 52a c).
0“’T3?
15:10;
for
dannùtu / mù astuta (CiAl) M 14yb lex. section). (Job
22:11;
38:34);
Akk:
me imhsi/Ijegalli/kuzbi/
3 1. (Phr2) (subterranean wsters) Diìiri '13, e.g.,
dussuti “rich/abundant water” (cf. Tawil, JNHS 41 [1982I 201:31).
□inri ’o □; nnnnan xn nx xibn “it was you who dried up thè sea, thè waters of thè deep” (Isa
25. (Phr2) (to draw water) nini :CP(3 3K©
51:10); Akk: me naqbi, e.g., ihtarpuui mllu kissati
□?a 3X© 1 ? nfcS' T'yn 'CftK “thè daughters of thè
ittagpusu me naqbi “thè full flood has come early,
towiisnieu went out to draw water” (Clen 24:13;
and thè subterranean water has amassed” (13WL 178:27, Ox and Horse).
Josh 9:21; Isa 12:3 and passim); Akk: me habù, e.g., ay ihba me naqbi “let him not (be able to) draw up
Note thè gloss in a trilingual cuneiform fragment
water from a spring” (CiAl) H n;a and passim).
from Tel Aphek: |A|.MES: mawu: munii “water” (Rainey, Tel Aviv 3 [1976! 137:2).
26. (Phr2) (to fmd water) ìb n?"] iD'Q X35I? D'P i 1 ? maxn man n©x nx3n ninà by
IH Tawil, JNES41 (1982) 201:30.
“and told him about thè well they had dug, and said, ‘We have found water!’” (Cìen 26:32; Jer
(np;?:) r,pn: — Akk. museniqtu s. OA, 013 011 (CiAD M 26sb; AHw 682b). Akk. wet nurse.
14:3); Akk: me (w)atù, e.g., akla uttù ina ramniya ul dkul me uttù ina ramuiya ul asti “thè bread I found I did not eat myself, thè water I found I did not drink myself’ (CiAD M i soa).
denotativi
1. (I )en2) (said of humans), e.g., ^Xn nx “ \b pam n»n3s?n p nprò nrx ^ b Tixnpi
27. (Phr2) (to pour water) mp 1 ?] :D’Q
D'an vrn nrám rpaen n^n ■'irap “take some
‘shall I go and get you a I lebrew nurse to
water from thè Nile and pour it 011 thè dry land”
suckle thè child for you?” (Exod 2:7); Akk: (said
(Hxod 4:9; 1 Sani 7:6); Akk: me tabàku, e.g., ana
of humans with thè v. enéqu to suckle), e.g., màru
gamrim sa me tabdkitu gamir “(silver) has been
sa ana museniqti la usbu emùq sizbi ëniqu “(thè asakku
expended for thè costs of‘pouring’ water” (CiAD
is) a child who did not stay with a wet nurse, it
1 53b g); me elisu tubuk “pour water 011 him”
sucked thè strength of thè milk” (CiAD 26sb
(AHw 1 296a and passim). 28.
:
lex. section). Note thè following qualifications in
(Phr2) (to libate water) n3X ìÒ] ^03
Akk. museniqtu sa tulùsa tabu “a wet nurse whose
cr.N nnin^b “ he would not drink it, and he
breast is sweet”; musèniqtu sa tulùsa marra “a wet
poured it out as a libation (to thè Lord)” (2Sam
nurse whose breast is bitter”; museniqtu sa tulùsa
23:16 = iCihr 11:18); Akk: me naqtì, e.g., aplam
niahsu “a wet nurse whose breast is flattened”
nàq me likimsuma “may (Ninurta) take from him
(*CAD M 26sb lex. section).
thè son who would libate water for him” (CiAD
2. (I)en2) (said of animals), e.g.,
M 1 52b); aqqiki me burti putrì atlaki “I have libated
□ÌT331 nip^ra “milch camels with their colts”
for you (Lamastu) water from a well, make off,
(Cìen 32:15); Akk: (said of animals), e.g., bakru
get away!” (CiAD N 337b 2' and passim).
sulùru bum puhàdu ina muhhi 7.TA.AM mumiiqàte
29. (Phr2) (to sprinkle water) D'Q pnT/n-Tn,
eniquma
e.g., nninp □'!? CP'by “'npin “I shall sprinkle
sizbu
la
usabbù
karassun
“thè
young
camels, donkey, foals, calves, lambs, sucked seven
upon you pure water” (Ezek 36:25; Num 19:20);
times and more at thè mothers who nursed them,
Akk: me salàhu, e.g., me ellùti tasallah “you sprinkle pure water” (CiAD S 86a and passim).
yet could not satiate their stomachs with milk” (*CiAD M, 266b c).
30. (Phr2) (to bathe in water) D'133 fTH,
[-e'
e.g., nnQ] D'133 11273 frinì “ hc shal1 iiís body in water, then he shall be clean” (Lev 14:9; 1 5:24; Ezek 1 5:4 and passim); Akk: ina me ramàku,
C.f. p r v . ; p a i ’ .
= Akk. mcisu B v. SB (CiAI) M 35ob; AHw 62 1 b). to clnirn (milk).
e.g., ina me irammuk binu ana me tanaddi.. .zumursu 209
An
Akkadian Lexical Companion
KB 1 and NIDOTTE equate thè Heb. hapax f'P
for
Biblical Hebrew
(Prov 30:33) to ìiaip .fap. Held maintains tliat
speaksjustice” (Isa 33:15); D'’*]©'’!? T3P "131 “(I thè Lord) who speaks righteousness, foretells
thè isolated verb fP is neither etymologically
justice” (Isa 45:19); Akk: misara dabàbu “to speak
nor semantically related in any way to thè verb
justice,” e.g., dayàttu këtiu dàbib kitti u misari “just
fSp “suck” or nap “drain.” He further notes that
judge who speaks truth and justice” (*CAD M
“thè rare Akkadian verb màsti ‘to churn milk’ is
1 17b b and passim).
to be equated semantically and etymologically to
The Heb. (idiomatic hapax) □‘H2TP |3Ì3 “establish
Hebrew fi?.” If Held is correct, thè hapax idiom
justice,” e.g., Hjpnai tDStpp □‘HCT’P F1?3Ì3 HriK
□“pn fr? “ churning of milk” (Prov 30:33) should
JVÉ5J HF1X 3plT? “it was You who established
be equated to Akk. màsti sa sizbi “to churn milk”
equity, You who has done righteousness and
employed not only in a lex. text, but also in a SB bilingual hymn to fallii: umun nu-dun-dun sizibbi
la
dUK sakir-ra
masi
ina
sakiri
ll Mu-ul-líl-lá
judgment in Jacob” (Ps 99:4), is thè functional
ga
and semantic equivalent of thè Akk. expression
—bi—in—de: bellini 1)N taspuk
“you,
lord
misara
Enlil,
have poured into thè churn milk that cannot be
which
is
employed
in
thè
OB
as a legislative act to remedy certain social and
churned” (CAD M | 35ob). Thus, Prov 30:33: ’3
d'sìc
sakànu,
period to express thè concept of a royal decree economie
f^pi nn lfix f'pi nxpD □‘pn fnp
conditions,
e.g.,
misaram
ina
màti
astakati “I (Samsuiluna) established misaram in thè
3,- l iOai -1 is rendered by Held: “for as churning
country” (*CAD M 1 1711 1).
milk produces ghee and pressing a nose produces
IH Weinfeld, 1982:491-520.
blood, so stirring up of wrath produces strife.” Ili Held, JAOS 79 (1959) 171; idem, Iwry Irst., 97103. ,j?'
—
Cf. nra v.
Akk.maklalu s. Bogh, MA,SB,NA (CiAD
Mi 1 37b; AI lw 59oa). a garment. Heb ^Í^PP is twice employed in thè sg., occurring
(□■nero/) wp — Akk. ausarti s. OAkk. on (CAD M 1 i6b; AHw 6_syb.). legai redress, justice;
only in Ezek., in thè expression bi^SP , t?3i7 e.g., ...b'tap ■’cn'p nr3ip nina (“she lusted
Heb. level ground, justice, order.
after
1. (Phr2) (scepter of justice) “1Ì2TP
thè
Assyrians),
governors
and
prefeets,
gurdsmen dressed with miklòl” (Ezek.23:12538:4).
i’iirase:olocy
The noun is likewise employed once in thè pi.,
e.g.,
Tjnw 1 ?!? tonr “lÉTO to?!?) “your royal scepter is
in sequence with other expansive fabrics: iipil
a scepter of justice” (Ps 45:7); Akk: hattu isartu,
a , pi3 ■'.nrqi nppii -pi 1 ?;- a^bpp? “-Vpi
e.g.,
dadmi
“they were your dealers in (expansive) garments,
“(Nabli) who gave me (Nebuchadnezzar) thè just
in cloaks of blue and variegated cloth, and in
scepter to guide all people” (C’AD I/J 22$b c).
coverlets of multicolored trini...” (Ezek.27:24).
sa
iddinam
batta
isarti
ana
paqàdam
hai
In Akk., thè 1101111 both in thè pi. maklele (AHw
2. (Phr2) (to dispense justice) /"liETO n/tOS® □n^p2
“judge
with
justice,”
e.g.,
59oa) and 111 thè sg. maklalu are preceeded by
^3Fl
□nr'P? □■'PSJl p"I?3 “He (thè Lord) will judge
thè determinative for cloths ’ Ì ' I J G e.g., 1 ' I Ï J G
(rule) thè world with justice and people with
maklalu lubul sarri sapa “one 111. for thè king’s
equity” (Ps 98:9; 67:5; 75:3; 9:9); Akk: misara
wardrobe, dyed (CiAD M | 137b, a let. fr. Egypt).
e.g., habla u sagsa misarsina tadàn uddakam “every day you (Marduk) dispense justice to thè dànu,
r,-???: jnbsp) nbDi? — Akk. katnaru
disinherited and thè cheated” (C’AD M 1 17b and
A s. SB (C’.AD K 1 1 1 b; AHw 43oa). a trap.
passim). 3. (Phr2) (to speak of justice) “^/"'“/“l?"
The BH root “103 is employed in both its masc.
D-HKTP “speak/foretell justice,” e.g., nip-J?
(2 times) and fem. (3 times) nominai forms, in
□’I^P "inni “he who walks in righteousness,
four different phonetic variants in thè following
21 o
An idiomatic expressions:
Akkadian Lexical Companion
“IP3P
por
Kin “antelope
on musical instrument; Heb. a tuning and intcrval on musical instrument.
cf. also Hab 1:16); “1P3D3 “fall into a net” (Ps
rnbpp
'Énsv/rpn
~ìk*3
:•
493b). Akk. cover (over a bed); a tuning and intcrval
n“ippP3 ^DX/'/D'nrQ “bring np with a Hne//to pulì up with a trawl//gather in a net” (I lab 1:15; bs
t
Dri3D = Akk. kitmu s. OB on (CiAD K 466:1; AI Iw
(caught) in a net” (Isa 5 1:2o); “HV/rpnP rÓSJH
141:10);
□nn»
Biblical Hebrew
•r-'rrr:
The technical terni
□npp occurs six times in
□'P ’'?? “those who cast lines in thè Nile//those
thè superscriptions of Psalm 16, as well as in
who spread nets 011 thè water” (Isa 19:8).
thè literary unit of Psalms 56—60. The lexeme is
Akk. kamàru is equated in comm. to thè
twice attested as TH 1 ? OrpQ (Ps 16:1; 60:1) and
more common sub. siiti “net” (CAI) ibid. lex.
four
section), and commonly employed in thè idiom
There are basically three etymologies suggested
kamàra sakànu “to set up a net” (AHw 43ob 3, s.v. kamàru I).
hence “golden jewel” (Ibn Ezra); (2) in light of
times
Dri3P
(Ps
56:1;
57:1;
58:1;
59:1).
for this terni: (1) equatmg OrOO to DH3 “gold,” thè LXX slclographia; Tg. J. Ninn
(no?!?/) ODQ = Akk. miksu s. OB on (CiAl) M C>3b; AI lw 6_S2a). Akk. dues; Heb. tribute.
(only 011
Ps 16:1); Vulg. titilli itiscriptio “pillar inscription, inscription ofa title,” modern biblical scholarship suggests reading our terni as 3H3P, basing it 011
Akk. miksu can, for example, refer to thè share
Isa 38:9 IITpTrf? 3TOP; (3) based on thè Akk.
of thè yield of a field due to thè tenant or owner
verb katàmu “to cover,” Mowinckcl (1962:209)
or paid to thè palace as thè owner of thè field,
conjectures that there is a reference to atonement
e.g.,
eqel ckallirn...sa itinnu iweruma irisù se’am
and suggests thè translation “atonement psalms.”
mikis cqhm suddinasuuuti “concerning thè palace
This interpretation is not without difficulties,
field
since Akk. katàmu “to cover” (C’AD K 298a)
which
thè
builders
cultivated
without
permission, collect from them thè tax to be paid
does not connote “to atone” as does Heb. “133.
011 thè yield of thè field” (CiAD M 64)1 b), or
It is interesting to observe that Rasili, Ibn Ezra,
tolls, e.g., se’atti nusàhi sibse miksi kàri lichen sa
anci Qimhi understood DrpO as a musical term.
màtiya uzakkìsunùti “I exempted them from thè
According to Rashi, DrOP is “one of thè terms
dues levied 011 barley, from thè sibsu-tnx (and)
[employed] to denote a melody and rhythm.”
from toll dues collectcd 011 thc quays (and) river-
Ibn Ezra understands DrOP, along with other
crossings of my country” (CiAD M 6sb b; Esar.).
terms, to be “thè opening words of a song, to thè
Heb. P?0, which occurs six times (all in Num
melody of which thè psalm was sung.” Qimhi
31:28,37—41), pertains solely to thè divine share of tribute from war booty. Note also that whereas
takes a number of terms to be tunes of a special style of music peculiar to particular musical
Rashbam takes thè initial P of HOPP (fem. of ODO)
instruments. Continuing this medieval tradition,
as a radicai and compares thè forni to n33E? (Exod
Ewald (1866:229) maintains that musically DÏÏ3P
16:3), BDB, KB 1 , following Hayuj, Ibn Janah and
corresponds so clearly to ^'p^P ,“1ÌPTP, and
Qimhi, derive thè 1101111 from thè hapax root 0P3
IÌ'35!? that its own meaning must be sought in
“divide, compute” (Exod 12:4). As pointed out
connection with these: they refer to thè musical
by Sarna, “we would expect thè geminate verb to
accompaniment,
yield a noun forni mikissah; cf. megillah, mesibbah,
(“//(■//4a b).
p. 15,
c :26).
8. (Icb) (to be sated, lit. fili up thè stomach)
Cf. also diurna 4 sanàtu imtalù “when
thè four years have elapsed” (C’AD M. icjob and
X^pn Tpapi bpxn
passim).
your stomach and fili your belly”(Ezck 3:3; 212
:c-rp/‘p? X^p “feed
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
eor
Biblical Hf.brew
7:19); Ì3EQ N^ppb TP “let th.it (misfortune) fili his
T
and their attire” (iKgs 10:5 = 2Chr 9:4; Ezek
belly” (Job 20:23); Akk: karsa malti, e.g., sa ameli
16:13); Akk: sarrutu ki ilqtì nalbasu ittalbis “when
muttaprassidi mali karassu “a lninter gets his belly
he assumed thè kingship, he put 011 a cloak”
filled” (*CA1) M 17711 c).
(C'AD N i 2oob 1).
9. (LI2) (to be in a baci way) IfcÒi?
'3
‘for my sinews are filled with niisery (and there is 110 wholesonie flesh in me)” (Ps 38:8). As noted by Held, (Landsberger Irst., 402), this verse
The WSem. inalbasti is employed as a gloss in EA 369:9, i.e., kaspn (turasti kitti//inalbasi “silver, gold, garments” (CAD M j i62a; AHw 724a i.).
cannot be separateci from thè following passage in
Note
thè Cìilgames Lpic: ser'àniya uissatu nmtaììi “I kept
“clouds,” lit. “cloak of thè sky” (CAD N 200b
filling my sinews with pain” (Cìeorge, C.Ugarnesh, 692:256).
□'DE? in thè following metaphor: [TP® ETaSx
thè
Akk.
expression
nalbas
sanie
3). Similarly, Heb. employs thè verb 273^ with
□nTO3
Ci. IÒI 3.
also
□‘’ÉK
ptol
nnnp
“l
(thè
Lord)
clothe
thè
skies in blackness (i.e., cloncis) and make their = Akk. inaiti adj. OAkk. on (C'AI) M 17 3 a ;
rainment sackcloth” (Isa 50:3). ^ cf. ràb v., rà 1 ?.
AHw 597a). filli, covered, complete. Cf. IÒO v.
= Akk. naìbattu (nalbantu) s. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) N 200a; AHw 724a). brick niold.
nxS’D = Akk. milu s. 015 011 (C'AI) M 6yb; AHw 652b). flood crest.
di no ta
1. (I)eii2) DliNOTMI VE:
1. (I)en2) (BH hapax) 'p'SX *71? nx^p
Vr»
by n'her nbna nisrh crp “his eyes are
like doves by watercourses, bathed in milk, set by brimming pools” (SoS 5:12); Akk: milu, e.g., ihtarpuni nidi bissati ittagpusu ine naqbi “early carne thè crest of thè flood, thè water from thè springs rushed in in gushes” (C'AI) M 7K1 c).
rivi:
la'ppa -rzy- “assign to thè brick
mold” (i.e., to make bricks) (2Sam 12:31); |PB ]2*703 “embeci in a brick structure” (Jer 43:9); }2*7P pmn “hold thè brick moki” (Nah 3:14); Akk: e.g., ina nalbandti sin ni piri usi taskarinni mustikkanni.. .usalbina libitta “I had bricks macie in brick molds of ivory, ebony, boxwood, and wood from thè Makan tree” (C'AI) N 201,1 b). i£í '
Cf. p 1 ? v. m 1 ?.
In light of thè parallels nN i ?p//:i 1 7n//CI ,, P 'p^X, Akk. milu “floocied water body,” employed beside naqbu “water spring” and LH nrP^O, it seems best to interpret thè Heb. hapax nN^P as “pool
rwn^p (kì^q) — Akk. tamiii s. OA, OB 011 (CAI) T 143b; AHw 1 3 16a s.v. tamliu). terrace, inlay.
flooded with water,” i.e. “brimming pool,” thè naturai resting place for thè doves. ( I l T u r - S i n a i , 1 9 6 0 : 3 7 9 ; T a w i l , Beit Mikra 1 5 1 ( 1 9 9 7 )
390-91. (J?'
ni Nn \ ! :\ 1 1.
(I)eii2) (terrace) ÌrT’3 ÏIN;] ‘H rP3 J1X nÌ33*?
xi*?pn “ to build thè House of thè Lord, and his own palace, and thè terrace (and thè wall of
Cf. iòo v. &Òì3.
Jerusalem)” (1 Kgs. 9:15,24,27; cf. also 2 Sani 5:9; 1 Chr 1 1:8; 2 Chr 32:5); Akk: 50-àm tibkt... tamia
— Akk. nalbasu (inalbasti) s. Mari on (C'AI) usnialli... tamia sudtu sikittasu ul usaqqi ma'dis... scr tamle sucitii assesti addi “I made an earthfill fifty N i 2ooa; AHw 724a). cloak. courses 011 each side for a terrace, but I did not DENOTATI VE
1. airràbpi
(I)en2) (referring to royal clothing) “IPI7P1 r™p
“
and
his
attendants
standing
build this terrace too high, upon that terrace I laid its (thè palace’s) foundation” (C'AD 'I' 143b 1). 2. (I )en2) (said of stone inlay) ^X flX
An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion
T“
lor
Biblical Hebrew
C-xVsr: '33X n«1 anrn “they brought lapis lazuli
”^*70 — Akk. malku A (maliku) s. OAkk. on (C'AD
and stones as itilays (for thè ephod and for thè
M i i66b; AHw 595b). king.
breastpiece)” (Exod 35:27; cf. also Exod 25:7,9; 1 chr 29:2); |2X
IDIOMATIC USACI'.
n*òp in nìòpì “ set in it mounted
stones” (Exod 28:17; cf. also 28:20; 39:13); Akk:
1. (UÌ2) (king of kings) DO^P ^[*712 “king of
dn dinàti tamhi tamhisunu uqnù “fibulas with inlays,
kings” (Ezek 26:7); Akk: sar (kai) malki “king of
their inlays being of genuine lapis lazuli” (CAD T
(all) kings” (C’AD M i66b a). This idiomatic
i45a 2); nnqn sa tamliisa barraqtu sa ina huràsi saknat
compound
“a ring whose inset is a barraqtu-i^cm mounted in As noted by Steiner “The current in vestigation leads to thè conclusion that millo(') is an arti fidai terrace mound, especially one built to adjacent inside of thè city wall. Support for this conclusion is available...ln Akkadian one of thè meanings tatuili is
thè
more
common
Akk.
“(Assurnasirpal II) king of all kings, king of
gold” (C'AD B 1 13a).”
of
replaces
expression sar sarràni, e.g., sar kai malki sar sennini
‘terrace’...That
other
meaning
of
tanti ti ‘inlay (of stones, etc.), setting’... makes its counterpart of thè biblical Hebrew mullu’à(h) and millù’im.” Note thè Emarite WSem. phonetic variant mali'tu “artificial terrace”: cqlu mala masti ina nielliti
kings” (C'AI) ibid.); sar kai malki bel beìc... sar sarràni “(Tiglat-pileser I) king of all kings, lord of lords...king of kings” (C'AD ibid.). The epithet “king of kings” as employed by Ezekiel to portray Nebuchadnezzar (see also Dan 2:37: icòp n:x Kp^p ^p “ you O king - king of kings”) is commonly employed for thè Assyrian and Persian kings (e.g., Xerxes, ANET 1 , 3 i6b), but unattested outside of thè Bible for Neo-Babylonian kings (See Paul, Lournstaum Irst., 312:31). 2. (Id2) (to defeat, control a king; lit. to
sa màrc Sibila “a field as far as it extends, on thc
step 011 a king’s neck) n.KIS bv CrVp T\$ ÌÌTÉ? □■’p’ppn ‘ ‘(come forward) and place your
artificial terrace of thè sons of Sihha” (limar 1 38:1
feet on thè necks of these kings” (Josh 10:24);
and passim; see Pentiuc 2001:120-21).
Akk: mtikabbis kisàd malki “who steps 011 thè neck
IH Steiner, BASOR 276 (19X9) 15-23.
of (enemy) kings” (C'AD IVI 1 C>7a a).
Cf. fcÒO v.
l’HRASEOI.OCY
3. (Phn) (royal palace) PÒ 1^1 FlS'D = Akk. malàhu s. OAkk. 011; Sum. lw. (C’AD M I4yb; AHw 592b). sailor, boatman.
“[‘ppn ‘rr— nns “ and capable ofservmg 111 thè royal palace”(l)an 1:4; Ps 45:16; Prov 30:28;); Akk: ekal malki, e.g., atta ekal malki iltakan pallisti
1)1 1 . (i)en2) nii?1?^
no
1 a 1 ivi
vnnrrrV?:- a»nni9?»bs
“all thè sliips of thè sea, with their sailors,
“he set out to go to thè royal palace” (C'AD M i66b a). 4. (Phr2) (thè kings of thè earth)
were in you(r harbor)” (Ezek 27:9,27,29; J011 1:5;
you enriched thè kings of
in reference to Phoenician sailors and boatmen
thè earth” (e.g., Ezek 27:33; Ps 2:2/Josh 12:1,7;
from Tyre, Sidon, and Byblos); Akk: cllipàti siràti
Ezra 9:7); Akk: bilat malki kibràt arba’i imdanahharu
episti màtisun ibnii naklis malàhàntt.. .aita qiddatì
“they used to receive thè tribute of thè rulers
adi GN 1 tsqelpii “they skillfully built superb boats
from all parts of thè world” (C’AD M i i67b).
according to thè practice in their lands; thè sailors
The standard Akk. word for king is sarru (CAD
sailed (them) downstream to Opis” (C'AD M j
S2 76a). In thè syn. list, thè word malku is equated
15
with sarru (CAD Mi i66a, lex. section).
1 a 8).
Sum. inà-lah “sailor” is fornied from ina “ship”
c:r. 1 1 S0 v., nsbo.
and lah “to drive, direct, steer.” The rendering of thè lexeme is then “ship driver,” hence “sailor.” I li Ellenbogen, 103; Mankowski, 93.
—
Akk. malaku B v. RS, Emar; WSem. word
(CAD M | 1 5 8a). to wield power.
An
Akkadian Lexical Companion
eor
□TIP1?»
Biiìlic.al Heiìrf.w
sarratu (C'AI) M i66a lex. section).
DI-NOTATI VI-
Note also that thè OB epithet of Istar \ma\Ikat
i. (D0112) ^nri bittfp nx irb» 133 “do you moan to roign over us? do you
samàmi “queen of heaven” (CAI) ibid.) = sarrat
moan to rule over us?” (Cìen 37:8); Akk. (hapax):
sanie (CAD S | 340I-)) = Heb: D'Dtón n? 1 ??? (Jer
ha,~amm ali 11 akil eqlàti la iniallik elisu “thè mayor
7:18; 44:17,18,19,25) rd.
of thè town and thè ovorseor of fields have 110
heaven.” Cf. D’313.
power over him” (C’AI) M 1 58a).
'■*’ Cf. I "i^o v . , ^q.
rp 1 ?!? “ queen of
Note thè abstract Mari sub. namlaktu (pi. namlàkàtu=l-\cb.
niD*?!???
“kingdoms”
cf.
e.g.,
= Akk. massari1 s. OB, MA 011 (CAI) M_
iKgs 10:20; Isa 13:19; 14:16 and passim): kima
341 a; AHw 621 a), guard.
dlisu (ÌN u kima alane sa namlàkàtisu “like his town CìN and like thè towns ofhis realm” (C'AI) N
DENO TATI VE]
233a; AHw 728a).
1. (I)eri2) ]v’/j DJ3 H3 nx Xt?3 “isbïïn “’H'I
Noto also thè Aniarna WSem. forili (EA*
Dnb inil D!Tn?;Q “so thè guard kept on
333:20) inulku “kingship”: sul mulka “disloyalty to
removing their food, and thè wine they were
thè kingship” (CAI) M t i88a).
supposed to drink, and gave them legumes” (Dan
The Emarite WSem. v. (I ) - stoni verbal 1101111/
1:16); Akk:sumnia massari11Intani ina] nasàrim igunta
inf.) rnalluku means “installation, enthrononiont”:
“if thè guard is careless in watching thè house”
ina
( c : ad
timi
qaddusi
sa
malluki
“011
thè
day
of
sanctification of thè installation” (Emar 369:22;
(1 )an 1:11,16) is a
loanword from Akk. mausaru (> rilassarti) with thè
or enthronement (ofa king, high priest) is absent fr. BH.
=
341 b).
The twice-attested
see Fontine 2001:1 15). The word for installation
II ”1^0
mi
T2D 1 ? interchange.
III! M a n k o w s k i , c;f. -2 : v .
95-97.
Akk. malàku A v. OAkk. 011 (CAI) M
1 5411; AFIw 593b). to deliberate, give advice. o'n^o — Akk. ntaqqahu s. RS; Ug. word (CAD M | 253a; AIIw 6o7b). Akk. (metal utensil); Heb. tongs.
DENOTATIVE I.
(I)en2> (BH hapax) rCTHXI 'by 'ìb
□’'33pìl nX] aniin nx “after considering thè mattcr DENOTATIVE
carofully, I consured thè nobles and thè prefeets” 1.
(Neh 5:7); Akk. milluku “to deliberate”: Ilnlil ay
(I)eii2) (employed six times always in dual
forili) e.g., “then one of thè seraphs flew over to
illika ana surqinni as'sii la initalkuma iskuuu abubu
me with a live eoa!,” nSTïïn ný? 3 Vip*???
“may Enlil not come to thè incense because he
“which he had taken from thè aitar with a pair of
lacked counsel and caused thè Dolugo” (Cìeorge,
tongs” (Isa 6:6; cf. also 1 Kgs 7:49 = 2Chr 4:21;
Gilgamesh, 714:169-70); malàku “to give advice”:
Hxod 25:38; 37:23; Num 4:9); Akk. (hapax): 1
leni puhriya luhnadamma kàtam lumlik “I will find
maqqahà isàti i maqqahà me “one pair of tongs for
out what my assembly thinks so that I may give you advice” (CAI) M 1 S4b).
fire, one pair of tongs for water” (PRU VI 157, 1 3fi, list of utensils).
IH Cohen, Hapax 143:86.
As noted by thè C'AD (M | 253a 11.) “thè forni maqqahà represents thè construct state of thè dual
= Akk. malkatu A s. OAkk., OB, Bogh., SB
(nominative) thus indicating that thè implement
(CAI) M | i66a; AFIw 59sb). queen.
is a pair, a set, frolli thè WSem. root Iqh," i.e.,
In thè lexical synonym list Malku, malkatu is
malqahu>niaqqahu.
equated to thè standard Akk. word for “queen”
Note 215
thè
assimilation
of
thè
lamed
i.e.,
n^pp
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biblical Hebrew
= Akk. mannu (manni, man) pron. OAkk. on
ntaqqahu. Such is also thè case with thè hapax
11
in i.bh npp>njp t 7a (fr.npb) in 2(',r 19:7 and
(C'AD M | 2i3a; AHw 6o3a). Akk. who? (interr.),
nnpp>nnp?p
who, anyone, someone, one (indefinite).
is
in
commonly
Neh
10:32.
employed
in
The LH
forni
npp
(Ben-Yehuda,
l'he
Dictionary, Voi. 4, 327611).
Heb.
|P,
employed
in
Deut
Illll 1 luchnergard, 1987:143.
is
etc.), e.g., IIPIp' ]P VWPPI VPp D^nip fOP “smite
'•>' cf. npb v.
thè loins of his foes; let his enemies rise 110 more.” Qimhi, however, rcnders: DIT 1 ?» pmp' “its
s. Akk. numthu B v. SB (CAD M | 35411;
explanation:
whoever
rises
n^K
upon
ttfn’B
them.”
Following Qimhi, Cross and Freedman consider
AHw 623b). Akk. to ilare up, shine brightly; Heb.
thè preposition ]P “syntactically anomalous in thè
luminosity.
present
m -:nx ^inn n^n 1 P ‘you
©np
context.”
Consequently,
they
vocalize
|P “whoever |attacks him|”; Akk: mannu, e.g.,
The term is a BH hapax: ^3ÌDn nràp nn? m rp’pnnn
33:11,
traditionally rendered as “110 more” (NJPS, NEB,
mannu atta sarru sa fella arkiya “whoever you are,
nn? ^pnnyi
are a cherub of luminosity who
king, who comes after me” (C'AD M 2i7b 6' and
protects, and I set you in thè holy mountain of
passim).
Cìod; you were amidst fire-stones, you walked
It should be observed, however, that in light of
about” (Ezek 28:14).
thè EA interr. pron ntinu “who,” one need not
Although Greenberg and others equate n©PP
revocalize thè particle as suggested by Cross and
to Akk. inasdhu A “to measure” (CAD M 352b),
Freedman. miuu is attested in EA as a WSem.
context requires a sense of numinous splendor
word, and employed in a similar context as 111
and awesome brightness befitting thè former
Deut 33:1 1, e.g., istu nakriya u istu hupsiya minu
greatness of thè king of Tyre. Accordingly, it
yinasiranni “who will protect me from my enemy
seems best to equate Heb. PIPPP to Akk. masàliu
and my rabbie (troops)?” (LA 112:13,17); minu
as
nukurtu \sa\ sarri ul l’N “who but PN is an enemy
“cherub of luminosity.” Akk. (with star as thè
of thè king” (EA 101:1). As noted by thè C’AD
subject): smunta kakkabu imsuli imsuh “if thè star
(ibid.), thè word occurs only in letters of Rib-
flares up again and again(?)” (C’AD M | 354a b).
Addi.
B,
rendering
thè
compound
nppp
nn?
Note also thè Can. Aniarna forni mlya(-mi/me)
I l I I I G r e e n b e r g , A B zz/K 5 8 3 — 8 4 ; G a r f ì n k e l , 1 0 0 1 .
“who” (EA 129:7, 81 and passim; Sivan 1984:248). I |!2 :: Akk. manni (manna, mannu) indefinite pron. EA; WSem. word (CAD M | 2i2b). what?
1. (i )en2) rna bx ctx npxn bx-ifr.
mtyami yumaggir “who would grant” to thè Heb. expression }rr ’P (cf. e.g., Ps 55:7, Job 31:35).
denotativi
, 3?
Morali (AL 283 11. 3) compares thè Aniarna phrase
;
liqn
IH
Qimhi,
Scfcr I Lischordschiiu, 1 9 4 I 1 ;
Cross
and
Freedman, 1975:1 1 3.
xn np 1SJT tÒ ^ Kn IP “when thè Israelites saw it, they said to one another, ‘what is it?’ for
H3I2 = Akk. manu v. OA, OB 011 (CAD M | 221 a;
they did not know what it was” (Exod 16:15);
AI lw 6o4a). Akk. to count, appoint.
Akk: e.g., manna cpsati ana sarri bcliya “what have I done to thè king, my lord?” (C'AD M | 2i2b a, EA 286:5; Byblos and passim).
SYNTACTICAL CONSTRUCTION
1. (sy) (to consign) b naa, e.g., nrrx Tnpi
isn?n rn^V a?1??! nnnb “i
will consign you
In light of EA manni, Ug. nin, Heb. jt? may be a
to thè sword, all of you will kneel down to be
dialectic variant of nP “what.”
slaughtered”
(il KB\ 596I1.
kakki tidkirì limnus “nr.iy (Istar) consign bini to thè
(Isa
65:12);
Akk:
ana...manu: ana
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biblical Hf.brew
weapons of thc enemy” (*CA1) M 226b); assu...
nra?3 :: manhati s. Ug.; WSem. word (PRU IV
uiseya iiunu ana barasi “because he consiglici! my
293:5). present, gift.
people to destruction” (C'AI) ibid.).
IH
IMIRASLOl o6 “IttfX pK ra bò “iDfin *6 nrn rn “a land where you will never eat food in poverty, where you lack nothing” (Deut (8:9); Akk: (a curse), e.g., u ilàni aunulum sa belu màmiti rnuskcnuta u erìsutta liddinkunusi “and may these gods, who are thè lords of thè oath, allot to you poverty and destitution” (CAD E 30ia, s.v. erisulu A, treaty curse). Note thè sequence “Ipnn - n33pp “poverty - lack”; Akk: (functional equivalcnt) muskénùtu - erisulu (fr. erti adj. “empty, empty-handed, destitute”) (C'AD E 32ob) “poverty - destitute.”
IH Speiser, Or. 37 (1958) 27; Mankowski, 97-98. IJ?
C f . ] 3D I 3.
ALIw i048b). lamentation, mourning (lit. hearing thè breast). SEQUENCINC
1. (Seqi) (crying — mourning) “ISppbì , 3317 pc
nippli
“(Cìod h as sunimoned me 011
that day) for weeping and lamenting, to tonsuring and girdmg with sackcloth” (Isa 22:12; Joel 2:12; Esth 4:3); Akk: hikit u sipdu ina màti ittaskan “there was crying and mourning throughout thè land” (*CAD S 299a). con i kasi inc usa(;e
2. ((C0112) (joy — mourning) npSil 'b blnipb nspp “ you turned my lament into
mas?» tt:-
An Akkadian Lf.xical Companion
eor
Biblical Hebrew
performance” (Ps 30:12); Akk: e.g., clill tiubii hiduti
PI IR ASEOI.OGY
sipdi “my joy is wailing, my rejoicing mourning”
2.
'rbzb
DTitpyarn “i shall diminish
them (thè Egyptians) in strength so that they
PHKASEOLOCY
3.
(Phr2) (to diminish in strength), e.g.,
trian ninn
(CAD H i«3b).
(Phri) (mourning in thc streets) nÌ3n“! ^33
shall have 110 dominion over thè nations” (Ezek
“ISDÍp “in every Street there shall be lamentation”
29:15); Akk: e.g., màUàtu imattu “thè countries
(Amos 5:16; Jer 48:38); Akk: e.g., [/a] stimimi isti
will diminish in power” (CAD M 43311 b); amut
imàtma sipittasu suqa iba’a “a famous personahty
RN sa agàsu intini “omen of Sulgi, whose crown
will die and thè mourning for him will spread
became weak(?)” (CAD ibid.). 3. (Phr2) (to decrease in wealth), e.g., |Ìn
into thè Street” (C'AD S 2polish”:
“lances” (Jer 46:4);
C'.f. 33T v.
□n'ap/cr-ni?
plO
ri©!"!} ''b'3 “copper vessel” (Lev 6:21); □ , 'nip“ì
Heb.
pO
(attested
four
muhhasutiu usasqi “I drenched their heads with a
perfume of sweet-smelling oil” (CAD N 3623). Note also that in MA, Akk. employs thè forni tarqitu “perfume-making” used ili thè idiom tarqit samni “oil perfume” (AI lw 1 33 ia-b). ,j>’
C'f. np-1 v.
times)
has thè extended semantic development “to be painful, difficult, severe,” as can be seen from thè
-|“)D = Akk. inaiarti v. OB 011 (CAD M 267I1; AHw 6093). to be bitter.
following semantic equivalents: Akk: anuitu marsu “severe, painful (lit. sicketiing) word, matter”
DENOTATIVE
(CAD M | 2733 c; 273b) may be compared to thè
i.(i)en2) n©p rninwa ditti nx rníri
Heb. phrase (considered by NJPS as “meaning
“tliey made life bitter for them witli harsh labor”
of Heb. uncertain”) “l©'’ nQN lina? HO “how
(Exod 1:14; cf. also Ruth 1:13; iSam 30:6 and
(lit. sickening) painful, severe are just’ words”
passim);
(Job 6:25). More specifically, note thè following
sinnisàtukunu
Heb. and Akk. idiomatic equivalents: 11 eb. nbbp
ahc'is lu marrakunu “just as (this) gali is bitter, so
Akk:
e.g.,
mdritkttnu
ki sa martu {narratimi \attunu\ mdrdtukunu
ina
muhhi
no
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
eor
Biblical Hebrew
may you, your wivcs, sons and daughters ho bitter
you thè desires ofhis heart” (Ps 37:4); TI fcÒP' 1
toward one another” (C'AI) M 267)1).
“may Clod fulfill your every request”
In thè blessing ofjacob, Joseph is blessed as follows: •rrp ;r.*xa a??rn a’sn òvz inrpcpcp , i iaii
(Ps 20:6); Akk:
mas’alati samuhdti “assorted
questions”
M
(C'AD
3553
2);
PN
mas'altum sa
sa iqbit umma “(record of) thè questioning of P N ,
apST "P3K TP l'T 'STIT TTD'I (Cien 49:23-24). The
who declared as follows” (C'AD ibid.).
verb in-nO -1 ] is traditionally rendered as: (archers) “bitterly assailed bini” (NJPS); “savagely attacked
C T.
V.
Inni” (NLB); “harassed limi” (Westerman); “111 their hostility” (Speiser); “and.. .dealt bitterly with
him”
(ICC);
“sorcly
grieved
him”
masr'itu s. limar.; WSem. word (Emar
(IB)
385:34). a kind of household vessel.
etc. Akk. maràm/sumruru, when employed with kakku “weapon,” is a technical term that comes
As
to connote “to prevali” (said of military force),
equates thè limarite sub. masr’itu with Heb.rnXEjp,
noted
by
Pentiuc
(2001:117),
Huehnergard
e.g., kakkcsu di kakkc nak-risu imarriru “will bis
commonly rendered as “kneading through” (e.g.,
weapons prevail over thè weapons of his enemy?”
KB 3 6423); “household vessel” (BDB 6o2a). I leb.
(CAD M 268a 2); di kulìat tidkirì usamraru kakkcsu
n“lX©P is employed twice alongside iOt? “basket.”
“make his weapons prevail over all thè enemies”
Pentiuc
(2001:117)
notes
that
“if
thc
latter
(CAD M 268a 4 and passim). In light of thè
interpretation” (i.e., Huehncrgard’s) “is correct,
above Akk. texts and since Cien 49:23—24 has a
then thè forili masr’itu denotes a household vessel,
military background, it seems best to equate Akk.
probably for keeping/saving meat, as suggested
sumruru to thè Heb.
by thc second text” (ASJ 1 4 49:1 2b) “cited above,
(Pi'el) “they shall
prevail over bini” (Joseph). The verse should be
where this forili is followed by thè logogram
rendered: “archers prevailed over him; they shot
IJ7AJ. MllS" (= Akk. sirii) “meats.”
at him and harri ed him, yet his bow stayed taut, and his arms were made tirili by thè Hands of
(ii nnrà) 11 nntpo = Akk. misiim s. sb, nb
thè Mighty One of Jacob.” Snnilarly, thè twice
(CAD M I22a; AHw 66ob). Akk. measurement,
attested Hitpa el “iP“)Pnn in Dan 8:7; 11:11, in a
measured area; Heb. measurement> share.
context involving war, may be rendered “prevail, overcome” instead of thè traditional translation
BH has a case oftwo homonynis: I I127P “anoint,” I
“be angry, enrage” (Pardee; AB 23; Collins and
(nrrors) nntóp “ anointment,” which semantically
others), e.g., (“I saw limi, thè goat, |representing
are thè equivalent of Akk. pasdsu “to anoint”
politicai power| reacli thè ram”)
(AHw 84311), pissatu “anointing oil” (AHw 8693).
i 7, Xri
thè
“IO"]PrH
nK “and he overcame him and struck ram”
(Dan
8:7);
■pasn nv iss
XIH
335D
^P
II
“ïï~r:r"
nnpD/nntpp “measure,” hence “share” (thè
verb is alisent from Heb.) is employed twice: Lev
“ thè king of thè south
7:35: ira nntópi pnx nntóp n«T “this shall be thè
will prevail and will go out to do battle with him,
share of Aaron and thè share ofhis sons”; Num
with thè king ofthe north” (Dan 11:11).
18:8: abii?
Il ili P a n i c o , UF 10 ( 1 9 7 8 )
prò ^a 1 ?! nntrà 1 ? □pru “i (thè
Lord) grant them to you (Aaron) and to your sons
249 88.
as a share, a due for all time.”
cf. in .Th» .rniia.
II
nnpD/nnpP is thè etymological and
semantic equivalent of Akk. misihtu, from thè tt
:
— Akk. mas'ahu s. SB, NB (C'AD M '
verb masdhn “to measure” (C'AD M 352I1; AHw
1
354b; AHw 623b). Akk. question, interrogation;
6233).
Heb. request.
I H L e v i n e , El 16 (1982) 125 27; M i l g r o n i , 1991:433-
34-
DENOTATIVE
ii?'
i. (Den2) n^Ntóp ^ jJVI “He will grant 226
( :i. nràn.
An
Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biblical Hebrew
""1^2712* — Akk. inastarti s. MB 011 (C'AI) M | 396.1;
Whereas BDB (6osa-b) has three entries for
AHw 63 1 a). Akk. inscription; Heb. ordinante.
thè verb, i.e., I *7590 (Niphal, Hitpa el, I lipli il) “represent, be like”; II ^©P (Qal, Pi'el) “use a
The Heb. substantive "10©P is a hapax, employed
proverb, speak in parables” (vb. denoni.); Ili
in Job 38:33 in parallelism with nipn “ (inscribed)
“rule, have dominion, reign,” KB 3 maintains two
laws,
”
e.g.,
■npcpp
n^n
D'oc;
nipn
n»Tn
entries: i
1
‘formulate an expression, be equal,
pXD “do you (Job) know thè laws of Heaven
become thè sanie”; II btóP “rule.” Akk . masatu is
or did you impose its ordinances 011 earth?” Akk.
thè exact etymological and semantic equivalent of
mastàru connotes an inscription written in stone
Heb. I ^©p only when thè verb is employed in
or 011 metal specifically or “text” in generai,
thè Niph al: n^P? ir^iV/irà;) n^il “you have
e.g., inulina asar mai tara antiii satru 11 maskan salam l)N.../ii anàku usabsilu “I have indeed cast thè
been stricken as we were//you have become like us” (isa 14:10); icn? ninna? ^©p? “(man) is like
place where thè inscription is written and thè base
thè beasts that perish” (Ps 49:13,21); DSJ "TÒPO?
for thè statue of Assur” (C'AI) M 3a). In BH,
TQ ■'TIV “I shall be like those who have gone
however, not unlike its synonymous parallel nij?n
down to thè pit” (Ps 28:1; 143:7). Once in thè
“laws” derived from ppPT “to inscribe,” “ItptPp*
I litpa el: "13X1 "13S?? bràlW/nprÒ 'nil “He
has a similar semantic development: "ICfflj* = Akk.
regarded me as clay//I have become like dust and
satàru “to inscribe,” hence ~IQE?P* “inscription >
ashes” (Job 30:19). Once in Hiph il: //HW/HIpn
ordmance.”
‘rrp. e.g., na-m ròtppn] rtpni “to whom can you compare Me, or declare Me
C'f. “iBittf.
similar? To whom can you liken Me, so that we seem comparatile?” (Isa 46:5). Note Heb: ^©P
= Akk. maskanu s. OAkk. 011 (C'AI) M i
be like, compare to”; Akk: ana/
3693; AHw 626b). Akk.: threshing floor, canopy,
kf/kima...masàlu, e.g., |/ìì] ana ilutisu ilu la maslu
sanctuary, emplacement, settlement; Heb. abode,
“to whose divine power no god can be equal”
sanctuary.
(C'AD M 355a lex. section and \rA$sim)/kussiya di
;
notati
kima kussc sa sarri umassil “I (Idrimi) Iliade my
vi;
throne similar to thè thrones of kings” (CAD M
Only at Mari does Akk. maskanu connote “tent—
357a and passim). Note also thè four denotative
shrine” or “tabernacle,” as in BH, e.g., àpilum
of masàlu in EA, e.g., eqliya assatu sa la muta masiI
sa Adad lui Kallasu maskanam sa Alàhtim.. .inassar
assurti bali crcsiin “my (Rib-Addi’s) field is like a
“may
of
wife without a husband, because it lacks anyone
thè
answerer
(a
cultic
functionary)
Adad, thè lord of Kallasu, guard thè sanctuary
to cultivate it” (EA 75:16; cf. also 81:37; 90:43;
of Alàhtim” (LI 5 1959: 69:25). As noted by
74:18, all letters Byblos). Although KB’ accurately
Malamat, thè Mari expression maskana uasàru “to
notes that ^©P has only two homonyms, it does
guard thè sanctuary” is thè semantic equivalent of
not articulate thè association in meaning of I
nnpn ptpp rnprà nK...np27 “(thè levites)
“b ecome equal, become thè sanie” and
guard (thè Service) of thè Tabernacle (ofthe pact)”
“formulate an expression.” Although Akk. masàlu
(Num 1:53; cf. also N11111 3:7,8; 38:9,19).
comes to connote solely “to be similar, equal,”
Heb.
etc, Heb. I b©P also has thè meaning “say, express
IH Malamat, HI 5 (1959) 69. w
a proverb, parable.” C'ohen argues that this verb is
cf. v.
a denominative from
rendering it as “model
(saying).” The semantic relationship between thè = Akk. masàlu v. OA, OB 011 (CAI) M i 35 sa;
verb *72712 “be equal, similar” an d ^©P “ model
AHw 623b). Akk. to be/make similar; Heb. to be
(saying)” is based upon thè literary forni of many
equal, become thè sanie, compare to, pose a parable,
biblical parables, i.e., “equality,” “equal parts,” or “half.” Accordingly, thè 1101111 *7E7P refers to
recito derisive verses. 227
An
Akkadian Lexical Companion
for
Biblical Hf.brfw
henistiches. This etymological interpretation is
may be drunk” (Lev 11:34; X;n
re’iìt nise tabbinni “from inside thè mountains you
■^‘7? ÌSX “in His raging anger He spurned
(Istar) have called me to be thè shepherd of thè
king and priest” (Lam 2:6); Akk: e.g., ana sarrim
people” (CAD N i 36a a).
nahis “for thè king (thè oniens means): he will be
Note thè eniployment of thè v. nabli in Emar (see
despised” (C’AD N 53b).
Pentiuc 2001:111-12). Likewise, 111 Emar, thè
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
T
por
Biblical Hkbrkw
WSem. (I) - stelli part. fem. pi.) munabbiàtu means
BH
“invokers”
development: “shine forth > come into view
i.e.,
“prophetesses”
(=Heb.
HX'33)
i.e., Ishara muti abbi àt “Ishara of thè prophetesses”
>
may
have
thè following semantic
look at.” Note also that QZÌ may reflect thè
(limar 379:1 1-12 and passim).
Akk. originai meaning “shine forth” in Isa 5:30,
IH
ironia
F l e m i n g , C 13Q 5 5 ( 1 9 9 3 ) 2 1 7 2 4 ; i d e m . J A O S
-rn
ni*o
na
nani
piò
mi)
“and
■13(1993) 175-83; Huehnergard, FI 26 (1999) 88*-
then he shall look below and, behold, distressing
93*
darkness, with light; darkness...” where it is used in a context with thè 1101111
TQ] ?? Akk. nababu v. OB(?), SB(?) (CAD N, 8b; AHw i8ob). Akk. to play a finte; Heb. hollow.
111
Ps
nn;i
ItD'Sn
“darkness” and “men
look
to
bini
and are radiant.”
It is not absolutely clear that an Akk. verb tiabàbu is attested. It has been partially restored in a
34:6,
— Akk. napultu (nuppultu) adj. fem., SB (CAD N | 328a; N 342b; AHw 700a). carcass(?).
SB passage: \rë'\úsú ina qan bikiti iuabb\ub?\ “its shepherd pi|pes| on thè reed used for lamentation”
Note thè Akk. lxical entry napulturn — mitti
(CAD N 8b), and has been proposed by von
(presumably = mi tu, “dead animai”); summa suràru
Soden in an OB passage from Atra-hasis: ubla pini
napultu |...| “ifa dead(?) lizard |is found in a man’s
na-'ba-ba'-am itti ‘‘lìnlil (I 165) (ZA 68 78). In its
house(?),
favor, note thè existence of Akk. cmbubu “flute”
then
...|.”
Cf.
KOB
pf
rhzzz
“(or
when a person touches any unclean thing—be it ... or) thè carcass of an unclean creeping thing”
(CAD H 1 3 7 a), a cognate of MH-Aram. Heb. naa is attested four times in thè Qal passive part. as “hollow columns” (Jer 52:21); “hollow
(Lev 5:2).
IH
Roth,VT 10 (i960) 394-409.
poles of thè aitar” (Exod 27:8; 38:7); “hollow man” (Job 1 1:12).
J7D3 = Akk. nabà'u A v. SB (C'AD N | 24a; AHw
IH Kaufman, AIA 47:76.
726I1). to rise (said of water). denotati
FQ3 = Akk. tiabàbu v. SB, NB (C’AD N 8b; ALIw 6b); sa nahsàtu
Akkadian of durru/turru ‘rope’, as well as thè verb
rnarsat sinnistu sa ina inerèsu damu itanammaru “(a
dcrù (dumi) /te ni (turni) ‘ to cane, trash’.”
woman) who suffers from nahsàtu: a woman
IH
during whose pregnancy blood keeps appearmg”
'tf' cf. 11 m© v .
(CAI ) N 141b lex. section).
Held, JANLS 3 (1971) 47-55.
The modern traditional rendering of ^[F]E?n3
Ip'!] =Akk. nisannu s. OB 011; Sum. lw. nesag
is
“first” (CAI) N j 26511; AIIw 794I1). (name of thè
“your
brazen
“pudendum”
effrontery”
(Zimmerli).
(e.g.,
However,
NJPS);
Greenberg
first month).
has argued forcefully that ^[FIE?n3 = Akk. nahsàtu signifies an abnormal
female genital outflow
“conceived of as an excess or overflow, hence a derivative of nhs ~ nahàsu be rich, abundant.” He thus concludes that “in thè phrase hissapck n’hstek, thè sense is not pathological but erotic, a reference of an outpouring of ‘distillatoli’ of thè lust-ridden harlot of thè parable. The phrase may
DENOTATIVI'
1. (I)eni) (as first month) This month is attested twice, both in lbh:
io'? snn xin
ehì-q
“in thè first month, that is thè month of Nisan” (Esth 3:7; Neh 2:1); Akk: ina nisanni arili restii “in Nisannu; thè first month” (CAI) N j 266a 2).
be rendered in more familiar terms ‘your juice’
The earliest attcstatoli of thè writing of thè
poured out.”
month name nisannu is from fourtecnth-ccntury
I l i G r e e n b e r g , l'iukelsteiii Irst., 8 5 — 8 6 .
'-‘■f Cf. il era v.
Ugarit (IJgaritica V 3 14). As noted by Cohen: J. Lewy suggested that “nisànu may be considercd as a typically Amorite
I "ICS 3 = Akk. nadàru v. OB, Bogh., 011 (CAI) N | 59(1; AHw 703b). to rage. The BI 1 verb I “ltD3 "rage,” which is employed in
derivation from a word *nis which is identical with Aramaic ns and Hebrew nis ‘banner, flag, standard...’|thus thè] month of thè standard.” I H M . E . C o h e n , Cultic Calendari, 3 0 5 ! ! .
synonymous parallelism with Dp3 “be vengeful” (Lev 19:18; Nah 1:2), D'1 “argue” (Ps 103:9), and
“P3 = Akk. niru A s. OB 011 (CAI) N 26ob; AHw
II “IÌ3E? “be furious” (|er 3:5; Amos 1:11), should
793I1).
be kept apart from II “IC?3 “guard,” which is thè
ground > field, yoke > dominion.
Akk.
yoke,
domination;
Heb.
untilled
Aram, forili of Heb. “123; Akk. nasàru; Ug. ngr, attested four times, all in SoS 1:6 [twice]; 8:1 1,12);
The sub. “P3 is attested eight times in BH. It is
Akk: nadàru “to rage,” which occurs in sequence
universally agreed that in three cases T3 connotes
with samàru, ezezu, agàgu “to be furious,” e.g.,
“untilled ground,” e.g., WITn “P3
sàru ezzu sa tihusu nanduru samni ezzu sa samris
D'SÍp
illaku “you are a fierce wind, whose rising is
do not sow among thorns” (Jer 4:3; cf. also Hos
terrifying, vehement and fierce one that sweeps
10:12; Prov 13:23). Based 011 thè rendering of
along savagely” (CAI) S 33oa).
n'?
“ break up thè untilled ground, and
LXX and thè Peshitta, thè majority of biblical
As noted by I Ield “there is no decisive
scholars render “l'? (in 1 Kgs 11:36; 15:4; 2Kgs
evidence for attributmg thè shift of d>t (in NDR
8:19; 2Chr 21:7) as “lamp” (— Heb. “13) (cf.,
- “1C33) to thè passing of thè word troni Akkadian
e.g., NJPS; C logan and Tadmor, AB 11; Cogan
into Hebrew...Similarly one can only speculate as
AB 10 and others). However, in light of Tg. |’s
to whether nadru < *natru is an internai Akkadian
rendering
development, or whether thè shift 1253 > “IQ3 took
Akk. figurative usage of niru “dominion, rule,”
place 111 Hebrew, perhaps under thè influence of
one may ldentically render thè above four cases
“dominion” and in light of thè
Aramaic "1CD3 ‘to guard’. The former possibility
(as well as Prov 21:4), e.g., “ITO Ent? isnbl
seems to be recommended by thè coexistcnce in
□ i ?2n-p3
'3S 1 ?
bp
H3Ì7
th'p
“i'?
nrn
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
eor
Biblical H EBREW
tricks 011 me constantly and plots against my life” (CAD N | i 5sb 4).
“to his son I will givo a trihc, so that there may be a dominion for David my servant forever before Me in Jerusalem” (iKgs i 1:36); Akk: sar Akkadc
denotativi
nirsu issirma ayàbisu qàssu ikassad “thè rule of thè
2.
king of Akkad will prosper and he will conquer
;
(Dem) (to conspire to barin) ÌHX ibpírn
irrpn 1 ? “they (Joscph’s brothers) conspircd to kili him” (Cien 37:1 8); Akk: e.g., summa attutili [ki nikl\
his enemies” (CAD N_ 2633 b). Indeed, thè sanie semantic development (i.e., Akk: nini “yoke > dominion, rule”) occurs in Heb., i.e., bìl “yoke >
il la danqu ititi muhhi RN [...b(ii\ktmu itiakkilamii tasammàni “if you hear of someone planning an
dominion,” where thè Akk. tiiru is glossed by thè
evil plot against your master, Assurbanipal” (CAD
WSem. hullu (= ullu), Heb. bìl, e.g., saknàti pauài
N i 1 S 5 a 1).
litri (gloss: hullu) sarri bcliya atta kisàdiya 11 ubbalusu
,J? '
“I have placed thè front of thè yoke of thè king
Cf
my lord upon my neck, and carry it” (EA 296:37— ^53 — Akk. nikiltu s. SB, NB (CAD N 22oa; AI lw
39; let. Yahtiru). As noted by Barker, Heb. “PD “untilled, or
788a). Akk. ingcnuity, deception; Heb. deception.
fallow ground, field, tilth, plowland” should be
,J? '
Cf. bs]
V.
related etymologically to Akk. tiiru, “yoke,” by analogy with both Akk. and 1 leb. smd. In other words, etymologically, “yoke” and “field” (and, for that matter, “measure”; cf. below) are derived from thè sanie root. Akk. samàdu means “to
OS!}* = Akk. nikkassu A s. OA, OB on; Sum. lw. 111kas^ (CAD N 223I}; AHw 789a). Akk. accounting, property; Heb. property.
yoke, harness, tic, attach”; simittu ( ’3”1 D'OD??
-ira “riches, property,
thè word denotes “yoke” |cf. Baba Batra 5:1]) or
(Josh 22:8); Akk. (in sequence with), e.g., nikkassi
“team of animals.” Combining thè above usages,
busi makkùri 11 tarkuttu “property, possessions,
thè semantic development or extension of both
goods, and deposits(?)” (CAD N i 229a 3); tuppi
nyr and smd probably is similar to thè following:
sa P N naphar nikkassisti ina libbisu isturu “tablet in
“yoke > pair of beasts (a yoke has two parts) >
which P N deeded all his property” (CAI) N 229a
measurement > field (thè piece of land to be
3)-
plowed by beasts) > piece of land in generai.”
The most common meaning of Akk. nikkassu
(Ul Barker, 103 4; Hnnson, IITR61 (1968) 297-320. w
is
“accounting,
account,”
e.g.,
assum
ribbat
samassammi... nikkassini ipusiuna ina libbi nikkassini...
cf. bi>.
clini irtasiì “they settled thè accounts with us concerning thè arrears of thè linseed, in thè
*»3 — Akk. tiakalu v. OB 011 (CAD N | 1 5 5 a ; AHw
account that they settled with us they debited us”
7i7b). to act cleverly, deceive.
(CAD N 22sb b); nikkassu qurbu “thè accounting cognati
1. (CA) 'hp: □pb
1
;
accusativi
is imminent” (CAD N i 224a 1). Note also Akk.
;
bit nikkassi “accounting office” and rab nikkassi “head of accounting.”
cob on criiii -2
‘for they (thè Midianites) assailed you by thè
trickery they practiced against you” (Num 25:1 8); Akk: nikilta tiukkulu “to decieve, play tricks,”
II
e.g., qàtcya ina bit abiya ultëli u kayamànu uiklàtum
i5b;
unakkala ana muhhi uapsàtiya idabbub
change (C-Stem), to discard, deny, undo, reassign
“he
has
deprived me of my father’s house, and he plays
T33 — Akk. uakàiru v. OAkk. 011 (CAD N AHw
718b).
Akk.
to
be
come
hostile,
(l)-Stem); Heb. to recognize (Hiph‘il), to appear
An
Akkadian Lexical Companion
hor
Biblical Hebrrw
as (Niph‘al), to act as a stranger (Hitpa‘el), to deny,
'Ip] — Akk. ttakru adj. OAkk. on (CAD N j iS9b;
reassign (Pi‘el).
AHw 723a). Akk. foreign, hostile; Heb. foreign. DI'NOTATIVi;
NIRASLOI.OGY
1. (I)eii2) (to act as a stranger) 1X33 n-J3?np
“when
she
arrives,
she
will
he
1. (Phr2) (foreign person) "'133 ETX, e.g., TJ'nK XI 1E7K '133 KTX “a foreigner, one who is not your kinsman” (Deut 17:15; Ecc 6:2); Akk: amlu ttakru: awllam nakaram ukallamuma “show (this statue) to a foreign person” (CAD N lyob 1). Note thè contrast between ahu - ttakru, as in Deut 17:15: attdku ahuka sirka u damuka audku ttakrum ttakarma audku atta au’àtika azzaz “I am your brother, I ani your flesh and blood, only an outsider is hostile, but 1 obey you” (CAD N 19 ia). 2. (Phr2) (foreign country) * ( *15 break camp > move off > travel.” For thè phonetic interchange between n and V, (such as nos - i?03 - D'in), see already Nachmanides’ commentary on Deut 2:23. Baruch Simon called my attention to thè fact that Nachmanides, likewise, suggests that thè twice-attcstcd verb nr is a variant for nO'; namely, he derives nr from nT3, rather than thè traditional derivation from thè root nnT (BDB, KB J etc). The verse nisxn ‘rra ij&nn'nr «bi should be rendered as: “so that thè breastplate shall not move from thè ephod” (Exod 28:28; 39:21), regarding thè conj. as a stative, similar to
(— Akk. nappà/nappitu). Qimhi suggests that nS3 is thè
n~133 (i.e., “thè sieve”) in which grain is
sifted. Unlikc a sieve 111 which one sifts thè chaff and separates it from thè grain, leaving over thè grain, this sieve was thc sieve of destruction, in which nothing is left over. In LH both thè verb nS3 “sift” (; Akk: naptt [CAD N_ 327a|) and thè noun nD3 “sieve” are attested, e.g.,
bv
nnrrnn nnn^n 1 ? “sa
-nani D'rpni nnrpi nsj n^ntén “a woman may lend her neighbor who is suspect in regard to thè seventh year a sieve, sifter, handmill, or oven” (m. Seb. 5:9 and passim). IH Moreshet, 2 3 2 .
that ofìnp' in Prov 2:22. Ili Nachmanides, commentary 011 Hxodus 28:28.
nS3 = Akk. nàpàlm v. OB 011 (CAD N 2f>3a; AHw
■»' Cf. BA I7D3 v.
732a). to blow. TRANSFERRED MEANING
"1S73 = Akk. na’àru v. SB (CAD N | 7b; AHw 94a).
1.
to roar.
(TM2) (to destroy)
nani n3"|n ^ nis
i3 ■’nnsji n^n nr-icn: vmb “ you have expected nmch but there has been little, when you have
denotative
1. (Dc'112) (to roar, said of a lion) (BH hapax) ni?3//3XE? “roar//growl,” //mET □ , HS?3 Htl'' ‘HÍ33 mi?] “like lions they roar together, they growl like lions’ cubs” (Jer 51:38); Akk: nu'urat kima nësi “she (Lamastu-demon) is roaring like a lion” (CAD N 7I1); ina pi ìabbi nà iri ul ikkimu salmatu “they cannot take away a carcass from thè mouth of a roaring lion” (AHw 709a).
brought it home, I would blow it away” (Hag 1:9); Akk: (a curse) e.g., k! sa me ana libbi takkussi tanappahàni ana kàsunu...lippuhukunu “just as you blow out thè water through a reed, so may they blow you (away)” (CAD N 2(>4a 1; treaty). l’I IRASEOI,OGY
2. (Phri) (to fan a charcoal fire) , nxn3 ’páX
nns t!M;3 n_si ©nn “It is I who created thè smith
Akk. na'àru is attested only 111 thè inf. and thè
to fan thc charcoal fire” (Isa 54:16; Ezek 22:20,21);
stative.
Akk: isàta napàhu, e.g., assuk pente attapah isàta pente
IH Cohen, Hapax 134:71.
esigi nebàtu appuli “I scattered charcoal and fanned 242
An
Akkadian Lexical Companion
por
Biblical. Hf.brew
thc fire; I fanned thè charcoal and thè glowing
13:14; ìKgs 5:23; Ps 2:9; 137:9); Akk: e.g., ctluti
embers of acacia-wood” (*CAD N z6/\b 2).
iugf’usu usaggas ardati Ijubbulu uliabbal siimi nuppusu
3.
(Phr2) (to blow into thè nostrils) VSX5 173’!
ETTI
unappas “she (Lamastu) indeed murders men, ruins women, and smites children” (CAD N 287!! b);
“He blew ulto his nose thè breath
of life” (Cìen 2:7); Akk: ina takkussi ana nahjnsu
kima asl\i ina pari] scpcsu uuappisa (var. uttappisa)
tanappahma iballut “you blow it (medication) into
quràdìsu “I massacred his warriors at bis feet like lambs” (CAD ibid.).
his nostrils with a reed and he will recover” (CAD
2.
264.3. b).
(Dc'112) (to crush, sniash an object) f'S?
na ^nK/a^nyn^r • i r?/c'n2
Cf. msi3.
“ crush/sbatter
pitchers/potter’s ware/jars/blocks of clialk” (Judg 7:19; Ps 2:9; Jer 48:1 2; Isa 27:9); Akk: kupra/dalla/
^32 :: uupul v. EA; WSem. lw. (CAD N ; 277a).
sikkiira/bita nuppusu “to crush bolt/house” (CAD N i 286b 114).
to fall. PI IR ASl.Ol .OGY
bitumen/door/
The hapax idiomatic expression “P
in
trnp nv t f33 nibrpì in Dan 12:7 seems to
1. (Pliri) EA 252:25—27: nupuìmc (110 gloss sign) tahtànnu u timahhasuka “fall down beneath
be
them and let them strike you” (let. Shechem) =
rendered as: “and when thè breaking of thè power
misunderstood.
The
phrase
was
variously
Heb: (filD + nnn bs;), e.g., iòl DSnOKI □‘pDXI
of thè holy people comes to an end” (NJPS,
“I destroyed them, I struck
RSV); “when thè power of thè holy people is
them down, they rose 110 more, they fell down at
no longer being shattered” (RV); “and when
my feet” (2Sam 22:39
he shall have accomplished to scatter thè power
nnn
• i ?3"
jlDip; 1 =
Ps 18:39).
of thè holy people” (IB). The second prevailing
Ili writing mipuhnc tali tàmii, thc Amarna scribe
rendering depends on thè revocalization of ^33 as
apparently could not recali thè Akk. idiom for
a participlc (i.e., ^33) and transposing it with “P,
“fall under” viz. saplis/ina sapal rnuqut.
i.e., “P 1*33, rendering thè verse as “and at thè end of thè power of thè shatterer of thè holy people”
= Akk. napàsu A v. OA, OB 011 (CAD N |
(Hermeneia) or “but that, when thè power of
2853; AHw 73 sb). Akk. to kick, strike (G-stem),
thè desecrator of thè holy people is brought to
to crush (D-stem); Heb: to crush, scatter (Qal and
an end” (AB). This transposition and rendering
Pi'el).
seems higlily improbable. The solution to this difficult idiomatic expression can be found in DENOTATIVE
i .(1) cti 2)
thè commonly employed Akk. expression qàta napàsu, which connotes “to refuse, reject, push
(to crush people, animals), e.g.,
Tint^ni D?i3 ts»:: nanbp •'b? •'‘p nm psa 33"i TJ5 ti?33] ero ~= T12331 niròaa ^5 ns;3i ipr ^5 tss" new Erx 'nss?! 'orni innyi n?n tjd t.ss:: nSmrn n-nz -2 Tssr; □■'3301 nins •'nssí'i inpri npx --
back” (lit. “to thrust away thè hand”). More specifìcally, Akk: qàta napàsu (= Heb: “P ^33) is an idiom drawn from legal-covenantal terminology. While thè concept of allegiance is expressed by thè idioms qanna/sissikta sabàtu “to grasp thè
“you are my war club, (my) weapons of battle,
hem (of a garment),” thè rejection of thè treaty
with you I smashed nations, with you I destroyed
allegiance is expressed by thè idiom qàta napàsu “to
kingdoms, with you I shattered borse and rider,
thrust away thè hand.” This clearly is seen from
with you I crushed chariot and driver, with you
thè following Mari covenantal formula: ana qabc
I smote man and woman, with you I smote old
màtiya qaran(\) subàt bcliya asbat beli qàti la inappas
and young, with you I smote youth and maiden,
“at thè request of my land, I siezed thè hem of
with you I shattered shepherd and flock, with
my lord’s garment, my lord must not reject me”
you I smashed plowman and team, with you I
(CAD N | 286a c, Mari); itti KN...qàtam inappasu
crushed governors and prefccts” (Jer 51:20—23;
“(thè rulers) refuse (to make an alliance)...with 243
An A k k a d i a n L e x i c a l C o m p a n i o n
hor
Biblical Hf.brew
(Ps 120:6); Akk: napista sakànu, e.g., sit luti ina lipit
Sumu-epuh” (CAI) ibid., Mari). In light of thè above, Dan 12:7 may be rendered as follows: “I
Ina sunqu Imbuti iskunu napistu “thè rest (of them)
heard thè man dressed in linen who was further
died of plague, want, or famine” (CAI) B 302a e),
up by thè waters of thè river, and he raised his
ul iskunu napistu “they did not die (lit. lay down
right hand and his loft to heaven and he swore by
life)” (CAD N 299a).
thè Hver-Livmg-One: ‘for two times, a time, and
3. (Idi) (to shorten one’s life, lit. pour out
half a time, and at thè time of thè termination of
one’s hfe) '32: -ir -3vnt life > living being>
“to forfeit (one’s) life,” e.g., iljti imìs napsatisu
person.
“(Tutammu king of Unqi) broke (thè loyalty oath) and forfeited his life” (Tadmor, ITP, 63:3). IDIOMATIC US A C 1-,
6. (Pliri) (precious life) nn^' ©??, e.g., n©K1
1. (Idi) r?3 iri3 (to grant life) ’©?3 'b 1031=1
“TI2Sn nnp 1 ' ©23 ETX “a married woman will snare
•r.rp22 -sri T.bNy? “ let my life be granted
a
me as my wish, and my people as my request”
aqartu, e.g., anàku Iìsarhaddon...k! napistiya aqarte
(Esth 7:3); Akk: napsàti arkàli addannakka “I ani
arànsunuti “I Esarhaddon, love them (thè people
giving you a long life” (CAI) 2 mark > fìx, establish. Whereas Akk. naqàbu, which is equated in thè
thè commands/the rites/the procedures (of thè gods)” (C'AI) N_ 42b).
syn. lists to sahàtu “to jump, leap, move jerkily”
6. (Phr2) (to tend trees) nnS bpK 1 ’ n3Kn n23
(said of parts of thè body) (CAD N | 328 a lex.
“he who tends a fìg tree, eats its fruit” (Prov 27:18); ina qisàtim siuàti issu nukkusu inanimati ul
section, Malku III 41) and nàku “to have illicit sexual intercourse” (ibid., MSL 2 144 ii 13f.,
inassarsinàti “there are trees cut down in those
Proto-Ea) connotes only “to deflower, rape,”
forests, 110 one is watching them” (CAI) N 3sb
thè BH verb Dp3 (with 1101111 3p3) means “pierce,
3)-
bore through, hole” (e.g., 2Kgs 12:10; 18:21 = Isa
7. (Phr2) (protector of mankind) DnKn n23 (epithet of y h w h ) , e.g., T j b no Tixipn
36:6; Job 40:24,26; Ezek 28:13) without any sexual
^ have sinned, what have I clone to you, protector of mankind” (Job 7:20); Akk: e.g.,
connotatoli. The semantic relation between Akk. and LIeb. may be seen in thè Heb. fem. sub. n3p3 “female, woman” (as a sexual being).
nàsiru (napisti) ameluti “(Nabli) thè protector (of thè life) of mankind” (C'AI) N, 39)1 7).
Akk: e.g., stimma awilum amat aunlitti ittaqab “if a man deflowers another nian’s slave girl” (C'AD
The BH idiomatic hapax nn2ÌD nÌ23 should be
N | 3 2 ^b, LE); summa...balum sài abisa u ummisa
rendered as “stand guard, keep watch > fortify,”
irnsu'sima ittaqabsi “if (a man), without asking (thè
e.g.,
p:rn ^nn n?2 nn^fp ni23 Tps bs fai? nb? consent
□ , 3ri!p “a shatterer has come up against you, stand guard, watch thè road, steady your loins (brace all your strength)” (Nah 2:2). Heb: n~)2Q nÌ23 is thè etymological and semantic equivalent of Akk. massarta uasaru, e.g., nasir massarii lìsa^il u Bàbili “(thè king) who fortified Esagil and
of) her father or her mother, deflowers
her by force” (ibid.). For thè problem of I Dp3 “pierce, bore through” an d 11 np3 “ curse,” cf. Aitken, SAH 1 o 1 —5 . iji> '
Cf. n3j?a.
Babylon”; massarta ina pan ttakri \li\ssuru “should they keep watch against thè enemy?” (C'AI) N
Ipíl
36b c). However, in thè covenantal sepher thè
AIIw 744a). herdsman.
=
Akk. nàqidti s. OAkk. 011 (CAD N 3 3 3 a ;
“IP3
An
Akkadian Lexical Companion
m
for
Biblical Hebrew
shall remove thè dots from them” (Avoth de-Rabbi
notativl
Nathati, 34:4).
i. (Den2) “[pi n;n nxia ibi? SJ2TI31 ] “and Mesha king of Moab was a herdsman” (2Kgs 3:4); yipnp onpln n;n “]»k piai? “Amos, who
was
among
thè herdsmen
UH Kòeher and Oppenheim, AfO 18 (1957/8) 62 77; Wilson, RA 60 (1966) 47-58.
from Tekoa”
(Amos 1:1); Akk: e.g., (thè sheep and goats have arrived from there) u nàqidu ittisuni illikùnu
□p3 :: *uaqdmu v. Mari, EA (?); WSem. word (C’AD N 328B). to
avenge, save, succour.
herdsmen carne along with them, as for any
The CAD
(N 32ya 11.) maintains
herdsman who does not come, his sheep will
cited here may represent thè WSem. verb uqm ‘to
not be shearcd” (CAD N 334b 2'); rè'w//nàqidu
avenge’; or they may be forms of ekcmu (peculiar
“shepherd//herdsman” (as an epithet of gods),
to Aniarna letters from Palestine) influence by
e.g., rè'tì saplàti nàqidu ciati “(Samas) thè shepherd
that WSem. word.” Indeed, as argued by Pitard
nàqidu sa la illaka scntisu \ul\ ixazza\~u\ “all thè
below,
thè
herdsman
above”
(*CAD
N
335a
that “thè refs.
and agreed to by Morali, thè eight denotative of
3').
*naqàmu in EA should be derived from thè Akk.
(U Paul, Amos 34-35; Steiner, 2003:70-87.
verb ckètnu “to take away by force” (CAD E 64b), and, as pointed out by Pitard, comes likewise to
ý: ad, . Akk. nuqdu s. OB (C’AD N 344a;
mean “to save.” It is thus interesting to observe
AHw to save,” e.g., yussira sarri bcliya sdbc pittati mahda dannis u
The adj. D'IM/lp] is employed only in Cien 30— 31 : “ipa irò bs Drà non Din
yiqqirnni (gloss: yassini) “let thè king, my lord send
b d ? - ós ?#
great many archers and save me” (let. Suwardata
d , tì;3 “ipri K^cpi apém Din ni? bpi Kibtpi “let
mayor of Qitlu?). It seems however, that thè root
me (Jacob) pass through your (Laban’s) whole
nqm “avenge” is attested once in WSem. Mari,
flock today, removing from there every speckled and spotted animai—every dark-colored sheep
e.g., bel niqntisu [sic!] idùksu “his avenger killed him” (Pitard, p. 8), as well as in thè Aramaic Sefire
and every spotted and speckled goat” (Cien 30:32).
inscriptions, e.g., ,i3“i
In Akk. however, thè sub. nuqdu is employed only once, in an OB omen concerning human skin
" idi di
disease, skin dotted with leprosy: summa awiìum
d |~ i
■'tue?
t
p
Dp" nntr ~[“in
of) my enemies, and your son avenge thè blood
of a man exhibits white spots, or is dotted with
of my son upon his enemies, and your grandson
MMijiiu-marks, such a man has been rejected by his
shall come and avenge thè blood of my |grand|
god and is (to be) rejected by mankind” (AfO 18 nilp?
Dp' nm 1 "pm
come avenge my blood upon (lit. from thè hand
aunluni sii itti ilisu sakip itti awiluti sakip “if thè skin
hapax
d-i
Dp' nnio ~ppsn nn “ip
IpS? “if they kili me (thè sovereign), you shall
pagar sìrusu pusam kullama u nuqdt itaddu
[1957/8] 66:41-45). The LBH idiomatic
p nn
opm nnxn |bnp‘' ,'|n|,’K in
son, and your descendants shall come and avenge thè blood of my descendants” (KAI 224:1 1 — 12).
(^pPil)
IH Pitard, Maarav 3/1 (1982) 5 25.
“(silver) dots, points” (SoS 1:11). In LH thè sub. rnip? and thè denominative verb “Ip3 “point” are used as follows: 'b “IDÌTI Urb# to’ DX K“ITSJ "113« irrbj? ■'rnpa
“ od ib
" idik
“p
(™p?) D i?? :: niqmu B s. Mari*; WSem. word. (C’AD N_ 25 ih), revenge.
raro no •'lisa
jrrbffB rnipa - osjk raro ns - ’ n “iraix dki “(but that what Ezra said): if Rlijah comes and say to
denotativi
1.
me, ‘why did you write in this fashion?’ I shall
;
(Dc'112) Akk (hapax) bèl niqmisu idùksu “he
say to Inni: ‘that is why I dotted these passages’.
who was entitled to take revenge against limi killed
and if he says to me ‘you have written well’, I
him” (C’AD N 25 ib) = Heb: (for similar idea), 248
An
Akkadian Lf.xic:al Companion
hor
Biblical Hlisrew
e.g., D 1 ?^ 'Nrrrpb: Djpj Z'm “vengeance will I wreak on My foes and I will punish My
of) mn xm, e.g., “1^ nipn^an ©xn nx wtw
adversaries” (Deut 32:41; cf. also Deut 32:43).
WT3 “ they have made a check of thè warriors in
,ji'
our charge” (Num 31:49); Akk: rès ... nasù, e.g.,
3. (Idi) (to check, inspect; lit. raise thè head
Cf. api v.
la emùqaya balatussunu rcs huràsi la aitassi “I cannot possibly check on thè gold without them” (C’AD
= Akk. *ekèpu.
N i07a a); rcs KRIN.HUN.C.Á.MES kàsimu sa ina cqliya iksumu lissima “let Inni inspect thè weeders
C.f. *pK v.
who do thè weeding in my field” (CAD N i07a b); 11 resu kàdànu inarnsi (for inassi) “and inspeets
“Ip3 = Akk. naqàru v. OA, OB 011 (C’AD N | 32ya; Aflw 743a). to hew out.
thè outposts” (C’AD N_ i07b). 4. (Idi) (to take notice of; lit. raise thè head) ©xn e.g., bv ‘rjn'tini rjtpa-i nx nin? xér
piiraseoi.ogy
1. (Phr2) (to hew out rock) “112 bx ItOpn
rj23 “Ph araoh shall take note ofyou (i.e., forgive
nrnip] Ha nnpa Vx: zr.rsn “look at thè rock
you) and restore you to your post” (Cìen 40:13);
you were hewn from and thè quarry you were
...■prrirr t»xn r,it...b^- -jbf? ynnn bn$ x©3 “EviL
carved from” (Isa 51:1); Akk: e.g., sadù ina kallabàte
Merodach king of Babylon...took note of (i.e.,
parziìli akkts ma akkulli cri aqqur “I (Shalmanesser
forgave) King Jeoiachin of Judah (and released
III) hacked thè rock with iron hatchets, cut
Inni from prison)” (2Kgs 25:27 = Jer 52:3 1 ); Akk:
through (it) with bronze akkullh” (CAD A 276b
e.g., ilu rcs au’ilim inassi “thè god will take note
4’)-
of thè man” (C’AI) N io8a d); umilia ki marsàku
The BH usage
ahuka ul dine amniini resi la issi “has my brother
to gouge out thè eye”
(Kadasman-Enlil) not heard that I (Nibmureya)
(Num 16:14; Judg 16:21; iSam 11:2; Prov 30:17)
ani sick, why did he not pay attention to me?”
is absent from Akkadian.
(*CAD ibid.; let. Egypt).
For an Akkadian nuance “to scrape,” note
5. (Idi) (to gloat over; lit. raise thè head) X&3
ridain sa suprdu adi 7 silidu iqqiir “(La) scraped out
»xn e.g., ttfxn ixt^
thè dirt from (under) his fmgernails seven times”
jrorr ^:rix nan p
“for your enemies tumultuous, your foes exalt
(CAD N | 33 1 b c); perhaps cf. Heb. , !22SJ nb'b “Ipi’Oob 30:17).
over (i.e., be gleeful)” (Ps 83:3; Job 10:15); Akk:
,i pi7Q
e.g., lìnlil ana lenmtti inassa Tèssuti “E11I1I with evil intent will exalt over them” (*CAD N_ io8a).
XÉ73 = Akk. nasù A v. OA 011 (C’AD N 8oa; AHw 762a). to raise.
6. (Idi) (to tower, be tali) Erta X&J, e.g., ÌXttf □bis? ■'ni^s ixtparn c?-rx- ani??; “lift up your heads (i.e., tower) O gates, lift them up, you
idiomatic usaci
;
everlasting doors” (Ps 24:7,9); Akk: e.g., bifuni lu
1. (Idi) (to look up; lit. raise thè eye) X3 XÉ> Tr?? “look up and see” (Cien 31:12; Lzek 1 (S:6,1 5; Zech 2: i); Akk: ina nasù, e.g., issinta indù itamar awìlam “he looked up and saw thè man” (C’AD N i04b and passim). 2. (idi) (to covet; lit. raise thè eye), e.g., 101" % n'3-ff...ni? «©ni “and she ... covcted Joseph” (Cien 39:7; Ezek 23:27); Akk: e.g., sa ana ahi tappisii issu |indù] “he who coveted his friend’s wife” (CiAD N iosa); ana dumqi sa (ìilgames ini ittasi rulnitu dtar “thè lady Istar looked covetously
nàsi rèsu saplànuni sursidu ersetam lu tamhu “may thè tempie rise high, may its foundation below grip thè netherworld” (CAD N i io8a e and passim). 7. (Idi) (to care for; lit. raise thè face) XÈ?J cns, e.g., npX xb □'TX b^l 2TX 'US XÉ?X X3 ^x “I would not care for any man, or temper my speech for anyone’s sake” (Job 32:21); □DT'X “1E7X nnina □■'as c-xr:- ’rnn nx “because you do not observe my ways and do (not) care for thè rulings” (Mal 2:9); Akk: e.g., ana Indistinti
011 thè beauty of Cìilgames” (Cìeorge, (',1’lgamesh, 618:6).
tna’di pana la dsù “they did not care about their numerous posessions” (C'AD N, iosb b). 249
An Akkadian Lexicai. Companion
for
Biblical Hebrf.w
12.
8. (Idi) (to covct; lit. raise thè face) D^S XÈ?3
(Idi) (to desire, wish) 3*7 XÉ?3; Akk: libba
nasù, cf. 31 ?.
covct, e.g., nnÉ; np xb] CP33 XÉT fcÒ im “(an awesome Cìod), who does not covet and takes
1 3. (Id2) (to bear fruit) ‘'IS/^Ì? XÉ?3 “produce
no bribe” (Deut 10:17); Akk: e.g., ana makkmika
branches/fruits,” e.g., '1? nXt?bl ^S? nÌÉ?I?b “to
rapsi aitasi panì\ya\ ana kaspika sùquri lalùa ilìik “I
grow branches, to produce fruit” (Ezek 1 7:8); XÈtt'l
coveted your great riches, I coveted your precious
■'“13 nÉ?i?l 1JÌ? “and it shall bring forth boughs and
silver” (CAD N iosb; S_ 338a; JNES 33 [1974]
bear fruit” (Ezek 17:23); Akk: uhina/hisiba/bitta/
282:141-42).
karàna/itiba nasù “to bear dates/produce/grapes/
e.g.,
9. (Idi) (to pray; lit. raise thè hand) “P XÉ?3,
fruit,” e.g., gisimmaru zikaru uljinu ittasi “a male
bx 'T ■’xpr1 ~'bx 'swz "M" b'p s;r:r
date palili bore dates” (*CAD Cì iosb). 14.
1©1jP “Ipn “listen to my supplications when
(Id2) (to adorn with splendour) nin XÈ?3,
e.g., ix?3 bi? beni 3?n nin xkt xmi “and he
1 pray to you, when I lift my hands in prayer toward Your inner sanctuary” (Ps 28:2; 134:2);
(thè high priest) shall assume splendour, and shall
cf. ’S? XÉ?X
sit on thè throne and rule” (Zech 6:13); Akk:
“I shall bless You
all my life, I will invoke Y011 by name” (Ps 63:5;
miiamma nasù, e.g., nuiamma ustassà ilis umta\sil\
1 19:48; Lam 2:19); Akk: qàta nasù, e.g., ana Samas
“causing them to bear auras like gods” (En. el. I
bcliya qàti lu assi \su\piti \lu\ istnc “I prayed with
'3«)1 5. (Id2) (to wage war) 3"in XÉ?3. e.g., XÉT xb
uplifted hands to my lord Samas and he listened to my supplication” (C’AD N ioób); cnta qàta
2-n 'il bX '13 ‘
anassùka...ìu pctù urhiya... “whenever I pray to
another” (Isa 2:4 = Mie 4:3); Akk: tàhaza nasù,
you, may (you, Samas) be thè one who opens my
e.g., atta samc tàhazi issù ana crscti qablu tpusu “who
path” (CAD N i07a). Cf also Akk: nis qàti nasù
raised up battle in heaven, who made warfare in
“thè lifting of thè hand,” e.g., schrctima Cìilgàmcs
thè netherworld” (*CAD N
‘110
nation shall wage war with
I09a).
libbaka ttastka “you are young, Cìilgames, and
FI IR ASF.OI .oc Y
carried away by enthusiasm” (Cìeorge, (ìilgamcsh,
16.
202:191). Akk: ida nasù (— Heb: “P XC73), e.g.,
(Phr2) (to bear presents) nÌ3n!2
e.g., E?X3 DS'ÌS “P3S?n3 33'r,3r,r: nxt??31 “and
|ana ma\har Samas idisu issi “(she scattered incense)
in thè carrying (i.e., presentation) of your gifts,
before Samas, she lifted her arms” (ibid., 576:45).
by making your children pass through thè fire”
10. (Idi) (to bear punishment) /X£pn/]ii7 XÉ?3
(Ezek 20:31); Akk: tàniarta nasù, e.g., tàmartasunu
S?E?S “bear iniquity, transgression, sin, punishment”
kabittu...ana mahriya issùnimma “their heavy gifts
(e.g., Hxod 34:7; Num 14:1 8/Ps 32:5/Job 7:21;
he carried before me” (*CAD N 92b).
Cìen 4:13; Exod 28:43; Lev 5:1; 7:18; 20:20; 22:9
Note
to bear punishment|); Akk: arna/hita nasù “to
thè
bear punishment for a crime,” e.g., ama u luta sa
in
BH-Akk.
phraseology similes:
Heb:
between “(did
1
Y011 said to me)’ ’ ;?:xn xir n^?
thè guilt of her husband” (*CAD N i03b 6); XÉ?3 t!?3Ì?, e.g., E?3i? XÉ?3 npn bn? “a hot-tempered man bears punishment” (Prov 19:19); Akk: sórta nasù,
pÌ"!! nX “‘carry them in your bosom as a nurse carries an infant’” (Num 1 1:12); Akk: ki tariti ina muhhi gissi y a anassika...ina birit tuleya asakkanka “I
e.g., mina cpusma scria nasàku “what have I done
carry you 011 my hip like a nurse, I ani holding
that I suffer punishment?” (CAD N io8b).
you between my breasts” (SAA IX 7 r. 6—7; C’AD
11. (Idi) (to recite a prayer) nbsijl XÉ?3 (e.g.,
Cì 73a, s.v. gilsu, NA oracle).
2Kgs 19:4 = Isa 37:4;Jer 7:16; 1 1:14); Akk : suillakku
Note also thè Armana gloss yinassi//nassa e.g., lilmad sarru bcliya inuma ‘Apiru yinassi//nassa ina
amia DN inassi “he recites thè following suillakkuI09a).
similarity
conceive all this people, did I bear them that
mutisa tanassi “she will bear thè punishment for
prayer to Bel” (CAD N
thè
following
The use of nasù
“to recite” in this context is restricted specifically
màtàti “may thè king, my lord, be apprised that
to thè su-íl-lá prayer, which, 111 Sumerian, means
thè Apiru rose up against thè land” (EA 366:1 1-
“hand-raising (prayer).”
14; Rainey AOAT 8:32). 250
An Akkadian Lexical Companion
eor
Biblical Hf.brew
— Akk. nasapti (nasabu) s. OB, Mari,greet on him; he embraced him and kissed him” (Cìen 29:13; 48:10); Akk: nasàqu - ederu, e.g., sapti elitum (C'AI) N s6b; AHw 75Kb). Co blow away. denotativi ;
1. (I)eri2) (blow breath) mi DEtt (e.g., Isa 40:7,24;
Ps
147:1
![Hayim ben Yosef Tawil. An Akkadian Lexical Companion for Biblical Hebrew [PDF]](https://pdfs.asia/img/200x200/hayim-ben-yosef-tawil-an-akkadian-lexical-companion-for-biblical-hebrew.jpg)
![Hebrew Syntax: An Outline [1 ed.]](https://pdfs.asia/img/200x200/hebrew-syntax-an-outline-1nbsped.jpg)
